
Class ■ •'-. 

Book - * : 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE 

Jl6>£ 



A TREATISE 



PRACTICE OE MEDICINE, 



ADAPTED TO 



THE REFORMED SYSTEM, 



COMPRISING A 



MATERIA MEDIC A, 

It 



WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS. 



BY J. KOST, M. D., 

Formerly Professor of Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Botany, in the Medical 
College of Worcester, Mass.; and of the same in the P. M. College of Ohio, 
American Medical College of Cincinnati ; and of Mat. Med. and Thera- 
peutics in the Medical College of Macon, Ga.; Author of "Materia 
Medica and Therapeutics;" "The Principles and Practice of Med- 
icine ;" First Vice-President of the Ec. National Medical Asso- 
ciation, and Member of various State Medical Societies. "" 



CINCINNATI: 

MELICK & BUNN, PUBLISHERS. 

1868. 



• 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1851, 

By JOHN KOST, M. D., 

!d the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for tb* District 

of Ohio. 



C. JAMES, STEREOTYPIC 
187 Walnut St, Cincinnati. 



PUBLISHER'S NOTICE. 



The time when the three great professions were committed en- 
tirely to the hands of the Priest, Lawyer and Doctor, is now hap- 
pily passing by. Keligion comes now, like the rain from the 
clouds, and the sunlight, to all; and although men still go into 
court by counsel, yet their own judgment upon the law, is now the 
arbiter of their legal course. In Medicine, the people now begin 
to act for themselves in a great measure. Indeed, this is done to a 
much greater extent than appears at first thought. 

Persons now rarely send for a physician at first ailment, but wait 
a little to see if it be really necessary; and in the meantime resort 
to such remedies as they judge proper under the circumstances. 
They still continue the exercise of their judgment in the selection 
of a Doctor, and also as to how long they will submit to his treat- 
ment or take his medicines. 

In view of the great responsibility thus assumed by people gen- 
erally, a responsibility that determines very largely the results of 
the ailment, a responsibility, too, that is universally practiced (and 
properly so, too; for who is so much interested in the results as 
the patient?) the reader of this notice is candidly asked whether 
the people should not be informed on medical matters — on the 
nature and appearance of disease, the properties and preparation 
of medicines, and the use and effects of those agents provided by 
the great Creator, in the vegetable and mineral kingdom? 

By means of such a work as this, prepared by an eminent prac- 
titioner of great scientific attainments, written plainly, any person 
of ordinary intelligence and common education, may become ac- 
quainted with the conditions necessary to health, and thus avoid 
disease ; since our author has not only given the plainest possible 
description of the inroads of all forms of disease, but has also 
given such apt hints and directions for maintaining health, in the 



vi publisher's notice. 

various parte of this work, as must prove an inestimable blessing 
to the possessor. 

It is but simple justice to the public, and all concerned in thif 
matter, to state that this work has passed through seventeen edi- 
tions — 100,000 copies having been printed and sold, mostly to 
families and physicians. The work has also been extensively used 
as a text book in medical colleges. 

Since the publication and sale above referred to, the author has 
had the opportunity of extended observations in the hospitals of 
our own country and those of Europe, and it is no small com- 
mendation of the work to observe that be has seen no cause to 
make a single change in, or addition to, the work. 



PREFACE. 

In preparing the following volume, the author had in 
view more especially the benefit of the people, and 
hence it appeared necessary to crowd in more subjects, 
and consequently to treat each more briefly, than would 
be desirable if the work were designed exclusively for 
the profession. 

The part on Practice contains a larger list of diseases 
than is generally found in works of the kind ; it has, 
therefore, been a constant object to avoid unnecessary 
details and useless comments, to make space for the 
more important matters, as the symptoms, diagnosis, 
prognosis, and special treatment of diseases. The sub- 
jects of fever and inflammation, as well as cholera, have 
been treated of at greater length than others, as the for- 
mer are more important, and the latter more interesting 
at the present time while the disease is so prevalent. 
The plan of treatment is always elementary and thor- 
ough. When convenience could be consulted with 
safety this was considered desirable, but where danger 
might be involved the treatment is most prompt and 
thorough. 

The Materia Medica is very judiciously arranged. 
All the articles are classified according to their Thera- 
peutic properties and value. The virtues of each plant 
may be known at once by the class it occupies, and its 
comparative value, in most cases, by its position in 
point of priority. 

The active principles of plants are generally pointed 
out and the method of preparation briefly noticed 



Most of the more important medical plants are so well 
illustrated that it is supposed there will be little diffi- 
culty in recognizing them. 

There has been much done to put the people in pos- 
session of a knowledge of the means of preserving their 
health, — many excellent treatises have been dedicated 
to them, and numerous journals and medical papers 
have been issued for their information, and it is grati- 
fying to see how much good there has been done — how 
much suffering has been avoided and expense saved. 
Still there are some in the profession who are opposed 
to the plan of committing a knowledge of medicine to 
the people. They seem to think that it will lower the 
character and dignity of our profession, and that con- 
sequently our usefulness will be measurably destroyed. 
But the results are far otherwise. Real and important 
knowledge has no such tendency — it elevates rather 
than lowers the confidence and respect of its possessor. 

It has been supposed too that mischiefs would result 
from an attempt on the part of the people to prescribe 
for themselves. But they ever have prescribed more or 
less for themselves, and it must be supposed that they 
ever will do so ; and it is difficult to see how a knowl- 
edge to do properly, what will be done at all events, will 
give rise to mischief. Novelty is the food of fancy, and 
so long as any matter, the existence of which is known, 
remains in mystery, the human mind will never cease 
to pry into it. Let the mind once fully grasp a thing 
and its novelty is gone. 

So far as responsibility and danger is concerned, the 
whole rests with the people at any rate. They form 
their own habits, whether they be conducive to health 
or otherwise— they select their own regimen, and when 



sick they take the responsibility upon themselves of 
determining upon what plan they will be treated, and 
accordingly send for a physician of their own choice 
Of his skill they judge for themselves — if they are sat- 
isfied the physician continues ; if dissatisfied they take 
the responsibility of discharging him. If the medicine 
suits them they take it ; if not, they refuse it. Thus the 
responsibility rests almost entirely upon them, and 
why should they not be informed upon this important 
subject? 

One thing is remarkable in reference to safe medica- 
tion, — that the people are in advance of the profession. 
They seem to be less heroic in the use of poisons than 
the latter, and when they prescribe for themselves they 
usually employ very simple and harmless agents, and 
hence occasion much less mischief than might be appre- 
hended. They have an opportunity also of observing 
the peculiarities of their own habits, susceptibilities and 
necessities ; and when informed on the subject of med- 
icine as much as they are on other subjects generally, 
they will in many instances prescribe more successfully 
for themselves than physicians who have less chance to 
know their cases. 

The author has thus attempted what he has considered 
a duty, and he must leave the consequences with the 
experiment. One thing, however, he must urge in 
extenuation of fault, if there be any here, — that he has 
labored much more in this way for the profession than 
he has for the people. 



INTRODUCTION. 

In presenting to the people a work contemplating 
the cure of all diseases by safe remedies, it may be 
proper to make some remarks upon the popular error 
that " all substances are more or less poisonous ! " A mis- 
apprehension of the proper definition or meaning of the 
term poison alone could originate an error so gross and 
yet so popular. Medical authors commonly designate a 
poison to be any substance which, when introduced in 
any way to the system, will prove hurtful, or tend to do 
injury. This is true, but is not sufficiently definite, and 
leaves the subject open for controversy. The true 
meaning of the term poison, is any substance, which, 
when introduced, in any way, to the system, has an 
intrinsic tendency to prove hurtful or to do injury. The 
adjective intrinsic ends the controversy, for with this 
definition the attendant circumstances are not in ques- 
tion. It is always important to give words their proper 
meaning. If the idea of a poison does not refer to a 
property intrinsically possessed by the agent, we have 
no use for it at all, for, properly speaking, there could 
then no poison exist. 

To illustrate this clearly, it is only necessary to 
advert to a few of the arguments of those who advo- 
cate the error that " all things are more or less poisonous.'''' 
. They say that poisons are only relative agents — the 
relation is to the circumstances and extent of their use. 
Thus it is contended that even our food, which is most 
innocent in proper quantities, becomes poisonous in 
excessive portions ; while on the other hand, the mos 



12 



INTRODUCTION. 



virulent poisons, when taken in sufficiently small quan- 
tities will be perfectly innocent. 

But the absurdity of making the definition of a poison 
contingent upon extrinsic circumstances is apparent 
when it is seen that these must, on this principle, con- 
stitute mechanical agencies poisons; thus circumstances 
will make an axe, a knife, or any other instrument mis- 
chievous and destructive of life ! Are then all these 
agents poisons ? If the circumstances or excessive use 
make food or medicines poisonous, then the same must 
make the simple mechanical agents so. 

Is it not plain here that the circumstances are the cause 
of the mischief, and not the instrument ? It does not, 
therefore, argue, that because the circumstances make 
food or medicines mischievous that they are poisonous ! 

But it is said again that our food certainly is poison- 
ous, because substances are prepared from it which 
evidently are so ; i. c., alcohol is made of grain, potatoes 
fruits &.c. Here is only another error; the alcchol 
does not exist in the grain, &c, as such — the latter only 
serve as materials to act on in generating the spirit, 
just as sugar is employed as a substance to act on in 
instituting the acetous fermentation to make vinegar ; 
the vinegar was not in the sugar, and the latter was 
only used as an agent capable of fermentation. 

The error which contemplates all poisons to be per- 
fectly innocent when taken in sufficiently small doses, 
is alike obvious. This supposes that to alter or dimin- 
ish the dose will really change the nature of the agent; 
e. g., if you take a grain of mercury and divide it into 
two portions of a half grain each, according to this doc- 
trine, then it is no more mercury, but is something else ! 
This, in effect, is what such reasoning will lead to. 

But, the reader will say again, three or four grains of 
arsenic are a fatal dose, while half a grain presents no 



INTRODUCTION. 13 

other than a gentle tonic effect, and are we not therefore 
justified in the opinion that when the dose of any pois- 
onous agent is diminished to a certain extent its poison 
ous nature is destroyed ? The answer here is unequiv- 
ocally in the negative. There is a conservative power 
in the living animal body which tends to resist or 
remove hurtful agents or mischievous influences, and 
whenever the offending cause is not too violent, the 
vital power will subvert or overcome it, so that its 
effects are not discovered : yet we know in all reason 
that although we cannot trace the effects of small por- 
tions of poisons, yet the poisonous power is neverthe- 
less expended against the vital force; and it is just as 
reasonable to say that the sun does not shine after he 
sinks below our horizon, — since we cannot trace his 
direct effects, — as it is to say that a poison is not such 
when taken in quantities so small as that its effects are 
not appreciated by our external senses. 

A poison proper, — that is, a substance which is 
intrinsically poisonous, — is most assuredly mischievous 
in any quantity, although the extent of its effects is 
modified by the quantity taken, and may in small por- 
tions be so slight as not to be detected. But still we 
may be assured that although we may not have any 
present demonstrations of the effects of small doses of 
poisons, owing to the resistance of nature, yet as "con- 
tinued dropping wears a stone" so. will the constant, 
though sparing, use of some poisons ultimately ruin 
the constitution. 

Some may still be dissatisfied with this definition of 
a poison, and may urge that the latter are not all such 
intrinsically, but are dependent, in some instances 
at least, upon extrinsic circumstances: thus carbonic 
acid gas is perfectly innocent when taken into the 
Btomach, but when respired or taken into the lungs 



14 INTRODUCTION. 

it is almost immediately fatal, and it is, moreover, sup- 
posed that even the poison of the rattlesnake is inno- 
cent in the stomach, while its fatal effects are well 
known when it is introduced into the circulation. The 
question may now be pressed, Do not the circum- 
stances here alone make these agents poisonous, as 
they appear to have no bad effects when taken in one 
way, and are so very fatal when applied in another ? 
It may, however, be answered here, that although the 
extrinsic circumstances may be indispensable to the 
development of the effects of the poison, yet they have 
nothing to do in forming their nature or inherent char- 
acter. The carbonic acid gas, and the animal poison 
spoken of, are of the same nature, whether they be in 
the stomach, lungs, or blood, and the only difference is, 
that in one case they have not the chance to prove their 
nature or show their poisonous effects, while in the 
other they have. 

It must, then, be admitted that any article which is 
perfectly innocent in its nature cannot be made poison- 
ous by an increase of quantity or excess of dose. Mis- 
chief may, indeed, be done by the improper use of any 
agent, but then this mischief is not the effect of a poison : 
it is the result of imprudence or error — it is in the conduct 
or verb, and not in the substantive. 

Another erroneous idea has been advanced, which it 
may be proper to notice here : it is contended by some 
that poisons act only in virtue of their power to over- 
stimulate, or stimulate in excess. This absurdity implies 
that all substances acting on the body are stimulants. 
It is true that the term stimulant is little more defined 
than that of poisons, and any one has the just right to 
employ the word to represent any effect which raises 
action of any kind in the body. But do all articles 
raise action ? Are there no substances which specific- 



INTRODUCTION. 15 

ally depress action? What must be thought of the 
long list of sedatives which are so much employed by 
old school physicians ? Are they mock-remedies, intro- 
duced merely to deceive the profession, as well as the 
people? Prof. A. T. Thompson, of the University of 
London, says that " sedatives are substances which directly 
depress the energy of the nervous system, diminishing motion 
in animal bodies without inducing previous excitement ;"* 
" and this they effect by depressing the nervous power, 
and by diminishing the energy of the brain and that of 
the spinal marrow." Prof. Dunglison, of Jefferson Col- 
lege, Philadelphia, says, " sedatives are medicines which 
directly depress the vital forces." This is about the 
doctrine maintained by all the most popular authors of 
Europe and America. But it is only necessary to 
observe the effects of some of the most deadly sedatives, 
as Cyanogen in its combination with Hydrogen — Hy- 
drocyanic acid; Potassium — Cyanide of Potassium; and 
of Sulphur in its combinations with Hydrogen — 
Sulphuretted Hydrogen, Sulphuret of Ammonia ; and of 
Carbon when combined with Oxygen in the form of 
Carbonic Acid Gas ; or of some vegetable products, as 
Laurel, Bitter Almonds, the empyreumatic oil of To- 
bacco, &c. ; and there can be no doubt of a direct and 
deadly depressing power. 

A single drop of the anhydrous hydrocyanic acid will 
extinguish vitality in an instant. It is alika deadly to 
all animals from the worm to man, and is also little 
less destructive to vegetables. The author first quoted 
above says that it will " destroy the animal as instan- 
taneously as the most powerful shock of an electric 
battery, or the stroke of lightning ;" and by experiment- 
ing with the poison in a diluted state we find that this 

* Elements of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, London, 1835 



16 INTRODUCTION. 

deadly power is absolutely of a sedative character 
When given in this way it prostrates the energy of the 
brain, spinal marrow and general nervous system, as is 
evinced in the sinking of the pulse, loss of sense and 
motion, and depression of the mental powers, stupor 
and general prostration that supervene. It seems also 
that the contractility and irritability of the muscular 
fibre is destroyed in like manner. 






DOMESTIC MEDICINE, 



OF FEVER. — ITS GENERAL PATHOLOGY. 

Whatever other objects of interest or importance 
may be found in the pathway of the medical inquirer, 
there is none in the province of pathology, that holds a 
higher claim to our careful, thorough, and candid inves- 
tigation, than the subject of fever; and this holds good, 
whether we consider the subject in reference to its own 
intrinsic importance, or the fact that it is comparatively 
so little understood. 

The history of all ages, proves it to have held the 
highest rank of all pathological questions. Hippocrates, 
Erasistratus, Asclepiades, Athenaeus, Galen, and Avi- 
cenna, among the ancients, and Van Helmont, Stahl, 
Hoffman, Boerhaave, Cullen, Brown ; and Broussais, 
among the moderns, have been the most prominent 
of the authors, who have founded their systems of medi- 
cine upon their views of fever. 

The ancient Romans, who supposed that diseases 
were sent by their deities, as rewards for their follies, 
were accustomed ever to enter the Temple of Fanum in 
fear and awe, when they directed their supplications 
against fever. 

Horace calls all the emanations from Pandora's box, 
simply fevers. . 

" If we except," says Van Swieten, " those who perish 
by a violent death, and such as are extinguished by 
mere old age, and which are indeed few, almost all the 
rest die either of fever, or of diseases accompanied 
with fever." 

But, however important and labored this subject has 
been, still the true essence of fever, or, to speak more' 
professionally, its etiology, has not been so satisfactorily 

certained, or so clearly demonstrated, as to meet the 
2 



18 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

views of all. On this head, our countryman, Professor 
J. Eberle, very deploringly remarks : " The history of 
practical medicine, consists of little else than a review 
of the doctrines which have successively risen and sunk 
again, concerning the nature and treatment of fever. 
* * * From a retrospective glance over the 
history of our science, we are forced to acknowledge 
that there is, perhaps, no subject which is more emi- 
nently calculated to humble the pride of human reason, 
than this one. In relation to this subject, pathology has 
been in a continued state of revolution and instability. 
The human mind has been engaged' with it for near 
three thousand years. Theories have risen and sunk 
again in a continued and rapid series of succession, 
each has had its hour to ' strut upon the stage,' and its 
votaries to yield it faith ; but the stream of time has 
hitherto overturned all these unsubstantial, though often 
highly wrought fabrics." 

Alas, the truth of these remarks are but too apparent! 
as will be perceived by a glance over the theories of the 
most prominent authors on medicine 

Thus the fate of genius in the past history, would 
now give but poor encouragement to enter upon the 
farther prosecution of this important, and seemingly, 
almost unfathomable subject, were it not that the hu- 
man mind is so constituted, that our interest in any 
subject increases in the same ratio that its intricacy 
deepens. 

But, it may be asked, has the mind made no real 
advancement in relation to the pathology of fever? 
Are our views now, no more correct and rational than 
were those of the ancients? and are we still destined 
to wander only in the dark mazes of speculation and 
hypothesis, on this important subject? Far from it; 
the human mind is continually verging toward truth, 
and few efforts are made on this subject, which do not 
contribute in some degree, to open th^ pathway to the 
great discovery : and however much error there may 
exist in any theory, there is generally some truth also ; 
and as the former is unprofitable, it i& generally rejected 
as soon as detected, while the latter is treasured up 
from one author to another, until our knowledge has 
now so advanced, that the honor of producing a perfect 



FEVER. ITS GENERAL PATHOLOGY. 19 

theory on this subject, cannot be claimed by any one 
individual. 

What is fever ? Like many other things that are at 
once obvious to our senses, and concerning the presence 
of which almost any one can readily decide, fever does 
not admit of a strictly correct and unobjectionable defi- 
nition, as there is not a single one of its symptoms 
which is invariably present, and which can be consid- 
ered as absolutely essential to its existence.* But the 
modification of the symptoms is only circumstantial, 
and the following may be considered among the most 
common indicating its presence: a sense of chilliness, 
attended by thirst, and which is succeeded first by hot 
flushes, and then a diffused heat throughout the body; 
quick, hard, and throbbing pulse ; hurried respiration ; 
obstruction of the secretions and excretions ; headache, 
restlessness, soreness of the flesh, aching of the bones, 
husky dryness of the skin ; sickness at the stomach, loss 
of appetite, and furred tongue. 

The proximate cause of fever, as already hinted, has 
ever been an object of labored inquiry, and it would be 
gratifying if those labors had been equally well rewarded 
in the record of practical facts. 

In the early ages of medicine, the proximate cause of 
fever was supposed to be found in the humors of the 
body. These were supposed to be either altered in their 
consistence, or obstructed and deranged in their circula- 
tion. But then it remained to be shown how these de- 
rangements were produced. It is easy to say that 
obstruction is the cause of fever, but this is only beg- 
ging the question ; what is the cause of the obstruction? 
If the obstruction is referred to the remote causes, then 
the former must be of a definite or identical character. 
This point has been assumed, and it has been variously 

* Boerhaave collected together, from a great number of authors, 
all the symptoms which had been observed in fevers. He then 
struck from this list all those which do not appear in every form of 
fever, retaining such only, as, by the common admission of authors, 
and his own observations, were found to be present in all cases ; and 
the consequence was, that only three symptoms were remaining, 
namely: a quick and frequent pulse, preternatural heat of the sur- 
face of the body, and a sense of cold and chilliness in the com- 
mencement ; and it has been remarked that he might have gone 
further, and struck these also from his list. 



20 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

claimed to be obstruction of the circulation and of the 
perspiration. But if this be the proximate cause, how 
are the most marked symptoms, as the excessive heat, 
the increased activity of the circulation, and the chills, 
produced ? 

The proximate cause must always account for the 
production of the symptoms, else it cannot be called the 
proximate cause. 

Again, it has been claimed, in more modern times, 
that fever is simply an excessive vital action, and with 
this view, the sedatives and debilitants have been em- 
ployed as its antidotes. 

But if the proximate cause is excessive vital action, 
then the remote causes must be excessive stimuli, or a 
redundancy of the inherent vital principle, which latter 
supposes an absurdity ; and if the former be the remote 
cause of lever, why is it that the fever is not discon- 
tinued on removing stimulating causes ? and how could 
we explain the result of fever from strictly sedative 
causes, as cold, exhaustion, and sedative drugs ? But 
these questions were not intended in this brief article, 
and the design of the work will by no means admit of 
a full disquisition of the many points of interest, that 
crowd upon us in the contemplation of this important 
subject. A few condensed remarks, comprising the 
author's own views of the pathology of fever, is all that 
can here be admitted. 

To detect any cause of disease, we should always 
refer to the physiological state, in order that we may 
appreciate justly the extent of the pathological state 
for disease, literally, is only a deviation from the stan 
dard of health. 

The physiological functions are dependent, in part, 
upon chemical and mechanical, as well as vital laws ; and 
as all laws are capable of infringement, these are all 
liable to be disturbed in the order of their institution. 

It must be assumed, however, that the vital law main- 
tains the supremacy, in the mutual influences of the 
several laws of our constitution. Then if it be further 
granted that the vital influence* is capable of modifica- 

* As the terms vital power, vital force, vital integrity, &c, are fre- 
quently employed, it may be proper to qualify the sense in which 



FEVER. ITS GENERAL PATHOLOGY. 21 

tion in its manifestation, or in other words, that the 
integrity of the vital principle may be interrupted, or its 
energy diminished, it is easy to discover that other 
forces, which are in the order of our economy regulated 
by this principle, and which have a tendency to tran- 
scend the normal limits of their action, as they are less 
restrained, may evince their native tendencies according 
as the circumstances will admit. 

Thus the chemical laws which are subservient to the 
vital purposes, and are essential to digestion, calorifica- 
tion, metamorphosis, and most other vital functions, 
may nevertheless be a cause of mischief. The chemical 
action of oxygen upon the materials of the circulation, 
is the cause of the animal heat; but if the action of 
oxygen is not properly directed or sufficiently restrained 
by the vital power, as the circumstances may demand, 
this chemical action may become excessive, and thus a 
preternatural amount of heat will be produced; this 
heat is called fever heat. 

The avidity with which oxygen combines with carbon 
and hydrogen, two of the chief constituents of the blood, 
is very great. Under certain circumstances the ele- 
ments unite with a flame of fire, as is well knowm. 

When venous or dark blood, rendered so by the pres- 
ence of carbonic acid, is agitated with oxygen gas, it is 
changed into the vermilion-colored arterial blood, just 
as occurs in the process of common respiration. This 
is due to the absorption of oxygen by the blood, and 

they are used here, since there has been so much affected ridicule 
bestowed upon them. And first, it is here assumed that the em- 
ployment of the terms, cannot justly render any one liable to the 
charge of supposing a superior intelligence or divinity in the living 
organism, as has been asserted. 

That there are peculiar manifestations of a conservative power, 
no one can dispute, in the face of such an array of facts as crowd 
upon us ; the inherent reparative processes are positive and unmis- 
ta able, even if the conservative power be denied. It does not 
matter whether this be called a law of organized matter, physical 
instinct, or whether it be called the vital principle. Nor does it mat- 
ter, as to the fact of its existence, what its peculiar identity is, or 
what its existence may be more specially associated with. Whether 
it be the nervous power, electricity, or magnetism, it is not neces- 
sary here to decide. Nevertheless the conjecture may be ventured, 
that, in the superior animals, this power stands very nearly associated 
with the nervous system. 



22 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the escape of carbonic acid gas. The chemical combi 
nation of oxygen and carbon is always free and active, 
unless restrained by other forces ; and the influence of 
the oxygen afforded by respiration, will thus always be 
excessive when the integrity of the laws regulating it 
(the vital laws) is impaired, or in other words, when the 
vital power is deficient. 

The deficiency of vital resistance is, however, not 
necessarily of the positive kind, it may be comparative 
only, and this fact should be distinctly noted.* 

It has been objected to former theories on fever, that 
the proximate cause does not account for all the essen- 
tial phenomena involved. This objection, it is thought, 
is here obviated. 

The proximate cause being referred here to the chem- 
ical action of oxygen, the same as oar modern physiolo- 
gists do in accounting for the production of animal heat,f 
and the proposition that more combustion produces 
more heat being self-evident, it remains only to be 
shown such excessive oxydation may take place, in the 
order of the animal economy. 

In the first place, it may be observed that the vital 
economy is, to some extent, subject to all the physical 
influences with which we may be brought in contact, 
and but for the conservative power inherent to our 
living bodies, our physical organism would be the pas- 
sive sport of the play of governing affinities of matter, 
as is eminently proven by the decay of our dead bodies. 

Bat further, the vital protection is of a limited char- 
acter. Our bodies are by no means protected from 
certain degrees of mechanical or chemical violence ; we 
may be crushed to atoms, or be burnt to ashes. 

While ever the functions of respiration and circu- 
lation are sustained, there is a liability to excessive 



* In the common combined and comparatively neutral state of the 
chemical agents, as we find them in the atmosphere, water, &c, 
oxygen, being already combined, is less forcible in its action upon 
the system ; in order to its excessive action, therefore, a positive 
deficiency of the conservative force is necessary to the rise of fever ; 
but when the chemical force is free, the full vital resistance is insuf- 
ficient to prevent its influence. This must then be considered a« 
deficient vital resistance, in the comparative degree. 

f Hee Liebig's An. Chem., p. 17. 



FEVER. ITS GENERAL PATHOLOGY. 23 

oxydation and consequent fever, as there are so many 
remote causes which affect or modify the conservative 
power. All sedatives, exhaustion, deficient or improper 
nourishment, poisons, as malaria or miasmata, &c, are 
examples of these. 

An interesting example of excessive oxydation, and 
of the invasion of fever without a positive deficiency of 
vital force, is found in the respiration of air more highly, 
charged with oxygen, or of pure oxygen itself; and 
here we have a full illustration of the proximate cause 
and symptoms of fever, according to the theory here given. 

When pure oxygen is respired, we soon discover the 
effects of a powerful excitant; the respiration, though 
at first natural, is soon increased and becomes exces- 
sively rapid, as in common synocha; the circulation is 
also quickened in a corresponding degree, until the 
pulse throbs with great violence; the general system is 
in a state of great excitement and heat, and manifests 
all the symptoms of common inflammatory fever. If 
the process is continued, the delirium gives place to a 
deep stupor, the vital power sinks, and death closes the 
scene. 

The thirst, dryness of the mouth and skin, and the 
obstruction of the general secretions, together with all 
the other symptoms common to fever, are mostclearly 
evinced in this case, proving beyond a doubt the part 
that oxygen takes in the production of fever. 

The varieties of fever and their various grades of 
violence, are always dependent upon the remote causes, 
and upon the idiosyncrasy and habits of the patients. 
Thu3 an exposure to ma? sh-miasmata, is likely to result 
in intermittents and remittents ; sudden exposures to 
cold and wet, are most likely to occasion inflammatory 
fever ; and fatigue, and other long-continued depressing 
causes, give rise to continued fevers ; while the specific 
remote causes or contagions, as those of scarletina, 
rubeola and variola, give rise to the fevers bearing their 
names. But still the proximate cause is the same in all, 
for the remote cause only opens the way for the former, 
and gives to it its distinctive character. 

That theory which explains the greatest number of 
facts with the fewest assumptions, must ever be pre- 
ferred ; in this, the present has the advantage. It has 



24 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

already been stated that the preternatural oxydatioir 
explains all the symptoms common to fever. 

The premonitory symptoms of intermittents, remit- 
tents, and continued fevers, characterized by a sense 
of languor, listlessness, drowsiness, stupor, yawning, 
stretching, and depression of spirits, which are so gen- 
erally noticed by authors, could only be expected as 
legitimate consequences of a diminished state of the 
vital energies, brought on by the remote causes, as 
already stated. 

The chill which succeeds or accompanies the state of 
languor, is dependent upon a morbid sensation of the 
nervous system, common to a want of vital integrity, a3 
is illustrated by the sedative effects of cold. Cold, as is 
well known, has no inherent power to produce a shake 
as in ague; for we find that in such parts of the body 
where the nervous circulation is obstructed by ligatures, 
the peculiar effect here referred to does not take place. 
Many different sedative agents are capable of produ- 
cing this sensation or effect upon the nerves. Thus the 
effects of the various passions, as joy, anger, grief, fear, 
&c, present the same phenomena, when the exciting 
power of the passion is over. 

Intense pain, likewise, is capable of modifying sensa- 
tion. Thus in the passage of biliary or urinary calculi, 
and the formation of pus, as well as in painful surgical 
operations, or even in toothache, we often find that the 
effect upon the nerves is the same, and the sense of 
chill, rigors, and even shakes, are produced. 

It is certain that the sense of chill and the shake of 
ague, is not, in this instance, occasioned by cold, as we 
find the heat of the body is about the same as in the 
natural state. Nor will heating the body remove the 
chill. The author has frequently seen patients shake 
most violently in the vapor bath of the highest endurable 
temperature.* The excessive oxydation which is con- 
sidered as the proximate cause of fever, and which we 
know, from the acknowledged laws of our constitution 
and the physical elements, must of necessity be liable to 
take place in this exposed condition of the system, is 

* The fact that tonics are better remedies for agues or chills than 
simple stimulaDts, goes far to establish the above position. 



FEVER. ITS GENERAL PATHOLOGY. 25 

fully equal to the production of the hot stage of fever. 
The extra heat produced by the excessive chemical ac- 
tion of oxygen, excites an increased action of the heart 
and arteries, and by consequence, the respiration is 
quickened, and thus in turn an increased supply of oxy- 
gen is furnished, to raise more heat and fever. 

Irritation of the blood-vessels, and particularly of the 
arteries and capillaries, has ever been known to be 
attended by a corresponding sluggishness of glandular 
action ; and on this principle the dryness of the skin 
and mouth, and the general obstruction of the secretions, 
is easily accounted for. Oxygen acts as an irritant and 
excitant, and when present in the circulation in a proper 
proportion, it is sufficient only to maintain the normal 
action of the heart and arteries ; but when it is present 
in excessive quantity, it produces too much irritation, 
and thus arrests the action of the glandular organs. 

The periodicity of action in intermittents and remit- 
tents, is dependent upon peculiarities of the remote 
cause — the marsh -miasmata — which suppresses rather 
than destroys the vital action, and thus, upon the inter- 
mission of its force, the recuperative powers are mani- 
fested in producing the apyrexia. It is highly probable, 
moreover, that the vital power, or vis medicatrix natures, 
may do much in breaking up the paroxysm of fever; a 
rallying of the vital energies at the time when the 
remote febrific cause ceases, (in virtue of its own pecu- 
liar mode of action,) may modify or discontinue its 
violence, and must doubtless be sufficient to produce the 
intermission. 

The sweating stage of fever, is but the natural effect 
of the re-establishment of the functions of secretion. 
Perspiration is a secreted fluid, as is implied in the 
foregoing pages, and hence is dependent upon the laws 
of secretion. After the functions of the secretion in 
the skin have been obstructed for a while, and are then 
again restored to their normal, or perhaps, even an 
increased action, it is plain that so marked an evidence 
of their active state should be evinced, as we observe in 
the copious sweat that succeeds the hot stage of fever. 
It must moreover be supposed, that when the irritation 
of the blood-vessels is modified by the suspension of the 
remote cause of the fever, and the system becomes 



26 DOMESTIC MEDICOVE. 

relaxed, such an effect as diaphoresis is favored by the 
momentum of the circulation, which continues for some 
time after the febrile excitement abates. 

The critical discharges attending fevers, are the obvi- 
ous results of the phenomena already explained. The 
precipitation in the urine, as an instance, is the effect of 
the chemical changes upon the substance of the tissues, 
by the oxygen,* and this process also occasions Jhe 
emaciation. Haemorrhages are produced by the arte- 
rial excitement. Diarrhoea is often incidental, but it 
may be accounted for as a critical discharge, on the 
same principle to which the increased activity of the 
cuticular emunctories is referred. 

Thus it is evident that the essence of fever is not in- 
compatible with the vital economy ; nay, it is certain 
that it is identical with some of the most important 
phenomena of animal life. The oxydation of the Mood, the 
metamorphosis of the tissues, &c, are indispensable to the 
physiological state. Fever is only mischievous, therefore, 
in the extent of its developments, and not in its essence. f 

From the foregoing considerations, the remedies for 
fevers are very obvious. They should be directed to the 
support of nature or the vital force, and should consist 
of relaxants, proper evacuants, and tonics, together with 
various mechanical or hygienic means, as cold effu- 
sions, hot vapors, &c, according as the circumstances 
or different stages of the fever may indicate. 

Those remedies which are exhibited on the principle 
that fever is an excess of vital action, should be avoided. 
Fever is excessive action, but not strictly excessive vital 
action — it is excessive chemical action. 

This subject is already extended beyond the limits 
designed for it in the present work, and the reader is 
therefore referred, for further illustration of this theory, 
to the extended treatise on fever by the author, in his 
larger work on the principles and practice of medicine, 
designed for the profession. 

For the various modifications and symptoms of fever, 
see the respective articles on the specific forms of fever, 
which immediately succeed. 



* It is equivalent to the ashes of common combustion. 

+ See what is said, on this «*»"»ject, in the article on inflammation. 



INTERMITTENT FEVER. 27 

INTERMITTENT FEVER. — (Febris Intermittens.) 

AGUE. FEVER AND AGUE. 

Intermittent fever, as the name denotes, occurs in the 
form of successive paroxysms. These come on at vari- 
ous regular intervals, the length of which mark the 
distinctions in the forms of the disease : thus, when a 
paroxysm occurs as frequent as once in twenty-four 
hours, the intermittent is called quotidian ; when it comes 
on every forty-eight hours, it is denominated tertian, 
which is the most common form of the disease ; when 
the return is suspended for seventy-two hours, it is 
called quartan. 

These are the most common forms in which the ague 
appears, but instances nevertheless occur, in which re- 
duplications of these take place, as double and triple 
tertians, &c. The former of these may, however, be mis- 
taken for quotidians, a paroxysm occurring every day, but 
varying in intensity, time of access, duration,&c, still 
every other paroxysm will be similar. The triple tertian 
is marked by the occurrence of two paroxysms every 
other day, and a single one on the intermediate day. 

Very rare instances occur of the appearance of regu- 
lar paroxysms at long intervals, as one or two weeks. 

Symptoms. — The incipient or forming stage of an 
intermittent paroxysm, is attended with symptoms 
which do not differ much from those of other forms of 
fever. There is generally a sense of lassitude, frequent 
yawning and stretching, and an uncomfortable sense of 
weariness of the entire body, attended with slight pains, 
and aching in the loins and extremities. 

Cold Stage* — Sooner or later, after the appearance of 
the foregoing symptoms, the patient begins to experi- 
ence slight and transient sensations of cold, along the 
back ; the nails and lips turn blue, and the skin pale. 

* Called so from the sensation, as from cold, which the subject 
experiences. 



28 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The chilly sensation now pervades the whole body ; the 
patient becomes restless and irritable in his feelings ; 
his ideas pass his mind unusually rapid, and being im- 
patient, he crumps himself down in a chair, or goes to 
bed, shivering and shaking with the sensation of cold. 
The shaking or rigors, in some instances become so se- 
vere as to resemble convulsions, and not unfrequently 
alarm those unacquainted with this distressing com- 
plaint. During the chills, the sensibility of the suiface 
becomes benumbed ; the skin is unusually pale, shrunken 
and rough, presenting to the touch those small prom- 
inences that have given rise to the name goose-skin. 
which are caused by the prominence of the bulbs of the 
hair owing to the departure or recession of the fluids 
from the skin. During the chills, as well as the follow- 
ing stage, the breathing is remarkably quick, and some- 
what laborious, vomiting also occurs in many instances ; 
the matter ejected is generally bilious and foul. The 
duration of this stage is variable, but usually lasts from 
fifteen minutes to one or two hours. The chills are not 
always as severe as above noticed, and it sometimes 
happens in some persons, that only a slight sense of 
coldness is felt. Small children seldom shake ; they, 
however, exhibit marked signs of chilliness. 

Hot Stage. — The cold stage is rapidly succeeded by 
the hot or feverish state, which is premonished by sick- 
ness at the stomach, thirst, and dryness of the tongue. 
As the sensation of cold subsides, the color of the skin 
changes, and becomes red ; the countenance is flushed, 
tongue dry, and thirst intense. The pulse, which in 
the cold stage is contracted and weak, now becomes 
full, hard and frequent. The fever runs high, and is 
attended with intense headache, generally in the fore- 
head. The temperature of the blood generally rises 
from two to four degrees Fahrenheit. The hot stage 
usually lasts considerably longer than the cold. 

Sweating Stage. — This stage, which is commonly re- 
garded as the effect of vital reaction, constitutes the 
last in the paroxysm. The perspiration appears first on 
the face and breast, but soon occurs on the entire body 
and is, in some instances, so considerable as to wet the 



INTERMITTENT FEVER. 29 

clothes about the patient. The headache is now gone, 
and likewise the thirst; the pulse becomes softer and 
less frequent ; the breathing easy and free, and the heat 
subsides rapidly. The urine, if voided now, is free, and 
deposits a pale red sediment, but in the preceding stage 
is scanty, and has no sediment. The perspiration con- 
tinues until the patient is entirely free and comfortable, 
enjoying the condition of apyrexia, or convalescence. 

Cause. — Koino-miasmata, or poisonous effluvia, arising 
from marshes and stagnant waters containing decaying 
vegetables, is the general remote cause of intermittent 
fever ; nevertheless, instances of this disease have been 
said to occur from other causes, such as sudden suppres- 
sion of accustomed evacuations, &c. The time neces- 
sary for the development of the disease, after the expo- 
sure, is generally from one day to two weeks. Dr. 
Macculloch has stated that it never takes more than 
twenty-four hours from the exposure ; but he was most 
certainly mistaken in the matter. 

Agues generally occur in autumn, and are most prev- 
alent in warm and dry weather. The distance that this 
poison is carried by the atmosphere from the place 
whence it emanates, in quantities sufficient to bring on 
the disease, varies very much, as it is much governed 
by the direction of the wind, altitude of the ground, &c. 
But it is evidently, in some instances, carried several 
miles. 

Intermittents are seldom fatal in their termination ; 
but if badly managed, or suffered to run too long, they 
often bring on other diseases, such as dropsies, enlarge- 
ments of the spleen and liver, dyspepsia, &c, which 
are sometimes difficult to cure. If the two first stages, 
or either of them, become milder or shorter in their 
duration ; if the paroxysms come on at a later hour, or 
should miss occasionally altogether, and if the strength 
and appetite keep up good ; or when a scabby erup- 
tion about the mouth and nose breaks out, and the nat- 
ural discharges, suppressed by the ague, reappear, the 
signs are favorable. But if the duration of the cold and 
hot stages increases; and if the fever and headache 
should be very severe, especially if attended with delir- 
ium or coma ; if the abdomen should grow tense, the 



30 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

tonsils swell up, or the urine become bloody ; or should 
the intermittent change into a severe remittent, or 
typhus, the signs are unfavorable. But the latter seldom 
occur, except in warm countries, and as the result of 
bad treatment. 

Treatment. — Tonics have proved to be the proper 
remedies for intermittent fever. But it must be observed, 
as the author has elsewhere stated, (see Therapeutics, 
page 401.) that all tonics are not efficient alike, in the 
cure of intermittents. Gentian, columba, and most 
other tonics in common use for simple debility, are far 
inferior to certain other articles of the same class of 
agents, as cinchona, cornus, euonymus, salix, &c. 

It must be observed, moreover, that all diseases ot 
periodic occurrence are very apt to relapse, after being 
arrested. Hence medicines employed for their cure 
must never be entirely discontinued, as soon as the 
symptoms disappear. 

The question has been mooted whether evacuants 
may be safely omitted, while intermittents are treated 
with tonics. But experience has now cleared this point 
beyond cavil with many. The importance of evacu- 
ants is always dependent upon the state of the secre- 
tions. If these are much deranged, they are necessary. 
When there is nausea and oppression at the stomach, 
attended with loss of appetite and headache during the 
intervals of the paroxysms, an emetic, consisting of 
equal parts of sanguinaria and lobelia, should precede 
the tonic remedies. 

The following formula gives one of the most simple 
and best compounds of the tonic class for agues : 

$r Quinine, I -^ , . 

Ext. Cornus Fior. (Alcoholic,) \ Mual parts * 

Let the extract be of proper consistence for pill- 
making, and make up the materials into pills of the 
usual size ; give two of these three times a day, until 
the paroxysms cease, then give the following : 

# Ext. Sanguinaria C. (Alcoholic,) ) -,-, , mmm . 
Ext. Euonymus. \ E( l ual P arts " 

Make into pills, and give one every morning and even- 
ing for three days. 



REMITTENT FEVER. 31 

Should there be any signs of bilious derangement, a 
cathartic may now be given, composed of two parts of 
the alcoholic extract of apocynum A., and one of podo- 
phyllin, in the form of pills. 

The use of the quinine pills should always be resumed 
in from three to six days after their first employment, to 
prevent a relapse, which is so common in all intermit- 
tent diseases. Three or four doses of the pills at this 
'time, are sufficient to insure the cure : whereas, if this 
precaution were not observed, it would frequently be 
necessary afterward, to renew the entire treatment. 

Convalescents from intermittent fever should avoid 
laborious exercise, as this is entirely incompatible with 
a sure recovery. 

In the treatment of this as in many other diseases, we 
often find some eccentricities to prevail; occasionally 
there will a case occur, which will not yield to the usu- 
ally successful remedies. Thus, after cinchona or all 
its preparations have failed, a single dose of the san- 
guinaria, eupatorium, podophyllum, aristolochia, aloes, 
or even black pepper, will prove successful. 

The fact should never be overlooked, that astringents 
very much promote the power of simple tonics, in the 
cure of intermittents as well as other diseases. 



REMITTENT FEVER.— (Febris Remittens.) 

BILIOUS FEVER. 

This form of periodical fever, is scarcely less common 
than the foregoing. It differs from it in being more vio- 
lent in its attack, as well as in having its first and last 
stages less distinct, and its middle or hot stage of much 
longer continuance, so that the intermission or apyrexia 
is very short, and in some cases scarcely observable. 

Symptoms. — In remittents we witness the usual pre- 
monitories of fever, a sense of languor or debility, and 



32 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

relaxation, attended with lassitude and peevishnesss, or 
irritableness of temper. Generally there is a remark- 
ably increased sensitiveness to cold, and shortly before 
the febrile paroxysms set in, there is a distressing ten- 
derness of the skin, so that the slightest touch causes 
pain ; even combing the hair in a contrary direction, 
causes a feeling of soreness, as if the skin were blis 
tered. At times, transient chills, alternated with slight 
flashes of heat, are experienced at this stage. These 
symptoms continue, longer or shorter, until finally the 
fever is fully established. The sufferings of the patient 
are now much enhanced by intense pains in the head, 
eyes, back, and limbs, particularly in the bones of the 
legs. There is also an intolerable soreness of the flesh, 
lasting for many days. The secretions and excretions 
(except the bile,) are checked, and hence the skin is dry, 
and the mouth and eyes also lack moisture ; the urine 
is scanty, and the bowels costive. The bile is an im- 
pure alkaline product of combustion, corresponding to 
the ashes of common combustion in open fires, and is, 
in this fever, very abundant, being absorbed into the 
circulation and diffused throughout the entire system, 
staining the eyes and skin yellow. The tongue is cov- 
ered with a thick brownish-yellow fur, and the thirst 
intolerable. There is, sometimes, considerable disturb- 
ance of the stomach, attended with nausea, and vom- 
iting of bilious matter. A sense of fullness is also some- 
times felt in the region of the stomach and liver. These 
symptoms, accompanied with a high fever, run on for a 
longer or shorter period, when they moderate down 
somewhat, or give way entirely, for a short time, to a 
slight perspiration. This remission generally occurs in 
the morning, and lasts only an hour or two, when 
another paroxysm, perhaps much more severe, sets in, 
which again yields, like the former, and thus the parox- 
ysms continue to succeed one after another, until the 
disease ends in death, or is either overcome by the vital 
force, or removed by medicine, or perhaps yields to an 
intermittent, or typhus, according to the extent of vital 
resistance. 

It is to be remarked that the above description only 
applies to the milder forms of remittents, and that the 
malignant character is much worse than this, in every 



REMITTENT FEVER. 33 

way. Remittents sometimes seem to prevail as epi- 
demics. 

Marsh-miasma is considered the general remote cause 
of remittent as well as intermittent fever. Thus it is 
mostly confined to low grounds or marshy districts, and 
places bordering on sluggish streams. The disease is 
more common in southern latitudes, and occurs mostly 
in Autumn. 

Remittent is distinguished from intermittent fever, by 
the longer duration of its paroxysms, and from all the 
varieties of continued fever by the remissions of this. 

Among the favorable symptoms of remittent fever, 
may be considered : the protraction of the remissions, 
free perspiration, the free discharge of urine depositing 
a red or brownish sediment, and every sign of its 
change into an intermittent, the most prominent of 
which are, a comparative mildness of the symptoms 
every second day. 

But should the strength of the patient fail rapidly, 
and the remissions grow shorter and less marked, and 
should the pulse sink and the patient incline to stupor 
or delirium, danger may justly be apprehended. 

Treatment. — If we commence our treatment in the 
heat of a paroxysm, and the pulse is hard, full and 
quick, the first thing to be done for the comfort of the 
patient is to cool the surface, either by a cold shower 
bath, wet sheets, or sponging, as the strength of the 
patient, or other circumstances, may indicate. The 
effect of this will be admirable ; if the patient be delir- 
ious this will compose him; and if restless and nervous, 
it will quiet him. The paroxysm is usually broken up 
by this means, and a free perspiration and refreshing- 
sleep will often ensue. The bathing should be con- 
tinued until the desired effect is produced. After the 
bath, the surface must be dried by a soft towel, and 
then rubbed briskly with coarse linen, or the flesh brush 
may be employed in its stead. An emetic composed of 
equal parts of lobelia and sanguinaria may now be 
given, and its operation promoted by liberal draughts of 
boneset tea. 

If, after the operation of the emetic, the pulse be soft 
and, in the adult age, not over seventy-five or eighty to 
3 



34 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the minute, and the skin is moist, it may only be neces* 
sary to follow up by the use of some sudorific or dia- 
phoretic drink, as the infusion of boneset, or the acetate 
of ammonia. 

On the following day, a cathartic should be given : 

R Podophillin, ) v , 

Ext. Eupatorium Per.} E( * ual P arts - 

Form into pills, and give two, three hours apart. 

Should the fever set in again at any time after the 
cathartic has done its duty, the patient should be envel- 
oped with a wet sheet, either cold or hot, according to 
the temperament of the patient — the sanguine and 
bilious temperaments requiring cold, while the nervous 
and lymphatic may indicate warm water for the pur- 
pose. The patient after being enveloped by the wet 
sheet, must be placed in bed and covered well with 
warm clothes, so as to promote perspiration. The latter 
may be favored also by means of sudorific drinks, or 
even by copious draughts of cold water. 

If there be difficulty in procuring diaphoresis, a tea 
spoonful of the acetate of ammonia may be given once 
an hour, until the effect is produced, when it may be 
given in smaller and less frequent doses. Conjoined 
with, or in lieu of this, under doses of lobelia and the 
extract of eupatorium perfoliatum may be employed. 

In difficult cases the emetic must be repeated, and 
the interium well supplied with relaxants and dia- 
phoretics. 

The bowels must be kept free by the use of the 
eupatorium extract 

As soon as an intermission is produced, and in cases 
where there is no delirium or tendency to congestion to 
the head, the best anti-intermittent tonics, as quinine, or 
the pills in the first formula recommended for intermit- 
tent fever, should be used in proper doses, say three to 
five grains three times per day. 

When there is much headache or delirium, a mustard 
plaster applied to the ankles and nape of the neck, will 
be serviceable. 

The pain in the extremities which often becomes 
intolerable, may be relieved by the following : 



CONTINUED FEVER. 35 

]jfc Tincture of Lobelia, 4 oz., 
Oil Cajeput, ^ " 

Oil Sassafras, ^ " 

Shake well, and apply with the hand. 

Some practitioners are in the habit of treating this 
fever by the free use of nauseants, composed principally 
of lobelia; others depend upon the vapor bath, in con- 
junction with emetics ; while some again contend, that 
no treatment is so good as the tonic or quinine treat- 
ment, from the commencement. These several plans 
have their preference, only according as the circum- 
stances or indications of the case may be. The tonics 
must never be discontinued, until the patient is well 
advanced in convalescence. 



CONTINUED FEVER. — (Febris Continua ; Synochus.) 

SIMPLE CONTINUED FEVER. 

The term continued fever, is only relative, as it is an 
occurrence remarkably rare, if indeed it ever happens, 
that a fever runs its entire course, without an intermis- 
sion of seme character. The name is therefore only 
given to distinguish those fevers which have no well 
marked intermissions or remissions, from those already 
described, which have such marked intervals of relief. 
To this class belong synocha or simple inflammatory 
fever, synochus, typhus, typhoid, and the plague. But it is 
thought best to treat all these separately, for there is no 
one of them that does not possess such peculiarities as 
are well calculated to distinguish them. It is therefore 
designed to treat synochus alone, under this head, as it 
best answers to the name ; it likewise being that form 
of fever most generally known through the country, as 
simple continued fever. 

This grade of fever, is that most generally met in 
common practice ; it occurs in all seasons, climates and 
places, and among all classes of people. 



36 DGMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Symptoms. — This, like some other forms of fever, 
admits of such a variety of modifications, that, it is diffi- 
cult to give such a history of the symptoms, as will 
enable those unacquainted with it, readily to recognize 
it in all its modifications. The affection is sometimes 
so slight, that medicine does not become necessary ; and 
again, it occurs in a form so violent, that it admits of 
cure with difficulty. Before the fever rises, the patient 
generally complains of considerable debility; corpoial 
and mental languor, which is succeeded by chills, that 
are soon attended alternately with flashes of heat, that 
continue until finally the fever sets in. In more aggra- 
vated cases, the fever is ushered in by a distinct cold 
stage, characterized by great lassitude, restlessness, a 
feeling of tension and confusion in the brain, oppressed 
and anxious breathing, feebleness and quickness of 
pulse, a clammy tongue, disgust for food, flatulency, 
frequent nausea, retching and vomiting. The fever now 
sets in; the pulse becomes full and frequent, about 112 
to tlie minute ; the face flushed, and the carotid and 
temporal arteries are observed to throb considerably. 
The patient suffers much from headache and thirst, and 
becomes very restless and peevish. The tongue is at 
first white, but soon becomes covered by a darkish- 
brown fur; the skin is hot and dry, the urine is gener- 
ally high-colored and without sediment, the bowels are 
torpid, and the discharges assume a clay-colored appear- 
ance. Intolerance of light and sound is also complained 
of, even from the beginning, and now the patient is often 
delirious through the night, but is generally easier in the 
morning, when sometimes a little sleep is obtained. 

These symptoms generally continue from six to ten 
days, with little variation, only that sometimes a short 
interval of ease is enjoyed in the morning. About this 
time a change may be looked for ; the disease from this 
usually declines, or the patient either dies, or sinks into 
a low state from which recovery is doubtful. 

Cause. — This fever is generally brought on by expo- 
sure to cold, and fatigue from hard labor, or other exer- 
cise. Any cause, in short, that is calculated to diminish 
suddenly the vital force, may bring on continued fever 
Sudden changes of the weather from hot to cold, the 



CONTINUED FEVER. 37 

wearing of damp or wet clothes, cooling suddenly when 
in a perspiration, drinking copiously of cold water 
while the body is heated by exercise, intemperance, ex- 
cessive venery, and violent passions, are all capable of 
bringing on the disease, but cold is by far the most 
fruitful cause. 

By careful attention to the description of the symp- 
toms, simple continued fever may generally be distin- 
guished from all others ; but as already hinted, the 
modifications of this grade of fever are quite various, 
and therefore, some difficulty in the diagnosis may some- 
times be experienced. But happily the treatment of 
this, and those other forms of fever with which it is 
most likely to be confounded, varies but little. 

Ordinary fevers of this kind, are not generally dan- 
gerous, but the more difficult cases need care. 

If the strength of the patient keeps up well, and the 
skin, instead of remaining dry and husky, should occa- 
sionally break into a moisture, and should the tongue 
clean off from the centre, and the taste and appetite 
improve, the signs are good. 

But should the patient sink rapidly, his breathing 
become hurried, the pupils of his eyes dilate, the pulse 
become small and sharp ; and should the delirium 
increase, and subsultus set in, and the patient become 
imbecile, restless, dissatisfied of his state, and be con- 
stantly insisting to he removed, u to go home" as he 
expresses it; and especially should the evacuations 
become involuntary and the senses dull, much danger 
may justly be apprehended. 

Treatment. — Tn mild cases of continued fever a good 
sweat, with herb teas, may be sufficient. But in more 
severe cases, when the fever is high and there is much 
pain in the head, and delirium, the patient should be 
treated with cold affusion or wet cloths, as recom- 
mended for remittent fever. The cold applications 
must first be made to the forehead, and, as soon as the 
head ]s cooled, to the entire body. The cloths must be 
renewed as often as they become dry, until the pulse 
softens and a perspiration sets in, when they may be 
removed, and the surface dried and rubbed by means of 
coarse towels. While the wet cloths are applied, the 



38 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

patient should take some diaphoretics, or sudorifics, to 
promote diaphoresis. 

If the means here proposed do not produce diapho- 
resis, an emetic of lobelia, aided by an infusion of 
pennyroyal or some other diaphoretic drinks, must be 
given. 

After the emetic has done its duty, and the stomach 
is composed, some suitable food — as corn gruel, por- 
ridge, or panada — may be taken and, in an hour 
afterward, two pills, composed of equal parts of podo- 
phyllin, extract sanguinaria and capsicum, should be 
given. If these do not operate in six hours, give 
another of the same. 

If the first emetic does not cleanse the stomach well, 
which may be known by the continued oppression and 
sense of uneasiness in this organ, as well as by the 
tainted or foul breath, dull headache, slimy appearance 
of the tongue and bad taste, another emetic, composed 
of lobelia and extract of bayberry, ten grains of each, 
must be given the following day. This precaution is 
the more necessary, as there is a great tendency in this 
fever to derangement of this organ, and while the 
stomach is in a bad state, it is almost impossible to 
effect an improvement in the symptoms. 

In order to keep up a perspiration, the emetic should 
be followed up with the free use of the sudorific 
powders, or thoroughw^ort extract. The body and 
limbs should be well bathed with the rubefacient solu- 
tion, or what is better, the bathing drops ; and the 
bowels should be kept open, with the use of enemas, 
composed of an infusion of thoroughwort, adding man- 
drake root, and tincture of myrrh, a tea spoonful of 
each, to every injection. 

The main object in the cure of all fevers, is to keep 
the stomach and bowels in good order, and the skin 
moist ; and if this is done, all will be safe. As soon as 
the skin is well relaxed, and the excretions well 
restored, the use of tonics may be commenced, and 
perhaps the tonic powder, in tea spoonful doses, three 
times a day, will be as good as any other. 

It should be remarked, that if there is any subsultus 
tendinum or muscular twitching, the nervine tonic must 
be used. If the skin is not too much bound or con- 



INFLAMMATORY FEVER. 39 

tracted, the diaphoretic powders may be employed 
alternately with the sudorific powders. 

If at any time through the treatment, it should 
become difficult to keep the surface moist, the vapor 
bath must be used, and the emetic repeated, if neces- 
sary. 

The diet should be spare and well regulated. 



INFLAMMATORY FEVER. —(Synocha.) 

This variety of fever, in contradistinction to others, 
is denominated inflammatory, as it is characterized by 
the highest grade of febrile excitement. It rises sud- 
denly, with great irritation and vascular action, and 
furnishes the best example for the illustration of the 
theory of fever given in this work. 

Symptoms. — The fever sometimes rises suddenly, 
without the usual premonitories that precede other 
fevers ; but generally there is a sense of chilliness, 
attended with lassitude, and some signs of debility. 
The premonitory stage is always short, and followed 
by a diffused heat of the body and headache, often 
attended with delirium. The pulse is full and vigorous, 
and about one hundred and twelve to the minute. The 
face becomes flushed and turgid ; the eyes suffused, 
sparkling, and unusually sensitive to the light; the 
temples and carotids throb ; the breathing is hurried but 
laborious ; the mouth and throat very dry, and the thirst 
for cold water intolerable. The skin is very hot, dry, 
harsh, and suffused with a blush. The tongue is 
covered with a white fur in the centre, and presents a 
red margin. Sometimes there is a humming noise in 
the ears, and there is always a sensitiveness to harsh 
sounds and noise. The bowels are torpid, and the 
urine scanty and high-colored. 

Inflammatory fever, though strictly of a continued 
character, is nevertheless characterized by occasional 



40 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

modifications of its symptoms. The patient generally 
feels better in the morning, and worse in the evening 
and fore part of the night. 

Inflammatory fever is usually of short continuance, 
when compared to others, seldom running over nine 
days, and often only five or six, when it terminates 
under some critical evacuations, as perspiration, or the 
free discharge of urine with a lateritious sediment. 

Persons of a sanguine temperament are most liable 
to this fever; and those with a rugged constitution, 
when attacked, suffer most with it, as with these the 
fever generally runs higher, and the tendency to deli- 
rium is greater. 

Causes. — Atmospheric vicissitudes, high solar heat, 
ardent spirits, hard labor, especially when performed in 
hot weather, copious draughts of cold water when the 
body is heated by exercise, violent passions, mechanical 
injuries, etc., are among the most fruitful causes of 
inflammatory fever. But cold stands pre-eminent in 
the list of causes, and hence it is that during the winter 
season, or more especially in the changeable months of 
spring and autumn, the disease is so apt to occur. 

Treatment. — Cold water is one of the most important 
means in the treatment of this fever. 

In mild cases, it may be sufficient to apply cloths wet 
with cold or ice-water to the forehead and temples, and 
renewing them as they become warm : and wetting the 
hair and sponging the body with cold soft water. In 
more severe cases, however, the entire body should be 
enveloped in cold wet sheets, which must be renewed 
as often as they get warm, until the heat is abated and 
the pulse is moderated. During this part of the process 
the covering should be light, but as soon as the fever 
subsides more clothes must be put on, so as to promote 
perspiration. After the patient has lain one or two 
hours in a perspiration, the wet clothes may be removed 
and the body rubbed with dry towels, and then sup- 
plied with other clothes. Cold water may be freely 
drank by the patient throughout the treatment, but 
especially during the foregoing part. Diaphoretic herb 
teas may be taken, likewise, with good effect. 



INFLAMMATORY FEVER. 41 

It is important that the head should be kept cool by 
wetting the hair, and placing cold wet cloths upon the 
forehead and temples, and renewing them frequently; 
as when this precaution is not observed, daring the 
application of the wet sheets to the other parts of the 
body, congestions to the head may take place when the 
fever is high. 

The author has, in many instances, succeeded in 
breaking up violent attacks of this fever in children by 
means of a single shower bath, continued until a com- 
plete chill is produced, and then, after wiping dry, 
placing the little patient in a warm bed, to sweat for 
an hour or two, when he would be well, and get up 
without any return of fever. 

When the foregoing treatment proves insufficient, it 
will become necessary to exhibit an emetic of lobelia, 
after the cold applications are discontinued, and while 
the means for exciting perspiration are instituted; and 
if a single emetic, followed by diaphoretics or sudo- 
rifics, does not accomplish a satisfactory effect, some 
active cathartic pills may be taken, and their operation 
promoted by drinking freely of an infusion of thorough 
wort or sweet alder bark. 

Blood-letting, which is generally practiced by physi- 
cians on the old plan, is unnecessary, as the purpose for 
which this means is employed is much better effected 
by the use of lobelia in under doses, This article will 
soften down the pulse, and obviate congestion with 
remarkable promptitude. 

Cold affusions, emetics, nauseants, diaphoretics, and 
cathartics, are our chief agents in the treatment of 
inflammatory fever, and if promptly used will almost 
always be successful. 

Astringents and active stimulants, as capsicum, are 
improper remedies in this form of fever, especially 
when the skin is dry and the fever high. The com- 
mon diaphoretic or composition powders, therefore, 
should not be indiscriminately used, as is the practice 
with some. 

Sinapisms, applied to the extremities and nape of the 
neck, will be serviceable in relieving the head, when 
there is much pain or delirium. It is not necessary that 
they should remain long enough to cause blistering. 



42 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Tonics may be necessary when the fever has cor 
tinued long and the patient is debilitated. The time 
for their employment is after the fever is broken up. 
They will promote the appetite and improve the 
strength of the patient. 

The food should be light and easy of digestion. 



TYPHUS FEVER. — (Febris Typhoides.) 

It is difficult to define typhus fever in the present 
unsettled state of its pathology. By some, all low 
fevers are called typhus ; others define typhus so as to 
comprise all low fevers which are accompanied by 
stupor and delirium ; while many regard it to be a 
specific, well defined, contagious disease. 

Typhus fever, as now recognized by the most popular 
authors, is a distinct idiopathic disease, commencing 
like synochus, and then passing into a low state, which 
is characterized by a torpid condition of the sensorial 
powers, with delirium, and great prostration of strength. 

Symptoms — {Premonitory Stage.) — " A peculiar uneasy 
sensation in the pit of the'stomach; want of appetite; 
slight giddiness and nausea; pale, shrunk, and dejected 
countenance; dull and heavy eyes; often tremor of the 
hands ; and a general feeling of weariness, debility, and 
disinclination to mental and corporal action. These 
premonitory symptoms usually continue from three to 
six days, terminating in these which mark the stage of 
invasion, — viz: slight chills, alternating with flushes of 
heat; an entire disgust for every kind of food; tongue 
covered with a thick, whitish fur; considerable nausea, 
and sometimes vomiting ; a quick, small, and irregular 
pulse; a confused and heavy sensation in the head, and 
increased mental and physical depression. This stage 
generally occupies from six to twelve hours, and termi- 
nates in the stage of excitement. The febrile heat now 
increases considerably; the face is slightly flushed; the 



TYPHUS FEVER. 43 

pulse rises in strength and fullness; the skin becomes 
dry, and the lips parehed ; there is a considerable thirst 
for cool drinks; the tongue becomes more furred and 
slimy; the bowels are usually torpid; the mind is more 
confused, the patient fretful, restless and watchful, with 
an anxious expression of the countenance ; the urine is 
small in quantity, and reddish; the head feels heavy, 
much confused, and vertiginous; during the first two 
days of this stage, occasional manifestations of slight 
delirium occur during the night. About the end of the 
second or during the third day of this stage, slight 
catarrhal symptoms usually supervene, such as suffused 
and injected eyes, moderately inflamed fauces, some- 
what painful deglutition, more or less oppression in the 
chest attended generally with a short, dry cough. 
There is often some tension and tenderness in the hypo- 
chondrium, especially the right one. 

" Pains in the back, loins, and extremities, are rarely 
absent in this stage, and in most cases a general sore- 
ness is experienced throughout the whole body. To- 
ward the close of the third day of the stage of excite- 
ment, there is usualty much giddiness and sensorial 
obtuseness [dullness] present ; the patient appearing, 
even at this early period of the disease, as if under the 
influence of some narcotic. The cerebral functions 
now become more and more disturbed, hearing becomes 
obtuse, delirium more frequent and considerable, and 
the general torpor gradually increases. Hildebrand 
asserts that a peculiar milliary exanthema [eruption] 
occurs on the surface about the fourth day of this stage, 
which he considers essential to the perfect and regular 
development of the disease. The same observation is 
made by Hartman. One of the most striking charac- 
teristic phenomena in typhus, is the almost insurmount- 
able aversion to corporeal and intellectual exertion 
manifested throughout nearly the whole course of the 
disease The patient moves slowly, and seemingly 
with great reluctance, and his answers to questions are 
hesitating, short and peevish. The stage of excitement 
generally continues about six or seven days, before it 
terminates in the stage of co'lapse, though this sinking 
stage sometimes supervenes at a much earlier period 
and occasionally comes on a few days later." — (Eberle.\ 



44 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The patient now becomes very feeble and prostrated, 
The tongue is thickly covered with a brown and, finally, 
black coat ; the teeth incrusted with black sordes : there 
is, generally, much subsultus tendinum or twitching of 
the muscles. There is, also, a very peculiar biting heat 
of the skin, and sometimes the latter turns purple or 
black in spots. The discharges from the bowels, which 
often become thin and watery, are exceedingly offen- 
sive; and as the disease advances, the patient becomes 
indifferent to all surrounding objects; will not often 
even notice his most intimate friends whom he may not 
have seen for a long time; when spoken to, his answers 
are short and unintelligent, and are generally ended 
with a low, muttering delirium. The voice becomes 
peculiarly strange and sepulchral. As the patient gets 
lower, the coma or stupor becomes more constant and 
complete, and it is now with difficulty that the patient 
is aroused at all; and even when he is made to speak, 
it will only be a word or two, w r hen he will again fall 
back into a deep state of stupor. The easiest time the 
patient has, is, generally, in the morning. Before dis- 
solution, the poor sufferer usually experiences a respite, 
lasting longer or shorter, but generally several hours, in 
which he possesses his senses and mental faculties 
nearly as well as in health. This is certainly a great 
blessing; the dying man may know his danger, and his 
friends and relatives may enjoy the great satisfaction 
of conversing with a friend whom they shall shortly see 
no more on earth. This relief is well calculated to 
deceive many, who are flattered thereby to expect a 
speedy recovery, whereas it is only the precursor of death. 
After this respite, the patient again sinks rapidly into 
the former condition, and continues growing worse until 
he dies. 

Cause. — The cause of typhus fever is by some 
referred entirely to a specific contagion, and it is obvious 
that under some circumstances it may be communicated 
in this way. in densely populated cities, where the air 
must of necessity be more or less contaminated with 
putrid effluvia arising from the decomposition of animal 
matter; and in camps, hospitals, jails, and in the mise- 
rable hovels of some of the poor where due cleanliness 



TYPHUS FEVER. 45 

is not observed, this disease is always found to be much 
more prevalent. It is stated, that during the campaigns 
of the French against Russia, the typhus contagion, 
which was generated in the hospitals and houses 
crowded with prisoners and the sick, was communicated 
to the inhabitants along the road by which the soldiers 
returned; and that the disease from this, afterward, 
spread gradually into the adjacent districts, until it 
became very common. The route of the army, return- 
ing from Poland through Germany, could be readily 
traced by the desolating train of the disease that fol- 
lowed. 

The difference between the malaria that generate 
typhus and remittent or intermittent fevers, is, that the 
latter arises from the decomposition of vegetables, while 
the former is caused by the decomposition of animal 
matter. But whatever the character of the contagion 
may be, it is certain that unless there be a want of vital 
resistance, which thus subjects the system to its influ- 
ence, those exposed to the contagion will pass with 
impunity. Every cause of debility, such as blood- 
letting, the use of poisonous minerals, drastic purges, 
cold, fatigue, &c, must be carefully avoided. The 
prevalence of the disease is much enhanced by a cer- 
tain train of circumstances that are generally to be 
witnessed in all families which this disease has invaded. 
Such is the dread entertained for it, that as soon as a 
member of a family is taken down with it, all hearts fail, 
despondency impairs the conservative power, the appe- 
tite declines, sleep flees away, and a permanent debility 
sets in. This state of things illy qualifies persons to go 
through the hardships and fatigues brought upon the 
friends of the sick, by their solicitude and anxiety. If 
now the chamber or sick room is neglected, and not 
sufficiently ventilated and cleansed, those thus exposed 
are almost certain to contract the affection. But all 
this need not happen, if proper precaution be observed 
and it is remembered that collateral circumstances alone 
make this disease contagious. 

Abatement of the heat and thirst, moisture of the 
surface, and cleansing of the tongue, but especially the 
subsidence of the delirium and stupor, may be regarded 
as favorable symptoms. 



46 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The unfavorable symptoms are, — Violent delirium, 
unusually small intermitting and fluttering pulse, loss 
of vision, difficulty of deglutition or swallowing, invol- 
untary stools and urine, distortion of the muscles of the 
face, unusual staring, and change of the countenance, &c. 

Treatment. — In the very onset, the patient should be 
carried through a course of the vapor bath and lobelia 
emetic, which is to be followed with a dose of the anti- 
bilious pills; during the operation of the emetic, as well 
as the pills, the strength of the patient should be sus- 
tained by nourishing broths or porridge. The baths and 
emetics must be repeated, if the symptoms do not yield 
to the other means that may be employed. From the 
commencement, capsicum should be freely and perse- 
veringly employed, both internally and externally; and 
the compound tincture of myrrh should be occasionally 
used. Enemas, composed of an infusion of the astrin- 
gent tonic and as much compound tincture of myrrh as 
the patient can bear, should be administered three or 
four times in the course of twenty-four hours. But 
should the bowels not be kept open by these means, 
this end must be accomplished by an occasional dose of 
rhubarb; for if the bowels are not protected from mor- 
bid accumulation, the delirium and danger will always 
be greater. But the precaution not to use any unne- 
cessary physic or any other means calculated to reduce 
the strength of the patient rapidly, is very important. 
The nervine tonic should be freely used to calm the ner- 
vous system. 

Common pepper sauce is a very good article to be 
used in typhus fever; and when there are strong symp- 
toms of putridity, charcoal, properly prepared, should 
be freely given; for this purpose, yeast is also highly 
recommended by some. 

Frictions and Rubefacients. — There is no disease in 
which these means are more important, than in typhus 
fever. The surface should be frequently washed off by 
the use of the rubefacient wash, and afterward well 
bathed with bathing drops; but should they not prove 
sufficiently active, the rubefacient oil must be used. 



TYPHOID FEVER. 47 

Ventilation. — Great care should be taken to keep the 
patient's room well ventilated, and a vessel containing 
some chlorinated lime should be kept in the room. 

Tonics. — The use of active tonics, in this complaint, 
is very important. Quinine, dogwood, columba, or any 
other good tonic, should be early used. The diet, also, 
must be nourishing and well regulated. 



TYPHOID FEVER. — (Dothinenteria.) 

This affection, as already noticed, has generally been 
confounded with typhus fever, and the English physi- 
cians are still reluctant about admitting typhoid fever 
as worthy of consideration, separate from typhus. But 
in our country and France, it is pretty generally recog- 
nized as a different affection. The disease, anatomi- 
cally considered, seems more particularly to implicate 
the bowels and brain. Post mortem examinations 
have discovered extensive affections of the mucous 
membrane of the lower part of the small, and upper 
part of the large intestines, and particularly the glands 
of Peyer, and sometimes those of Brunner, (so named 
after their discoverers.) Opposite those patches, the 
glands of the mesentery are in a diseased and en- 
larged state. The spleen, moreover, in nearly all cases, 
is softened and enlarged ; in some cases, it is found four 
or five times its natural size. 

Symptoms. — The symptoms of typhoid fever are, 
most of them, nearly the same as typhus. Those of 
the first four or five days, need not here be repeated, 
as they can seldom, in the main, be distinguished from 
those attending typhus in the corresponding stage. 
About this time, or perhaps sooner, a diarrhoea sets in, 
which is an almost constant attendant, and about the 
sixth day a peculiar eruption breaks out over the breast 
and abdomen, called rose patches. The bowels bloat 



48 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

considerably, and the abdomen becomes tense, and the 
spleen often swells so as to be distinctly felt externally 
under the edge of the ribs. Like typhus, this fever is 
characterized by great stupor, and generally, more or 
less delirium. The tongue is usually much coated, dry, 
and glossy along the edges, often cracked and bleeding ; 
the countenance is red or purplish, and suffused ; the 
expression sunken, vacant, or wild, and spasms of the 
lips and muscles of the jaws, are not unfrequent. The 
pulse, which at first is not generally much accelerated, in 
the more advanced stage grows more frequent and tense. 
Bleeding at the nose, and from the bowels, is not unfre- 
quently an attendant. Typhoid fever is not generally 
considered contagious. 

Cause. — Among the various agents that give rise to 
this affection, might be named all those that produce 
typhus, excepting the contagion. It would seem that 
in connection with the common febrific agencies of this 
affection, there is found a collateral or concurrent one, 
that determines the morbid influence to the bowels and 
inferior glands. Now the cause of typhoid fever is well 
illustrated, if a profile of the common causes of con- 
tinued fevers, and those of dysenteries, are viewed to- 
gether ; and as typhoid affections are generally the most 
prevalent in the same season in which dysenteries are 
most common, this view of the matter is entitled to 
much credit. 

Typhoid fever may be distinguished from typhus, by 
the diarrhoea, headache, bloated condition of the bowels, 
rose spots, and the enlargement of the spleen, common 
to this. 

The crisis of this disease seldom forms in less than 
three, and sometimes not under five weeks. 

Among the favorable signs may be reckoned, the sub- 
sidence of the stupor and headache, return of memory, 
free perspiration, copious discharge of urine, and nat- 
ural appearance of the stools. 

But it is always discouraging to see the delirium and 
headache continue, the pulse frequent and low, purple 
cheeks, involuntary discharges in bed, retention of urine, 
irregular breathing, rigidity of the muscles, convulsive 
movements, cold extremities with the nails turning to a 



TYPHOID FEVER. 49 

purplish-black, loss of vision and hearing, and distortions 
of the countenance. 

Treatment. — In this disease, the first object to be 
accomplished, is to get up an action in the surface ; 
this may be done in the following way : apply the vapor 
bath until the patient perspires freely, then wipe off and 
apply the rubefacient oil or bathing drops, after this a good 
dose of the neutralizing mixture should be given, and 
followed up with additional doses, every hour or two, 
until the bowels are well cleansed. This will carry off 
an astonishing amount of filth from the bowels. If the 
patient is not relieved by this, he must have another 
course of the vapor, and as soon as through with this, 
he should have a dose of lobelia, to be repeated every 
ten or fifteen minutes, until copious vomiting is pro- 
duced, which must be followed up with the free use of 
the sudorific, diaphoretic, or Thomson's composition 
powders. The use of the syringe must not be neglected 
in this affection, as the bowels need the application of 
the infusion of astringent tonics, with a little of Thom- 
son's No. 6, in it. The bowels should be kept open 
with the use of the neutralizing mixture, administered 
every other day, in doses large enough to move them. 
Howard's cholera syrup is excellent in this disease, 
and may be freely used when the bowels are cleansed. 
To insure success in the treatment, the skin must be 
Kept moist constantly, by the use of diaphoretics and 
liniments, or other appropriate means. The ner- 
vine tonic, should there be much nervous irritation, 
must be used in proper doses several times a day, to 
calm the nervous system, and the use of the bitter 
tonics must be early instituted. Fomentations applied 
externally, are sometimes of signal benefit to the bowels. 

Diet. — The diet should be light and nourishing, but 
must always be used in moderate quantities. Over- 
eating in this disease, is always attended by serious 
consequences. Slippery elm water affords a very good 
drink. 



50 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



YELLOW FEVER. — (Febris Icterodes.) 

This is a disease common to warm climates, raging 
more in the tropics than elsewhere, especially in the 
West Indies. But in warm seasons it has been known 
to visit with violence, places as far north as Boston, 
Massachusetts. Medical men are much divided in rela- 
tion to the cause and character of this form of fever. 
Some consider it a species of the indigenous remittent 
fever of this country, and that it is brought on by the 
same general cause ; while others consider it a distinct 
disease, which is propagated by a specific contagion, 
that originated in the East Indies, and from thence con- 
veyed to the West Indies, and thence to the continent 
of North America. Sauvages says, that it was imported 
into Martinique in the year 1686, from Siam, by a ship 
called Oriflame. It first appeared in this country in the 
autumn of 1699,* in Philadelphia, and it is stated that 
it appeared the same season in Charleston, South Caro- 
lina. In 1702 it occurred in New York, and in 1703 it re- 
appeared in Charleston, and it appears from Dr. Lining, 
that it also prevailed in this city, in the years 1732, 
1739, 1745, and 1748 ; and from Dr. Harris, it would 
seem that it was again known there in 1792, but per- 
haps he means 1794. It is certain, however, that it had 
appeared there also in 1761. It reappeared in Phila- 
delphia in the year 1741, and prevailed also in 1747 and 
1762. It also reappeared in New York in 1748, after 
which it was not known again in this country until the 
year 1793, when it prevailed again in Philadelphia with 
dreadful mortality, and the following year Charleston 
was again visited. New York suffered from it again, 
the year after it occurred this time at Charleston, since 
which time it has been of very frequent occurrence in 
those, as well as many other places on the sea-coast, 
from Maine to Louisiana, and indeed, not only on the 



* It appears, however, from Hutchinson's History of New England, 
that a lever similar in character, was imported into Boston, from 
Martinique, by the fleet of Sir Francis Wheeler, in the year 1693. 



YELLOW FEVER. 51 

sea-coast, but far in the interior of some of the South- 
ern states. 

Symptoms. — Yellow fever usually commences sud- 
denly, with a sense of giddiness and headache, accom- 
panied by chills, shivering, and pain in the limbs and 
back. This is succeeded, generally, in from a few to 
twelve hours, by the fever, which is marked by a flushed 
countenance, red eyes, extreme headache, great thirst, 
and throbbing of the arteries. The tongue, though 
sometimes clean, is generally a little coated with white; 
there is usually a want of appetite* and a sensation 
of weight and oppression, and not unfrequently, pain 
at the stomach ; and in the course of twelve to twenty- 
four hours after the fever sets in, the patient becomes 
harassed with distressing nausea and vomiting, which 
is aggravated by drinks. The matter thrown up, con- 
sists at first of such fluids as are drank, but this is often 
followed by a considerable bilious matter, very acrid to 
the taste. The violence of the fever now increases, the 
patient becomes restless and anxious, " the countenance 
assumes an indescribable expression of distress and 
hopelessness." These symptoms generally increase for 
thirty-six hours, and then give way or decrease for a 
similar length of time, when the patient either recovers, 
or enjoys a short respite or remission, only to prepare 
for another attack of still greater severity than the first 
paroxysm. The poor sufferer in a few hours becomes 
distressed with a severe burning and painful sensation 
at the stomach, accompanied with almost constant sick- 
ness and straining to vomit; the matter thrown up at 
this stage, consists of a greenish watery mass, of the 
consistence of mucilage, containing many minute flakes 
floating through it. The thirst for cold water is intense, 
but all drinks serve only to aggravate the nausea and 
vomiting. The eyes are yellow, and the skin about the 
neck and breast also become considerably stained by 
the diffusion of bile. At this period also, sometimes 
the yellow appearance extends over the. body and limbs, 
forming a dirty yellow color of the entire body, whence 

* It has been observed that, in some cases, there is an urgent 
hunger experienced by the patient, at the subsidence of the first 
paroxysm. 



52 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the name of the disease ; but if this diffusion into the 
capillaries does not occur at a period so early, the yel- 
lowness of the skin will not generally become very 
prominent. 

This second stage generally continues about as long 
as the first, during which time many die ; but those who 
survive, either mend from this period, or shortly pass 
into the third stage, which differs considerably from 
either of the first two. The pulse now sinks rapidly, 
the tongue is coated with a brown or black fur, the 
vomiting is almost continuous and exceedingly severe, 
and the matter now ejected is of a dark brown or black, 
resembling coffee grounds, (called the black vomit,) sus- 
pended in a glary or yellowish-brown liquid; the burn- 
ing in the stomach becomes intolerable, the discharges 
from the bowels are green or black, and frightful haem- 
orrhages often ensue. The extremities grow cold, and 
hiccough and violent convulsions close the scene, or the 
patient may sink away from the loss of blood. Delirium 
often sets in before death. 

Cause. — As already hinted, there has been much dif- 
ference of opinion among physicians, as to the cause 
of this disease ; but it is now pretty generally conceded, 
that it is most commonly of miasmatic origin, but it is 
not dependent on the putrid effluvia arising from the 
decomposition of vegetable matter alone, as it may, and 
does frequently arise and prevail alarmingly, from idio- 
miasmata, or the putrid effluvia arising from the decom- 
position of animal matter. 

Dr. Thomson considered that the principle in the in- 
fected atmosphere, which is the cause of this disease, is a 
nitrous gas* which is very poisonous, and which from its 
known properties or character, is entirely adequate to 
the production of this disease. He states that when it 
arises from marshes or the decomposition of vegetables 
containing nitrogen, it, from its specific gravity, (being a 
little greater than that of the atmosphere,) is confined 
to low places, and hence the more frequent occurrence 
of this, and other miasmatic diseases, in low grounds 



* Deutoxide of nitrogen. 



YELLOW FEVER. 53 

and along streams, on the surface of which, he says, 
this poison is carried in great density. 

The protoxide of nitrogen is of a specific gravity a little 
less than that of the atmosphere, and if Dr. Thomson's 
views are correct, this combination of nitrogen may 
account for the occasional appearance of miasmatic 
diseases on high grounds. 

The suddenness of the attack, the extreme nausea 
and irritability of the stomach, the black vomit, and the 
yellowness of the skin, are the principal characteristics 
of this complaint. But these peculiarities are chiefly 
confined to the more violent cases of the disease. 
"When the attack is more mild, the symptoms very much 
resemble the common remittent fever, only it is consid- 
erably more attended by irritability of the stomach. 

Yellow fever may justly be considered a dangerous 
disease, sometimes proving rapidly fatal, even in a few 
hours. Its duration is generally from five to seven 
days. The unfavorable signs are the black vomit, de- 
lirium, and convulsions. 

Treatment. — Dr. Thompson gives the following: — 
" This disease should be treated with the most rigorous 
course of medicine, [i. e. vapor baths, lobelia emetics, and 
enemas,'] and a continued perspiration must be kept up. 
The surface should often be bathed with a strong alka- 
line wash, made of hard wood ashes put into water 
and allowed to settle, and then mixed with whiskey or 
West India rum, to clear the glutinous substance from 
the pores, and prevent an absorption of the morbid 
matter that has worked out by perspiration. Baths 
should be used daily, and the temperature of the system 
generally, should be kept as regular and as near that of 
health, as artificial means will effect it. Soups and 
gruels highly seasoned should be taken as food, and 
strong tonic mixtures, such as bitters, syrup, &c, to 
strengthen, should be used as soon as the state of the 
stomach will admit of such treatment. The saline 
properties of the blood become much reduced by this 
disease, by which means the system becomes very pu- 
trid, therefore pepper and salt should be used in great 
profusion in the nourishment, after thorough courses of 
medicine." The Doctor's object maybe effected in the 



54 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

following way : in severe attacks, the patient, after 
taking a few doses of capsicum, should be immediately 
placed over a vapor bath, which should be raised grad- 
ually until free perspiration appears, when the body 
may be wiped with a dry towel, and the following 
wash applied : — 

# Common Salt, 2 table spoonfuls, 

Capsicum, 1^ " 

Pour on half a pint of boiling water ; then stir it until 
the salt is dissolved. 

This should be prepared while the patient is in the 
bath, so as to have it ready when it is needed. As soon 
as the patient is thus bathed, he must have an active 
lobelia emetic, and an enema composed of an infusion 
of thoroughwort, to which should be added a tea spoon- 
ful of brown lobelia, and one tea spoonful of the tinc- 
ture of myrrh. During the operation of the emetic, the 
patient should drink freely of an infusion of thorough- 
wort and nervine tonic, and must also be well supported 
by nourishing broths. Prepared charcoal, if taken after 
the operation of the emetic, in table spoonful doses, 
will generally quiet the stomach. The bowels must be 
kept free with the use of enemas. Should this first 
course not break up the disease, it must be repeated 
until the urgent symptoms yield ; the lobelia need not, 
perhaps, be employed in such large quantities in the 
subsequent courses ; nevertheless, if the disease should 
still prove obstinate, it must be treated as at first. 
Mild cases of this disease may be treated in the same 
way recommended for remittent fever. 

As soon as the skin becomes permanently relaxed, 
the use of active tonics should, in this disease, always 
De instituted. 

The apartment of the sick must be well ventilated, 
and cleanliness be strictly observed. Chloride of lime 
may be used to correct the effluvia ; — see this article 
by reference to the Index. 



SCARLET FEVER. 55 



SCARLET FEVER. — (Scarlatina.) 

Tins disease, like most others, is susceptible of 
variations in its violence, and hence has generally been 
divided by authors, into several grades. The three fol- 
lowing, however, alone are worthy of consideration in 
the present case, namely : scarlatina si?nplex, scarlatina 
anginosa, and scarlatina maligna. The first of the vari- 
eties consists of a mild attack of the disease, in which 
the fever seldom runs high, but there is an eruption 
or efflorescence on the surface, giving to the skin quite 
a scarlet appearance, which generally sets in in the 
course of from two to three days after the appearance 
of the usual premonitories of the fever, such as lassi- 
tude, stretching, drowsiness, and chills. This variety 
of the disease generally passes off in the course of a 
few days ; the eruption by desquamation. 

The second, scarlatina anginosa, is characterized by a 
very high fever,* and a more regular or complete erup- 
tion, attended, moreover, with inflammation of the 
fauces and throat. The fever is early accompanied 
with a kind of stiffness and dull pain in the muscles of 
the neck, and under the ears and angles of the jaw. 
Deglutition now becomes difficult and painful, and the 
fauces, on examination, will be found to be of a scarlet 
appearance, like the surface, and to be enlarged. In 
bad cases, the inflammation in these parts runs very 
high, and in many cases results in suppuration. 

The scarlet eruption, in this variety, does not appear 
as early in the disease as it does in the simple variety, 
and although it is most generally more complete when 
it does appear, yet it frequently recedes the second day 
after its appearance, and is not observed again for a 
number of days, when it is again developed. It may 
be regarded as a general rule, that as many days as 
the eruption disappears, so long will the crisis of the 
disease be protracted, as the patient does not generally 
improve during this time. 

* Currie and Wilson have found the temperature even of the 
surface, as high as 108 to 112 degrees Fahrenheit. 



56 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

If the fever declines as early as the fourth or fifth 
day, the inflammation of the throat will be likely to 
pass off with the fever and eruption, and suppuration 
may not ensue. But should the fever run very high, 
and continue beyond this period, and should the swell- 
ing and inflammation in the throat be considerable, 
ulceration may be expected. 

The third variety, scarlatina maligna, presents a series 
of phenomena still more to be dreaded ; but it is indeed 
probable that in a large majority of these cases, the ma- 
lignancy is much dependent upon bad management in 
the treatment. It is deeply to be deplored that the fash- 
ionable practice of medical treatment in many cases of 
disease, is more injurious than beneficial. The most 
active poisons known, constitute many of the articles 
most depended upon, by many physicians, in the cure 
of disease ! 

" Although this form of the disease usually com- 
mences like the preceding variety, it soon betrays its 
violent and dangerous character. The eruption comes 
out at uncertain periods from the second to the fourth 
day, and is usually pale when it first makes its appear- 
ance, acquiring, in most instances, a dark or livid hue 
in the progress of the disease. It is also very irregular 
in its duration, and often suddenly disappears soon after 
it comes out, and reappears on some other parts of the 
body two or three days afterward. The temperature 
of the skin is variable and not generally very high ; and 
the pulse, though in the commencement active, becomes 
small and feeble in the course of the second day. De- 
lirium generally occurs at an early period, and often 
continues, with occasional intermissions and exacerba- 
tions, throughout the subsequent course of the disease. 
In nearly all cases, the sensorial functions suffer very 
considerable disturbance ; and in aggravated instances 
the eyes are dull and inflamed, and the cheeks suffused 
with a livid flush. The tongue is dry and covered with 
a brown or dark fur, the breath foetid. On examining 
the fauces, clay-colored sloughs are seen on the soft 
palates and tonsils, which acquire a brown, and at last 
a dark color. The disease, however, sometimes termi- 
nates fatally under symptoms of cerebral oppression, 
before the ulcers become extensive, or acquire a very 



SCARLET FEVER. 57 

lad appearance. 'In general,' says Dr. Armstrong, 'it 
is only when the fever is protracted beyond the fourth 
day, that the ulcers are converted into ill-conditioned, 
black, and foetid sloughs.' There is generally a large 
quantity of very viscid mucus secreted and lodged in 
the fauces, giving rise to difficult respiration, and a rat- 
tling noise in the throat. When the sloughs are foul 
and excessive, a thin acrid fluid is generally discharged 
from the nose, occasioning irritation and excoriation of 
the parts with which it comes in contact. In cases of 
a particularly violent character, collapse supervenes 
toward the middle or end of the second week of the 
disease. When this occurs the heat of the surface 
sinks, the pulse becomes very frequent and feeble, the 
tongue dark-brown or black, the animal powers greatly 
prostrated, painful diarrhoea often ensues, and in some 
instances petechia? and haemorrhages from various parts 
occur, toward the fatal termination of the disease. 
The fever and ulcerous affection of the throat fre- 
quently exist, without an eruption at any period of the 
disease. Death sometimes takes place as early as the 
second or the third day, and Bateman observes, that 
occasionally the symptoms continue to be moderate 
until an advanced period, when they suddenly assume 
a malignant and rapidly fatal character." — (Ebcrle.) 

Cause. — Scarlatina is generally regarded as depend- 
ent for its cause on a specific contagion. 

Measles and miliary fever, are the only diseases 
with which scarlatina is likely to be confounded. Dur- 
ing the first or second day, and indeed, during the entire 
course of the milder grades of this disease, the diagnosis 
is made out with difficulty. Eberle states that " there 
is not a single symptom that can be regarded as abso- 
lutely peculiar and characteristic of scarlet fever." It 
is true that when the disease is fully developed the diffi- 
culty will be less, but it often happens that the eruption 
is wholly or nearly absent, or it may be much diffused 
and blended; again, it may appear in blotches. The 
following circumstances, however, will generally enable 
us to distinguish scarlet fever from measles. The erup- 
tion in the former generally comes out earlier, usually 
within the first forty- eight hours of the existence of the 



58 " DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

fever; while in measles, the rash rarely appears before 
the third day, and most commonly not until the fourth; 
and in this, the eruption also differs in character from 
that of scarlatina. In the latter it is more diffused and 
blended, giving the appearance of a deep blush of the 
skin, and the eruption is very little elevated above the 
common surface ; whereas in measles, the eruption is 
elevated somewhat above the surrounding parts, and 
consists of numerous small circular dots, like flea bites, 
being of a deeper red in their centre, and paler on the 
circumference, so that even though the redness of the 
spots may coalesce, yet the skin will nevertheless pre- 
sent a speckled appearance. The color of the eruption 
in measles is likewise much darker than that of the 
other, but perhaps the catarrhal symptoms of measles, 
are the most prominent distinguishing symptoms be- 
tween the two diseases. The eyes also are inflamed, 
and tears flow profusely ; there is more or less sneezing 
and cough ; while in scarlatina these symptoms do not 
appear, or are so slight that they are generally over- 
looked. 

The sudamina, or miliary eruption that attends vari- 
ous affections, especially typhoid fever, puerperal fever, 
&c, which has by some been considered a separate af- 
fection, and called miliary fever,) slightly resembles the 
eruption of scarlatina ; but on examination, it will be 
found that the miliary eruption in scarlet fever only ap- 
pears in scarlet blotches, whereas in the eruption attend- 
ing other fevers, the miliary appearance may be ob- 
served to arise from parts of the skin possessing its 
natural color. 

Scarlet fever terminates variously ; — a variety of other 
diseases may follow : dropsies, are, however, by far the 
most general sequelae of this disease Abscesses of the 
tonsils, head and ears, enlargement of the parotid 
glands, gutta serena, (loss of sight,) deafness, loss of 
hair, hysteria, asthma, epilepsy, cutaneous diseases, and 
many other affections have been known to follow the 
disease. 

A regular abatement of fever, attended with free per- 
spiration, and softness of the skin, lateritious sediment 
in the urine, soft, but full and regular pulse, bright color 
of the eruption ; desquamation or peeling off* of the 



SCARLET FEVER. 59 

cutis or outer skin, continuation of strength and return 
of appetite, may in general all be regarded as favorable 
signs. 

But if the strength should fail rapidly, the pulse sink, 
and symptoms of putrefaction supervene ; or if violent 
delirium sets in, attended by a glassy appearance of the 
eyes, and above all, if gangrene of the fauces should 
occur, the danger will be imminent. 

Treatment. — The indications of cure will be readily 
inferred from the character of the affection. It is evi- 
dent that the urgency of the case generally corresponds 
with the deficiency in the development of the eruptive 
phenomena, for the case is generally comparatively 
mild when the eruption comes out early and continues 
complete. To bring about all the conditions necessary 
to the successful removal of the contagion or specific 
virus from the system, is among the first things to be 
done in the cure. The capillaries seem to be implica- 
ted more than any other part of the vascular system, 
and if obstructions here are the cause of the irregular 
development of the eruption, it is well to give attention 
here. Rubefacients, or what is better, the vapor bath, 
if it be convenient, must be used early in the treatment. 
The common bathing drops, or even the rubefacient 
solution, will be found very serviceable in bringing out 
the eruption, as well as to let down the fever. In the 
meantime, if the case be a bad one, an emetic of lobelia 
should be prepared and administered after the bathing, 
which should in turn be followed with small but fre- 
quent doses of the sudorific powders. The bathing and 
sudorific powders should be continued, until a favorable 
crisis is formed. 

Local Treatment. — The local symptoms must receive 
such attention as the circumstances of the case may 
require. The rubefacient oil should be applied exter- 
nally to the throat and angles of the jaws, and when 
ulceration takes place, the astringent gargle will be 
found of eminent service. 

Capsicum,. — With regard to the utility of capsicum 
in sore throat, there is now but little dispute. Dr 



bU DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Eberle speaks of it as follows : — " The capsicum appears 
to be a particularly valuable exciting remedy in this 
[malignant] variety of the disease." This article was first 
employed in malignant scarlatina, by Dr. Stephens, 
in a very fatal epidemic which prevailed at St. Christo- 
pher's, (West Indies,) in 1787, and it has since received 
the decided approbation of many eminent practitioners. 
The manner of employing it is as follows : take two 
table spoonfuls of small red pepper, or three tea spoon- 
fuls of common cayenne pepper, and two table spoon- 
fuls of fine salt ; beat them into a paste, and pour upon 
them half a pint of boiling water ; this is to be strained, 
and half a pint of good vinegar added to it. Of this 
liquor, when cold, a table spoonful is to be taken every 
half hour by an adult, and the throat should be fre- 
quently gargled with it. Stephens asserts that he em- 
ployed this remedy in about four hundred cases, and 
with surprising success. The ulcers in the fauces soon 
cast off their sloughs and commenced to heal, a genial 
pleasant warmth was diffused throughout the whole 
system, and the vital powers speedily resumed a more 
active condition." The compound tincture of myrrh, 
or Thomson's No. 6, is also very good in putrid sore 
throat. 



OF INFLAMMATION. 



The general principles involved in the foregoing 
doctrines of fever, are the fundamentals, also, of the 
present theory of inflammation. 

The essential phenomena of fever and inflammation 
differ none in their primary manifestations, excepting 
that the one is local and the other general in its action. 

The term infl-ammation is derived from in, within, and 
flamma, flame, fire, combustion ; because of the burning 
pain attending it, and the appearance of the parts 
affected therewith, the chief characteristics being heat, 
redness, pain, excitement, and swelling. 



OF INFLAMMATION. 61 

111 inflammation, as in fever, the proximate cause, 
evidently, is oxydation: in the latter, the circulation 
chiefly furnishes the elements supporting the process, 
while in the former, the elements of the tissues them- 
selves are also acted upon. 

It is unnecessary here to treat of the circumstances 
necessary to the phenomena of oxydation in the living 
animal body, as these have been presented in the article 
on fever, to which the reader is referred. 

The remote and exciting causes may therefore at 
once be presented, in connection with the essential phe- 
nomena of inflammation, as they commonly occur. 

We will suppose, therefore, that a lesion of any 
structure occurs by accident, as by a cut, bruise, punc- 
ture, burn, or any other mechanical or chemical vio- 
lence ; irritation sufficient to excite a large influx of blood 
must necessarily ensue. It is here said this must ensue, 
because of the peculiar endowment of all the sensible 
tissues of the body, i. e. the endowment of irritability. 

No law of our constitution is better known than 
this, that wherever irritation is excited there will be an 
increased flow of blood. Though the doctrine ubi irri- 
tatio ibi affluxus has been disputed by some, on the 
ground that it is inconsistent with the laws of hy- 
draulics — they assuming that the arterial circulation is 
strictly mechanical, and altogether dependent upon the 
action of the heart, and therefore it would be impossible 
that any part of the body should receive a quantity of 
blood disproportioned to the circulation in other parts. 

But the experiments of Dr. Phillip seem to demon- 
strate that the blood-vessels have a power of action 
independent of either the nerves or heart, and that the 
blood will circulate in parts when the heart is extracted. 
(See Philosophical Trans., 1815.) Analogies to this 
occur in animals which have no heart. This action is 
most probably due, to some extent, at least, to the 
vitality of the blood itself. The fact is now estab 
lished, at least, that the arteries possess an inherent 
power of contraction, like the heart itself, and this 
power acts simultaneously with the latter. 

The evident fact alluded to above, that there is an 
increased flow of blood to irritated paits, therefore 
admits an explanation. 



62 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The modern views on physiology go to show that the 
entire circulation is dependent upon the principle, irri- 
tability, and the state of its activity always governs the 
state of the circulation. 

Thus, any injury or agent, whose effects are inimi- 
cal to the quiet state of the principle, irritability, will 
produce irritation, and thus increase the flow of blood 
to any part. The consequence is, that an extra amount 
of oxygen is supplied in the part, and if the latter 
should lack sufficient vital resistance to regulate the 
action of oxygen, it is plain that excessive oxyda- 
tion, or, in other words, inflammation, must take 
place. 

Irritation is the active state of the principle, irrita- 
bility, and although it be necessary to the rise of 
inflammation, yet it does not necessarily produce it. 
We have a beautiful illustration of this fact in the 
transient exposure of any part, as the cheek, for in- 
stance, in a frosty morning. The cold irritates the 
part — the blood flows in freely — the part becomes 
red, tumid, and hot, showing that more oxydation goes 
on in the part than in the natural state ; but as the 
vitality of the part is not deficient, the phenomena of 
oxydation and calorification are no greater than the 
circumstances demand; the cold exhausts the heat 
rapidly, and hence the oxydation necessarily is more 
rapid thus to supply the exhaustion of the temperature. 
Now, if the exposure were continued sufficiently long, 
or if the cold were intense enough to impair the vitality, 
inflammation would be the consequence. 

The symptoms of inflammation are readily explained 
by this theory. The following is the chain of causes 
and effects: First, the exciting cause, as an injury or 
obstruction of any part occurs, irritation is immedi- 
ately produced,* which excites an extra influx of blood, 
bearing oxygen sufficient to produce the inflammation, 
above stated. 

* The primary impression is commonly supposed to be conveyed 
by the nerves to the brain, and thence a force reflected which 
directs the greater influx of the blood. But, as has already been 
stated, the irritability itself seems to control the circulation, and thus 
the circulation has been known to go on in parts cut off from the 
influence of the nerves, and even the heart 



OP INFLAMMATION. 63 

The swelling, redness and pain are effects of a 
crowded or compacted state of the vessels, by the extra 
influx of blood. The more delicate arterial ramifica- 
tions usually contain white fluids, but in a state of 
congestion the red blood is forced into them, and thus 
the redness is occasioned, and the parts become turgid, 
or swollen, by the compaction. The pain is referred by 
some to the injury the nerves sustain by the com- 
pacted state of the vessels — being compressed, stretched 
and otherwise disturbed; while others refer it at once 
to the irritation. 

In the foregoing brief remarks on the proximate 
cause of inflammation, as related to the several exci- 
ting causes, it will be observed that the essential phe- 
nomena involved are identical with the vital pro- 
cesses, just as was said of fever. Inflammation is not, 
therefore, necessarily, a pathological condition, circum- 
stances only make it such, and in many instances, as 
in the reparation of injuries, some of the most re- 
markable sanative effects are produced by some of its 
processes. 

Our surgeons now well know the importance of 
these natural processes; they are well aware that all 
that is effected in surgery, by what is called "first inten- 
tion" is the result of inflammation. The healing of 
wounds ; the restoration of fractures ; and the cure of 
bruises or contusions, are all alike dependent on inflam- 
mation. By its agencjr, extraneous substances are 
removed from every part of the body. Of this we have 
a very good example in the removal of pus from the 
liver. This may be effected by ulceration through the 
parietes, and it be thus discharged externally, or the parts 
may contract adhesions with the intestines, they become 
perforated by ulceration, and the matter may in this 
way be removed ; or the liver may form adhesions with 
the pulmonary organs through the medium of the dia- 
phragm, and by ulceration, the matter may peneti ate 
the bronchia, and thus be removed by expectoration. 
Again, when the location of the pus is in such a part 
as renders either of these modes of escape imprac- 
ticable, we find that a cist will be formed around the 
matter, so as to protect the parts, when the pus will be 
taken up and carried into the circulation, and thus 



64 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

be ultimately removed by the cutaneous exhalents 
Finally, we find that when a solid substance is forced 
into the soft parts, as, for instance, the obtrusion of a 
splinter or thorn, the surrounding parts will soon take 
on inflammation, and ulcerate, and thus carry off the 
substance in a flood of pus. On this subject, Dr. 
Marshall Hall remarks as follows : 

"Some of the provisions of nature — or rather of the 
Creator of all things — accomplished through the me- 
dium of the action and processes of inflammation, are 
quite wonderful. An abscess may form in the liver; 
the pus may be expectorated through the bronchial 
tubes ; and the patient may survive. An intestine may 
be strangulated by being intussuscepted into another 
portion of intestine ; it may separate and pass per 
anum, leaving the original canal free and entire ; and 
this patient, like the former one, may survive. If we 
experiment on a dog, draw out a portion of the small 
intestine, and tie a ligature firmly around it, so as 
entirely to obstruct its course, the adjacent portions of 
the intestine reunite, the ligature is separated into its 
canal, this canal itself remains pervious as before, 
and the animal survives the dangers of this fearful 
operation." 

Terminations. — Among the most common termina- 
tions, as they are called, of inflammation, are resolu- 
tion, effusion, suppuration, induration, and gangrene. 
These depend upon the nature of the physical changes 
occurring in the structures under the influence of 
oxygen and the vital principle. 

Resolution. — Resolution takes place when the exci 
ting cause of the inflammation is withdrawn or over 
come before any considerable lesion occurs in the struc 
tures. In resolution, the pain gradually ceases, the 
redness disappears, and the swelling subsides, leaving 
the parts in their natural condition. 

Effusion. — When the swelling assumes an oedematic 
(doughy) character, and seems to incline toward the 
more dependent parts of the organs affected, and if, 
moreover, the pain moderates and the redness incline to 



OF INFLAMMATION. 65 

more of a pale or yellowish appearance, we may con- 
clude that more or less effusion is going on. The 
matter effused is generally serum and lymph. Serum is 
frequently thrown, and sometimes in great abundance, 
on serous surfaces of the organ's — that is, on the lungs, 
pleura, diaphragm, Sfc. — and into the cellular tissues, 
of which we have examples in dropsies. Lymph is 
also thrown out on inflamed serous surfaces, which is 
apt to coagulate, and thus often forms a union of con- 
tiguous surfaces. It is the effusion of lymph into lace- 
rated wounds, that causes them to heal up. The matter 
effused in inflammation separates from the blood and 
the substance of the organs, by the collateral agency of 
oxygen and the vis medicatrix naturce. 

Suppuration. — This is a very common termination of 
inflammation. The general premonitories, if the action 
be^extensive, are chills, rigors and anxiety. The local 
symptoms are a sense of a dull, heavy weight in the 
affected part, attended with more lancinating pains and 
with a circumscribed appearance of the redness and 
swelling. In the centre of the swelling, if it be in the 
outer parts, may now be discovered a point more ele- 
vated and soft to the touch, where the pus is collected. 
The integuments, also, become more and more thin, and 
assume a whitish or yellowish color, and at length lose 
their firmness, and give vent to the pus. The pus is, 
however, not always found in a collected form ; for in 
some tissues it may lack the cist formation, and hence 
it may become infiltrated through the neighboring cel- 
lular portions. Infiltration is very common in the lungs, 
where abscesses are comparatively rare. Suppuration 
may also be diffused; thus, it sometimes covers large 
surfaces, as that of the archnoid, the pleura, the pericar- 
dium me peritoneum, &c. 

Induration. — The parts often increase in consistence 
or grow hard, as the inflammation subsides. This ter- 
mination may occur in any tissue of the body; but is by 
far the most common among the glandular parts, espe- 
cially in the spleen, the liver, the lymphatic ganglions, and 
subcutaneous cellular substance. 
5 



jQ DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Gangrene. — In very violent cases of inflammation, in 
which the vitality of the part is much diminished, the 
inflammatory action may end in the death or mortifica- 
tion of so much of the part as the conservative powers 
are not able successfully to defend. 

The general symptoms which foretell the approach 
of gangrene, are, — a collapsed state of the system; 
paleness; a cold, clammy sweat; sunken features ; a 
peculiar cadaveric look; tremor; and a feeble, thread- 
like pulse. The part affected assumes a livid or pur- 
plish hue ; its tension and elasticity diminish and yield 
to a doughy state like a cist containing thick fluids. 
The symptoms that give evidence of the immediate 
approach of sphacelus, are a loss of sensibility and heat, 
and a discoloration of the part. 

Inflammation modified by textures. — The character and 
terminations of inflammation, are much modified by the 
character or kind of texture implicated. 

Inflammation of the serous membranes, is character- 
ized by effusion, first of serum, and afterward of coagu- 
lable lymph and albumino-febrine, which is sometimes 
considerably mixed with blood. Adhesions are apt to 
form in cases of inflammation of these membranes; and 
thus it happens that the pleura is so often found attached 
to the surface of the ribs and lungs. 

The following cut from Baillie, showing an adhesion 
of the pleura to the ribs, well illustrates these adhe- 
sions. 

Inflammation of the 
serous membranes sel- 
dom end in ulceration. 
In inflammation of 
the mucous membranes, 
the reverse obtains. In 
this case the effusion 
consists of mucus, at 
first considerably trans- 
parent, but afterward 
becoming more opaque 
and puriform. Instan- 
ces sometimes occur, in 
which the mucus is tinged, or even deeply stained with 




OF INFLAMMATION. 67 

Dlood, as is evinced in bronchitis, and pretty generally in 
dysentery or bloody flux* 

It is rarely the case that we observe the exudation of 
coagulable lymph, in inflammations of this texture. 
Nevertheless, it occurs sometimes, as is seen in cases 
of cynanche trachealis or croup, and in the bowels and 
vagina, in which it is called false-membrane. \ 

This disposition of the textures is a very happy and 
important circumstance, for if the reverse should occur, 
if the mucus surfaces should exude coagulable lymph, 
and the serous surfaces mucus or pus, we would find 
that in inflammations of the oesophagus, bowels, urethra, 
vagina, &c, that they would contract adhesions and 
close up their passages, while the pleura, pericardium, 
peritoneum, &c, would be subject, on the occurrence 
of inflammation to ulcerations, and thus be attended 
with consequences almost certain to prove immediately 
fatal. 

It seems that when inflammations implicate parts 
constituted of various textures, that these, severally, 
evince their common characteristics. Thus the mucous 
textures throw out mucus and pus, while the serous in 
turn line their surfaces with lymph and serum. Ac- 
cordingly we find that in typhoid fever, in cases even 
of perforations, that while the internal surface is slough- 
ing off, the outside is contracting adhesions to contigu- 
ous surfaces, forming in this way a protection to the 
abdominal cavity against extravasation, which would 
necessarily prove fatal by the violent peritoneal inflam- 
mation that it would occasion. 

" The parenchymatous substance of organs, is apt to be 
softened by acute, and indurated by chronic inflamma- 
tions. Softening, induration, and abscess, are frequently 
seen in the brain, abscess in the liver, gangrene in the 
lungs." — {Hall) 

The arteries are not much disposed to inflammation 
from injuries ; when they are wounded, the margins of 
the wound may take on inflammation, a coagulum form, 

* When the inflammation subsides, or the mucus becomes more 
cool, it reassumes its transparency. 
•j- This is what Dr. S. Thomson denominated canker. 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 




and the wound heal. When an artery is divided, the 
ends will contract, and a stopper- 
like clot of blood form in each ; ad- 
hesive inflammation now closes up 
the artery, as represented in the 
annexed cut, which is given by Dr. 
Jones, and is designed to show the 
femoral artery of a dog, nine days 
after it was divided. 

It will be seen that the ends are 
considerably retracted as well as 
contracted, and that the coagulum 
is neatly healed into the ends or 
stumps of the vessel, and assuming 
a firm texture like the artery itself, 
is sufficient to resist the force of 
the circulation, and thus prevent 
the haemorrhage that would other- 
wise take place, and thus immediately destroy the 
subject. 

The circulation is now sustained through these parts, 
by the anastamosis of their branches, as represented 
below. 

By this cut it is designed to 
show the healing of a large ar- 
tery, to which a ligature was 
applied, and the circulation car- 
ried on by the anastamosis of 
the branches in the neighbor- 
ing parts. 

The veins manifest a disposi- 
tion different from the arteries. 
In these we observe diffused ef- 
fusion of albumino-fibrine, but 
adhesive inflammation is not so 
likely to occur. When a vein 
is divided, we do not find the same readiness of the 
vessels to heal up. It is true, that coagulable lymph 
may be thrown out by the surrounding textures, but the 
ulcerative process, is most likely to occur. Diffusive 
phlebitis is by no means an uncommon occurrence, anci 
this may run along the vein even to the heart, and thus 
prove speedily fatal. It is very common to observe 




OF INFLAMMATION. 69 

mischiefs of no small magnitude to follow even the 
small puncture of the lancet, in the practice of blood- 
letting. If there were no more disposition to heal in 
the arteries than is found in the veins, we might expect 
fatal haemorrhages universally to accompany wounds or 
ruptures of these vessels, for although ligatures might 
be applied, the parts not healing* would in many in- 
stances rot away, and renew the difficulty. 

Inflammation of the lymphatic vessels is, like phlebitis, 
apt to be diffused. The morbid action extends along 
their course toward the thoracic duct and the heart, and 
would probably prove as fatal in its results as phlebitis, 
if it did not meet with a barrier in the glands of the 
system, situated in the neck, the axilla, the groin, &c. 
These glands guard the inlets into the great cavities ; 
they frequently suppurate, and what havoc would en- 
sue, were they within, instead of being without — Pou- 
part's ligament for example ? Inflammation of the 
absorbents generally terminates by resolution. In one 
instance, however, it passed on to suppuration, and 
many abscesses formed in the course of the lymphatic 
vessels, as they ascended from the heel (which was the 
seat of ulcer from chilblain, the cause of the inflamma- 
tion,) upward along the thigh. — {Hall.) 

Ulceration of the lymphatic glands frequently occurs 
from the morbid accumulations which arise from ulcers, 
&c, in the extremities, and are carried by the lymph- 
atic vessels into these glands. The glands of the neck, 
axilla, and groin, are often found thus affected. 

As to the Jibrous tissues, tendon may slough, cartilage 
and ligament ulcerate ; but they, as well as the muscles, 
are more apt to end their inflammations in the exuda- 
tions of serum and gelatinous fluids, or the deposition 
of earthy matter. But by far the most frequent termi- 
nation in these tissues is by resolution. 

Inflammation of the osseous tissue is apt to terminate 
in necrosis, and caries. f 

Finally, we find in the termination of inflammation 
in the cutaneous tissues, the evidences of a mixture of 

* It is true that veins that are tied do heal up many times, yet all 
surgeons know how difficult the process is. 

f Caries may be considered to correspond to ulceration, and 
necrosis to mortification. 



70 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

textures. The ulcerations occurring here are very anal- 
agous to those of the mucous linings of the intestinal 
canal. Erysipelas exhibits an imperfect development 
of suppuration, sloughing, and gangrene. 

In the variolous pustule, we have an example of the 
different phenomena that attend inflammation of this 
structure. In the first place, a sebaceous gland will 
manifest the usual symptoms of inflammation, that is, 
redness, tumor, &c. ; on the third or fourth day, we 
have the effusion of serum, in a vesicle with its centre 
tied down by the duct of the gland ; on the fifth day, 
we observe the deposition of pus around this central 
point ; on the seventh or eighth day, the serum is en- 
tirely replaced by pus ; and probably on the ninth, the 
central duct has been absorbed or has sloughed away, 
and the pustule assumes an orbicular form. Effusion 
of lymph may also be observed, which occurrence is 
shown by the cicatrix that marks the part after healing. 
It will be observed moreover, during the process of the 
inflammation, that sloughing of the cutis vera occurs 
about the time that the pustule is in its maturity. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. 

{Cystitis.) 

This affection is of rare occurrence, and when it does 
take place, it is generally the result of injuries to the 
part. It may, however, arise from the irritation of a 
calculus or stone in the bladder, from suppression of 
urine, the use of cantharides or Spanish flies, &c. 

Symptoms. — Tension or hardness, tenesmus, fever, 
hard pulse, and pain in the parts, frequent desire to 
urinate, with difficulty to void it; or sometimes a total 
suppression of urine, are among the most prominent 
symptoms of this disease. 

Treatment. — Enemas of the infusion of lobelia and 
thoroughwort, frequently administered, together with 
the use of the rubefacient oil or wash, over the region 



INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. 71 

of the bladder, and the usual means of equalizing the 
circulation, will generally be all that is required. 

When there is suppression of the urine, it may be 
necessary to draw it off by means of a catheter. 

In very severe cases the water should be drawn off, 
and leaving the catheter remain, an infusion, made by 
scalding a tea spoonful of lobelia in a pint of thick 
slippery elm tea, stirring it till it cools, and then strain- 
ing through a cloth, should be injected (once in a few 
hours, in portions of a tea cupful,) into the bladder 
through the catheter, by means of a syringe having a 
point that will enter the catheter. This application 
with the other parts of the treatment, will generally 
give relief with considerable promptness, even in the 
worst of cases. Cold water injected into the bladder 
in this way, when the inflammation runs very high, 
will sometimes be serviceable. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS. 

(Enteritis.) 

Inflammation of the bowels manifests itself by pain 
in the abdomen, particularly in the umbilical region, 
which is accompanied with eructations, sickness at the 
stomach, a vomiting of bilious matter, obstinate cos- 
tiveness, thirst, heat, great anxiety, and a quick and hard 
pulse. As the disease progresses, the pain grows more 
severe, the bowels seem spasmodically drawn together, 
and the abdomen becomes much distended, and very 
painful to pressure ; the constipation becomes more dis- 
tressing, and the urine scanty or completely obstructed. 

Dissections in this disease, show that when these 
symptoms appear, the diseased action chiefly impli- 
cates the external or peritoneal coats of the intestines; 
and that when the inner or mucous coat is principally 
affected, the usual symptoms of dysentery prevail. 

The affection sometimes involves only a small por- 
tion of the intestinal tube, but more generally pervades 
them to a very considerable extent. 



72 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The inflammation commonly terminates by resolu- 
tion, but effusion and adhesion to contiguous parts 
sometimes occur, or ulcerations may take place, or 
gangrene set in. 

Treatment. — In the treatment of this severe, and fre- 
quently dangerous affection, the main object should be 
to equalize the circulation, and direct the determining 
powers to the surface. For this purpose, no means is 
better adapted than the vapor bath, which should be ap- 
plied alternately with the rubefacient wash or bathing 
drops. The next object should be to open the bowels, 
which must be effected with the use of appropriate 
medicines, by means of injection. For this purpose 
the following is very good : 

# Gum Arabic, or Slippery Elm Powder, \ oz., 
Lobelia, (fine,) 1 drachm. 

Put the ingredients into a pint of cold water, and agitate 
it well. This should be used at one injection, and a 
like portion administered every hour, until the bowels 
evacuate. Should the inflammatory symptoms run very 
high, cold water, by injection, will sometimes be found 
very useful. 

The stomach in this complaint is usually very irritable, 
and hence, generally, requires attention. An infusion 
of spearmint or peppermint may be used to obviate the 
nausea, and should this prove unsuccessful, a handful 
of the mint herb may be scalded and applied to the 
stomach externally, or the oil may be applied in its stead. 

Emetics. — Lobelia emetics, besides their beneficial 
effects in cleansing the stomach, are eminently service- 
able for their relaxing powers, and tendency to equalize 
the circulation. 

Diaphoretics. — A free perspiration should be kept up, 
but this must be done, as much as possible, by exter- 
nal means, as by keeping a steaming stone to the feet, 
the use of the vapor bath and the rubefacients. The 
milder diaphoretics, such as the white root and penny- 
royal, may however be used, in the form of a tea. The 
use of the acetate of ammonia is here suggested to the 
mind of the author, but as he has never tried it, he 
cannot vouch for its utility. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 73 

Cathartics. — In this disease cathartics are not advi- 
sable, because of the irritation they are apt to excite in 
the bowels. It may, however, be proper sometimes to 
use a dose of olive, almond, or castor oil, as they are 
emollient, and less irritating than cathartics in general. 

Fomentations. — Fomentations of hops, camomile and 
rue, with a few pepper pods stewed in vinegar, and 
applied to the bowels externally, are sometimes of sig- 
nal service. 

Slippery elm water, or the mucilage of gum arabic, 
should be drank pretty freely, with a view to their 
emollient effects on the bowels. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 

(Phrenitis.) 

Phrensy, as the disease is sometimes called, is char- 
acterized by a considerable fever, violent headache, 
redness of the face and eyes, intolerance of light and 
noise, watchfulness and delirium. 

The disease comes on with a sense of fullness and 
heat in the head, flushing of the countenance, redness 
of the eyes, and a full pulse. The stomach and 
bowels soon become disturbed by sympathy, and hence 
there is, sometimes, more or less vomiting, and pain in 
the bowels. The pain in the head is not always severe ; 
when the morbid action affects the substance of the 
brain alone, there is seldom much pain, as this tissue is 
not very sensitive, but when the meninges or mem- 
branes are implicated, which is generally the case, the 
pain is distressing. 

As the disease advances, the fever increases, and the 
delirium sets in ; the patient looks wildly, talks inco- 
herently, grits his teeth, and becomes very restless. At 
the highest stage of the disease, the headache some- 
times becomes intolerable, and the delirium rises to a 
raving pitch. 



74 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Treatment. — In the treatment of this violent affec- 
tion, no time should be lost in applying the most 
prompt means. The first object should be to equalize 
the circulation ; and for this purpose, enemas made of 
thoroughwort tea, containing a tea spoonful of capsi- 
cum, and as much lobelia in each, must be immedi- 
ately administered, and continued on at suitable inter- 
vals, until relief is obtained. Mustard plasters, or at 
least a hot steaming stone, should be applied to the 
feet. The patient must be kept sick with nauseating 
doses of lobelia, but until the pressure to the head is 
relieved, it should not be pushed so far as to produce 
vomiting. A sinapism to the nape of the neck, will 
relieve the headache. 

Cathartics. — These agents are of great importance 
in the treatment of this disease. A cathartic powder 
composed of equal parts of jalap, senna and pepper- 
mint plant, finely pulverized and mixed, will be an 
excellent preparation. The dose is a large tea spoon- 
ful, divided, and given thirty minutes apart. Castor 
oil is likewise quick in its action, and may be used. 
Podophyllin is good, but rather slow in its action. 

Diaphoretics. — The acetate of ammonia in tea spoon- 
ful doses, is an important medicine ; it should be 
repeated every two hours, till perspiration is produced. 

Local Means. — Sulphuric ether, or cold water, should 
constantly be applied to the head. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE EYES. 

(Ophthalmia.') 

Inflammation of the eyes may be confined to the lids 
and external membranes of the eyes, or it may also 
implicate even the whole globe. 

The symptoms in this affection are redness of the 
eyes, with pain and heat over their surface, and sore- 
ness of the lids ; there is also generally a profuse effu- 
sion of tears, and an intolerance of light. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. 75 

Causae. — Exposure to wind or dust, working before 
a very hot fire, the obtrusion of extraneous substances, 
excessive weeping or crying, cold, external violence, 
eruptive diseases, syphilis, &c, are among the most 
common causes of this complaint. 

Treatment. — The treatment will depend much on the 
character of the disease. In acute inflammation, cold 
water will be one of the best remedies. In the chronic 
variety, the following is excellent : 

5r Crocus of Iron, 2 drachms, 

Sulphate of zinc, 1 drachm. 

Pulverize, and dissolve in a pint of rain water. The 
medicine may be applied three or four times a day, 
until the cure is effected 

Infusions of lobelia and hydrastus are very good. A 
solution of acetate of lead, is a remedy highly prized 
by some. 

In cases of long standing, small doses of podophyllin 
should be given for some days, until the bowels become 
loose, and then followed by an alterative medicine. 

Astringent vegetable infusions are sometimes indi- 
cated. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. 
{Nephritis.') 

Symptoms. — Acute pain in the region of the kidneys, 
extending downward along the course of the ureters ; 
a frequent desire to pass urine, attended with difficulty 
in voiding it ; a hot skin and constipation of the bowels, 
are the principal symptoms. If only one of the kidneys 
is affected, the patient will have a disposition to lie 
mostly on the side affected. 

Treatment. — Diaphoretics, relaxants and such other 
means as are calculated to equalize the circulation, 
and direct the determining powers to the surface, are 
indicated in this disease. Enemas of thoroughwort, 



76 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

with a small portion of lobelia and the extract of man 
drake, (3 to 5 grains,) should be administered, not only 
with a view of keeping the bowels open, but in order, 
by these means, to control the diseased action in the 
kidneys, by a revulsive effect. 

Rubefacients. — The rubefacient oil or stimulating 
liniment, should be applied to the small of the back 
with friction, and after this, a steaming stone should be 
laid against the part, the patient being in bed. 

Revulsives. — An irritating plaster applied to the 
small of the back, will frequently be found of great 



Diuretics. — Queen of the meadow, or the Indian 
fvemp, must be used in strong infusion, and continued 
until it produces a sensible diuretic effect, and then be 
followed with a decoction or infusion of dried peach 
leaves, till health is restored. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE LIVER. 
(Hepatitis.') 

Authors, in treating of this affection, generally regard 
it as consisting of two varieties, the acute and the chronic. 

The acute variety comes on with a pain in the right 
side, usually extending up to the shoulder, which is 
much increased by pressure on the parts. The tongue 
is mostly coated, and there is often nausea and sickness 
at the stomach, with occasional vomiting of bilious 
matter. The urine is deeply stained with bile, and the 
eyes and skin are also of a yellowish color. The 
patient usually inclines to lie on his right or affected 
side. There is generally considerable fever, especially 
if the attack is severe. 

In the chronic variety the same symptoms are gener- 
ally present, but are not so prominently marked. The 
patient will perhaps be able to be up, but w r ill be 
complaining more or less of pain in his side, want of 



INFLAMMATION OF THE LIVER. 77 

appetite, indigestion, flatulency, and a feverish state of 
the body. 

The pain in either variety, though sometimes quite 
acute, is more usually of an obtuse or dull character ; 
indeed the disease, owing to the absence of pain, often 
progresses considerably before it is detected. Instances 
have occurred in which no hepatic derangement was at 
all suspected, and yet by examination after death, it 
was found that the liver was very extensively ulcerated. 

In this affection, especially in the chronic variety, 
tubercles in the liver are of very frequent occurrence. 
These are sometimes of considerable size, but more 
generally they are small, and many in number. 

The liver when in an inflammatory condition, some- 
times varies very much in its color; the author saw one 
in the hospital at Cincinnati, that was taken from a 
patient that died in the wards, the color of which was 
such as could not be distinguished from that of the 
lungs. Besides the change of color, it is often found 
that changes of its size occur; it sometimes becomes 
enormously swelled. 

Treatment. — Liver affections are sometimes very 
difficult to cure, for, as above stated, the diseased habit 
generally becomes much confirmed before it is de- 
tected; but by the use of proper means and perse- 
verance, this affection may generally be cured as well 
as others. 

Emetics. — In the treatment of liver affections, emet- 
ics render important service in relaxing the diseased 
organ, and stimulating it to a healthy action. Their 
power in equalizing the circulation, is also as efficient 
as any other agency in the resources of our materia 
medica. The mechanical pressure and agitation of the 
liver, during the operation of emetics, is moreover very 
beneficial. In this complaint as well as in most others, 
the lobelia inflata is entirely the best article of the emetic 
class. It should be administered in small, but frequent 
doses, so as to keep up a continued nausea for several 
hours, when the doses must be increased so as to pro- 
duce active emesis. The vapor bath is eminently cal- 
culated to promote the good effects of the lobelia, and 



78 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

will also do much to equalize the circulation, and to 
remove the bilious obstruction in the circulatory system. 

Cathartics. — After the system is well relaxed, a dose 
of podophyllin* must be given, and until the operation 
of this, a flesh-brush or coarse <towel should be used 
freely, and be followed with the application of rubefa- 
cients or stimulating washes. Should the symptoms 
not yield to the operation of one dose of the podo- 
phyllin, the medicine should be continued in broken 
doses, so as to keep up an action in the bowels for 
several days. In the mean time, the system should be 
supported with the use of stimulants, tonics, and nour- 
ishing broths. 

Local Means. — After the parts ajre briskly rubbed 
with the dry hand, the irritating plaster should be ap- 
plied to the right hypocondriac region, or directly over 
the painful or, diseased part. This should be left to 
remain for a number of days, or until its effects are 
developed. 

When the plaster is not at hand, the stimulating 
liniment or rubefacient oil must be used once or twice 
a day, until the plaster can be procured. 

Tonics. — The laxative tonics, as the gentian, yellow 
parilla, or boneset extract, are all excellent, and should 
be employed during convalescence. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. 

(Pneumonia.) 

The inflammatory condition of several of the organa 
of the chest are, sometimes, known by practitioners 
under the above names. f Authors, however, usually 
treat these under separate heads. When the inflam- 

* When this is not at hand, the powdered root, with a small 
portion of capsicum, may be used in its stead. 

f Pleuritis, or inflammation of the pleura, is frequently confounded 
with pneumonia. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. 79 

matory action chiefly involves the bronchial tubes, it is 
called bronchitis ; and when the substance or surface of 
the Iv.ngs, Peripneumonia. 

BRONCHITIS. 

" The symptoms vary very materially ; but in every 
case there is cough, differing, however, in its character 
and intensity, but always more marked, perhaps, than 
in other diseases of the respiratory organs. The expec- 
toration, too, differs greatly. At times, it is clear and 
transparent; at others, very frothy; or, on the other 
hand, viscid, adhesive, and containing small, white 
grains, which adhere to the vessel. These particles 
have been mistaken for portions of pulmonary tubercle, 
and, therefore, have been supposed to be indicative of 
phthisis ; but if there be any doubt as to their nature 
and origin, the doubt may be dissolved by placing some 
of them on a piece of paper, and exposing them to heat. 
If they are merely sebaceous matter from the mucous 
follicles of the fauces and pharynx, they will leave on 
the paper a greasy stain, which will not be the case, 
provided they are tubercular matter from the- lungs. In 
other cases, the sputa consists of a greenish yellow 
puriform mucus, which may either form a homogeneous 
mass, or the matter of each expectoration may remain 
distinct. Commonly the} 7 are devoid of smell, but at 
times they are insupportably foetid. * * * 

"The respiration may not be much affected; but, 
commonly, it is more or less oppressed, and, at times, 
seems to be complicated, as it were, with asthma — the 
difficulty of breathing recurring irt paroxysms. Com- 
monly, there is not much pain attendant upon it, unless 
the paroxysms of coughing are frequent and severe. 
Nor are the general symptoms usually marked. At 
times there is no accompanying fever; but, in other 
cases, the febrile movement is considerable ; the inflam- 
matory affection passing to the subacute form. When 
this is the case, the nutrition of the system is affected; 
emaciation takes place, with evident febrile exacerba- 
tions toward evening, and all the signs of hectic, under 
which the individual is gradually worn away." — 
{Dunglison.) 



80 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The affection is, however, not always so severe: in 
some cases there are only some slight inconveniences 
of cough, attended with an expectoration of tough 
mucus, and perhaps a pain or sense of soreness in the 
upper part of the chest, which is increased by taking 
full respirations. 

PERIPNEUMONIA. 

This variety of pulmonary affections comes on with 
lassitude, dullness, chills alternated with flushes of heat. 
In a day or two, and sometimes sooner, a considerable 
fever comes on; the breathing becomes much oppressed, 
especially when the patient is in a horizontal position; 
a pain (which is sometimes acute, but more generally 
of an obtuse character,) is felt in the chest. There is a 
cough, which, though dry at first, is attended, in the 
course of a few days, with a copious expectoration of 
viscid phlegm, sometimes mixed more or less with blood. 
The skin is hot and dry; the pulse frequent, full, 
obstructed, but not generally very hard; and in the 
advanced stage of the disease, it usually becomes quite 
weak, irregular and labored. The urine is high colored, 
and is discharged in small quantities. 

Inflammation of the lungs generally terminates in 
resolution, but may be followed by suppuration, or even 
gangrene; the last, however, is of rare occurrence. 

Treatment. — The treatment of bronchitis and peri- 
pneumonia or real inflammation of the lungs, is very 
much the same. The first thing to be done, is to relax 
the system freely, and restore the functions of the skin; 
for as the disease is most generally brought on by expo- 
sure to cold or wet, the skin is always contracted, and 
its excretions consequently very much or completely 
obstructed. With a view to effect this, lobelia should 
be used in broken doses for several hours, while other 
means that are calculated to promote perspiration are 
promptly attended to. As soon as the patient is brought 
into a state of moisture, the doses of the lobelia must 
be increased so as to procure free emesis. 

The patient should now be kept in a moist state, by 
using, alternately, the sudorific powders and a tea of 



INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. 81 

the white root; or, instead of these, any other prompt 
articles of the kind that are more pleasant to the taste, 
may be employed in their stead, bearing in mind, how- 
ever, that the great object is to keep the system relaxed 
and the skin moist. 

Vapor Bath. — In very severe and threatening cases 
of the disease, the vapor bath is indispensable to a quick 
and safe recovery. It is best to use it immediately be- 
fore the administration of the emetic. The relief that is 
obtained in lung affections, by this means, is astonishing 
to all that are unacquainted with the therapeutic effects 
of the hot aqueous vapor. All the benefits usually 
expected from blood-letting may be secured by the 
vapor bath, and that without any sacrifice. 

Expectorants. — As soon as the cough commences 
fairly, expectorants become necessary to facilitate the 
removal of the matter accumulating in the lungs.* 
Either of the formulas of this class, found among the 
compounds, are very good in this complaint ; but perhaps 
the better plan of procedure in these cases, is to use the 
expectorant powders, in tea spoonful doses, or in doses 
as large as the stomach will bear, three times a day, 
until the expectoration becomes free, (using some 
lobelia tea, sweetened, should the powder not prove to 
act with sufficient promptitude,) and after this, the 
expectorant syrup, in proper doses, two or three times 
a day. 

Balsams. — The balsams ought not, generally, to be 
used in pulmonary affections, until the lungs are ready 
to be healed, that is, not until they are well cleansed 
by the use of the other means. The balsam of wild 
cherry is an excellent medicine of this class, and may 
be employed with confidence in all cases of lung affec- 
tions in which balsams are indicated. 

In chronic bronchitis, common to public speakers, the 
Shaker sarsaparilla will be found to be an excellent 



* If the precaution of keeping the other excretories of the body 
active, particularly those of the skin, be observed, the accumulations 
at the lungs will be much modified. 



82 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

preparation. This is prepared according to the formula 
in the United States' Dispensatory, and will generally 
be found of good quality. It should be used according 
to the directions accompanying the bottles. The com- 
mon sarsaparilla nostrums of the day should not be 
trusted. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. 

(Stomatitis.) 

There are various diseased conditions of the mouth 
that are attended with inflammation, and which require 
attention. We have simple stomatitis, or simple inflam- 
mation of the mouth; aphtheous stomatitis, or thrush; 
and the follicular stomatitis, or blistered sore mouth. 
These will be briefly considered separately. 

SIMPLE INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. 

This is characterized by redness, heat, pain, and dry- 
ness of the mouth. The pain is much increased when 
substances come in contact with the affected parts, and 
even the touch of the tongue is very unpleasant. The 
lips often swell considerably, the eyes become red and 
painful, and general restlessness prevails. 

The inflammation generally terminates in a few days 
by resolution, but it may end in ulceration, or even 
gangrene. 

Treatment. — The difficulty may often be removed by 
holding fresh cold water in the mouth — renewing it as 
often as it gets warm. But if the inflammatory symp- 
toms do not seem to subside readily, the following com- 
pound may be held in the mouth until relief be obtained. 

Ijfc Slippery elm bark, 2 parts, 
Prickly ash " 1 part, 

Lobelia leaves, \ " 

Pulverize, and mix with cold water. 
Should there be danger of gangrene, tincture of 
myrrh and capsicum should be used freely, while 



INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. 



the dregs of myrrh, or a poultice of slippery elm with 
capsicum and lobelia, is applied externally. Cathartics 
are generally serviceable in this disease. 



This complaint is chiefly confined to young children 
and is characterized by an inflamed condition of the 
mucous membrane of the mouth, which soon becomes 
covered with a coat of curd-like appearance, that comes 
on first in patches, but in a day or two the tongue 
becomes completely covered with it. This white coat- 
ing sometimes becomes detached, and is thrown off 
leaving the tongue of a livid color ; but the parts soon 
become covered with it again. 

Treatment. — In mild cases, nothing more may be 
necessary, than wetting the mouth a few times with 
some astringent wash. But if it will not yield readily, 
the following may be used : 

Jjfc Bayberry bark, 1 oz. 

Golden Seal root, \ " 

Crane'sbill root, \ " 

Borax, . . £ " 



Privet leaves, 



2 



Pulverize all separately, and mix. A decoction of this, 
used cold or warm, will generally cure the most difficult 
cases in a few days. A decoction of rhubarb held in 
the mouth, will sometimes cure the disease alone. 

FOLLICULAR INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. 

This is a slight affection ; it may be either discrete or 
confluent. When it is discrete, it consists of little 
specks, that commence with small blisters, which soon 
break and leave whitish or yellowish disks with elevated 
red borders. These little sores are much more painful 
and troublesome than would be expected from sores of 
the size, by persons never afflicted with them. In some 
cases these specks are few in number, even, sometimes, 
only one or two ; but in other cases they are numerous. 
The confluent form of the affection commences in the 
discrete form and coalesces. This form is by no means 
confined to the mouth ; it may continue down the throa* 



84 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

into the stomach ; but in this form it is not common in 
this country ; yet it is known to prevail in some seasons, 
considerably, in the interior of Holland. 

Treatment. — The treatment should be commenced by 
a dose of rhubarb ; but, without delaying for its opera- 
tion, the parts should be treated locally by the use of 
the astringent tonic preparation, recommended for the 
last case mentioned. The rhubarb decoction is also 
serviceable in this affection. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE PERITONEUM. 

(Peritonitis.) 

Inflammation of the peritoneum is ushered in by a 
ieeling of lassitude, pain in the limbs, chills alternated 
with flushes of heat, headache, and a sense of weight 
and uneasiness about the stomach. Sooner or later, 
there is a pain felt in the abdomen,* while the inflam- 
matory symptoms are becoming still more marked ; the 
pulse grows tense, contracted and sharp ; the stomach 
becomes irritable and distressing nausea, with more or 
less vomiting, sets in. 

The abdomen soon becomes quite much distended, 
and very tender to pressure. The patient lies on his 
back, and draws up his legs, thus to avoid the weight 
of the bed clothes. 

The disease is very rapid in its course, sometimes 
terminating in death in the course of twelve hours, and 
hardly ever passing over five or six days. 

Treatment. — The treatment of this affection is about 
the same as that recommended for inflammation of the 
bowels, to which the reader is referred. 

* A popular writer (Andral) states that the pain is not always 
experienced in peritonitis. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE PLEURA. 85 



INFLAMMATION OF THE PLEURA. 

(JPleuritis.) 

Pleurisy often proves a very violent and painful 
disease; but like all other affections, is dependent on 
circumstances for the character of its symptoms. 

This affection comes on with the same premonitory 
symptoms that usher in peripneumonia or inflammation 
of the lungs, proper. But there is soon felt a pungent 
pain in the chest, generally in the right side, which is 
always much increased by full inspiration, or on cough- 
ing. The breathing is hurried, short, and generally 
more difficult when the patient lies on the affected side. 
The cough is short and dry, or attended only with a 
glary and nearly colorless sputa. The pain occasioned 
by the coughing, causes the patient to avoid or stifle 
it as much as possible, and hence the sufferer is 
disposed to hack and sigh a great deal. 

The disease is brought on by exposure to cold, and 
the other usual causes of inflammation. It terminates, 
most generally, by resolution, or effusion.* 

Treatment. — Among the fashionable physicians of 
our day, the chief dependence is on blood-letting. This 
practice generally gives prompt relief, but it is obtained 
at too great a sacrifice. The blood is the stream of 
life, and should never therefore be thus inhumanly 
taken from the body. 

The relief that is gained by blood-letting, is just as 
promptly obtained from the use of the vapor bath. 
Before this is applied, the patient should take a few 
doses of some stimulating relaxant tea, such as that of 
the sudorific powders, wild marjorum, sage, &c, and 
then the vapor should be admitted freely to the whole 
body. 

In difficult cases, when the pain does not yield 
readily, some stimulant or rubefacient should be applied 

* The effusion, as noticed in the general remarks on inflammation/ 
is very liable to contract adhesions to the surrounding parts. 



86 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

to the surface before the bath is used. To relieve the 
cough, expectorants must be used. 

Cathartics are important in this disease ; the com- 
pound recommended in the treatment of inflammation 
of the brain, is proper here. 

The main importance in this disease, is to keep the 
skin moist, and the Jungs free. The treatment of 
inflammation of the lungs and that of this disease 
should, in the main, be about the same; for further 
particulars the reader is, therefore, referred to the 
treatment of pneumonia, proper. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH. 
{Gastritis.) 

Acute inflammation of the stomach, as an idiopathic 
disease, is of rare occurrence. Chronic gastritis is 
much more common, and is indeed an almost certain 
concomitant of. dyspepsia. It would seem that an 
organ so much exposed as is the stomach, would be 
much more liable to acute forms of disease than what 
the facts in the case appear to show. When inflam- 
mation of this organ occurs in the dcute form, it is 
generally the result of the ingestion of poisons of some 
kind. These, alas, are too often taken under the idea 
of medicine! Thus arsenic, viercury, antimony, and 
many others of the most fatal poisons, are often taken 
by the people from the hands of those accredited the 
most skillful physicians. The mucous membrane is 
the part of the organ most generally implicated. 

Symptoms. — Inflammation of the stomach, when it 
occurs in the acute form, commences sometimes with 
extreme pain in the epigastrium, attended with violent 
vomiting. But when the case is less violent, there 
may, at first, only be tenderness of the stomach, 
attended with nausea; and when the difficulty arises 
from the taking of some mineral poison, there is, 



INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH. 87 

generally, a sensible metallic taste in tne mouth. 
Vomiting, however, soon ensues, which is attended 
with great pain and distressing irritability of the 
stomach, so that the blandest drinks are instantly 
thrown up, when taken. There is generally an urgent 
desire for cool drinks, especially for fresh water. The 
strength fails rapidly, and the spirits soon sink. The 
aspect of the countenance is expressive of great anxiety, 
suffering, and despondency. Sometimes the pain is so 
excessive as to cause violent delirium, but there is 
indeed, generally, more or less sympathy between the 
brain and stomach in affections of these organs. The 
pulse, which, although at first it is full, soon falls, and 
becomes very contracted, quick, and tense, and finally 
so small as scarcely to be felt. The bowels are usually 
in a constipated state. 

The diagnostic or distinguishing symptoms of acute 
gastritis are the irritation of the stomach, and vomit- 
ing — the unintermittent character of the pain — the 
smallness of the pulse, &c. But perhaps the most cer- 
tain sign is, the momentary cessation of the pain on 
taking a draught of cold water. 

A subsidence of the irritation of the stomach, and 
the vomiting, diminution of the pain, moisture of the 
skin, fullness and regularity of the pulse, and a lateri- 
tious sediment in the urine, .are all favorable signs. 
■But on the other hand, should the violence of the pain 
and vomiting continue for several days, and should dif- 
ficulty of breathing and hiccough supervene, and the 
pulse become smaller and more frequent, great danger 
may justly be apprehended. When, after the foregoing 
symptoms have progressed violently for a number of 
days, there is a sudden cessation of their violence, and 
the extremities become cold — the pulse and strength 
of the patient suddenly sink, the countenance assume 
a peculiar cadaveric look, and should the sight and 
hearing become dull, and delirium set in, or convul- 
sions supervene, the case must inevitably terminate 
fatally. 

Acute inflammation of the stomach may end in reso- 
lution, softening and ulceration, or gangrene ; or what 
is often the case, the inflammation may assume the 
chronic form. 



88 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Post mortem appearances. — In violent cases of gastri- 
tis that have continued a number of days before the 
occurrence of death, the mucous membrane of the 
stomach will exhibit various appearances, on dissec- 
tion. This coat of the organ is generally much thick- 
ened in places ; it is dense, and minutely injected , 
and is often found ulcerated in spots of more or 
less extent, presenting a dark yellowish or brown 
appearance of the parts. In the most violent cases, 
death sometimes takes place before any lesion of the 
parts occurs. 

Treatment. — The indications of cure in this case, are 
1, to remove the cause of irritation; 2, to equalize the 
circulation; and 3, to tone up the system. 

Should it be discovered, that the patient has swal- 
lowed poison of any kind, and especially if it has 
recently been taken, means for its removal must be 
promptly instituted. If a stomach-pump be at hand, 
it should be used ; if not, an effort to excite efficient 
vomiting ought to be made by titillating the fauces with 
a feather. But should those means not prove immedi- 
ately successful, an emetic of lobelia should be at once 
administered, and continued., in suitable doses, until 
the desired object is accomplished. 

The use of emetics in inflammation of the stomach 
may, to many, seem like harsh and dangerous treat- 
ment, and, indeed, it is one not generally approved by 
authors ; but it should be borne in mind, that it is not 
the principle that is really objectionable, but the mis- 
chiefs, usually referred to by those opposed to their 
use, may generally be traced to the character of the 
articles used for the purpose. Thus, in the fashionable 
practice, where mineral poisons are mostly used for 
this purpose, it may be expected that danger would 
attend their use. Lobelia, on the other hand, is not 
only safe but mild in its operation, and, what is more 
the irritation necessary to its specific operation is com- 
paratively insignificant. After the stomach is well 
cleansed, the treatment should be of the same charac- 
ter that is adopted at the onset, in cases of acute 
inflammation of the stomach, arising from other causes 
than those of poisonous ingesta. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH. 89 

The great object in all inflammations is to equalize 
the circulation. With this view it is well to commence 
by applying the stimulating liniment over the entire 
body, and placing the feet into a vessel of water as hot 
as can be borne; or the vapor bath may at once be 
applied. A sinapism should be placed over the region 
of the stomach, and suffered to remain as long as pos- 
sible without blistering. Should the pain not have 
subsided at the removal of the sinapism, the stimu- 
lating and relaxant liniment, or the bathing drops, may 
be applied to the parts from which the mustard plaster 
is taken. External frictions are of incalculable utility, 
and this may well be accounted for, if considered in 
view of the very extensive sympathy existing between 
the skin and stomach. 

The medicines taken into the stomach should consist 
of bland mucilaginous drinks, such as slippery elm 
water, taken cold, marsh-mallows infusion, flaxseed tea, 
or oil of almonds. The neutralizing mixture is also 
very good to settle the stomach, if used in small doses ; 
and so is even soda alone. 

Enemas are also almost indispensable to the suc- 
cessful treatment of gastritis; they should consist of 
antispasmodics, laxatives, stimulants, and tonics, as the 
case may require. 

In this affection, above all others, a careful attention 
to the diet should be observed. While the inflamma- 
tion continues active, no food of any kind is digested, 
and hence it is worse than useless to keep up an irrita- 
tion by the presence of food in the stomach. As soon 
as the stomach will bear it, such food as tapioca jelly, 
sago gruel, beef or chicken tea, and rice properly pre- 
pared, may be taken, until the stomach will bear 
stronger articles. 



CHRONIC GASTRITIS. 

When inflammation of the stomach assumes the 
chronic form, the symptoms differ somewhat from those 
that characterize the acute ; they, however, differ more 
in point of their violence than in any other respect. 

The pain in chronic gastritis is less severe than that 
attending the acute form, and in this the stomach seems 



90 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

to be less relieved by cold drinks than in the latter. In 
the chronic form, the diseased action always comes on 
more slowly; the stomach is less irritable, and the 
symptoms, in every respect, are less severe than in the 
acute. 

As remarked under the head of indigestion, there is a 
very close intimacy or relationship between this disease 
and the affection commonly called dyspepsia. All that 
host of symptoms, commonly ascribed to indigestion, 
are the common attendants of chronic inflammation of 
the mucous membrane of the stomach. 

The treatment of chronic gastritis differs little, in the 
main, from that recommended in the acute form of the 
disease. Rubefacients, an occasional emetic of lobelia, 
mucilage of slippery elm, fine charcoal with milk, a 
dose of soda or saleratus as occasion may require, a 
decoction of yellow willow bark, cascarilla, stomachics, 
and carminatives, are among the means used in con- 
nection with general treatment. For further particu- 
lars see the treatment for indigestion. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE TONGUE. 

{Glossitis.) 

This is not a disease of frequent occurrence, but 
when it does set in, it is sometimes very violent, and 
rapidly fatal in its effects. 

Symptoms. — The disease usually commences with a 
burning and throbbing pain in the tongue, which is 
attended with febrile symptoms that soon rise very 
high, and assume the synochal grade. The tongue is 
dry and parched, and is red and fiery in appearance, 
and swells enormously, even to bursting; it is some- 
times thrust out of the mouth, " appearing like a mass 
of raw flesh." Deglutition is now impossible, and 
respiration very difficult, and as the disease advances, 
the patient, in addition to his intolerable suffering, is 
tortured with the dreadful apprehension of suffocation. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE TONGUE. 91 

Inflammation of the tongue, in milder cases, gener- 
ally ends in resolution ; but ulcerations, and even gan- 
grene sometimes supervene. The author was called, 
with some other physicians, in council, to a distin- 
guished individual, laboring under an attack of glossitis 
that ended in gangrene in a few hours. The disease 
was perhaps beyond the control of medicine from the 
commencement, but certainly so at the time that the 
author first saw the patient. 

The subsidence of the pain, swelling, and fever, and 
the appearance of moisture on the skin, may be re- 
garded as favorable signs. But so long as the pain and 
swelling increase, the danger becomes more imminent. 

Treatment. — The remedial means should be com- 
menced by the use of active cathartics, so as to divert 
the diseased action from the part, if possible. By these 
means, it is true, the cause is not entirely removed from 
the system, yet the principle is justifiable in this case, 
for while the progressing lesion of the part is obviated, 
time is gained, which will suffice for the complete and 
safe removal of the difficulty. In the tongue, as in 
other organs where the texture and location of the part 
will not admit of the application of the means ade- 
quate to the direct subversion of the disease, a policy 
of the kind is always admissible.* 

The speedy operation of the cathartic may be pro- 
moted by the use of enemas, and in cases where the 
tongue is so swollen as to prevent the .medicine from 
being taken in the ordinary way, it must be given 
by injection. But without waiting for the operation of 
the cathartic, means should be instituted to produce a 
prompt and copious perspiration. To effect this object, 
the vapor bath is always the best adapted. 

Local Treatment. — This should consist of rubefacients 
to the jaws and throat. If the rubefacient oil is not at 

* In contending with an enemy, in the department of physic, as 
Well as the military, when we have not the chance of pitching the 
battle ourselves, it is our best, policy to divert the enemy, and decoy 
him into any place most advantageous to us, before an attack is 
commenced — thus by the advantages of circumstances, a force 
much inferior may be successful. 



y^ DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

hand, the oil of wild marjoram, pennyroyal, summer 
savory, or cinnamon, must be used in its stead. A 
mustard plaster, applied around the jaws, and left to 
remain nearly long enough to blister, will generally be 
very serviceable. This should then be followed with 
a mixture of equal parts of the tinctures of lobelia and 
capsicum, or, in place of this, the bathing drops will do 
well. To the tongue, cold water, and cold mucilage of 
slippery elm, or flaxseed, must be constantly applied; 
and occasionally it should be washed with tincture of 
lobelia, or touched with the oil of this article. When 
ulceration or gangrene occurs, it must be treated, as 
nearly as possible, in the same way as recommended 
for other parts thus affected. 



INFLAMMATORY SORE THROAT; QUINSY. 

(Cynanch<B; Angina.) 

All the inflammatory diseases of the passages to the 
lungs and stomach, were formerly simply called angina, 
but in modern times nosology has extended its borders, 
and the throat diseases are variously named, according 
to their location. The chief of these, as croup, mumps, 
and putrid sore throat, {scarlatina,) are noticed elsewhere, 
and quinsy, or inflammation of the tonsils, alone, per- 
haps, belongs here ; though there are several other parts 
of the throat that are liable to be affected with inflam- 
mation, which are generally confounded with this, even 
by physicians : these are, inflammation of the larynx, 
(laryngitis,) inflammation of the pharynx, (pharyngitis,) 
and inflammation of the oesophagus, (oesophagitis.) 

Quinsy, or inflammation of the tonsils, (tonsilitis,) e 
characterized by swelling and soreness of the throat, 
attended with difficulty and pain in deglutition, and 
general symptoms of inflammatory fever. 

Symptoms. — The disease usually begins with slight 
chills alternated with flushes of heat, which are suc- 
ceeded with restlessness, accompanied with an uneasy 



iNFLAMMATORY SORE THROAT j aUINSY. 93 

feeling in the fauces, and more or less pain in the part 
on swallowing. In a few hours a fixed pain is felt 
about the tonsils, and the act of deglutition becomes 
more and more painful, until at last it is attended with 
extreme suffering, or is altogether impossible. On ex- 
amining the throat, one or more tonsils are found very 
much swollen, and the whole surface of the fauces very 
red and somewhat tumefied. The tongue, also, is swol- 
len, — white, and covered with a thick layer of transpa- 
rent viscid mucus. The face is red and tumid; the 
carotids beat strongly ; respiration is difficult ; hearing 
obtuse ; the pulse frequent, hard, and full ; and the voice 
is indistinct and whispering. In general, much more 
difficulty and pain is experienced in swallowing liquids, 
than soft and pultaceous solids. The pain usually 
shoots from the fauces to the ears, particularly on 
attempting to speak or to swallow, and the mouth is 
opened with great difficulty and pain. A very thick, 
ropy mucus, commonly, adheres to the inflamed parts, 
and contributes much to the difficulty of respiration. 
The uvula and soft palate are generally very much 
swollen, but the principal pain and difficulty of breath- 
ing arise from the tumefaction of the tonsils. In some 
instances, the tonsils are covered with flakes of coagu- 
lable lymph of a whitish color, resembling superficial 
sloughs . — (Eberle . ) 

The quinsy is generally caused by colds, brought on 
by wet feet, w r earing damp clothes, &c. Some persons 
are particularly predisposed to the affection, especially 
when they have had it once or twice. Eberle thinks, 
and very correctly too, that the effects of mercury 
create an increased aptitude to the disease. 

An ordinary attack of this affection is not, generally, 
considered dangerous ; but when the disease sets in 
violently, and the swelling advances rapidly, there is 
sometimes danger of suffocation. 

The most common termination of quinsy is in reso- 
lution, though suppuration is not unfrequent, and even 
ulceration and gangrene in rare instances occur. 

Treatment. — Quinsy and the various other inflamma- 
tory throat diseases above enumerated, may generally 
be arrested, if treated in time by the application of some 



94 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

stimulating liniment externally around the throat, and 
the use of a gargle of pepper and vinegar. 

In severe cases, a mustard plaster should be applied 
to the throat, and nauseating doses of lobelia must be 
taken once in ten to fifteen minutes, until the inflam- 
matory symptoms subside. If the use of lobelia in this 
way does not seem to promise success, the doses must 
be increased until free emesis is produced. 

The swelling may deter some from the exhibition of 
an emetic ; but it may be observed that the swelling 
rarely makes emesis impracticable. The author has, in 
some instances of this kind, administered the lobelia by 
injection, with the happiest effects, when deglutition 
was impracticable. 

A paste made of honey, pulverized arum or ictodes, 
and lobelia, taken frequently in small portions, or kept 
in the mouth, will be found quite serviceable. 

A large dose of castor oil, taken at the onset of the 
disease, will sometimes be found of great service. 



APOPLEXY. 

{Apoplexia.') 



Apoplexy is characterized by a sudden loss or suspen- 
sion of voluntary motion, while the vital functions con- 
tinue with but little or no perceptible disturbance. 

The attack sometimes comes on without any symp- 
toms indicating its approach. More usually, however, 
there is experienced a sense of dullness, or a deep 
seated pain in the head, and vertigo or dizziness; ringing 
in the ears; throbbing of the temporal arteries; inability 
to articulate distinctly; dimness of sight, and dullness 
of hearing. Sometimes a sensation, as from flashes of 
light, or sparks passing before the eyes, are experienced; 
drowsiness and confusion of ideas; irregular spasmodic 
contractions of the muscles of the face; and in some 
instances pains are experienced in the pit of the 
stomach, in the side, and also sometimes in the fingers. 
But the most common and certain signs of the approach 



APOPLEXY. 95 

of a fit of apoplexy, are the pain in the head, vertigo, 
and ringing in the ears. 

The duration of these symptoms before the fit sets in, 
is extremely various. In some cases they do not con- 
tinue more than a few hours ; in others they occur, with 
occasional intermissions, for many days, weeks, months, 
or even years. It is often the case, just before the 
attack commences, that the foregoing symptoms become 
considerably aggravated. In the most violent cases, 
the attack comes on with a sudden loss of sensation 
and motion, the patient sinking almost instantly into a 
profound stupor, which often within one hour ends in 
death. In less violent cases, the sufferer generally lays 
a number of hours in a state of deep stupor; his breath- 
ing is difficult and stertorous, and is attended with 
puffing and frothing at the mouth; his eyes, although 
sometimes immovably fixed, often roll wildly in their 
sockets, and are much bloodshot; the face is generally 
flushed and somewhat swollen ; the veins in the temples 
and neck are turgid. The jaws are generally spas- 
modically closed, and swallowing is always difficult. 

Apoplexy is caused by compression of the brain, and 
hence may arise from congestion, or extravasation of 
the blood, or from the pressure of serous exudations. 
When the disease arises from the first cause, it is called 
apoplexia sanguinea. and when from the latter, apophxia 
serosa. Besides these, there are other causes that occur 
occasionally : the disease may arise from mechanical 
injuries of the head, from poisons, from violent passions 
of the mind, &c. 

The disease chiefly attacks individuals of advanced 
age; and seeming, also, to prefer those of corpulent 
habits, and such as have a short neck and large bead, 
and who practice intemperate, or inactive and sedentary 
habits. 

Apoplexy is sometimes attended with palsy, or 
paraljsis of some parts of the body, which is often 
difficult to cure. Instances also occur, in which the 
patient lies in a kind of a fit for several days, from . the 
effects of which he seldom entirely recovers. 

Treatment. — Immediately on the attack of apoplexy, 
the patient should be placed in an upright position, in a 



96 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

cool and airy place ; his clothes should be loosened, 
especially those about the neck. 

Medicine. — The first object in the medical treatment 
of this disease, should be to equalize the circulation 
For this purpose, the anti- spasmodic tincture should be 
used freely. It is sometimes a matter of considerable 
difficulty to administer any medicine per stomach, owing 
to the difficulty of swallowing. Efforts should, however, 
be made to get down two or three table spoonfuls of 
the tincture; or, if the anti-spasmodic tincture is not at 
hand, the tincture of lobelia may be used in its stead. 

Rubefacients and Friction. — The superior advantages 
of these means will readily be discovered by all. The 
rubefacient oil, or common bathing drops, should be ap- 
plied to the entire body, with considerable friction or rub- 
bing, which should be continued till the patient recovers. 

Injections. — This mode of administration is often of 
incalculable advantage, especially if the medicine can 
not be administered in the common way. The same 
medicines may, in general, be administered in this way, 
that are used per stomach. One, two or three table 
spoonfuls of the anti-spasmodic tincture, or as much, 
each, of the tincture of lobelia and compound tincture 
of myrrh, with a pint of warm water, is a proper quan- 
tity to be administered at a time. The injections 
should be repeated as often as once in ten minutes, 
until relief is obtained. 

Bathing. — The vapor bath, in apoplexy, will perhaps 
give relief quicker than any other means ; but the faci- 
lities for its administration are not always at hand. To 
apply the vapor, the patient should be surrounded by 
blankets or quilts, so as to confine the vapor to the 
parts below the neck ; while, at the same time, the 
head should be kept cool with cloths wet with cold 
water. 

Emetics. — This class of remedies is particularly indi- 
cated, when the disease is caused by taking poisons, 
drinking spirits, or from taking large quantities of food 



APOPLEXY. 



But they are serviceable, also, when the disease arises 
from other causes. 

Cathartics. — In the active stage of apoplexy, cathar- 
tics are not sufficiently active as remedial agents ; but 
they may often be serviceable as preventives with 
persons that are predisposed to the disease, and thus, 
by ttfeir timely use, an attack of apoplexy may be 
warded off. 

It is proper here to make some remarks in reference 
to the practice of blood-letting in the treatment of this 
disease, as this is the chief means employed in the old 
practice. Bleeding, indeed, has been so constantly 
resorted to in apoplexy, that the people have thought it 
indispensable ; and it is sometimes with considerable 
difficulty that the physician resists their clamors for 
blood. 

The idea generally prevails that the disease arises 
from a superabundance of blood, and that hence no treat- 
ment can be better than blood-letting : but this is a 
mistake. It is not the quantity of blood that does the 
mischief, but it is the interruption of its free circulation. 
Indeed, it is often the case, that apoplexy arises from 
the loss of blood. Professor Dunglison remarks on this 
Head : "Anything that gives occasion to repletion, and, 
on the contrary, to exhaustion and debility, may occa- 
sion irregularity of action in the vessels of the brain, 
and, indeed, in the whole of the circulatory system, and 
produce hypersemia [fullness] of that viscus. The effect 
of extreme exhaustion in inducing this state is seen in 
the prostration caused by excessive uterine, haemorrhage. 
The patient may be pulseless, pale, and exanguious, 
[bloodless,] and, in the course of a few hours, may labor 
under the most manifest symptoms of active cerebral 
hypersemia. * * In all sudden and violent attacks, 
indeed, it [blood-letting] is often had recourse to before 
even the practitioner sees the patient, and frequently 
with unequivocally bad effects. * * It is all impor- 
tant, however, to bear in mind, that the practice of 
drawing blood profusely, immediately on the occurrence 
of cerebral hemorrhage, cannot fail, at times, to be inju- 
rious. A shock is often given to the nervous system by 
7 



W3 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the haemorrhage, resembling that which occurs in con- 
cussion of the brain ; and if blood be taken away imme- 
diately, and from both arms, as is often done, the same 
injurious effects may result as from the same practice 
in concussion. The practitioner should not be led away 
by the clamor of by-standers."* Dr. Eberle observes : 
" It is stated, and very correctly, that all the external 
manifestations of strong apoplexy are sometimes the 
immediate result of excessive haemorrhage. I have 
already referred to the case reported by Mr. Brown, in 
which entire insensibility and stertorous breathing were 
the immediate consequences of excessive uterine haemor- 
rhage, and which were removed by transfusing blood 
from another person into the patient's veins. Dr. Den- 
man has also related an instance of apoplectic symp- 
toms supervening on very profuse haemorrhage, and 
many more cases of this kind might be collected. * * 
The experiments of Kellie, on animals, show that serous 
effusion within the head is a pretty constant concomi- 
tant or consequence of excessive sanguineous depletion, 
and the experiments of Dr. Seeds go to establish the 
same fact." Thus it is evident, that the difficulty, 
instead of arising from an excessive quantity of blood, is 
in many instances caused by the loss of blood, and gen- 
erally by obstructions to its free circulation. In view 
of this fact, it is plain, that in no instance is blood- 
letting the better practice, but that it is always mis- 
chievous, and often fatal. It is not here argued, however, 
that the practice may not sometimes give relief, espe- 
cially in cases of violent cerebral congestion, {termina- 
tion of blood to the brain,) but all this may be effected 
just as quick and certainly, by the proper means of 
equalizing the circulation, as it can possibly be done by 
taking away a part of the blood. Is it not as reason- 
able and philosophical for the practitioner to make room 
in the obstructed vessels for the necessary blood, as it 
is to take away a part of the blood, and thus adapt its 
quantity to the obstructed condition of the vessels ? 

* Practice, vol. ii, page 261. 



ASTHMA. 

Asthma is an affection of the breathing apparatus, 
characterized by great difficulty of respiration, tight- 
ness across the breast, and a pressing sense of suffo- 
cation. 

The disease generally occurs in paroxysms, which 
usually come on in the night, and the patient is often 
compelled to leave his bed, and seek the fresh air. As 
the paroxysm comes on, the breathing becomes diffi- 
cult, laborious, and wheezing ; the patient grows rest- 
less, his lungs seem to swell so as to fill his chest; 
the pulse is generally full and quick, the face often 
bloated, and the veins of the head and neck turgid; 
there is often a short dry cough, which is sometimes 
attended with slight expectoration, or raising of phlegm. 

Treatment. — In the treatment of asthmatic com- 
plaints, no article has been found that will answer a 
better purpose than lobelia. The tincture should be 
used in frequent doses, and continued until relief be 
obtained. Such other convenient means as are calcu- 
lated to relax the system and equalize the circulation, 
as bathing the feet, the vapor bath, stimulating and 
relaxing teas, &c, may be used in connection with the 
lobelia. Expectorants, as the skunk-cabbage, wild tur- 
nip, &c, are serviceable. 

Emetics. — The dose of the lobelia, after it has been 
given long enough in small portions to relax the sys- 
tem, should, in severe cases, be increased so as to pro- 
duce free emesis or vomiting ; and thus the phlegm, 
loosened or disengaged by the expectorant properties 
of the lobelia first given, will be carried off during the 
process or act of vomiting. 

After the paroxysm of the disease is broken up, the 
use of the lobelia should still be continued for some 
time, and on any subsequent recurrence of the symp- 
toms, its use should again be early resumed. 



100 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Oxymel of Lobelia. — In severe cases, in which the 
patient is never entirely free from symptoms of asthma, 
medicine must be constantly used. For this purpose 
the oxymel of lobelia is best, as it is more pleasant to 
take : 

]jt Lobelia herb, bruised, 4 ounces, 

Vinegar, .... 16 " 

Honey 16 " 

Digest the lobelia in the vinegar for four days in the 
sun, strain, add the honey, and mix well. Dose, a tea 
spoonful often repeated. A small quantity of ictodes 
may be mixed with the oxymel for this use. 

Linseed Infusion. — An infusion of flaxseed previously 
well browned or roasted, in the same way that coffee 
is prepared, is very good for asthma in children. 

Vapor Bath. — In severe paroxysms, it will be found 
that the vapor bath will give signal relief, and if with 
this a lobelia emetic is administered, the paroxysm may 
be broken up at once. 

Anti- Spasmodic Tincture. -In what is called nervous 
asthma, it will be found that the anti-spasmodic tinc- 
ture is an excellent remedy ; the dose is half a tea 
spoonful. The skunk-cabbage, in those cases, is also 
very applicable. 

Prevention. — Asthma is chiefly caused by exposure 
to wetness and cold, as by going with wet feet, wear- 
ing wet or damp clothes, &c. Patients suffering from 
this distressing complaint, should therefore be careful 
to avoid exposures in this way. By taking occasionally 
a dose of the tincture, or oxymel of lobelia, after expo- 
sure, the effects may be prevented, or considerably 
modified. 



ACCIDENTAL BLEEDING. 101 



ACCIDENTAL BLEEDING. 

(H&morrhagia Accidentalis.) 



The treatment of accidental bleeding properly be- 
longs to the province of surgery. But as this work is 
intended chiefly for the people, who in many instances 
are compelled by want of information as to these mat- 
ters, to wait for the assistance of a physician or sur- 
geon, who sometimes has to be brought from a con- 
siderable distance, while their friends or neighbors are 
dying for want of prompt attention, in simple cases 
that might be relieved by any ordinary person, possess- 
ing but a slight knowledge of medicine or surgery, it is 
designed here to make some remarks on the treatment 
of such cases. 

On the occurrence of accidents or injuries that are 
attended with much haemorrhage, immediate efforts 
should be made to arrest it. Sometimes when the ar- 
tery does not lie too deep, it may be compressed with 
bandages, until the inflammatory action (always neces- 
sary to the healing process) sets in, when it will no 
more return. 

Styptics. — If the wound be not too deep, cranesbill 
may be applied in a fine powder; otherwise a very 
strong decoction may either be injected into the wound, 
or applied by means of a sponge or rag. The common 
puff-ball, tannin, bloodroot, scraped horn, matico leaves, 
juice of green persimmons, white bethroot, fleabane, 
&c, are all good articles to stop the flow of blood. If 
the haemorrhage cannot be restrained by either of the 
means here recommended, the bleeding vessel must be 
taken up, and secured by ligature. To do this, in the 
absence of proper instruments, a common sewing needle 
should be passed through the mouth of the vessel, and 
the latter thus raised, so that a silk thread may be 
firmly tied around it, below the needle. All this may 
be done with the greatest ease, by any individual of 
ordinary judgment. The oil of fleabane dropped on 
the bleeding part, has often restrained the bleeding. 



102 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Haemorrhages in the extremities may always be par- 
tially restrained, by elevating the bleeding membef 
higher than the head of the subject. 



BLEEDING FROM THE BOWELS. 

(Proctorrhagia.) 

Hemorrhage from the bowels is not of very common 
occurrence, except when it arises in consequence oi 
other diseases, as piles, ulcerations of the bowels, dys- 
entery, typhoid fever, &c. Nevertheless instances do 
occur of spontaneous haemorrhages from the bowels 
that is, without the occurrence of any lesion. In these 
cases the blood exudes through the parites in the same, 
way as occurs in the lungs in passive haemorrhage, 01 
haemoptysis. 

Treatment. — The use of our most active vegetable 
astringents are indicated here ; an infusion made by 
scalding an ounce of the powder, of either cranesbiU, 
matico, white bethroot, witch-hazel, or even oak bark, in a 
pint of water, and used freely by injection, as well as 
per stomach, will in general arrest the Lleeding in a 
short time. The astringent tonic compound, prepared 
as above, is a very good article, a^d may be employed 
with confidence. The rubefacient solution, applied 
with considerable friction all o/er the body, will be 
very serviceable ; or should this not be sufficient to 
equalize the circulation, the vapor bath must be applied 
as warm as it can be borne. Tannin employed topic- 
ally as well as internally, is an active agent. The dose 
is three to five grains, taken in water. 

Bleeding from Piles. — Bleeding from haemorrhoidal 
tumors is very common, and although not very danger- 
ous, it is sometimes very troublesome. 

Treatment. — The treatment here, as in other cases 
of bleeding, consists in the use of astringents, or styptic 



BLEEDING FROM THE LUNGS. 103 

preparations. A strong infusion of the astringent 
tonic compound, or any of the simple astringent arti- 
cles, applied by means of a sponge or cloth, is correct 
treatment. If the bleeding parts are within the intes- 
tine, the strained infusion should be injected by means 
of a syringe. Perseverance, in the treatment, is some- 
times necessary. 



BLEEDING FROM THE LUNGS. 

{Hemoptysis.') 

Bleeding from the lungs, although very alarming to 
some, is not often immediately dangerous ; and it is 
seldom the case, that it arises from a rupture of the 
blood-vessels. From a morbidly relaxed condition of 
the parts, the blood in this, as in many other cases of 
passive haBmorrhage, passes through the delicate tex- 
tures, in the same way that water is found to permeate 
soft leather. Haemorrhage from the lungs, varies con- 
siderably in its extent or violence. 

" Active haemorrhage from the lungs, is often pre- 
ceded by certain premonitory symptoms, such as a 
feeling of heaviness and lassitude ; anxiety ; stricture 
across the breast; short cough; palpitation of the heart; 
deep and frequent sighing; a deep-seated, pungent, or 
burning pain under the sternum; slight and creeping 
chills; cold hands and feet; alternate paleness and 
flushing of the face; mental and corporal irritability; a 
quick, small, frequent and corded pulse; and often a 
disagreeable salty or sweetish taste in the mouth. 
After these symptoms have continued for a longer or 
shorter period, the patient usually begins to feel a sense 
of warmth in the breast, gradually rising up toward 
the larynx, attended with a saltish taste. Slight cough- 
ing now ensues, or an effort is made to hawk, and the 
blood makes its appearance. In many cases, however, 
the haemorrhage comes on suddenly, without any pre- 
monitory symptoms whatever. When this is the case 
there is commonly but little blood discharged at a time t 



104 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

but the haemorrhage is apt to return frequently for 
several weeks, and even months." 

When the bleeding arises from injuries of the vessels, 
caused by ulcerations in the lungs, or by heavy lifting, 
violent exercise, blowing on wind instruments, &c, it is 
always somewhat -more difficult to stop immediately. 

Treatment. — The indications of cure in this case are 
to constringe the parts by the use of styptics, to equalize 
the circulation, and to guard against the recurrence of 
the symptoms. 

Large doses of equal parts of bayberry and capsicum, 
taken once in eight to ten minutes, will generally be. 
sufficient to arrest the haemorrhage. In the use of this 
medicine, we have the advantage, not only of the astrin- 
gent or styptic properties of the bayberry, but the diffu- 
sive and stimulating power of the capsicum is also well 
calculated to equalize the circulation. Thomson's com- 
position powders, in large doses, will answer very well 
instead of the capsicum and bayberry, and is at the 
same time more pleasant to take. A strong infusion of 
cranesbill and white bethroot, in equal parts, or the 
astringent tonic compound, should be drank freely. 
Bayberry and sumac berries, steeped in boiling water, 
so as to form a strong tea, adding a little capsicum and 
some sugar, will be found very good in bleeding from 
the lungs. 

Bathing the feet in warm water, and using such 
other means as are calculated to promote perspiration, 
will be found eminently serviceable ; and in difficult 
cases, even the vapor bath may be necessary to equalize 
the circulation. 

Common table salt, taken in tea spoonful doses, dis- 
solved in water, is a very popular remedy in bleeding 
from the lungs. 

An infusion of the fleabane (eregeron canadense) is 
often found to arrest the complaint. 

After the bleeding is restrained, the patient should be 
careful to avoid exposures, and every other means cal- 
culated to favor a recurrence of the bleeding. 



BLEEDING FROM THE NOSE. 105 



BLEEDING PROM THE NOSE. 
(Epistaxis.) 

Bleeding from the nose is not generally regarded as 
requiring medical attention. But in cases of protracted 
bleeding, or when the affection (as is sometimes the 
case) becomes a confirmed habit, the health of the indi- 
vidual may suffer considerably from a want of proper 
attention. 

Bleeding from the nose often attends fevers of the 
synochal or high grade; and this circumstance has been 
cited as an argument in favor of blood-letting in fevers, 
on the ground that it is a natural indication ; but this 
idea is by no means sustained by philosophy. The 
interior of the nose is not favored with a covering pos- 
sessing a firm texture, like that of the skin ; but it, on 
the other hand, consists of a very delicate network of 
vessels. It is very obvious, therefore, that in all 
cases of high vascular action, as in fevers and violent 
exercise, these delicate parts will give way, and thus 
the blood escape. Bleeding from the nose cannot, 
therefore, be rationally considered any other than a 
diseased action. 

Treatment. — The general treatment in this affection 
should, in the main, be about the same as that for bleed- 
ing at the lungs. The local treatment should consist 
of the application of cold water to the face and head, 
snuffing it up the nose at the same time. Decoctions, 
or strong infusions of the best vegetable styptics, such 
as tannin, cranesbill root, white pond-lily root, maiico leaves, 
jleabane, &c, may be taken in proper doses, and also 
snuffed up the nose. In the selection of these articles, 
such should be preferred as are the least irritating in 
their effects. The powder of these astringent and styptic 
articles may also be used as a snuff. If the bleeding 
parts are not beyond the reach, the common puff-ball, if 
applied, will generally stop the bleeding. The clothing 
around the neck should always be loose on those per- 
sons that are subject to bleeding from the nose. 



106 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



BLEEDING FROM THE STOMACH. 

(Hccmatemesis.) 

Bleeding in the stomach is generally attended with a 
small, contracted pulse; palpitation; a pale, contracted 
countenance ; weakness, and a sense of constriction in 
the breast; extreme anxiety; faintness; and vomiting 
of blood. The blood thus thrown up is generally of a 
dark, or black, inky appearance, and is sometimes in 
coagulated clots. 

Treatment. — When there is much sickness at the 
stomach, the treatment should be commenced by giving 
an emetic of equal parts of bayberry bark and lobelia; 
and while this is operating, the patient, if he is able to 
sit up, should have his feet and legs in a tub of water 
as hot as it can be borne. In the meantime, strong 
frictions, with the use of the rubefacient solution, or 
bathing drops, should be applied. As soon as the 
stomach is relieved from the accumulating blood, 
(which, if not removed, will, by its nauseating effects, 
keep the stomach in a relaxed condition, and thus favor 
the bleeding,) our best astringents should be used freely, 
in decoction or strong infusion. The astringent tonic 
compound is a very good preparation for this purpose; 
an ounce of it should be scalded in a pint of water, and 
drank freely when cold. A table spoonful of cranesbill, 
in fine powder, stirred into a tea cupful of cold water, 
and drank down at two or three doses, will generally stop 
the bleeding, especially when combined with a quarter 
as much tannin. But if the articles here recommended 
are not at hand, any other good vegetable astringents 
may be used. 

In the treatment of bleeding from the stomach, as 
well as in any other haemorrhage, such means as are 
calculated to equalize the circulation should be early 
instituted. The vapor bath stands at the head of all 
these; but this is not often necessary; frictions and 
rubefacients, together with the foot bath, will usually be 
sufficient 



BLEEDING FROM THE URINARY ORGANS. 107 



BLEEDING FROM THE URINARY ORGANS. 

(Hematuria.) 

It is sometimes a matter of considerable difficulty to 
determine whether the blood passing off with the urine 
comes from the urethra, bladder, ureters, or the kidneys. 
When the blood is discharged more slowly and con- 
stantly, and especially if it is unmixed with urine, and 
there is no effort to void it, we may calculate that it 
arises from the urethra. When the bleeding occurs in 
the bladder, there is generally an uneasiness, and often 
a pain in the part, more usually in the neck of the 
bladder; the blood, in this case, comes away with the 
urine, but still it is not intimately mixed with the latter. 

In haemorrhage from the ureters, or the kidneys, the 
blood is always uniformly mixed with the urine, giving 
the whole a bloody appearance. There is, also, most 
generally, a pain or uneasiness in the region of the 
kidneys. 

Treatment. — In the management of bleeding from the 
urinary organs, we find large doses of capsicum and 
extract of bayberry, if often repeated, to answer a very 
good purpose. The fleabane, witch-hazel, cranesbill, 
white pond-lily, or, indeed, any other good and active 
astringent, if combined with a permanent stimulant, 
will do well. 

The bearberry has long been extolled in cases of 
bleeding from the kidneys. A strong infusion of peach 
leaves will be found to answer, perhaps, a better pur- 
pose than any other single article that can be used for 
this complaint. 

Frictions and rubefacients should be perseveringly 
usea, and even the vapor bath, if necessary. Bathing 
the feet while internal means are used, is a good prac- 
tice. 

Uterine haemorrhages are treated on the same general 
principles that govern our practice in bleeding from the 
urinary organs, with the addition of astringent infusions 
or teas to the parts by means of injections. 



l08 domestic medicine. 



BOIL. 

(Ferunculus.) 



Boils are very troublesome, inflammatory, hard and 
circumscribed tumors, that occur in the soft parts on 
the exterior of the body, and are apt to suppurate. 
Their character, being so well known, needs no furthei 
description. 

Treatment. — In the first stages, while the inflamma- 
tory action increases, a plaster of fresh turpentine,* and 
the yolk of an egg, or a poultice made of fine slippery 
elm bark and lobelia seed, well pulverized, are, perhaps, 
better applications than any other that can be made. 
Wheat flour and honey, mixed into a paste, and applied, 
is highly recommended by some, but is not so good as 
either of the above. 

If these means are instituted early, the tumor may be 
discussed, and suppuration may be prevented. But 
should pus be collected, the pain, by lancing the tumor 
as the matter approaches the surface, may be relieved 
a day or two earlier than would otherwise happen. 

After the boil is open, it should be poulticed with 
astringent articles. For this, the following is very good ■ 

]j$r Astringent tonic compound, 1 part, 

Slippery elm flour, . 1 " 

Ginger, ... i " 

Wheat or rye flour, . | " 

Mix up with boiling milk or water, and apply warm. 
As soon as the core comes away, after washing it well 
with an astringent wash, the healing salve may be 
applied, and continued until the sore is healed. During 
the treatment, the sore should always be well washed 
with soap suds, at the time of dressing. 

Boils, on some persons, are of frequent occurrence, 
and often two, or three, or even half a dozen, make 
their appearance at one time, and as they heal up, new 
ones come on Such persons need constitutional treat- 

* If the fresh turpentine cannot be obtained, common turpentine 
may be softened with the oil or spirits, and thus answer in its stead. 



BURN AND SCALD. 109 

merit. A course of laxatives should be instituted. For 
this purpose, a decoction may be made by boiling 
together equal parts of yellow dock root, yellow parilla, 
sassafras bark, and dried May-apple root, in a sufficient 
quantity of water to cover the ingredients, straining 
and boiling down to half the quantity, and adding an 
equal measure of molasses. This should be taken in 
table spoonful doses, three times a day, or often enough 
to keep the bowels gently open, until the boils disap- 
pear. One or two of the anti-bilious pills, taken every 
other evening, will do very well to improve the condi- 
tion of the blood in these cases. 

Dr. Thomson recommends the application of turpen- 
tine, when the boil first makes its appearance, and 
states that it soon disperses it. 

Pyroligneous acid, applied to a boil in its incipient or 
forming stage, will often discuss it. 



BURN AND SCALD. 

(Ambustum.) 



These accidents are of frequent occurrence, especial- 
ly among children, and are always troublesome, owing 
to the excruciating pain that attends them. 

Burns and scalds have always been dreaded, not 
only on account of the pain they produce, but the diffi- 
culty that has attended their cure. The reformed treat- 
ment has, however, modified the unnecessary fears and 
anxiety on this score. Burns are now viewed more in 
the light of a common injury, or wound. Nevertheless, 
these injuries are still more slow in their recovery than 
common wounds ; for while in the latter there is simply 
a solution of continuity in the parts, and consequent 
obstruction of the physiological (natural) functions, in 
burns, besides all this, there is always a deadened 
state, or destruction of the parts, corresponding with 
the intensity or character of the injury. Thus in their 
recovery, time is always necessary to restore vitality in 



110 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the deadened parts, or remove such parts as are entirely 
destroyed, and supply new. 

An idea has obtained among the people generally, 
that the Jire is retained in the parts after the accident, 
and that the smarting and pain peculiar to injuries of 
this kind, is owing to this circumstance. But this is a 
mistaken notion, and cannot be sustained by philos- 
ophy. 

Free caloric (Jire) is unconfinable in character, and 
always seeks an equilibrium. Thus the most solid 
substances, when heated, as for instance a piece of 
iron, although its temperature may be raised to a red 
heat, yet it will in a short time be of the same temper- 
ature as the surrounding medium. It is evident, there- 
fore, that the fire or heat during the occurrence of acci- 
dents of this kind, is not retained long enough to 
justify the conclusion that it is the immediate cause of 
the pain. Moreover it is known that the addition of 
heat, although augmenting it for a few moments, will 
even favor the early subsidence of the pain ; and thus 
we find the practice common among some people in 
small burns, in which the experiment is tolerable, to 
expose the injured part before the fire as near as can 
be borne, for three or four minutes, when the pain will 
entirely cease, and return no more. 

The pain evidently arises from the injuries that the 
nerves sustain during the cauterizing (burning) process. 
It seems that the nerves are capable of considerable 
resistance, and that they retain their sensibility even 
after some other tissues are broken down or destroyed, 
and being thus exposed, are subject to causes of ex- 
treme irritability 

Treatment. — The irritability, and consequent pain, 
may be successfully relieved by the application of cold 
water. If the injured parts be on the extremities, they 
may at once be immersed into a vessel of water ; but 
if the part cannot thus be relieved, cold water may 
nevertheless be applied by means of wet cloths, which 
may be kept cool by the use of a sponge, or by care- 
fully pouring on fresh water occasionally. As soon as 
the parts remain easy while out of the water, the dress- 
ing should be put on, which should be done as follows • 



BURN AND SCALD. Ill 

spread on a fine muslin cloth sufficiently laige to cover 
the burn, a coat as thick as a knife- blade, of the fol- 
lowing cerate : 

# Olive Oil, ) 

Flaxseed Oil, (fresh,) V Equal parts, and mix. 

Lime Water, (strong.) ) 

Apply it over the injured part, being careful not to 
break the blisters unless they are too large, in which 
case they may be punctured at their margins. Now if 
it be convenient, a piece of oiled silk may be applied 
over this first plaster ; if not, it may be wrapped up in 
light cloths, and suffered to remain for at least six 
hours. This preparation may be continued, until the 
parts are restored ; or it may be alternated or even 
superseded, by the other articles recommended below. 
Care must always be taken at the dressings not to 
break the blisters or to irritate the sores, nor yet expose 
the latter too long to the air. Sweet oil may be poured 
over the sore, to exclude the air, and prevent the dress- 
sings from adhering too firmly. 

Sweet oil and the balsam of fir, mixed in the pro- 
portion of two parts of the former to one of the 
balsam, forms an excellent liniment for burns and 
scalds. 

Elder bark, simmered in fresh butter for several 
hours, imparts to the latter a property very soothing 
and healing to abraded as well as burned surfaces. 

Should inflammation set in at any time during the 
treatment, relaxant poultices must be applied until the 
inflammation subsides, when the salves may again be 
applied. 

A poultice made of one part of lobelia herb in pow- 
der, and two parts of slippery elm flour, is an excellent 
application for inflamed sores of any kind, and may be 
used with confidence in these cases. 

Should unhealthy granulations, usually called proud 
Jlesh, get into the sore, they may be removed by sprink- 
ling on them some powdered bloodroot, or burnt alum ; 
or should this not answer, a little caustic potash may 
be applied to these points. Then after the sore is 
washed out with soapsuds, or some astringent tea, the 
salve may be again resumed, or should the poultices be 
needed, they must be applied. 



112 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Should the sore grow foul, it must be corrected by 
the use of a charcoal plaster, pyroligneous acid, or 
chloride of lime, which see. If mortification should 
supervene, the treatment recommended for that, must 
be instituted. 

Internal Remedies. — If the burns or scalds be exten- 
sive, internal remedies become necessary. There is 
always a shivering and trembling, accompanied with 
difficulty of breathing, experienced by the patient, in 
severe or extensive burns. To remedy this, a tea made 
of ginger and skullcap, a tea spoonful of each, scalded 
in a pint of water and sweetened, or of capsicum and 
lady's slipper, prepared in the same way, is very good. 
A half tea spoonful of capsicum, and a tea spoonful of 
lady's slipper, stirred into a glass of wine, sweetened 
with loaf sugar, and drank at two or three doses, is 
also very well calculated to sustain the system under 
so severe a shock. If there be sickening at the stom- 
ach, as is often the case, nothing short of an emetic 
will relieve it. Some essence of peppermint, or a little 
vinegar, may, however, sometimes do some good. The 
bowels should be kept open by mild laxatives or injec- 
tions. 



CANCER. 

(Carcinos.) 

Cancer is a disease that inherited its name from the 
ancients, who fancied that the large blue veins of the 
tumor, resembled the claws of a crab. It is likewise 
called carcinoma or carcinos by the Greeks, and lupus by 
the Romans, because it eats away the flesh like a wolf. 
Dr. Cullen defines it, a painful scirrous tumor, termi- 
nating in a fatal ulcer. " Any part of the body may 
be the seat of cancer, though the glands are most sub- 
ject to it. It is distinguished according to its stages, 
into occult and open; by the former is meant its scirrous 
state, which is a hard tumor that sometimes remains in 



CANCER. 1 13 

a quiet state for many years. When the cancerous 
action commences in it, it is attended with frequent 
shooting pains, the skin that covers it becomes discol- 
ored, and ulceration sooner or later takes place, when 
the disease is denominated open cancer. Mr. Pearson 
says : ' When a malignant scirrous . or warty excres- 
cence hath proceeded to a period of ulceration, at- 
tended with a constant sense of ardent and occasion- 
ally shooting pains, is irregular in its figure and presents 
an unequal surface ; if it discharges sordid, sanious, or 
foetid matter; if the edges of the sore be thick, indu- 
rated, and often exquisitely painful, sometimes inverted, 
at other times retorted, and exhibit a serrated appear- 
ance ; and should the ulcer in its progress be frequently 
attended with haemorrhage, in consequence of the ero- 
sion of blood-vessels; there will be little hazard of 
mistake in a cancerous ulcer.' In men a cancer most 
frequently seizes the tongue, mouth or penis; in wo- 
men, the breasts, or uterus, particularly about the ces- 
sation of their periodical discharges ; and in children, 
the eyes. The following description of scirrhus and 
cancer, from the above writer, will serve to elucidate 
the subject. A hard unequal tumor that is indolent, 
and without any discoloration of the skin, is called a 
scirrhus ; but when an itching is perceived in it which 
is followed by a pricking, shooting, or lancinating pain, 
and a change of color of the skin, it is usually denom- 
inated a cancer. It generally is small in the beginning 
and increases gradually; but though the skin changes 
to a red or livid appearance, and the state of the tumor 
from an indolent to a painful one, it is sometimes very 
difficult to say when the scirrhus really becomes a 
cancer, the progress being quick or slow, according to 
concurrent causes. When the tumor is attended with 
a peculiar kind of burning, shooting pains, and the 
skin hath acquired a dusky purple or livid hue, it may 
then be deemed the malignant scirrhus, or co?ifirmed 
cancer. When thus far advanced in a woman's breast, 
the tumor sometimes increases speedily to a great size, 
having a knotty unequal surface, more glands becom- 
ing obstructed, the nipple sinks in, turgid veins are con- 
spicuous, ramifying around, and resembling a crab's 
claw. These are the characteristics of an occult cancer 
8 



H4 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

on the external parts ; and we may expect the exist- 
ence of one internally, when such pain and heat as 
has been described, succeed in parts where the patient 
hath before been sensible of a weight and pressure, 
attended with obtuse pain. A cancerous tumor never 
melts down in suppuration like an inflammatory one ; 
but when it is ready to break open, especially in the 
breast, it generally becomes prominent in some minute 
point, attended with an increase of a peculiar kind of 
burning, shooting pain, felt before at intervals in a less 
degree, and deeper in the body of the gland. In the 
prominent part of the tumor in this state, a corroding 
ichor sometimes transudes through the skin, soon form- 
in°- an ulcer ; at other times a considerable quantity of 
a thin lymphatic fluid tinged with blood from corroded 
vessels, is found on it. Ulcers of a cancerous nature 
discharge a thin, foetid, acrid sanies, which corrodes the 
parts, having thick, dark-colored, retorted lips, and 
fungous excrescences frequently rise from these ulcers, 
notwithstanding the corrosiveness of the discharge. In 
this state they are often attended with excruciating, 
pungent, lancinating, burning pains, and sometimes 
with bleeding. 

" Though a scirrhus may truly be deemed a cancer 
as soon as pain is perceived in it, yet every painful 
tumor is not a cancer, nor is it always easy to say 
whether a cancer is the disorder or not. Irregular hard 
lumps may be perceived in the breast ; but on exam- 
ining the other breast, where no uneasiness is per- 
ceived, the same kind of tumors are often found, which 
renders the diagnostic uncertain. Yet in every case 
after the cessation of the catamenia, hard, unequal tu- 
mors in the breast are suspicious ; nor, though without 
pain, are they to be supposed indolent or innoxious." 

Treatment. — A variety of plans have been proposed, 
for the treatment of cancer. Alteratives, depuratives, 
and cathartics, internally; emollients, discutients, and 
caustics, externally ; are among the common means in 
popular use, for the cure of this distressing complaint. 
Among the allopathic physicians, excision with the 
knife is considered the only certain remedy. But un- 
fortunately, in true cancer, the best of treatment has 



CANCER. 115 

in many instances proved unavailing ; even the dread- 
ful operation with the knife, too often fails to confirm 
the expectations of the unhappy sufferer. If the can 
cerous disposition of the system is not obviated, or cor- 
rected, local means will be of but little avail. The 
author has known a number of cases of cancer in the 
female breast, in which the tumor was entirely cut 
away, and in which the sore no sooner healed, than all 
the usual and dreadful symptoms of cancer again 
began to make their appearance. 

Constitutional Treatment. — The alterative syrup should 
be taken three times a day, in such doses as may be 
agreeable with the stomach. In the meantime, pills 
composed of equal parts of mandrake, narrow dock, 
and dandelion extracts, should be used in quantities 
sufficient to keep the bowels gently open. 

In stubborn cases, in which the general system is 
much affected, the vapor bath may be necessary, and 
emetics may also prove beneficial. 

Local Treatment. — If the treatment is commenced, 
while the tumor is in the scirrous stage, efforts should 
be made to discuss it. For this purpose the iodine 
ointment may be applied with friction over the tumor. 
If the iodine preparation is not at hand, an ointment 
made by rubbing together two parts of stramonium 
ointment with one part of the extract of bitter-sweet, 
may be used in its stead. 

Should this treatment prove unsuccessful, the tumor 
should be opened by means of the application of a little 
caustic potash to the crown, or most projecting part. 
Should the first application of the potash not corrode 
the skin, it must be renewed when it quits smarting, 
until the tumor is well opened. During the time the 
caustic is used, a poultice of carrots, or what is better, 
one made of the roots or tops of narrow-leaved dock, 
should be worn over the entire tumor. As soon as the 
tumor is opened, after washing it out well with soap- 
suds, or some astringent infusion, the cancer plaster, 
made by boiling the heads or blossoms of the common 
red clover, straining and boiling down the liquid to the 
consistence of syrup, then evaporating in the sun y 



116 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

should be applied and continued (renewing it every 
day) until the sore begins to discharge healthy pus 
when it may be treated with the healing salve, or stra- 
monium ointment, until healed. 

The local treatment of an open cancer, after being 
well cleansed, or washed out, may be commenced 
immediately with the cancer plaster, and treated after- 
wards in the same way that is here recommended tor 
cancer in the scirrous state, after it is opened by the 
caustic. 

The sore should be well washed out at least once a 
day, with a decoction or strong infusion of pipsiswa, 
beach drops, bavberry, or thoroughwort. After the 
sore is thus washed out, sufficient pyrohgneous acid to 
wet it all over, should be applied by means of a soft 
brush. . . .. 

The following treatment of cancer is very similar 
to a recipe that the writer finds in his Journal, which 
was formerly known as "Thorn. Runnel? s Cure for 
Cancer.'' This plan of treatment has of late gained 
considerable popularitv in this part of the country, in 
the hands of a certain Mr. White, who has repeatedly 
(as the author is informed) sold the recipe for two hun- 
dred dollars ; at the same time binding the purchaser 
not to divulge the secret, under a heavy penalty. As 
this treatment has proved very successful in the hands 
of a friend of the author, he has thought it advisable to 
publish it, although it embraces several objectionable 
articles ; yet as they are not to be employed internally, 
they are not so likely to do mischief. 

If the cancer be in the scirrous state, and cannot be 
discussed by proper treatment, it should be opened with 
potash or any other good caustic, and the integuments 
(skin) carefully removed. The tumor is now ready to 
be treated the same as an open or running cancer. 
This is commenced by the application of a plaster 
made by melting together equal parts of rosin, beeswax, 
and mutton tallow, adding sufficient sulphate of copper 
(verdio-ris) to give to the plaster a deep green color. 
The plaster should be spread on a linen cloth having a 
hole cut into its centre, corresponding with the size of 
the opening in the tumor, and laid on so as to expose 
the open part. A few grains of the sulphate of zinc, 



CARBUNCLE. 117 

(white vitriol,) should now be sprinkled ovei the sur- 
face of the exposed part, and repeated three times a 
day, until the whole tumor comes out in a dead black 
mass, or all the unhealthy parts are sloughed off. 
When the sulphate of zinc is applied, the opening 
should always be covered over with a plaster of the 
same kind as before. When the tumor is thus de- 
stroyed, the sore should be healed up as above directed. 
During the whole of this treatment, proper constitu- 
tional treatment must not be neglected. 



CARBUNCLE. 

{Anthrax.) 

A carbuncle is a hard and circumscribed inflamma- 
tory tubercle, like a boil, usually occurring on the face, 
neck, or back, and is much disposed to terminate in 
mortification. These tumors are exceedingly painful, 
and discharge very foetid, bloody matter. In the centre 
of the tumor is a black core, which has been likened, 
by the ancients, to a burning coal consuming the sur- 
rounding parts, and hence its name. 

Treatment. — Caustic potash should be applied, by 
means of a pencil, over the crown of the tumor, and 
then a poultice of lobelia seed and slippery elm should 
be laid over the whole tumor, and suffered to remain 
for five or six hours. If, on the removal of the poultice, 
the sore should present a healthy appearance, the poul- 
tice may be discontinued, the sore dressed with salves, 
and treated in other respects like an ulcer. But until 
the tumor presents a healthy appearance, the use of the 
potash should be continued at each dressing. Should 
mortification set in, it must be treated as recommended 
under that head. 

A plaster of fresh turpentine worn over the tumor at 
the onset, will sometimes disperse it, or, instead of this, 
cloths kept wet with spirits of turpentine, applied to it, 
will do well. 



118 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

CHICKEN-POX. 

(Varicella.) 

This disease, unlike small-pox, is seldom attended 
with much fever, and hardly ever continues more than 
from one to four days before the versicular eruption, 
which usually comes out first on the breast and back, 
makes its appearance. An unpleasant tingling or itch- 
ing in the skin, generally accompanies the eruption. 
The vesicles usually come out in succession, during 
three or four days, so that, at the same time, some will 
be just appearing, while others are matured and drying 
into scabs. The eruption of chicken-pox varies some- 
what in appearance, and hence the affection has inher- 
ited the names Cuticular or Conoidal Varicella, and Swine- 
Pox. Chicken-pox very seldom makes its appearance 
more than once in the same individual. 

The diseases which this resembles most, are small- 
pox, and varioloides or modified small-pox. From the 
first of which, it may be distinguished by the compara- 
tively slight fever, by the eruption appearing first on 
the back, and by the comparatively short duration of 
chicken-pox. From modified small-pox or varioloides, 
it is more difficult to be distinguished. It may be 
observed, however, that the eruption of varicella is more 
vesicular, having quite a bladder of water on the crown 
of the pustule, which is nearly transparent at first, but 
subsequently assumes a sero-purulent character, while 
those of varioloides are more pustular, and commonly 
depressed in their centres. 

Treatment. — Chicken-pox usually passes off with- 
out making medical treatment necessary. But when 
it is thought advisable to do something in this way, 
some mild detergent and diaphoretic preparations, such 
as pennyroyal, saffron, catnip, or thoroughwort, may be 
used in the form of a tea, bearing in mind, also, the 
importance of keeping the bowels open by the use of 
aperients or laxatives. If, however, there should be 
much fever, one grain of each of the extracts of man- 
drake and black cohosh may be given every two hours 
until a cathartic effect is produced. 



119 



CHILBLAIN. 

{Pernio.) 

Chilblains are sores arising, as is supposed, from 
freezing or the effects of cold, and are most apt to affect 
the feet, particularly the heels and toes. The parts 
affected have a purplish or red color, and are, most 
generally, somewhat swollen. At times, the diseased 
parts itch intolerably, especially when warmed by the 
fire. The parts, if neglected, are apt to ulcerate, and 
thus become very troublesome. 

Treatment. — The difficulty, when of a slight char- 
acter, may be removed by bathing the feet every even- 
ing before going to bed, in fresh, cold water, and after 
wiping them dry, rubbing on a little of the bathing 
drops. Should the parts be much inflamed, and sore, 
they should be poulticed with slippery elm and ginger. 
"When they ulcerate, they must be treated as directed 
for ulcers. 

A wash, made by submitting some of the astringent 
barks, as oak and hemlock, to decoction, and applying 
frequently, will be found of great service in any stage 
of the disease. 

White lead in flaxseed oil, has been found a good 
plaster to be worn over frost-bitten parts. It relieves 
the smarting, and heals the sores. 



CHOLERA. 

History. — Although this disease has been more 
alarming and fatal in its progress than any other that 
we have any knowledge of, still its essential character 
and true origin is yet entirely unknown. In 1600, 1629, 
1669, 1676, 1696, 1730, 1741, 1750, 1780, 1782, 1783, 
1787, and in 1790, as well as at other times, a disease 
prevailed in different parts of Asia, whose symptoms 



120 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

and mortality were similar to the present cholera. Its 
commencement, however, is generally dated 1817, when, 
on the 19th of August, it broke out in the city of Jessore, 
in Hindostan, and in two months from its first invasion 
it destroyed more than ten thousand persons in that 
single city, and in that same year its victims were not 
less than six hundred thousand. From Jessore it spread 
along the principal rivers and great roads with consid- 
erable uniformity, until it had crossed the Indian penin- 
sula, and broke out at Bombay, about a year from its 
appearance at Jessore. For a few years after this, the 
disease did not extend farther westward, but continued 
its ravages in the oriental countries, and carried off its 
thousands annually. In 1821, it appeared in Arabia; 
then, taking a north-western direction through Persia, 
reached Astracan, at the mouth of the Volga, in 1823. 
During the succeeding year, the cholera was more mild, 
and was confined to the eastern parts of Asia; but it 
resumed its violence in 1825, and spread its ravages 
through most places in eastern Asia where it had 
appeared before, but particularly in the Birman empire, 
and extended north toward China. In 1826, it con- 
tinued its northern direction, crossing the great wall of 
China, visited Kukuchoton, and penetrated from Kiachta 
to the centre of Asiatic Russia; and in 1829, it crossed 
the Ural mountains, and made its appearance in Euro- 
pean Russia. 

Its ravages were experienced in most of the large 
cities of Central Europe in the summer of 1831. It 
advanced from Archangel westward to St. Petersburg, 
and along the coast of the Baltic to Poland ; thence to 
Prussia, Austria, Hungary, and Turkey. In October, it 
crossed over to England, appearing first at Sunderland, 
then at New Castle, Gateshead, and finally in Scotland. 
In 1832, it appeared successively in the cities of Edin- 
burg, London, Paris, and Dublin. 

In June of the same year, it made its way to America. 
On the 8th, it appeared at Quebec, and in less than a 
week at Montreal. In the same month it reached New 
York, Albany on the 3d of July, Detroit on the 5th, 
Buffalo on the 17th, and, soon afterward, Philadelphia, 
Boston, Baltimore, Cincinnati, New Orleans, &c. Dur- 
ing this season and the following year, most of the 



CHOLERA. 121 

southern and western towns, and even country places, 
were visited, and in many places with great mortality — ■ 
often from one hundred and fifty to two hundred deaths 
per day in a single city. 

In the year 1849, it again made its appearance in the 
United States, and seemingly with no less violence than 
before. At this time, its direction was from south to 
north, but was much confined to water courses and 
other prominent public thoroughfares. New Orleans, 
Mobile, Memphis, St. Louis, Louisville, Cincinnati, 
Columbus, Sandusky, Cleveland, Buffalo, and New York, 
were successively visited by this dreadful scourge, and 
in every place it gave sad evidence that its violence is 
not less than it was at its former visit. This year 
(1850) has also been fruitful in the work of death by 
this terrible disease in our country, more especially in 
the southern portions. 

It appears that the cholera has prevailed in some 
parts of the world every year since its commencement, 
but has been mostly confined to India or South-eastern 
Asia. 

Cause. — The great mortality and extensive preva- 
lence of cholera, moving its dark shadows at all seasons 
and in every direction, in defiance of all natural or 
artificial barriers, under opposite extremes of tempera- 
ture and climate, in the face of adverse winds, over 
lofty mountain chains, across wide seas, and among all 
nations, and in every class of society, may well excite 
the curiosity and solicitude of community in reference 
to its cause. 

Many consider cholera contagious, and offer the fol- 
lowing arguments : 

1. The disease was originally imported from Jessore 
into Calcutta and other places of Bengal in 1817. 

2 It has always followed the great thoroughfares or 
commercial routes, and is carried by caravans, armies 
and common emigrants; that individuals have been 
known to go from places where the disease was, into 
healthy parts, and were taken sick of the disease shortly 
on their arrival, or even before ; and that their nurses or 
attendants were also taken ; and thus the disease was 
spread. 



122 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

3. Tn places where sanitary measures were adopted, 
the cholera has been prevented. 

But, in connection with these statements, it must be 
remembered, that cholera has occurred under circum- 
stances in which there was no chance for contagion, 
thus showing that in some instances, at least, it is found 
to be a spontaneous disease. Again it must be observed 
that there are other coincidents besides contact, which 
occur on the occasions when contagion is supposed to 
produce it. When, for instance, the disease breaks out 
in a city or ship, all the occupants are surrounded by 
the same circumstances — the atmosphere, compactness 
of habitation, and temperature ; and the incidental cir- 
cumstances of exposure operate alike on all. Besides, 
the fear produced by the disease, and the want of proper 
attention and cleanliness, may also serve, in no small 
extent, to give it an epidemic character. 

There are other facts, moreover, which go far to prove 
that cholera is propagated by the atmosphere, or is occa- 
sioned by peculiar conditions of it. It is stated that the 
districts where cholera prevails are deserted by the 
birds. Martins have been declared even to have aban- 
doned their young in the nests to escape from the 
affected districts. It has also been observed, that when 
cholera prevails, it is always accelerated in rainy or 
damp weather, and is more prevalent in summer than 
in winter seasons. 

Indeed, it is almost certain that the cause of cholera 
is involved in certain peculiar atmospheric conditions ; 
but what these are, has not yet been demonstrated. 
The atmosphere is a substance that is very capable of 
absorption, and may readily imbibe principles offensive 
to harnan breath. 

It has been contended that the air in the affected dis- 
tricts is contaminated by myriads of animalculae, of 
dimensions so extremely small that they are invisit'/e 
to the naked eye, but that by means of a microscope 
they may be detected; and that these, being inhaled in 
the process of respiration, produce the disease. But 
this theory is now nearly exploded. 

A principle denominated ozone, and which is pro- 
duced by means of electrical phenomena, has also been 
declared as the cause of the disease; but this hypoth- 



CHOLERA. 123 

esis has been alike unfortunate as the animalcules 
theory. 

The labors that have been bestowed to detect an 
ethereal cause for cholera, have, perhaps, not been 
directed in the right way ; for, although it may be found 
that a foreign principle may be contributary, still, other 
circumstances may also be necessary, the coincidence 
of which may be the cause of the disease. Among the 
circumstances that are worthy of consideration in this 
respect, is the excess of nitrogen in the composition of 
the atmosphere. The results of the variation of the two 
constituents of the air on the opposite scale, are remark- 
ably different, and it is certainly not presuming too 
much to suggest that a deficiency of oxygen may have 
something to do in procuring the conditions necessary 
for the disease. 

Symptoms. — The symptoms of cholera are, in the 
main, nearly the same in all countries, consisting of 
diarrhasa, vomiting, cramp, pain in the stomach, and a 
rapid failure of strength. Sometimes there are some 
premonitory symptoms, such as a sense of languor, gid- 
diness, and distension and rumbling of the stomach and 
bowels. But most commonly the patient is unconscious 
of anything wrong, until a slight diarrhcea, which may 
have existed without occasioning any particular notice 
for a day or two, becomes more urgent ; the passages 
become more frequent, greater in quantity, and pass off 
with more force. Their consistence, at first, is not dif- 
ferent from those of a common diarrhoea; but as the 
disease progresses, they become more watery or thin, 
but not generally much offensive to the smell, unless 
the disease is complicated with other morbid habits that 
occasion it. The discharges, in appearance, have been 
likened to rice-water, or a solution of soap in hard 
water, presenting a whitish or sometimes clear fluid 
with flocculent matter floating in it, and which is dis- 
charged without much griping; sometimes bile is also 
mixed with the discharges. At this stage the patient is 
brought to a consciousness of his danger, by sickness 
at the stomach, and vomiting, attended with cramp, 
generally first in the hands, arms and legs. A pressing 
thirst and violent pain or sense of burning in the 



124 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

stomach soon come on, and as the evacuations increase 
in frequency the patient begins to sink rapidly. The 
discharges from the stomach have much the same 
appearance as those from the bowels ; sometimes they 
are also mixed with bile ; and from the presence of this 
in the discharges, the disease received its name, cholera, 
from chole, bile, and rco, to flow, under the impression 
that this is essentially a bilious disease. 

As the disease advances, the symptoms become more 
pressing, the discharges are often as frequent as once 
in five or ten minutes ; the sickness and irritability, pain 
and burning sensation in the stomach, are constant, 
and occasion a pressing thirst for cold or even ice water, 
which, as well as all other drinks, are generally thrown 
up the moment they are taken. 

The pulse is usually slow and weak, but sometimes 
quick and small ; the extremities are cold and shriveled, 
as if they had been immersed in w T arm water; the eyes 
are sunken, and surrounded by a dark circle; the face 
is generally deathly pale, but sometimes dark colored 
and even purplish or black, owing to a want of proper 
oxydation of the blood. When these symptoms appear, 
the last stage, called collapse, takes place, in which the 
patient sinks into a quiet depression of all the animal 
powers; the body shrinks or collapses, and although the 
patient is generally rational, and talks sensibly to the 
last, yet it may plainly be seen that death is rapidly 
doing his work, and it is very rare, indeed, that a patienl 
recovers after collapse has fully set in. 

The symptoms of cholera are generally about as given 
above, and it is seldom that a genuine case occurs 
without the appearance of most of them; but it occa 
sionally happens that the order of their appearance 
varies ; thus, the cramp may appear first, or the vomit 
ing, and the diarrhoea last. But cases have been 
known in which there was no cramp, and others in 
which there was but little purging or vomiting; but the 
vomiting, purging, and cramp, are generally considered 
the characterizing symptoms. 

The duration of the disease is generally about twenty- 
four hours, but sometimes destroys life in one or two 
hours; while, on the other hand, it has been known to 
continue, though more mildly, for even a week or more, 



CHOLERA. 125 

sometimes being nearly or entirely arrested, and then 
commencing again on slight exertion, or on taking 
improper food or drink. 

Persons having had the disease once, are supposed to 
be more liable to be attacked again than others, espe- 
cially during the same season. 

Treatment. — Success in the treatment of cholera is 
very much dependent upon early means; and in no 
disease are delays so dangerous as in this. The simple 
diarrhoea, or first stage of cholera, is as easily arrested 
as almost any disease. Some simple astringent drink 
will often arrest it at once, and if this should not be 
sufficient, the aromatic stimulants, combined with more 
active astringents, will seldom fail. 

To arrest the diarrhoea, the following has proved 
more successful in the author's hands, than any prepa- 
ration he has known to be used : 

# Carbonate of Ammonia, ^ 

Camphor, ! „ , 

Extract of Bayberry, (dry,) f E 1 ual PF ts ' 
Black Pepper. J 

Pulverize finely and mix. The dose is from four to 
eight grains, repeated after every alvine discharge. 

To promote the good effects of the above, and to 
obviate the spasm, the following should be given : 



# Oil Hemlock, 


1 ounce, 


Oil Cajeput, 


1 " 


Gum Guaiacum, 


1 " 


Camphor, 


1 " 


Geranium, Mac, 


1 " 


Cinnamon, 


1 " 


Ginger, 


1 «' 


Black Pepper, 


1 " 


Best Brandy, 


4 pints. 



Pulverize the dry articles, and digest in the brandy for 
six days, shaking frequently ; pour or strain off the 
tincture, and then add the oils and shake well. Of this 
the dose is from a tea spoonful to a table spoonful, 
every twenty or thirty minutes, according to the ur- 
gency of the symptoms. 

If the cramp should be severe, the surface may be 
rubbed briskly with the hand, endeavoring to grip the 



126 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

contracting muscles firmly with the fingers, while 
applying gentle traction toward the extremities. A 
liniment : 

B; Oil Hemlock, 2 ounces, 

Oil Cajeput, 1 ounce, 

Oil Lobelia, £ " 

Hog's Lard, 4 ounces, 

well mixed, and applied with the hand, will be very 
serviceable in relieving the cramp. 

It should be borne in mind that all spirituous or 
aqueous washes are very mischievous, as the evapora- 
tion that they produce will promote rather than arrest 
cramp, and should therefore always be avoided. 

The nausea and vomiting will generally subside on 
the application of this treatment; but if not, it may 
sometimes be relieved by an infusion of the common 
diaphoretic powders, sweetened, taken repeatedly in 
small doses. But should this prove unavailing, 
B; Oil of Peppermint, 1 drachm, 
Oil of Lobelia, | " 

mixed, may be given in from five to ten drops, once in 
ten or fifteen minutes. Sometimes this will quiet the 
stomach immediately, but must, in many cases, be con- 
tinued until the full operation of emesis is produced. 

A mustard plaster applied over the region of the 
stomach, is an excellent means to check the vomiting, 
and should not be neglected in bad cases. 

In cases of collapse, the remedies must be still more 
powerful : 

Tfc Oil Hemlock, 1 ounce, 

Oil Cajeput, 1 " 

Camphor 1 " 

Guaiacum, (gum,) \ " 

Best Brandy, 8 ounces. 

Pulverize the guaiacum, and digest in the brandy for 
three days, and strain, or pour off the tincture; dissolve 
the camphor in the oils, add the whole together, and 
mix well. The dose of this is from one to two tea 
spoonfuls, once in ten or fifteen minutes, well shaken 
before using. The same is to be administered by injec- 
tion, in portions of one table spoonful, shaken with 
some warm water and molasses or slippery elm mucil- 
age, repeated as occasion may require. 



CHOLERA. 127 

The liniment, with brisk friction over the surface, 
are also important means in this stage of the disease. 

Dry heat to the extremities, as by means of bottles 
of hot water or hot bricks, will be serviceable in our 
endeavors to procure reaction. 

Regtmen. — The diet during recovery, should consist 
cf articles easily digested, and such as do not require 
large quantities, and which, moreover, do not readily 
ferment or spoil by keeping. Dried beef, boiled soft, 
and spiced with black pepper and allspice, or summer 
savory, is an excellent dish for cholera patients. Wild 
game, as squirrels, venison, &c, is also good. When 
the digestion has improved, sugar-cured ham, and 
mackerel, are admissible, if properly prepared. With 
some persons fresh meat, especially veal, is very bad in 
hot weather, and almost certain to bring on diarrhoea. 
In other cases fresh vegetables, as cabbages, peas, 
cucumbers, beans, &c, are most mischievous ; but 
much is dependent upon the former habits of the pa- 
tient ; if he has been accustomed to fresh meat, it is 
best to continue its use, being particular to use only 
the best kinds ; and this may also be said of vege- 
tables. 

Prevention. — A large portion of the community, and 
even physicians, have been in the habit, during cholera 
seasons, of taking drugs, under the idea of fortifying 
themselves against the disease ; and it is really amus- 
ing to see what a variety, and even opposite kinds of 
agents, are employed for this purpose. 

Without intimating that there are no prophylactics 
against cholera, it may be observed that much mischief 
has been done by the indiscriminate use of drugs for 
this purpose. In the first place, many poisonous 
agents have been taken, which have tended only to 
impair the constitution, and thus, instead of warding 
off the disease, have really favored the attack. Be- 
sides, even when good medicines are taken in case of 
health, the constitution, becoming accustomed to the 
action of these agents as extraneous substances, it will 
be certain that when given afterward in real need, they 
would be of far less service. 



128 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

But it is nevertheless necessary that some precaution 
should be observed, in seasons when there is cholera 
threatened. The digestion should be kept in a healthy 
state, the bowels regular, the skin clean and active, the 
clothes pure, and the food regular and wholesome. 
Medicines should be taken to cure, and regimen tc 
prevent disease. 

Above all things the mind should be tranquil and 
fearless, as nothing disposes us more to the attack of 
cholera than fear. Indeed, there is not the slightest 
doubt, that fear has caused more cholera than con- 
tagion. 

But these remarks, it is hoped, will not have the 
effect of inducing an indifference, which will lead to a 
neglect of an early attention to the premonitories, or 
incipient stage of the disease ; but that on the other 
hand, they will be of real service to families, in direct- 
ing them to the proper means, not only of preventing 
cholera, but of curing it when it may have set in. It is 
certain that there is no disease, against which commu- 
nity have greater reason to be always fortified, than 
this ; and we know of no means that will act a better 
part, than a good and faithful treatise on it by a scien- 
tific and experienced person, as there cannot be the 
shadow of a doubt, but that the want of a knowledge 
among the people, of the true character of the disease, 
has had a larger share in spreading it and fixing its 
mortality, than any other means. 



CHOLERA OF CHILDREN. 

(Chokra Infantum.) 



Children are frequently much troubled with vomiting 
and purging, particularly during the time of teething. 
The discharges are generally thin and watery, some- 
times bilious. There is usually more or less fever and 
emaciation. The disease often assumes a chronic 
character. 



CHOLERA MORBUS. 129 

Treatment. — In ordinary cases the disease may be 
checked, by giving half a tea spoonful of the neutral- 
izing mixture every hour, until a slight cathartic effect 
is produced. But if the stomach is very irritable, and 
the^re is much vomiting, the treatment should be com 
menced with the exhibition of a lobelia emetic. Dur- 
ing, and after the operation of the emetic, mild diapho- 
retic tea, sweetened and creamed, should be given in 
suitable doses every half hour, until it relieves the 
bowels, when, if the looseness is not checked, some 
astringent tea should be given per stomach, and by 
injection- 

The first formula recommended in the treatment of 
the foregoing disease, is also very excellent here. The 
dose is one grain or less, according to the age of the 
child, this being proper for a child one year old. The 
medicine should be repeated every time the bowels are 
moved. 



CHOLERA MORBUS. 



Symptoms. — Violent vomiting and purging, with 
cramp in the bowels, and muscles of the legs ; dis- 
charges mostly thin and watery, and often mixed with 
bile ; the extremities are mostly cold, and the pulse 
weak and irregular. Cholera morbus is a violent dis- 
ease, and often terminates fatally in ten or twelve' 
hours. 

Treatment. — For cholera morbus, the same treatment 
recommended for the Asiatic cholera, is, perhaps, as 
good as any other that can be adopted for this com- 
plaint, which is very analogous to it in all its symp- 
toms. In cases of great irritability of the stomach, it 
happens sometimes that nothing will answer better 
than fine charcoal in milk, taken frequently in small 
doses. But if this will not give relief, a mustard plas- 
ter should be applied over the region of the stomach. 



130 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



CONSUMPTION. 

(Phthisis Pulmonalis.) 

Consumption of the lungs is one of the most prolific 
sources of mortality to the human race. It has been 
estimated that in Europe one-fifth of the annual num- 
ber of deaths, takes place from this disease ; and we 
have woeful evidence that the proportion is not much 
less in America. 

In New York, the average number of deaths by con- 
sumption, is computed at two hundred and forty-three 
in a thousand, which is nearly one-fourth. The city 
inspector, in his report for the year 1839, makes the 
whole number of deaths seven thousand nine hundred 
and fifty-three, of which one thousand three hundred 
and fifteen died of consumption, four hundred and 
sixty of inflammation of the lungs, thirty-six of inflam- 
mation of the chest, twenty- eight of bleeding from the 
lungs, twenty-eight of congestion of the lungs, and 
seventy-two of bronchitis ; total, one thousand nine 
hundred and thirty-nine. 

Various morbid conditions of the lungs, as well as 
other contiguous organs, are known to the people 
under the name of consumption. Ulcerations of the 
larynx and trachea, as well as inflammation and serous 
effusion, or ulceration of the pleura, &c, are most gen- 
erally confounded with true consumption of the lungs. 
Yet real consumption, as discovered by post-mortem 
examinations, evinces several modifications in the dis- 
eased conditions of the lungs. Thus we have the 
impost humous variety, or consumption from abscess of 
the lungs, (which has been erroneously considered the 
most common kind,) the granular, or that variety 
arising from the formation of an immense number of 
granulations, of about the size of a millet seed, or 
larger, and finally the tubercular, or consumption ari- 
sing from tubercles in the lungs. This last is the most 
unmanageable and fatal form of consumption. The 
tubercles at first are small, and sometimes many in 
number, but as the disease advances, they enlarge, and 
thus adhere together. Sooner or later, these tubercles 



CONSUMPTION. 131 

commence softening in their centres, and are finally 
converted into a cream-like matter, which is either ab- 
sorbed, or continues to accumulate until it finds its 
way into the bronchia, or air tubes of the lungs, when 
it is carried off by expectoration. 

Symptoms. — Among the first signs of consumption, 
are increased sensibility to the effects of cold, slight 
and transient pains in the breast or side, a feeling of 
soreness in the lungs, and a short dry cough. As the 
disease advances, the cough increases, and is accompa- 
nied with expectoration of phlegm or mucus. There is 
more or less fever through the day-time, and sweating 
at night. Usually, there is also a burning sensation 
experienced in the palms of the hands and soles of the 
feet, and generally the patient wears a marked blush 
on the prominence of the cheeks. There is in this 
stage an extreme liability to catarrh, on the slightest 
exposure to cold or damp air. 

In the confirmed stage of consumption, the fever 
assumes a hectic form ; the sweating at night becomes 
more profuse and clammy, and the patient becomes 
considerably emaciated. The matter thrown up from 
the lungs, consists of pus mixed with mucus, which is 
sometimes streaked with blood. 

In the last stage of this complaint, all the symptoms 
become more aggravated, the strength fails rapidly, the 
emaciation becomes extreme, the cough very distress- 
ing ; the pulse, during the fever, sometimes as high as 
one hundred and thirty ; the voice is hollow or sepul- 
chral, dropsical symptoms set in, and finally the pa- 
tient is either carried off by a colliquative diarrhoea, a 
haemorrhage from an ulcerated vessel, or sinks gradu- 
ally under the weight of the disease. 

A remarkable circumstance peculiar to consumptive 
habits, is the singular confidence and hope of recovery, 
that the patient evinces, even sometimes in the very 
last stage of the disease. Some patients are even 
offended with their friends, when it is urged by them 
that their health is declining. 

Cause. — "The causes which predispose to this dis- 
ease, are very numerous. The following are, however, 



132 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the most general : hereditary disposition, particular for- 
mation of the body, obvious by a long neck, prominent 
shoulders, and narrow chest ; scrofulous diathesis, indi- 
cated by a fine clear skin, fair hair, delicate rosy com- 
plexion, large veins, thick upper lip, a weak voice, and 
great sensibility ; certain diseases, such as syphilis, 
scrofula, the small-pox, and measles ; particular em- 
ployments, exposing artificers to dust, such as needle- 
pointers, stone-cutters, millers, &c, or to the fumes of 
metals or minerals, under a confined or unwholesome 
air; violent passions, exertions, or affections of the 
mind, as grief, disappointment, or close application to 
study, without using proper exercise ; frequent or ex- 
cessive debaucheries, late watching, or drinking freely 
of strong liquors ; great evacuations, as diarrhoea, dia- 
betes, excessive venery, fluor albus, immoderate dis- 
charges of the menstrual flux, and continuing to suckle 
too long under a debilitated state ; and lastly, the ap- 
plication of cold, either by too sudden a change of 
apparel, keeping on wet clothes, lying in damp beds 
or exposing the body too suddenly to damp air when 
heated by exercise ; in short, by anything which gives 
a considerable check to the perspiration. The more 
immediate or occasional causes of phthisis are, haemop- 
tysis, pneumonic inflammation proceeding to suppura- 
tion, catarrh, asthma, and tubercles, the last of which is 
by far the most common." 

Treatment. — It has been remarked in the description 
of this disease, that it consists of several varieties ; it 
may result from pneumonia or common inflammation 
of the lungs, or the inflammation of granular or 
tubercular formations in the lungs. The treatment, 
therefore, must be made out in reference to these 
facts. 

In the imposthumous variety, which is not dependent 
upon a predisposition to the disease, it may only be 
necessary to keep the general system in a state favor- 
able for the healing process, and keeping up a steady 
termination to the surface, as by the use of the extract 
of asclepias tuberosa, acetate of ammonia, or other 
good diaphoretics, which do not excite the circulation 
too much ; while the cure may be completed by the use 



CONSUMPTION. 133 

of mild expectorant and balsamic preparations, as the 
expectorant syrup. 

The tubercular variety is far more difficult to man- 
age. This is generally dependent upon hereditary 
taint, or a scrofulous or general cachectic habit of the 
body, and unless the general diathesis is changed, it 
will be impossible to effect a cure. 

The constitutional means must be directed to the 
purpose of changing the secretions, which are always 
more or less impaired. The- alterative syrup is per- 
haps the best medicine for this purpose. The Shaker 
sarsaparilla, which is made according to the authority 
of the United States' Dispensatory, is also a good 
alterative for this purpose. 

The special treatment must be regulated according 
to circumstances. In the first stage, before the hectic 
fever and the colliquative night sweats set in, the treat- 
ment should consist of repeated emetics, and the occa- 
sional use of the vapor bath. The emetics may be 
composed of equal parts of lobelia and sanguinaria. 
If the emetics are immediately preceded by the bath, 
they will be far more beneficial in their effects. 

This course must be repeated as often as once or 
twice a week, until the symptoms are improved, when 
an occasional emetic will perhaps be sufficient. 

The intermediate treatment, in addition to the alter- 
ative syrup, must depend upon the symptoms. Should 
there be irritation of the lungs, and hacking with little 
expectoration, the skunk cabbage (ictodes foetida) will 
be serviceable : 

Tfc Botrophin, 10 grains, 
Lobelia, 20 " 

Ictodes foetida, 1 drachm. 

Pulverize and mix. The dose of this is ten grains, 
or about half a tea spoonful, repeated once in three 
or four hours, -or according as the symptoms may 
indicate. 

When there is a disposition to fever through the day- 
time and sweating at night, the acetate of ammonia 
should be employed in tea spoonful doses, once in two 
hours during the fore part of the day, and a dose or 
two of the elixir of vitriol in the evening. 



134 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The expectorant syrup should be taken in full doses 
three or four times a day throughout the treatment, 
unless contra-indicated. This preparation combines 
the virtues of a tonic, expectorant, and a healing bal- 
sam, and will seldom fail to give satisfaction. 

In the last stage of consumption, when the hectic 
fever and night sweats have set in, and the matter 
expectorated consists mostly of pus, the treatment 
should be somewhat modified. The vapor bath and 
all directly relaxing means are now improper, as they 
favor the debility, and enhance the tendency to the 
colliquative night sweats. 

Instead of relaxants, a tonic and stimulating course 
is now indicated, in connection with occasional emetics, 
composed of equal parts of ipecacuanha, sanguinaria, 
and lobelia. 

Emetics are particularly serviceable in this disease, 
not only because they keep the stomach in a good con- 
dition, and promote a healthy state of the secretions, 
but their effect upon the nervous system is no less im- 
portant. On this point some of the most respectable 
testimony of the profession might be produced. The 
nervous power is the principle on which depend all 
medical cures, and any agents that tend to maintain or 
exert a healthy influence directly upon the nerves, are 
among our most important means in consumption. 

The botrophis racemosa has proved itself of peculiar 
value in the treatment of this disease, and although it 
is comprised in the formula already recommended in 
this case, yet in some cases when our suspicions of the 
presence of tubercles are confirmed by the symptoms, 
the medicine may be given also in the form of extract, 
or that of the botrophin. 

Incidental remedies are rendered necessary chiefly 
by the occurrence of diarrhoea, haemorrhage, palpitation 
of the heart, difficult respiration, profuse night sweats, 
pain in the chest, &c. 

The diarrhaea may readily be restrained by a powdei 
composed of extract of bayberry, camphor, and car- 
bonate of ammonia, two parts of the first and one of 
each of the latter, well pulverized and mixed. The 
dose is three to five grains ; one or two doses are 
usually sufficient. 



CORNS. 135 

The haemorrhage must be arrested by the means 
recommended under the head of bleeding from the 
lungs, or haemoptysis. 

Palpitation is relieved by the use of the extract of 
cypripedium, or the etherial tincture of English vale- 
rian, or an occasional pill of assafoetida. These reme- 
dies will also usually relieve embarrassed respiration. 

To obviate the night sweats, a cold infusion of wild 
cherry bark should be taken in the fore part of the day, 
and one or two doses of the elixir of vitriol in the 
evening. 

The cod-liver oil has been highly esteemed by many 
eminent physicians, as a remedy in tubercular con- 
sumption. 



CORNS. 

(Clavus.) 

Corns are roundish, hard or horny extuberances in 
the cutis or outer skin, situated on the joints of the toes, 
and other parts of the feet that are much exposed to 
friction and pressure. 

Treatment. — As the difficulty is obviously caused by 
tight shoes, the remedy readily suggests itself' — wear 
loose shoes. The cure may, however, be facilitated by 
immersing the feet in warm water with some ashes, 
until the corns are softened, when they should be raised 
out with the point of a penknife. The toe should now 
be wrapped up with a piece of soft bladder or suet 
skin, dipped in rattlesnake's oil, or any other soft oil. 
Bi.t unless the precaution of wearing loose shoes be 
observed, it will be in vain to expect a cure of corns. 



136 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



COSTIVENESS. 
( Constipation.) 

Constipation of the bowels, although a common affec- 
tion, seldom occurs without the existence, of some other 
derangement. It most commonly attends inflammatory 
affections of the liver, brain, stomach, and bowels, and 
it is one of the marked symptoms of dyspepsia. 

Among the most common symptoms, collateral with 
constipation, are sickness at the stomach, want of 
appetite, flatulency, headache, fever, general dullness; 
and dejection of spirits. 

Treatment. — Constipation will be found, generally, 
to yield to the appropriate treatment of those diseases 
that give rise to this complaint. But in confirmed 
cases, however, it becomes necessary to do something 
that is more directly calculated to relieve this state of 
the bowels. For this purpose, whatever can be effected 
by way of dieting, should be done ; for it is not a good 
practice to use much cathartic medicine for this purpose. 
Most articles of this class are apt to leave the bowels 
in a condition little better than they find them. More- 
over, purgative medicines, if much used, are almost 
certain to injure the digestive organs, and thus they 
ultimately very much increase the difficulty. In mild 
cases, the patient will generally be able to keep the 
bowels in a proper condition by the use of ripe, juicy 
fruit, such as peaches, &c. The Graham or unbolted 
bread is also eminently adapted to costive habits. 
"With some, potatoes, if used once or twice a day as 
food, will keep the bowels in a free and healthy condi- 
tion. Pepper sauce, used at the table, will be found 
serviceable to those troubled with weak digestive 
organs. 

In obstinate cases, a more active course will some 
times be required. The bowels should, in the first 
place, be moved by injections made of the laxative 
bitter tonic, with the addition of a small portion of cap- 
sicum ; they may then be restored to their healthy action, 
by the use of the extract of bitter-root {Apocynum 



COUGH. 37 

Andro.) But should this not be sufficient, pills com- 
posed of equal parts of capsicum and the alcoholic 
extract of mandrake, taken every evening, in doses of 
from one to two, will soon bring the bowels in a soluble 
and free condition. The patient may then gradually 
leave off their use, and follow with the use of bitters 
that are slightly laxative. 



COUGH. 

(Tussis.) 

Coughs are of very common occurrence, and generally 
caused by colds ; but are sometimes a symptom of a 
more serious complaint, such as consumption, disease. 
of the liver, pleurisy, &c. In some instances the cough 
is dry, but in others it is accompanied with an expecto- 
ration of matter. Coughs are not generally much 
regarded, unless they are severe, or of long standing. 
But this neglect is sometimes attended with mischief. 

A spasmodic and contagious cough, called Hooping 
Cough, is common among children, which will be treated 
of under another head. 

Treatment. — The disposition to cough arises from 
irritation in the air passages of the lungs. This irrita- 
tion is caused by the collection of matter that is inimi- 
cal to the parts ; and hence the propriety of using such 
remedies as are calculated to promote the expectora- 
tion or removal of the offending materials. For this 
purpose, either of the expectorant preparations, recom- 
mended among the compounds, may be used. When 
the cough is very severe and harassing, an emetic of 
lobelia or a vapor bath may be necessary, in connection 
with the other remedies, to relieve the cough. The 
foot-bath, and any other means calculated to relax the 
system, will be found serviceable. 

The oxymel of lobelia, recommended in asthma, is an 
excellent remedy in nervous cough. 



138 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



CRAMP. 

(Spasmus.) 



Cramp is a very painful affection, but is not generally 
dangerous. It usually affects only a part of the body 
at a time, as, for instance, a leg, foot, the fingers, 
stomach, &c. The affection consists of a spasmodic 
contraction of one or more muscles of a part, thus 
forcibly drawing the part out of the natural position, 
thereby causing extreme pain. When the cramp or 
spasm is attended with rigidity or permanent tensity of 
the muscles of most of the body, the affection is called 
tetanus; and when this affects only the muscles of the 
jaws, trismus, or locked-jaw, which will be treated of 
under a different head. 

Treatment. — Friction, if rapidly applied to the 
affected muscles, will generally give immediate relief. 
Cramp may also usually be relieved by contracting the 
muscles antagonistic to those affected. 

If medicine should be required, a good dose of the 
nervine tincture, or of the anti-spasmodic tincture, will 
generally give relief in a short time. Tincture of cam- 
phor, assafoetida, or capsicum, will generally answer 
very well. In violent cases, if the cramp should not 
yield to the means here recommended, the tepid or vapor 
bath should be applied in addition. Persons that are 
much troubled with cramp, should avoid exposure to 
wet and cold, and should occasionally drink of a tea 
of blue cohosh, skull-cap or valerian. 



CROUP. 

(Cynanche Trachealis.) 



The croup is an inflammatory affection of the mucus 
membrane of the trachea or windpipe, which is attended 
by a secretion of very tenacious coagulable lymph 
that lines the windpipe and sometimes also the bron- 



croup. 139 

chia or air-cells of the lungs, and thus impedes the 
function of respiration or breathing. In some instances, 
the breathing becomes very difficult, and is attended 
with a crouping noise; hence the name of the disease. 
The disease chiefly attacks young children, yet it is 
occasionally met with among those as old as twelve and 
fourteen, and it is said that even adults have been known 
to have it. Its attack is sometimes very sudden, — 
young children sometimes die from it within six or eight 
hours. 

Symptoms. — Some days previous to an attack of 
croup, the child will be fretful, and at times drowsy and 
inactive; the eyes are somewhat suffused and heavy, 
and there is a cough which from the first has a peculiar 
shrill sound. As the disease advances, the cough 
increases in violence, and respiration becomes more 
difficult; the face is flushed and swelled, the pulse fre- 
quent, and the skin hot. At length the obstruction in 
the trachea becomes so great, that the patient labors 
convulsively for breath, and occasionally, during the fits 
of coughing, will perhaps throw up detached pieces of 
the false membrane ; the face turns purple or black ; and 
in fatal cases the breath is taken at longer intervals, the 
extremities grow cold, and the little sufferer sinks in 
death. 

Treatment. — The patient should immediately have a 
dose of the tincture of lobelia, and be placed in a warm 
bed, with a steaming stone to the feet. Stimulating 
liniment, or, if this is not at hand, the bathing drops 
should be applied by the warm hand, with considerable 
friction. The tincture of lobelia, which may be given 
in honey or molasses, should be repeated as often 
as once in every ten or fifteen minutes, until the 
breathing becomes easy, when it may be given at 
longer intervals. 

In bad cases, the lobelia must be given in doses suffi- 
ciently large to produce vomiting, and the emetic effect 
should be reproduced, at short intervals, until the 
patient is out of danger. The tepid bath is also very 
serviceable, and should not be neglected if the disease 
prove stubborn 



140 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



The oxymel of lobelia is an excellent article in croup, 
and may be used during the intervals between the times 
of vomiting. 

Seneca snake-root has also been found useful in this 
complaint, and may be combined with the lobelia. 

In some cases, the lobelia seems to do best when 
given with an astringent tea; and hence, with a view 
of disengaging the membranous coating of the trachea, 
a tea of the astringent tonic may be used to mix up or 
prepare the lobelia in, seeing that the astringents, being 
accompanied with lobelia, will not be likely to retard 
expectoration. 

Some physicians treat croup with cold applications 
to the throat, as wet cloths, renewed as often as they 
get warm by dipping them in ice water. Bags filled 
with slushed ice have also been applied to the neck. 
This treatment is admissible, if continued only till the 
pulse is moderated. 



DEAFNESS. 

(Paracusis.) 

This difficulty may be occasioned by anything that 
proves injurious to the ear, as loud noises from the firing 
of cannon, colds that affect the head violently, inflam- 
mation or ulceration of the internal ear, hard wax, 
foreign obstructions, as insects, &c, and paralysis of 
the auditory nerve. It may also arise from some con- 
genital or original defect in the structure of the ear. 

Treatment. — When deafness is caused by defects in 
the structure of the ear, little hope of a remedy can 
rationally be entertained. When it follows as a sequel 
of some of the eruptive diseases, as scarlet fever, or 
measles, which is often the case, r * Ukewise seldom 
admits of a cure. 

In cases of deafness that arise from hardened wax, 
this may be extracted by means of a proper instrument, 
or it may be removed by means of a few drops of olive 



DELIRIUM TREMENS. 14*1 

oil, or some warm tincture of lobelia thrown into the 
ear by a syringe, and then rinsed out by injecting warm 
soapsuds. Insects, when they get into the ear, may 
sometimes be removed by dropping in some anti-spas- 
modic tincture, or tincture of camphor, once in a few 
nours. This causes them to crawl out. 

Inflammations in the ear must be treated with stimu- 
lating relaxant poultices and liniments to the external 
parts, while other means designed to equalize the circu- 
lation, such as lobelia and Other nauseants, baths, &c, 
are used collaterally. "When the inflammation runs 
very high, a cathartic may be given, and a mustard 
plaster applied to the neck. The proper means in 
paralytic affections of the nerves of the ear, are, so far 
as the general treatment is concerned, about the same 
as in other cases of nervous paralysis. The local means 
should consist of frictions with the rubefacient oil or 
bathing drops, around the external ear and the angles 
of the jaw. Anti-spasmodic tincture, or tincture of 
capsicum, dropped into the ear, will likewise be ser- 
viceable. 



DELIRIUM TREMENS. 

(Mania a Potu.) 



This is a species of delirium peculiar to those addicted 
to the use of spirituous liquors, or opium. The affec- 
tion, however, it seems, does not generally arise from 
regular habits of intemperance, but rather from the 
sudden disuse of the accustomed stimuli. 

Symptoms. — The delirium is preceded by indisposi- 
tion, lassitude, watchfulness, headache, loss of appetite, 
and nausea. There is great restlessness and want of 
sleep, with an anxious expression of the countenance; 
and as the fit comes on, a tremor commences — first in 
the hands. "The countenance exhibits an expression 
of alarm and suspicion; the eyes are cast about with 
quick and scrutinizing glances, or often fixed, appa- 



142 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

rently upon some object that attracts the attention for 
a moment, and then quickly withdrawn ; the tremor of 
the hands increases ; the patient becomes irritable, and 
sometimes irascible ; he is extremely restless, walks 
continually to and fro, and is wholly unable to obtain a 
moment's sleep. He now begins to manifest mental 
disorder, becomes loquacious, says he feels well, and is 
tormented with a more or less continued succession of 
various alarming, disgusting and ludicrous apparitions. 
He fancies that he sees dogs, snakes, cats, mice and 
other animals in his room, and disgusting vermin crawl- 
ing over the bed and on his clothes, or that various per- 
sons have entered his room for the purpose of robbing, 
killing or annoying him. To avoid these and other 
horrid illusions, he often calls out loudly for assistance, 
runs to the door to make his escape, or to the window 
to leap out; is greatly agitated, vociferates, threatens, 
and sometimes raves violently. Sometimes he fancies 
that he hears loud and strange noises around him, over 
head, in an adjoining apartment, or loud and frequent 
knocking at the door. His mind and body are in a 
continued state of action; he calculates, projects, walks 
hurriedly about the room, picks up money, runs up to 
the window, and calls out to some imaginary person in 
the street, starts with terror and agitation from the 
presence of frightful and disgusting apparitions, insists 
that he is well, and confined with some sinister inten- 
tions against him, and requests to be suffered to go out 
in pursuit of his usual occupations. If the patient is 
flatly contradicted, he usually becomes much exasper- 
ated, and insists with vehemence on the correctness of 
his notions ; but when he is soothingly dealt with, he 
will now and then answer certain questions mildly and 
even distinctly, and, by judicious management, may, in 
general, be restrained without any violent coercive 
measures. When the disease rises to a high grade, the 
patient becomes violently and often furiously delirious, 
talks incessantly, is restrained with difficulty, and is 
unable to recognize his friends and acquaintances." — 
(Eucrle.) 

Treatment. — The indications in the cure of delirium 
tremens are: 1, to equalize the circulation; 2, to quiet 



DIARRHCEA. 143 

the nervous irritability; and 3, to restore the natural 
stimuli of the system. 

Lobelia inflata is pre-eminently adapted to the fulfill- 
ment of the first indication, and it not only equalizes 
the circulation, but it thoroughly cleanses the stomach, 
thus restoring digestion and regulating all the secre- 
tions. Dr. Matson, of Boston, in speaking of the happy 
effects of lobelia in this disease, states that the patient 
will, in some instances, sink into a calm and refreshing 
sleep, as soon as he is put under its influence. 

To obviate the nervous irritability, the nervine tinc- 
ture will answer an excellent purpose. The author has 
succeeded in giving permanent relief in the most violent 
cases of delirium tremens he ever witnessed, simply by 
the use of the infusion of cypripedium. The symptoms 
were much modified by the first dose; and after the 
second, the patient became entirely calm and comfort- 
able. 

Capsicum, or, what is perhaps better, the compound 
tincture of myrrh, should be used in frequent doses, 
until the system is restored to the usual state of health. 



DIARRHCEA. 

Symptoms. — Frequent and copious watery discharges 
from the bowels, which are sometimes slimy and frothy, 
and not unfrequently very offensive to the smell. There 
is not generally much fever, unless the disease runs into 
a chronic form, and thus degenerates into chronic 
inflammation of the bowels; in which case, the pulse, 
though not very full nor strong, often increases consid- 
erably in frequency. In severe cases, the patient soon 
runs down into distressing debility. 

Treatment. — The disease evidently arises from irrita- 
tion of the mucus coat of the intestines, which is gen- 
erally caused by indigestion. In this, a disordered 
condition of the stomach or the liver may also be in 
fault. But the disease often arises from the use of 



144 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

improper food or medicine.* In these cases, therefore, 
demulcents and evacuants of the proper kind become 
necessary. Diarrhoea may be arrested by a strong 
infusion of bayberry, or a compound of equal parts 
of its extract, carbonate of ammonia and camphor, in 
from five to ten grain doses, every hour until the disease 
is checked. Sometimes a dose of rhubarb, or, what is 
still better, the neutralizing mixture, will be more 
prompt and thorough in its effects than any other 
means, and may, therefore, be first employed. 

The irritation of the bowels may generally be relieved 
by the use of demulcents, such as gum arabic, mallows, 
slippery elm and comfrey. 

The practitioner should always have in view the law 
of vicarious action; for it is most generally the case that 
when one set of the excretory organs are preternatu- 
rally excited, the others become inactive. Thus it is 
generally the case in diarrhoea, that the urine, as well 
as the perspiration, is scanty. These matters must, 
therefore, not be neglected. Balsam of copaiva has 
gained some popularity in the cure of this complaint, 
and is much used by physicians, and, perhaps, by many, 
without a knowledge of its true therapeutic effect in 
this disease. This medicine is an active diuretic, and 
thus, as it promotes the urine, detracts from the bowels 



* In the year 1845, the author witnessed some striking instances 
in the Commercial Hospital of ihis city, in which the medicine 
given was attended with unequivocally bad effects. A certain Mr. 
Hutchins, aged about forty, and of good constitution, was admitted 
into the hospital about the first of January, laboring under all the 
distressing symptoms of diarrhoea in its most aggravated form ; for 
which, on its first appearance, he had procured medical attention. 
The treatment, as reported by himself, embraced the use of twenty- 
eight grains of calomel every three to four hours, besides some pills. 
This was followed with great debility, and the most rapid emacia- 
tion ; and on examination, a spot of extreme tenderness was found 
in the right illiac region. This, as supposed by the lecturer, (Prof. 
Moorhead,) was occasioned by the mercury, causing inflammation 
in the caecum. Of this there could not be a doubt, as every attend- 
ing symptom strongly corroborated the fact. The patient, in spite 
of all that could be done for him, continued to run down with the 
diarrhoea, having sometimes from twelve to fifteen evacuations per 
day. A number of instances of the kind, among those treated in 
the hospital, might here be named ; but it is unnecessary, as they 
are of no rare occurrence. 



DISLOCATIONS. 145 

an amount of fluid corresponding with the increase of 
the urinary evacuations. Now, although the obstruc- 
tion of the urine may not have been the original cause 
of the diarrhcea, yet it may have contributed much to 
the irritation that has kept it up, and unless the func- 
tions of the kidneys were restored, the disease would 
still have maintained its character. The utility of 
diaphoretics, in this complaint, depends on this same 
principle. 

Tonic cordials should be used in diarrhoea, to 
strengthen and tone up the digestive organs. 



DISLOCATIONS. 



Dislocations, as well as fractures and other injuries 
resulting from violence, have generally been regarded 
as being out of the province of medicine proper, and 
to belong exclusively to the business of the surgeon. 
But as the treatment of injuries of this kind is so 
simple, and so much easier performed if attended to 
immediately on the occurrence of the accident, it' is 
important that not only physicians, but the people 
generally, should know more or less about it. 

A dislocation may usually be known by the position 
of the parts. If the part be a limb, it will be either 
longer, shorter, or distorted in some other way, accord- 
ing to the character of the injury. There is always 
more or less pain, swelling, and a partial or total loss 
of motion. The end of the dislocated bone may, in 
many instances, be felt in its new position ; and the 
muscles or soft, parts about the joint, change their 
shape and fullness, to some extent. 

Dislocations are generally accompanied by laceration 
of the ligaments of the joints, yet instances do some- 
times occur, in which the bones slip out of their places, 
merely from relaxation of the ligaments. Sometimes 
fractures also occur with dislocations. This is most 
commonly the case in accidents at the ankle joint, 
where a dislocation seldom occurs without fracture of 
10 



146 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the fibula, or small bone of the leg. The acetabulum 
or socket for the thigh bone, is also sometimes fractured 
in dislocations at this joint. 

A dislocation may be partial, that is, resting in part 
on the natural articulating surface ; or complete, when 
the two surfaces are entirely separated. Moreover, the 
injury may also be simple or compound; the first consists 
simply of the separation of the surfaces, while in com- 
pound dislocation the articulating surfaces are not only 
separated, but there is also a separation of the muscles, 
and laceration of the integuments or skin, thus laying 
open the joint. 

Treatment. — In reducing a dislocation, the chief 
difficulty will be found in the rigidity of the muscles. 
For the best method of overcoming this difficulty, sur- 
gery is indebted to Dr. Thompson, the noted reformer ; 
for although the use of relaxing means had been in 
practice for many years, yet until the superior relaxing 
powers of his lobelia, and the utility of his vapor bath, 
became known, means of this class had gained but 
little popularity. The torturing pulley and manual 
force were chiefly depended on, to overcome the action 
of the muscles.* 

When the reduction of a dislocation is undertaken, 
the patient must take two or three doses, either of the 
antispasmodic tincture, or of the tincture of lobelia, 
and should be placed over the vapor bath, or at least 
have the muscles around the injured parts well vapor- 
ized by means of a steam pipe. No alarm need be 
taken if the medicine should produce nausea or vomit- 
ing, or even sicken considerably ; this is the very pur- 
pose for which it is given. Nausea is always attended 
with a corresponding relaxation of the muscular fibre. 

* Castle, in his Manual of Surgery, states : "The most effectual 
mode of tiring the muscular power, is by the pulleys, which have 
this advantage over extension made by assistance, that your force is 
gentle and continued. First pass a wetted roller around the limb, 
and over this buckle on the leather with the rings to which the 
pulleys are to be fixed. Having fixed them on, draw the cord very 
gently, until you feel the muscles making some resistance, then 
rest two or three minutes, and extend again ; and so on until you 
see the muscles beginning to quiver, and by a little further extension 
they will be overcome. 



DISLOCATION. 147 

As soon as the muscles are well relaxed, any man 
of ordinary mechanical genius, possessing but a slight 
knowledge of anatomy, may succeed in reducing the 
dislocation with the greatest facility, and with compar- 
atively little pain. 

When the muscles are well relaxed, the patient may 
be supported on a table, or in any other convenient 
way; the bones in which the socket is situated should 
be secured by an assistant, while the operator takes 
hold of the limb or dislocated part, and gently raises 
the disengaged end of the bone from its new position, 
and returns it into its natural place. To effect this, 
extension and counterextension usually become neces- 
sary. But it may in many instances be accomplished 
by changing the position or rotating the limb, or by 
means of lever force. In cases of dislocation of the 
shoulder, for instance, in which the humerus is thrown 
into the axilla or armpit, the bone may be replaced, 
simply by placing a compress or ball of yarn in the 
armpit, under the bone, and then gently pressing the 
other end of the bone, or elbow, toward the body, at 
the same time shoving it up a little, when the head of 
the humerus will slide into its socket with the greatest 
facility. In reducing the dislocation of the femoftis or 
thigh bone, the lever principle has been ingeniously ap- 
plied, by the noted Sweet family, of New England. 
According to their plan, after the patient is placed on 
a table or bed, the leg is taken hold of by one hand at 
the ankle, and by the other at the knee ; the leg is now 
flexed or bent at the knee, so as to make the lower 
part very nearly to approach the thigh, in order to con- 
vert it into a lever. The leg is now carried a little 
outward, and the thigh gradually brought up to the 
body, and thus gently pressed obliquely over the body, 
with the knee pointing toward the opposite shoulder. 
The operator, now, in the last place, rotates the thigh, 
by moving the ankle alternately inward and outward ; 
when the head of the femorus is found ready to slip 
into its place. 

The operator should, not only in making up his 
opinion as to the nature of the accident, but in the final 
adjustment of the part, occasionally compare the dislo- 
cated limb, or part, with its fellow in the natural state, 



148 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

for by those means he can have a more certain guide 
for his conduct than he can get elsewhere ; nor need 
he be ashamed of this plan, as it is followed by the 
most popular surgeons, both in Europe and America. 

After the parts are properly adjusted, they should be 
secured by proper bandages ; and if the muscles do 
not readily contract or resume their natural state, they 
may be excited so to do, by the occasional application 
of cold water. 

Rest should always be allowed to the parts, so as to 
favor the healing or reunion of the lacerated ligaments. 

The time in which the reduction of a dislocation 
may be attempted after the occurrence of the accident, 
is from two to four months, according to the nature or 
character of the injury. Successful attempts have, 
however, been made at the reduction of dislocations of 
much longer standing ; but those cases of long stand- 
ing, had better only be trusted to skillful surgeons. 

Compound Dislocations. — In those cases of disloca- 
tion in which the soft parts are lacerated or torn 
asunder, the adjustment of the bones, after cleansing 
them (should they have been exposed, and need it) by 
meafis of a sponge and warm water, should be effected 
in the same way as in other cases. After which the 
margins of the wounds should be brought together by 
means of some strips of adhesive plaster, or by stitch- 
ing, and the sore afterwards dressed and healed up, as 
would be done in case of any other wound. The best 
of attention is necessary, however, to keep the air out 
of the joint. This must be done by constantly keeping 
on some impervious plaster. 



DROPSY. 

{Hydrops.) 

This disease consists of a collection of serous or 
vvatery fluid in the cellular substance under the skin, 
or in the different cavities of the body. The affection 



DROPSY. 149 

receives different names, according to the location of 
the fluid. When it is diffused through the cellular 
membrane, either generally or partially, it is called 
anasarca. When it is located in the cavity of the skull, 
it is called hydrocephalus. When in the chest, hydro- 
thtrax. When in the abdomen, ascites ; in the uterus, 
hydrometra ; and when in the scrotum, hydrocele. 

Dropsy is caused chiefly by atony, or debility of the 
absorbent vessels, which is brought on frequently by 
salivations, drunkenness, and by other diseases, such as 
consumption, affections of the liver, spleen, pancreas, 
&c. The disease seems also to arise from original 
defects of the constitution. 

Symptoms. — Anasarcal dropsy is characterized by 
swelling or tumefaction of the parts, commencing first 
in the feet and ankles, but being generally less in the 
morning. The tumefaction is soft and inelastic, and 
when indented by the finger, the pits remain for some 
time. The skin is usually more pale than in health, 
and when the swelling -is extreme, it is very smooth 
and shining. As the disease advances, the swelling 
proceeds higher up the body, until finally, in bad cases, 
even the face and scalp become swelled ; the eyelids 
puff out; the breathing becomes difficult; the urine is 
small in quantity, high-colored, and deposits a reddish 
sediment. The skin is generally dry, owing to the 
want of perspiration, and there is usually considerable 
thirst, and some fever. The body becomes much ema- 
ciated, evincing a striking contrast between the size of 
those parts that are swelled, and those that are not. 
The swelling is sometimes so considerable as to burst 
asunder the skin, when the water will often run out in 
a slream. 

Hydrocephalus. — The symptoms of dropsy of the head 
or brain, are rather obscure. There is, however, a 
pain in the head, particularly across the brow, stupor, 
dilatation or enlargement of the pupils, nausea, vomit- 
ing, slowness of the pulse, and convulsions. This dis- 
ease chiefly effects children under twelve years of age, 
and when the child is under three years, we have a 
symptom in the protrusion through the fontanel, or 



150 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

opening of the head, which in the advanced stage of 
the disease becomes very conspicuous. 

Hydrothorax. — In dropsy of the chest, the symptoms 
are, difficulty of breathing, (which is more considerable 
when the patient is in a horizontal position ;) sudden 
startings from sleep, with anxiety and palpitation of 
the heart ; a sense of weight in the chest ; paleness of 
countenance; cough; swellings in the lower extrem- 
ities ; thirst ; scarcity of urine ; and want of perspira- 
tion. But the most unequivocal symptom of hydro- 
thorax, is the fluctuation of water, which when it is 
collected in considerable quantities, may be felt or 
even heard by a bystander, when the body is suddenly 
agitated or shaken. 

Ascites. — Dropsy of the abdomen is often preceded 
by loss of appetite, sluggishness, dryness of the skin, 
oppression in the chest, cough, diminution of the nat- 
ural evacuations, as those of the skin, kidneys, &c. 
Signs of the collection of water in the abdomen may 
now be discovered ; the belly will enlarge and grow 
tense or hard to the touch ; the breathing will become 
difficult, and exercise laborious. By striking the side 
of the abdomen, the fluctuation of the water may now 
be sensibly felt by the hand on the opposite side. 

Treatment. — Dropsies of the head, chest and abdo- 
men, are all very difficult to cure ; but dropsy of the 
cellular membrane, which, however, is by far of the 
most common occurrence, may most generally be cured 
without much difficulty. 

The several varieties of dropsy are treated on the 
same general principles, embracing the fulfillment of 
two important indications. These are : 1, to evacuate 
the water, or dropsical fluid, by exciting absorption and 
excretion; and 2, to prevent its reaccumulation, by 
toning up and strengthening the system. 

It will be perceived at once that direct means cannot 
always, nor indeed generally, be used in the removal 
of the water in dropsical collections. In many in 
stances it is so remotely situated that it could not pos 
sibly be reached, by mechanical means, with safety tfe 



DROPSY. 151 

the patient In some instances we find the water col 
lected within the skull and all the membranes of the 
brain ; at others, it is found within the chest, enclosed 
by the pericardium or immediate inclosure of the 
heart. 

When the most direct means of relief cannot be 
instituted, it is only left for us to tax more heavily our 
medical resources, and apply those that come next in 
their adaptation. We must now excite the absorbent 
system, and bring the fluid back again into the circula- 
tion, and then remove it hence. 

In the animal economy, we find certain laws that 
always obtain. Thus there is a settled and fixed dis- 
position of the system, not only to furnish a circulating 
medium, but to maintain the natural proportions of the 
principles of the blood. When the system is exan- 
guous or in want of blood, the tissues are absorbed 
and transformed into blood, and hence the emaciation 
that so invariably attends starvation. When the scrum 
or watery part is in excess, it is thrown off; when the 
crassementum, it is metamorphosed or changed, and dis- 
sipated. Whenever there is a lack of serum, all other 
fluids that can contribute to its formation are absorbed 
with the greatest avidity. Water is sometimes even 
taken from without, through the skin, for this purpose ; 
and hence it is, that famished mariners and others are 
sometimes relieved from the most pressing thirst, simply 
by a shower of rain on their bodies. 

In the treatment of dropsy we must take advantage 
of those principles ; we must use such means as are 
calculated to evacuate the serum or watery parts of the 
blood, and thus compel the absorbents to take up the 
dropsical effusion. It is upon this principle alone, that 
we can expect to be successful in curing hydrocephalus, 
{dropsy of the brain or head,) hydrocardia, {dropsy of the 
heart,) and hydrothorax, {dropsy of the chest,) &c. 

Among the means best calculated To answer the pur- 
pose, as here suggested, is the vapor bath. In its use. 
although much of the water running from the person 
is simply condensed vapor, it may be safely calculated 
that as much as a quart of fluid is discharged through 
the skin during the course of an hour, if the circum- 
stances be favorable. In addition to these effects, the 



152 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

vapor bath also promotes the other evacuations, and 
what is more, the genial warmth that it imparts to the 
body, is eminently calculated to promote the free circu- 
lation of the blood, as well as to favor many of the 
other physiological functions. 

The vapor bath, in recent cases of dropsy, should be 
applied once every day, and in chronic, from one to 
three times a week. As usual, they should be accom- 
panied by stimulating and diaphoretic drinks. 

Diuretics. — The absorption and evacuation of water 
from the system, may be much promoted by exciting 
increased action in the kidneys. For this purpose, the 
oil or essence of juniper, queen of the meadow, tur- 
pentine, clevers, parsley, asparagus, Indian hemp, melon 
seeds, elder bark, dandelion, or any other diuretic, 
should be used. 

The employment of the diuretics may be commenced 
with the bath, in the beginning of the treatment, and 
should be continued on, as occasion may require, until 
the cure is complete. 

Cathartics. — Among the most active means of exci- 
ting absorption, and removing watery collections from 
the system, are hydragogue cathartics. 

" By irritating the exhalents of the internal surface 
of the intestines, a greatly increased secretion and loss 
of serum is suddenly produced by the action of these 
remedies. As a consequence of this, not only is the 
farther effusion of dropsical fluid diminished, by driv- 
ing the blood from the exhalents of the cavities to those 
of the intestines, but its existing quantity is also di- 
rectly lessened, by the absorbents assuming a more 
vigorous action, in order to supply the deficiency which 
the purging has induced in the serous portion of the 
blood. This view of the subject will aid us, I think, in 
accounting for the fact mentioned by Dr. Paris, and 
others, that cathartics often increase the effects of 
diuretics. If, for instance, we give a diuretic to a drop- 
sical patient, a slight but insufficient increase of urin- 
ary secretion, for the most part, follows; the absorption 
is, of course, proportionably small. Let a cathartic be 
now administered. This will excite a sudden and con- 



DROPSY. 153 

siderable increase of serous evacuation by the bowels ; 
hence an unusual demand for a restitution of this con- 
stituent portion of the blood is created, and by conse- 
quence, a new impulse given to the supplying or ab- 
sorbing vessels, which continuing after the operation of 
the cathartic has ceased, will have the effect of supply- 
ing the kidneys with a larger portion of the elements 
of their secretion, and therefore enable those medica- 
ments which are calculated to increase their action, to 
operate more effectually." 

A powder made of equal parts of jalap, mandrake, 
and cream of tartar, with a fourth part of capsicum, 
should be given in half tea spoonful doses, every hour, 
until it operates freely. During the operation of the 
cathartic, the patient should be sustained with stimula- 
ting cordials. This hydragogue cathartic should be 
used once or twice a week, as the case may require.* 

The elaterium or wild cucumber, is a very powerful 
hydragogue cathartic, and also operates as a diuretic. 
The author has witnessed the most astonishing effects 
following the use of this article, in the Commercial 
Hospital of Ohio. One case in particular, (a case of 
ascites?) which had long resisted other prominent reme- 
dies, at last yielded to this. But on the whole, the 



* The author is well aware of the strong prejudice that exists in 
the minds of many good and honest reformers, against the use of 
cathartics in dropsy ; and is very ready to admit, to some extent, 
the objections that have been urged against them. It cannot be 
denied that they produce debility, and irritate the bowels. But 
what evacuant is there, that does not debilitate more or less? 
Emetics, diaphoretics, diuretics, &c, all debilitate to some extent 
for the time, but the debility is not permanent. It arises only as 
a result of the absence of mechanical agencies, and now, as the 
organs are relieved, there will soon be a corresponding vital reac- 
tion. In this case the end fully justifies the means ; when a less 
active treatment is depended on, the disease often advances, uncon- 
trolled, until it not only produces more debility than the cathartics 
commonly give rise to, but until it ultimately results in death. 

Dropsies of the brain, heart, chest, &c, have always been con- 
ridered extremely hard to cure, and justly too. Nevertheless, they, 
like all other diseases, will yield to a proper treatment. Those, 
therefore, that are not able, successfully to treat these affections, 
(endeavoring to do it without the use of cathartics,) should be care- 
ful not to proscribe, inconsiderately, agents so efficient and safe, as 
are these in dropsy. 



154 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

remedy is not without fault, it is too drastic and harsh 
in its operation, and cannot be used with entire safety. 
As we have many other articles that will answer in its 
place, it is not necessary that we should employ an 
article, some of the effects of which are so much at 
variance with our sound principles, unless by further 
pharmaceutical improvements, its bad effects may be 
obviated. 

Frictions and Rubefacients. — The rubefacient oil and 
other rubefacients and stimulating external applications 
are sometimes of great service, especially in anasarca, 
or dropsy of the cellular membrane. The use of the 
flesh brush, or even a coarse towel, is also an important 
means, and should never be neglected in difficult cases. 
These remedies are eminently calculated to excite the 
absorbent system. 

Emetics. — These are useful in the treatment of 
dropsy, not because they produce much of a direct 
evacuation of the water; but they cleanse the stomach, 
and thus prepare it, not only for the reception of the 
other medicines, but for the proper digestion of the 
food, which is an important matter; for the entire sys- 
tem is not only dependent on this function when in 
health, but without it can never be restored from dis- 
ease. Moreover, the nausea produced by emetics is also 
calculated to sustain perspiration by means of the attend- 
ant relaxation. Finally, the shock given to the system 
by their operation is eminently calculated to excite the 
absorbents, and also, to some extent, the excretions. 

It is a good plan to commence the treatment of dropsy 
with the exhibition of an emetic, and this always does 
better if administered immediately after the patient 
comes out of the bath. Lobelia should generally be 
preferred to other emetics, for this use. It is not often 
necessary to use this class of agents more than once or 
twice a week 

Tapping, Bandages, fyc. — In hydrocele, or dropsy of 
the scrotum, when the absorption of the fluid cannot be 
effected, paracentesis or tapping is sometimes advisable. 
In performing this operation, a trocar and means for 



DROPSY. 155 

injection are all the instruments that are necessary. 
The trocar (being within the canula or tube) should be 
introduced in the fore part of the scrotum, passing 
obliquely or nearly perpendicularly upward, in order 
thus to avoid injuring the testicles. The trocar must 
be withdrawn as soon as it has entered the tunica vagi- 
nalis or inner membrane. The canula should be left to 
remain, and endeavors should be made to evacuate all 
the fluid ; and with a view to effect this, the parts may 
be griped with the hand and pressed moderately. 
Before the canula is removed, a weak solution of car- 
bonate of potash should be injected through it, by means 
of an elastic bottle having a proper tube to it, in order 
thus to excite inflammation, which is all-important to 
prevent the re-accumulation of the water. 

This operation had best only be intrusted to experi- 
enced or skillful hands, as it is very easy to do mischief 
here. 

Tapping in ascites or dropsy of the belly, is often 
practiced by some physicians, but the author has never 
found much practical advantage by the process. The 
water is almost certain to accumulate again. In this 
variety of dropsy, we cannot have the advantage of the 
inflammatory action that we may excite after tapping 
in hydrocele, and hence the operation is of less benefit. 
The operation, however, is a very simple and safe one, 
and hence may be performed in bad cases, when it 
"becomes an object to relieve the patient of his intolera- 
ble burden. 

When the operation of tapping is performed, the 
patient may be placed in a high chair, with a vessel 
between his knees, the operator sitting on a lower chair 
immediately before him. A sheet should now be crossed 
around the abdomen, the ends of which may be held by 
an assistant, so as to press it tightly on the abdomen. 
The operator should now introduce the trocar, after 
making an incision about three-fourths of an inch in 
length, with a lancet, in thfi linea alba., or white line 
passing from the umbilicus to the pubis. The point at 
which the trocar should be entered, is about one inch 
below the umbilicus. The instrument is entered deep 
enough, when the water escapes on the removal of the 
blade from the canula. 



156 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The operation for ovarian dropsy is generally per- 
formed in the same manner and place as for ascites. 

Bandages are sometimes applied to the feet and legs 
in anasarca, and around the abdomen in ascites, to pre- 
vent their further enlargement; but the practice, it is 
believed, is not generally very successful. But as the 
experiment is a safe one, those who may choose so to 
do, may try it. 

Astringents and tonics are always important when 
the water has been removed, to brace up the system so 
as to prevent re-accumulation. 



EARACHE. 

{Otalgia.) 

This, which is occasionally a very distressing com- 
plaint, arises generally from inflammatory affections of 
the internal part of the ear, which may be brought on 
by exposure to cold, by the introduction of some foreign 
substance, and by accidental injuries; or it may arise 
as a sequel of other diseases, such as measles, scarlet 
fever, &c. 

Treatment. — The pain may generally be relieved by 
dropping six to ten drops of anti-spasmodic tincture, or 
tincture of lobelia, into the ear. Tincture of camphor 
w r ill sometimes do best for this purpose. But if the case 
be severe, nauseating doses of lobelia should be taken 
once in ten or fifteen minutes, bathing the feet well at 
the same time, to equalize the circulation. The ear 
may also be steamed by placing the steaming pipe 
within a proper distance of the ear, and thus letting ihe 
vapor pour against the part, which should be shielded 
from the air by means of a cloth placed over the head. 
Among the best articles to medicate the vapor for this 
use, is tincture or gum camphor. 

The oil that may be pressed out of peach meats, if 
dropped into the ear, will generally give relief in a short 
time. 



EPILEPSY. 157 

Some tobacco smoke, or the smoke of stramonium 
leaves, may also be forced into the ear by means of a 
tobacco pipe, to good purpose. 



EPILEPSY. 

{Epilepsia.) 

This disease, whether considered with reference to its 
immediate symptoms, or its remote consequences, is 
unquestionably one of the most distressing and deplo- 
rable of human maladies. Its morbid influence on the 
mind is no less marked than that on the body, and hence 
it was called by the ancient Greeks, morbus sacer, or the 
sacred disease, from the idea of its infliction by the 
gods. It is supposed that about two-thirds of those 
affected with epilepsy, suffer from its injurious effects 
on the mind, and that of these, about one-third are 
deprived of their reasoning faculties. 

The effects of the disease on the body, are also very 
distressing, and sometimes frightful. "The epileptic 
attack sometimes comes on suddenly, without any 
manifestations of its approach. More frequently, how- 
ever, certain symptoms precede the occurrence of the 
paroxysm, and of these the following are most common : 
A peculiar confusion and distressing feeling in the 
head; an absent, wandering and confused state of the 
mind; giddiness; dimness of sight; ringing and loud 
sounds in the ears ; sparks and flashes of light before the 
eyes ; distension of the veins of the head and neck ; a> 
trembling and feeling of restlessness in the extremities ; 
an anxious feeling in the precordial region ; restlessness 
and starting during sleep ; loss of the power of distinct 
articulation ; complete temporary deafness and drowsi- 
ness. In some instances there is a manifest change in 
the moral disposition a short time before the accession 
of the attack. Sullen gloominess, with an irritable 
temper, is manifested by some patients. In some cases, 
the mind falls into a kind of reverie from which it can- 
not be drawn, which terminates often speedily in a total 
insensibility. Some epileptics evince an unusual timid 



158 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

disposition ; others are spiteful, resentful and mis- 
chievous, shortly before the accession of the paroxysm. 
Occasionally, spasmodic twitches of particular muscles, 
especially in those of the face, precede the attack. 
Richter states, that painful sensations in certain parts 
of the body, particularly spasmodic pains in the 
stomach, with a rumbling noise in the bowels, occur as 
the precursor of the epileptic paroxysm." 

When the paroxysm comes on, the patient falls sud- 
denly with convulsions accompanied by temporary loss 
of consciousness, sense and voluntary motion. The 
face is frightfully distorted, the breathing hurried and 
laborious, the tongue protruded, and there is a frothing at 
the mouth. The eyes roll about wildly in their sockets, 
though sometimes at length become permanently fixed. 
The countenance is usually of a dark purple color, but 
is sometimes pale. The paroxysm may consist of a 
single fit; but more usually there is a succession of fits 
with alternate relaxations, sometimes to the number of 
a dozen, or even twenty or more. After the final fit, 
the patient generally soon becomes conscious, and 
sometimes has not the least recollection of his suffer- 
ings, or of anything that passed during the paroxysm. 
Some patients, however, often lay in a stupid or coma- 
tose state for hours after the convulsions have subsided. 

The disease is caused by blows, fractures, and other 
injuries of the head by external violence ; hyperaema, or 
fullness of the vessels of the brain, arising from obstruc- 
tion in the circulation; water in the brain; tumors, 
concretions and polypus among the membranes of the 
brain ; malformation of the head ; and sudden frights, 
violent passions, drunkenness, intense pain, worms, 
teething, poisons, obstruction of accustomed evacua- 
tions, and hereditary predisposition, may also give rise 
to epilepsy. 

Treatment. — The convulsions will yield, with singular 
promptness, to the effects of the anti-spasmodic tinc- 
ture. This should be given in tea spoonful doses every 
five or ten minutes until relief be obtained. In the 
meantime, friction, with the use of some stimulating 
preparation, such as the rubefacient solution, or the 
bathing drops, should be applied to the extremities. 



FAINTING 159 

Various preparations have been used to prevent the 
recurrence of the disease, among the best of which, are 
pills composed of equal parts of lobelia seed, cypripe- 
dium, and capsicum. Of these, the patient should take 
as many, once a day, as the stomach will bear without 
sickening too much. The pulverized seeds of the thorn- 
apple, in one grain doses twice a day, has gained great 
popularity as a remedy in epilepsy; but the medicine is 
not a safe one, being possessed of narcotic properties 
of a very active character. The leaves of this plant 
are milder, and when digested in vinegar, may be em- 
ployed pretty safely in small doses. 

The following makes a very good compound for com- 
mon use by epileptics : 

~fy Paeony, .... 1 ounce, 

Skull-cap, .... 1 

Valerian, (English,) 1 

Assafoetida, . . . ^ 

Lobelia, . . . * ^ 

Stramonium leaves, \ 

Pulverize, and digest in three pints of good wine. The 
patient may take a table spoonful from one to three 
times a day. 

The practitioner should always inquire into the cause 
of the complaint, and if this can be discovered, it must 
be obviated, if possible; for no treatment will be suc- 
cessful while the exciting cause of the disease is con- 
tinued. Care as to diet is also necessary. 



FAINTING. 

{Syncope.) 

This affection is characterized by a partial or total 
cessation of the functions of the lungs and heart; thus 
the pulse is either very weak or entirely imperceptible, 
the respiration indistinct, the countenance pale, and the 
extremities cold. Fainting is generally brought on by 
loss of blood, or irregularities of its circulation, by which 
the brain is deprived of its usual and necessary stimulus, 



160 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

and hence sudden and violent emotions of the mind 
fright, intense pain, &c, by suspending the functions of 
the heart, may also give rise to it. 

Treatment. — In many instances, the patient is relieved 
immediately by being placed in a recumbent position. 
Sometimes a sudden dash of cold water into the face 
will give relief. Stimulating the nostrils with volatile 
excitants, such as some of the preparations of ammonia, 
&c, are pretty certain to prove beneficial. 

In urgent cases of fainting, permanent stimulants are 
required, suc*h as capsicum, ginger, and carbonate of 
ammonia. Frictions with stimulating liniments are 
also sometimes of great service. 



FALLING OF THE RECTUM. 

{Prolapsus Ani.) 

This difficulty consists of a descent of the lower por- 
tion of the large intestine, so as to expose the bowel 
externally. When thus exposed, the parts become irri- 
table and painful, and often swell considerably. The 
difficulty arises from a relaxed condition of the parts, 
brought on, most generally, by the use of purges that 
spend their stimulating and relaxing influence exces- 
sively on this portion of the intestine. Aloes, in par- 
ticular, is very apt to bring on this difficulty. The most 
of the pills that are sold throughout the country, are 
also calculated to do mischief in this way. The people 
cannot be too careful about the use of public nostrums. 
The constitutions of thousands have been ruined for- 
ever by their use, while many others, for their impru- 
dence, have paid the forfeiture with their lives 

Treatment. — The parts sometimes return without 
assistance; but when this becomes necessary, it may be 
easily rendered by applying the fingers, previously oiled, 
to the protruding intestine, and gently pressing it back. 
Injections, made of such astringent articles as will not 



FELON. 161 

irritate the bowels, should now be used to contract and 
stay the part. For this purpose, cranesbill, white pond- 
lily, witch-hazel, or raspberry, is very good. An infu- 
sion of these articles may also be applied externally by 
means of a sponge. 

Falling of the womb, (prolapsus uteri,) is also treated 
with the use of astringent injections to the parts, by 
means of a syringe for the purpose, which may be 
obtained at any drug-store. 



FELON. 

{Paronychia.) 

Abscesses of the fingers are variously called, accord- 
ing to their situation in the part affected, as to their 
depth from the surface. When they are situated in the 
dermis or true skin near the nail, they are commonly 
called runround, (tourniole ;) when in the cellular tissue, 
whitlow; and when in, or under the periosteum or mem- 
brane covering the bone, they are called felon. The 
abscess when thus situated in the finger, is in its essen- 
tial character, just the same as when affecting the 
tissues in other parts of the body; the attending pain 
and slowness of its course being caused by the firm- 
ness of the tissues implicated, which do not yield much 
to the swelling, nor yet so readily to the suppurating 
process. 

Treatment. — Various plans of treatment have been 
adopted for this painful disease. Some are of opinion 
that the least painful and quickest method, is to lay the 
finger open to the bone at once, in any stage of the 
disease after inflammation has fairly set in, and then 
treating it with poultices and salves till healed. Others 
employ various cataplasms, or soft and moist applica- 
tions, as slippery elm and ginger, or bread and milk, 
and other poultices, from the commencement, without 
the operation. These applications are sometimes alter- 
11 



162 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

nated with stimulating ones, as the dregs of myrrh, 
capsicum, lobelia, &c. 

But perhaps the best treatment is as follows : — Im- 
merse the finger in weak lye, contained in a vessel so 
as to admit of being heated. Let the lye be heated 
gradually, and let the finger be held in it as long as it 
can be borne, then apply the following: 

]£ Common yellow clay, l£ ounces, 
Camphor, .... ^ ounce, 
Alcohol £ pint. 

Dry the clay perfectly and pulverize very finely, and 
adding a small quantity of the alcohol to the camphor, 
pulverize this also, and mix the two intimately; then 
add sufficient alcohol, and form into a paste of the 
consistence of common mortar. This is to be spread 
on a cloth, and tied around the finger closely. It will 
soon become dry, and will need to be frequently wet 
with the alcohol. This is to be kept on wet for several 
days, though it will give relief in less than an hour. 
After this there will be no more trouble with the felon. 
If the treatment is commenced previous to suppuration 
taking place, it will arrest the disease at once. If mat- 
ter is formed, it will be discharged with comparatively 
little pain, and the sore, by the application of some 
common healing salve, will soon heal. 

Steaming the hand over a decoction of wormwood, 
tansy, hops, and dog-fennel, will ease the intolerable 
pain of this and similar affections, in a short time. 
The part should be confined over the vapor. 



FLUX. 

{Dysentery.) 

Dysentery is a distressing disease affecting the 
bowels, and is characterized by frequent slimy or 
bloody discharges, griping pains, and distressing tenes- 
mus. The disease occurs generally during the latter 
part of the summer and autumn. 



FLUX. 163 

Symptoms. — Dysentery usually sets in with a sense 
of lassitude, want of appetite, nausea, bad taste in the 
mouth, depressed pulse, slight chills alternating with 
flushes of heat, thirst, dry skin, and transient pains in 
the bowels. " Sometimes the disease comes on sud- 
denly with griping, mucous and bloody stools and tenes- 
mus, without any premonitory symptoms ; and this is 
most apt to be the case, when it arises from causes that 
act immediately on the mucous membrane of the intes- 
tines. In general the fever is developed before the 
proper dysenteric symptoms show themselves ; some- 
times more or less diarrhoea, with tormina, [severe 
pain,] precede the occurrence of the febrile irritation ; 
and occasionally mucous and bloody stools with tenes- 
mus, [ineffectual straining at stool,] are the first symp- 
toms. From the commencement of the disease, through- 
out its whole course, little or no faeces [natural stools] 
are discharged spontaneously ; the stools consisting 
entirely of intestinal mucus, mixed with more or less 
blood. Tenesmus is one of the most constant and 
characteristic attendants on this affection ; and the vio- 
lence of this painful symptom, affords us a pretty accu- 
rate measure of the violence and degree of danger of 
the disease. There is often considerable pain and dif- 
ficulty experienced in voiding urine. The tormina are 
extremely violent and distressing, particularly just be- 
fore the urgent calls to stool are experienced ; and a 
constant soreness is felt in the abdomen. Sometimes 
the stools consist almost entirely of intestinal mucus, 
very little or no blood being mixed with it. In most 
instances, however, a considerable portion of blood is 
discharged with the mucus, and in some cases the 
evacuations consist almost wholly of blood. These 
dysenteric discharges usually have a very peculiar dis- 
agreeable smell, but no fetor in the beginning of the 
disease ; but in the advanced period of violent and 
dangerous cases, they frequently possess a pungent and 
cadaverous smell ; and often acquire a corroding and 
sanious character." — (Eberle.) 

Treatment. — The author has had much experience 
in the treatment of dysenteries, and consequently fa- 
vorable opportunities of testing all the most popular 



164 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

plans that have been proposed; but the following, in 
his hands, has proved decidedly the most successful : — 
Give to an adult a large tea spoonful of the neutral- 
izing mixture, once in every two hours, until the bowels 
are well cleansed, which may be known by the change 
of the stools, and the relief the patient gains from the 
effects of the medicine ; then give the following : 

ft Extract Bayberry, } 

Camphor, > Equal parts. 

Carbonate Ammonia, ) 

Pulverize finely and mix. Dose, five grains repeated 
every time the bowels move. When this is not at 
hand, let the patient drink freely of a strong infusion, 
made by scalding either two ounces of astringent tonic, 
bayberry, or cranesbill, in a quart of soft water, adding 
(after straining it) four table spoonfuls of white sugar, 
a gill of brandy, and an ounce of compound tincture of 
myrrh. This preparation, if taken in wine glassful 
doses every two hours, after the neutralizing mixture 
has done its work, will in most instances soon relieve 
the looseness. 

As soon as the bowels are relieved, tonic cordials, or 
even the cholera syrup, should be used until the patient 
is entirely restored. 

Enemas. — Astringent injections are of incalculable 
advantage in the treatment of dysenteries, and should 
never be neglected in the more difficult cases ; they 
restrain the blood, and adstringe the inner coats of the 
bowels, so as to prevent the escape of the fluids into 
the intestines. By the use of these means in dysen- 
tery, the medicine is applied more directly to the parta 
suffering most, and hence it may be expected that it 
will do more good than if used in another way. 

Diaphoretics. — In this disease the cutaneous exha- 
lents are very inactive, the matter usually passing off 
in this way, is now discharged through the bowels, by 
the laws of vicarious action. To restore the excretions 
of the skin, therefore, becomes a great desideratum. 
The common diaphoretic powders here answer an ex- 
cellent purpose, and should be used freely. Rubefa- 



IRACTURES. 165 

cients are also very beneficial, they detract the deter- 
mining powers to the surface. 

Stimulating fomentations to the bowels are indicated, 
when the dysenteric inflammation runs high. 



FRACTURES. 



Fracture, in surgery, means a division or broken 
condition of a bone, arising from violence. 

" Fractures are either simple or compound : according 
as they are accompanied with an external wound, com- 
municating with the ends of the bones, or otherwise. 

" If the bone is broken in two or more pieces, and 
there is not an external wound communicating with 
the fractured edges of the bone, the fracture is still 
called simple; and, on the other hand, if the bone is 
broken in but one place, and there is an outward wound, 
the accident is called a compound fracture." — {Castle.) 

External wounds occurring with fractures, although 
they may be extensive, do not make the fracture a 
compound one. unless the injuries are connected. 

When fractures are attended with diseases or acci- 
dents, which render the indications in the treatment 
more numerous ; that is, when the treatment neces- 
sarily becomes complicated, requiring various opera- 
tions or different remedies, the accident is called compli- 
cated fracture. 

Symptoms. — In the long bones, the existence of frac- 
ture is sometimes known at once, by the position in 
which the limb is found, as this is often distorted or 
out of its natural shape between the joints, so as to 
make the diagnosis clear. 

The crepitus or cracking noise in moving the parts ; 
the change in their form and length ; and when the 
bone is superficial, the inequalities or unevenness of its 
surface are all pretty sure signs of fracture. The ina- 
bility to use the parts, and the deep-seated pain and 
swelling, may result from dislocation. Dislocations 



166 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

also, sometimes cause quite a crepitation when the 
parts are moved, owing to the changed condition of the 
synovial fluid. 

Treatment. — The most important things to be done 
in the treatment of fractures, are to adjust the parts 
properly, and then to keep them so, long enough for 
the reunion of the bones. 

The first thing to be done, is to relax the muscles of 
the parts concerned. This may be done either by the 
use of frequent doses of lobelia, or the antispasmodic 
tincture, or by means of the vapor bath. But the best 
plan is to employ those means conjointly. If the vapor 
bath cannot be conveniently applied, the entire limb or 
part should be enveloped in sheets or large cloths 
wrung out of hot water, which must be renewed as 
often as they cool off, until the muscles are completely 
relaxed. This being done, the limb must be put in 
such a position as will slacken the muscles alike on 
every side, and then the bone should be replaced into 
its natural position. To effect this, a little extension is 
generally necessary.* 

When the bone is properly adjusted, the next object 
is to keep it in that position. For this purpose, splints, 
wrappings, or bandages, &c, are necessary. In the 
line of splints, an infinite number and varieties of pat- 
terns have been proposed, and it is now hardly known 
whose invention answers the best purpose. When the 
fracture is situated near the middle of any of the long 
bones, a few simple pieces of shingle, or even strips 
of stiff pasteboard, will answer very well in the ab- 
sence of anything better. The edges of the splints 
must, however, be smoothly trimmed off, or the parts 
well protected by wrappings, so as to prevent injury to 
the soft parts by the swelling that may take place after 
the application. 

A very good apparatus of the splint kind, may be 
made of some strips of woolen cloth, by applying to 

* The force applied in extension, and counterextension, by some 
of our surgeons who are unacquainted with the relaxing power of 
steam and lobelia, is a disgrace to the profession. The author has a 
knowledge of a number of instances, in which irreparable injury 
was done thereby. 



FRACTURES. 167 

them some gum shellac dissolved in alcohol. These 
strips, although made very hard and stiff by the shellac, 
may be rendered quite pliable by holding it a few mo- 
ments before a fire, or by placing it in hot water for an 
instant. While in this state, these strips may be ap- 
plied to the parts, and very neatly molded to the 
shape of the limb, and as soon as the gum in the cloth 
gets cold, it will be firm and unyielding as before it 
•Was exposed to the heat, and hence if two or three of 
them are well applied in this manner around the frac- 
tured limb, they will keep it secure. 

After the splints are applied, the only remaining 
particular in the treatment will be, to secure undis- 
turbed rest to the injured part, until it shall have had 
time enough to recover sufficient strength to support 
itself. 

Should there be much heat and fever about the frac- 
ture, after the splints are applied, it may be relieved 
by the application of cold water or vinegar. 

Treatment of Compound Fractures. — The bones in 
compound fractures are often forced into the ground, 
and thus in reducing them make it necessary to clean 
them carefully, before they are returned. For this 
purpose a sponge with warm water should be used. 

In reducing compound fractures, the greatest care 
must be taken not to let any foreign substance remain 
in the wound among the bones, as it will become a 
source of protracted irritation and ulceration. All 
loose splinters and small pieces of bone should be 
carefully removed with a suitable pair of forceps. 

After the bones are properly adjusted and secured, 
the wound in the soft parts should be treated, in the 
main, like any other fresh wound. 

The medical treatment in fractures, in addition to 
the relaxing means, consists in the use of such articles 
as are calculated to sustain an equal and uninterrupted 
circulation, and to keep up the vital powers. The dia- 
phoretic powders are a very good medicine to be used 
as an occasional drink. The bowels should be kept 
regular, but the patient must not be purged. 

The muscles must be kept in a quiet state by the use 
of the nervine tonic, but if this should not calm the 



168 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

twitching that sometimes comes on, the lobelia, or blue 
cohosh should be used in proper doses, in connection 
with the nervine tonic. 

The natural phenomena in the restoration of frac- 
tures, is strikingly illustrative of instinctive vital action 
In these accidents the contiguous parts are always 
more or less lacerated ; the medulla, (mari-ow,) medul- 
lary membrane, periosteum, {membranous covering of the 
bone,) cellular tissue, and muscles, are always injured 
to some extent. Bleeding from the ruptured vessels 
ensues, which surrounds the fragments, passes into the 
cavities of the bones ; and permeates the surrounding 
cellular tissues ; whereupon inflammation takes place 
in all the parts, which may be considered the first step 
toward a cure. The cellular tissue that immediately 
surrounds the bone, now becomes very vascular, is 
somewhat thickened, loses its elasticity, and acquires a 
considerable degree of consistence. A number of irreg- 
ular processes are sent out from this to the surround- 
ing muscles, which adapt themselves to the design, and 
in common with the periosteum, (which is also very much 
thickened and very vascular,) join in the formation of a 
kind of provisional callus or envelop, around and 
exterior to the fractured ends of the bone. The me- 
dullary membrane, (if the bone be hollow,) forms a 
process of cartilaginous, or rather a fibro-cartilaginous 
substance, which fills up the whole cavity of the in- 
tended new bone, from above till below the fracture. 
Between these two walls of provisional callus, is now 
deposited a viscous or gelatinous fluid, which gradu- 
ally assumes a reddish or rose-colored appearance, 
and adheres by its margins to this mold or provisional 
callus. From the twentieth to the fortieth day, (de- 
pending on age and other circumstances,) this gelatinous 
substance, thrown out between the ends of the bones, 
begins to ossify, (turn to bone.) Before this time, how- 
ever, the extravasated blood is absorbed, and the mus- 
cles surrounding the external callus, have also become 
considerably liberated, and as the new part of the bone 
acquires solidity, the provisional callus becomes ab- 
sorbed, thus leaving the parts in their original condition 



FRENCH MEASLES. GOITRE. 169 



FRENCH MEASLES. 

{Roseola.) 

This complaint, which is sometimes called false 
measles, is characterized by rose-colored spots of various 
forms unattended by swelling or pimples, but occasion- 
ally preceded or accompanied by fever. These efflo- 
rescences may occur over the whole surface of the body, 
but are commonly confined to one or more parts. The 
complaint generally runs its course in from two to eight 
days. 

The affections with which this is most likely to be 
confounded are measles and scarlet fever. This may, 
however, be distinguished from measles, by the size and 
appearance of its eruptions, which are much larger 
than those of that disease; and, what is more, the 
catarrhal symptoms are not generally so prominent in 
this, as in measles. It may be distinguished from scar- 
let fever, by the irregularly diffused raspberry efflores- 
cence and tumefaction that characterize the latter 
French measles is not generally considered contagious. 

Treatment. — Mild aperients, such as the man root, 
narrow dock root, and white root, given in the form of 
teas for several days, will generally be all that is 
required in this, comparatively, mild affection. Rest 
and appropriate diet will also favor the cure. 



GOITRE. 

(Bronchocele.) 

This affection is characterized by an enlargement of 
ae thyroid gland, and is commonly called the big neck. 
:he swelling commences on both sides of the larynx 
. ind trachea, with the appearance of a spongy tumor, 
./hich increases at first very slowly or imperceptibly, 
>, ut, after a number of years, sometimes becomes 
t lormously large. 



170 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Bronchocele is seldom attended with pain, or any 
other inconvenience except its bulk, unless it gets very 
large, when there is often not only the attendance of 
pain, but there is also a considerable difficulty of respi- 
ration in some cases. 

Females are more subject to the disease than males 

Treatment. — A compound made of equal parts of the 
soft extract of yellow willow, stimulating liniment, and 
pulverized salt, if applied with friction three times a 
day, will generally remove the difficulty. The iodine 
ointment, however, is perhaps entitled to as much con- 
fidence as any other single article, in the treatment of 
bronchocele. It should be applied in small quantities, 
with friction, once a day. In the treatment of this 
affection, perseverance is necessary. 



GOUT. 

(Arthritis.) 

Gout is an inflammatory affection of the fibrous and 
ligamentous parts of the joints. It usually first attacks 
the great toe, and from this it passes to the other toes, 
the joints of the fingers, and sometimes to the larger 
articulations. 

This is a very distressing disease, being attended 
with severe pain, which gives rise to numerous sympa- 
thetic affections. The stomach is most apt to become 
affected with sympathy, and hence gout is attended 
with indigestion and its accompanying symptoms. 

The disease usually comes on by paroxysms, lasting, 
sometimes, for a number of weeks, with but: little abate- 
ment in its violence. It is supposed that the inflamma- 
tory action, in some instances, also involves the muscles 
and internal organs, that sympathize with the affected 
articulations, and hence the disease is variously called, 
retrograde gout, misplaced gout, anomalous gout, &c, 
according to the location or shifting of the pain. 



GRAVEL AND STONE. 171 

Chalk-like formations occur in those joints long 
affected by the gout, and it has been supposed that this 
is the essential peculiarity of the disease. 

Treatment. — Inflammatory affections of the ligaments 
and other parts about the articulations, are generally 
pretty hard to relieve, being so remotely situated from 
the general circulation. Thorough courses of the vapor 
baths and emetics, administered every day, or every 
second day, as the urgency of the case may require, are 
the only means that have yet been found to give relief 
with anything like promptness. 

Iji Guiacum resin, . 1 drachm, 
Botrophin, . . 5 grains. 

Pulverize and mix. Ten grains of this, taken every 
two hours till it purges, proves serviceable in many 
cases. 

Local Means. — A slippery elm poultice, with some 
pulverized lobelia seed and capsicum, sprinkled over 
the surface, and applied to the affected parts, will gen- 
erally be beneficial. For this purpose, the rubefacient 
oil is very good, and its use should, therefore, not be 
neglected. 

Bathing the feet in a strong decoction of the black 
cohosh, as hot as it can be borne, will be found very 
serviceable, especially when the disease is located ir 
the feet. 



GRAVEL AND STONE. 

( Calculus.) 



We understand by gravel, small sand-like concretions, 
which form in the kidneys, and pass through the ureters 
into the bladder, and thence from the system with the 
urine. The stone is a collection of the same substance 
into a larger bulk. These sometimes pass off in large 
sizes, and thus produce extreme pain and suffering 
When too large to pass through the erethra, they will 



172 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

lay in the neck of the bladder, and thus produce great 
irritation of the parts, by obstructing the urine. As the 
water accumulates in the bladder, the patient becomes 
pressed with a distressing inclination to urinate; but 
this can be voided only in small quantities — sometimes 
only drop by drop. 

It is thought by some, that the disposition of the sys- 
tem to form gravel or the sand-like concretions, is not 
favorable to the formation of stone ; that is, those who 
discharge gravel are seldom troubled with the stone or 
larger formations. 

Treatment. — Alkaline preparations are mostly de- 
pended on in the treatment of gravelly complaints, and 
they are, in general, useful. The disposition of the 
urine to favor these formations, is, in the majority of 
instances, dependent on the agency of Uthic acid. The 
alkalies may, therefore, do much to obviate the chemi- 
cal phenomena producing these morbid concretions. 

There is, however, one variety of these concretions, 
in which earthy phosphates seem to constitute the 
material. In the treatment of this variety, the alkalies 
will not only prove useless, but may, indeed, ultimately 
enhance the difficulty. 

The diagnosis or symptoms distinguishing between 
these varieties of gravel, although very important, are 
somewhat obscure. The sediment or deposits in the 
urine, afford us the principal means of gaining a know- 
ledge on this point; when they are colored, that is, if 
they are red, yellowish, or brown, they are caused by 
the predominance of acid ; but when they are pale, or 
white, they consist chiefly of earthy phosphates. When 
there is a discharge of the sand-like material, or of a 
calculus, our diagnostics are still better. 

All the red, brown and yellowish appearing concre- 
tions, as a general rule, demand in their treatment the 
use of alkalies. In earthy phosphate concretions, or 
those of a pale or whitish color resembling chalk both 
in appearance and consistence, are managed best by 
the use of diluted muriatic acid. Perhaps the best way 
to take the acid, is to first drop it into a glass with 
some slippery elm water : the dose is from ten to fifteen 
drops three or four times a day. 



GRAVEL AND STONE. 173 

Soda and subcarbonate of potash, are the alkalies 
generally used in the treatment of gravelly complaints: 
they may be given in tea spoonful doses, two or three 
times a day. 

Diuretics. — This class of agents is also of value in 
the treatment of gravelly affections ; for, while diuretics 
tavor the escape of the concretions, they also attenuate 
or weaken the chemical agencies causing them, by the 
increase of fresh and unimpregnated urinary secretions 
that they produce. The queen of the meadow, (Eup. 
Pur.,) in the hands of the author, has given the most 
encouraging evidence of its utility in these affections. 
The medicine should be freely used in strong decoction. 

The juice of the garden radish has gained some popu- 
larity for its supposed power of dissolving stone in the 
bladder. The mode of its use is by injection through 
a catheter. 

Injections. — Fourcroy introduced a practice (which 
has now, however, fallen somewhat into disrepute) of 
injecting lithontriptics into the bladder, by means of a 
catheter and suitable syringe. The agents, in this case, 
consist of acids and alkalies, soda, saleratus, and the 
muriatic and nitric acids. They are administered 
according to the indications above named. The blad- 
der is first to be emptied, and then the preparation, 
about as strong as can be held in the mouth or swal- 
lowed, is to be injected in suitable quantities. The 
recent juice of the convulvulus panduratus, injected 
into the bladder, is said to dissolve the stone in the 
bladder. 

Tonics and Diet. — These concretions are not formed 
according to the physiological laws, but are the result 
of a morbific influence. Whatever, therefore, can be 
done to tone up and strengthen the system, will be of 
paramount importance in these cases. Columba root, 
peach leaves, poplar bark, &c, are all good, and should 
be used, especially in cases attended with much debility. 
The food and drink, which alone afford the materials 
constituting these morbid concretions, ought to be 
selected with reference to ' this circumstance. People 



174 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

that are troubled with gravelly complaints, should 
endeavor to discover in what particulars their food 
differs from that of others, and in every deviation a 
change ought to be made. 



HEADACHE. 

( Cephalalgia.) 



Pain in the head is seldom found to exist independ- 
ently of some other derangement of the system. It is 
a usual attendant of all febrile diseases, foul or disor- 
dered condition of the stomach, and constipation of the 
bowels. Headache is also brought on by over-eating, 
drinking spirits, colds, intense solar heat, hard study, &c. 

When the headache is very severe and protracted, 
and attended by sickness at the stomach, with vomiting, 
the affection is called sick-headache. 

Treatment. — The pain will generally yield to the 
means employed to remove those affections or diseases 
that give rise to the headache; but when it becomes 
necessary to do something directly for the relief of the 
head, a cloth wet with ether or cold water should be 
tied around the forehead, while th« feet, after being 
bathed with the rubefacient wash, must be placed in a 
pail of water as hot as can be borne. The heat of the 
water should be kept up by adding boiling water to it 
as it may be needed. By these means, the head will be 
relieved from the mechanical pressure of the circula- 
tion, and thus ease may be obtained. 

Sinapisms applied to the feet and ankles, and left tc 
remain until considerable irritation is produced, will 
mostly afford relief. 

EmeticS. — In severe cases, the patient must take a 
lobelia emetic, as this usually affords prompt relief. 
This is effected through the remarkable sympathy there 
is between the stomach and the head. When the head- 
ache is caused by over-eating or a foul stomach, an 



HEARTBURN. 175 

emetic is indispensable. Nauseating doses of lobelia 
will frequently relieve headache. 



Liniment. — In that variety called nervous 
headache, the stimulating liniment will generally afford 
relief: the good effects of the liniment may be promoted 
by drinking a tea of the nervine tonic. 

Cathartics. — Medicines of this class will generally 
alleviate the headache; but it is not a good plan to use 
them much for this purpose, as the relief is obtained at 
too great a sacrifice. When the pain arises as an effect 
of constipation, the bowels should be relieved by the 
use of enemas, instead of cathartics. Nevertheless, it 
is sometimes the case that the latter are indicated: 
when there is much biliary derangement connected 
with obstinate constipation, one grain of the extract of 
mandrake should be taken every two hours, until three 
grains are taken : should it not operate within twelve 
hours, one or two more doses must be taken. The 
common cathartic pills are usually taken for this pur- 
pose, but are not quite so good. 



HEARTBURN. 

{Ardor Ventriculi.) 



The difficulty known by this name, consists of a burn- 
ing and gnawing pain in the stomach, accompanied 
with sour eructations and occasional nausea. It 
depends upon the souring or fermentation of the food 
in the stomach, and hence is a common symptom of 
dyspepsia. 

Treatment. — Alkalies, such as soda, saleratus, and 
particularly magnesia, will generally give immediate 
relief. But these means must be considered only as 
palliatives ; for, as the difficulty arises from a debilitated 
condition of the stomach, permanent relief can, in rea- 
son, only be expected in the use of such means as are 



176 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

calculated to strengthen the stomach and thus promote 
digestion. Capsicum, taken with the food in small 
quantities, will be found very good for this purpose. 
The spiced bitters should also be taken once a day. 

Regimen. — The proper treatment of heartburn con- 
sists mostly of negative means. The patient should be 
careful to avoid the use of all kinds of food that are 
hard of digestion, and that disagree with the stomach: 
he should be very particular not to eat too much at a 
time, of any kind of food, as this practice is very ruinous 
to the stomach. The food should always be well mas- 
ticated, and eaten slowly. Small quantities of lean 
animal food, such as beefsteak and mutton, will gener- 
ally agree with persons troubled with heartburn. 



HYSTERICS. 

{Hysteria.') 

The disease called hysteria, chiefly implicates the ner- 
vous system, but has received its name from the idea 
of its arising from an affection of the uterus. Females 
are most subject to it, but well marked cases are some- 
times met with among males. 

" The complaint appears under such a variety of 
shapes, imitates so many other diseases, and is attended 
with such a variety of symptoms, which denote the 
animal and vital functions to be considerably disordered, 
that it is difficult to give a just character or definition 
of it; and it is only by taking an assemblage of all its 
appearances, that Ave can convey a proper idea of it to 
others. The disease attacks in paroxysms or fits. 
These are sometimes preceded by dejection of spirits ; 
anxiety at the stomach, and palpitation at the heart ; 
but it more usually happens, that a pain is felt in the 
left side, about the flexion of the colon, with a sense of 
distension advancing upward, till it gets into the 
stomach ; and removing from thence into the throat, it 
occasions, by its pressure, a sensation as if a ball was 



HYSTERICS. 177 

lodged there, which by authors has been called globus 
hystericus. The disease having arrived at this hight, the 
patient appears to be threatened with suffocation, 
becomes faint, and is affected with stupor and insensi- 
bility ; while, at the same time, the trunk of the body is 
turned to and fro, the limbs are variously agitated; wild 
and irregular actions take place in alternate fits of 
laughter, crying and screaming; incoherent expressions 
are uttered ; a temporary delirium prevails, and a frothy 
saliva is discharged from the mouth. The spasms at 
length abating, a quantity of wind is evacuated upward, 
with frequent sighing and sobbing, and the patient 
recovers the exercise of sense and motion [sometimes] 
without any recollection of what has taken place during 
the fit — feeling, however, a severe pain in the head, 
and a soreness over the whole body. In some cases, 
there is little or no convulsive motion, and the person 
lies seemingly in a state of profound sleep, without 
either sense or motion. Hiccough is a symptom which 
likewise attends, in some instances, on hysteria; and 
now and then it happens that a fit of hysteria consists 
of this alone. In some cases of this nature, it has 
been known to continue for two or three days, during 
which it frequently seems as if it would suffocate the 
patient, and proceeds, gradually weakening the consti- 
tution, till it either goes off, or else occasions death by 
suffocation; but this last is extremely rare. Besides 
hiccough; other spasmodic affections sometimes wholly 
form a fit of hysterics, which perhaps continue for a 
day or two, and then either go off of themselves, or are 
removed by the aid of medicine. In some cases, the 
patient is attacked with violent pains in the back, 
which extend from the spine to the sternum, and at 
length become fixed upon the region of the stomach, 
being evidently of a spasmodic nature, and often pre- 
vailing in so high a degree as to cause clammy sweats; 
a pale, cadaverous look, coldness of the extremities, and 
a pulse hardly perceptible." With these symptoms 
there is frequently quite a disturbed state of the mind, 
and extravagant ideas of various dreadful diseases 
affecting the body, harass the patient. 

Hysteric fits are, however, sometimes mild in their 
attack, the patient often experiencing only a slight 
12 



178 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

oppression at the stomach, attended with anxiety of 
mind and a sense of heat in the body. 

Persons of weak and nervous habits are most subject 
to hysterics ; and in those, the attacks are excited or 
brought on, frequently, by sudden emotions of the mind, 
as by sudden joy, grief, fear, &c, and from this circum- 
stance the poor sufferer is often treated with neglect, 
and the most uncivil indifference, from the idea that the 
patient brings on the disease unnecessarily, that is, that 
it might have been avoided by a proper exercise of the 
mind. This has associated such an abhorrence with 
the name, that many are offended to be considered sub- 
jects of the disease. There are, however, many cases 
of hysterics, in which the disease is so intimately asso- 
ciated with a morbid predisposition of the organism, 
that the strongest mind is insufficient successfully to 
repel it — nay, when, in addition to this, medicine some- 
times fails. 

Treatment. — The treatment, in the paroxysm, must 
be commenced by the use of two or three doses of the 
an ti- spasmodic tincture, which, after the spasms are 
relieved, should be followed up with a strong tea of the 
nervine tonic. 

The following tincture is an excellent medicine for 
this complaint : 

]jfc English Valerian, 1 ounce, 

Assafoetida, . . 1 " 

Skull-cap, . . £ " 

Alcohol, ... 1 pint. 

Pulverize, and digest in the alcohol for ten days, and 
strain ; or, for immediate use, the powders may be 
boiled in alcohol for ten minutes, and strained when it 
is fit for use. 

The dose is from a tea spoonful to a table spoonful. 
A tea spoonful will do well when the use of the medi- 
cine is first commenced; but as the patient becomes 
accustomed to it, the dose must be Increased. This is 
so excellent a medicine for this complaint, that hyster- 
ical patients, when they once become accustomed to 
it, will never be without it. 



INDIGESTION. 179 



INDIGESTION. 

{Dyspepsia.) 

Dyspepsia, strictly speaking, is only a symptom of 
disease, as it only implies difficulty of digestion, which 
is an attendant or effect of nearly all diseases. The 
stomach, which is the principal organ of digestion, is, 
as it were, the centre of sympathies, and thus may be 
reached by a great variety of morbific influences. In 
chronic inflammation of the mucous surface of the 
stomach and upper part of the intestines, we witness a 
train of symptoms that come the nearest filling the 
description generally given of dyspepsia. There is a 
pain and burning in the stomach, with nausea and 
occasional vomiting; nidorus eructations; raising of 
sour food and fluids of a disagreeable acrid taste; 
heartburn ; waterbrash ; constipation of the bowels ; 
clamminess of the mouth ; foulness of the tongue ; 
flatulency; palpitation; epigastric pulsation; general 
debility; dizziness, and sometimes fainting; lassitude 
and low spirits. The appetite is generally poor, but 
sometimes voracious. A full meal, and even some- 
times a very small one, will lay heavily on the stom- 
ach, especially if the things eaten are hard of diges- 
tion, such as warm, heavy bread, fat meats, and certain 
kinds of vegetables. 

When the disease extends through the upper part of 
the intestines, there is generally considerable derange- 
ment among the hepatic and biliary organs. 

It must be observed that the mucous surfaces, from 
the nature of their use, cannot be favored with the pro- 
tection of an epidermis, as is nearly every other sur- 
face of the entire system ; but the nerves and vessels 
with which these organs are so abundantly supplied, 
are invested only with a membrane of the most delicate 
structure. When, in view of this extreme delicacy, it 
is considered that the human stomach is the devoted 
receptacle of all that is called for by our depraved ap- 
petites, which are only governed by the capriciousness 
of an imagination stimulated by the corrupt fashions of 
our day ; and what is worse, fashion, by its magic in- 



180 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

fluence, has led us to impose upon our stomachs ser- 
vices so unnatural and incongruous, as to make of 
them a kind of portable apothecary's shop, or dispensary, 
where drugs of every kind are kept, even without 
bottles or envelops, for distribution ; it will then not 
seem strange that inflammation of the mucous mem- 
brane of this organ should be of such frequent occur- 
rence. 

There can be but little doubt that dyspepsia, in the 
large majority of cases, is produced by inflammation 
of the gastro- enteric mucous melnbrane. Dr. Eberle 
remarks:* — "The worst forms of dyspepsia, and all 
that host of inveterate gastric and bilious disorders of 
which so much is heard, and the true nature of which 
is so often misunderstood, are, in nine cases out of ten, 
the consequences of a chronic inflammatory condition 
of the lining membrane of the stomach. The slow 
and insidious progress of this grade of gastric inflam- 
mation during its early period, is indeed well calculated 
to elude observation, and to lead to a misapprehension 
of its true character." Dunglison writes to the same 
import; and Dr. Stokes in his lectures,! speaking of 
chronic gastritis, makes it the chief cause of dyspepsia; 
he remarks; — It [chronic gastritis] is commonly called 
dyspepsia, and this term, loose and unlimited in its 
acceptation, often proves a stumbling-block to the stu- 
dent in medicine. Dyspepsia, you know, [speaking to 
his class,] means difficult digestion, a circumstance 
which may depend on many causes, but perhaps on 
none more frequently than upon chronic gastritis. * 
* Long continued functional lesion will event- 
ually produce more or less organic disease ; and you 
will find that in most cases of old dyspepsia, there is 
more or less gastritis. But let us go further, and in- 
quire whether those views are borne out by the ordi- 
nary treatment of dyspeptic cases. When you open a 
book on the practice of physic, and turn to the article 
dyspepsia, one of the first things which strikes you, is 
the vast number of cures for indigestion. The more 
incurable a disease is, and the less we know of its 



* Practice, vol. I, page 218. 

i Stokes and Bell's Practice, second edition, vol. I, page 125. 



INDIGESTION. 181 

treatment, the more numerous is the list of remedies, 
and the more empirical is its treatment. Now the cir- 
cumstance of having a great variety of "cures" for a 
disease, is a strong proof, either that there is no real 
remedy for it, or that its nature is very little under- 
stood. A patient afflicted with dyspepsia will gener- 
ally run through a variety of treatment ; he will be 
ordered bark by one practitioner, mercury by another, 
purgatives by a third ; in fact, he will be subjected to 
every form of treatment. Now all this is proof posi- 
tive that the disease is not sufficiently understood. 
What does pathology teach in such cases ? In almost 
every instance where patients have died with symp- 
toms of dyspepsia, pathological anatomy proves the 
stomach to be in a state of demonstrable disease. It 
appears, therefore, that whether we look at the uncer- 
tainty and vacillations of treatment, or the results of 
anatomical examinations, the case is still the same ; 
and that, where dyspepsia has been of considerable 
duration, the chance is that there is more or less or- 
ganic disease, and that, if we prescribe for dyspepsia, 
neglecting this, we are very likely to do mischief." 

Whatever may be the extent of the inflammation of 
the mucous membrane of the stomach and bowels, it 
will be invariably found to be attended with a corres- 
ponding suspension of the function of digestion. When 
the inflammation runs high, it generally happens that 
if food be taken, however agreeable in character, it is 
thrown up immediately from the stomach by vomiting, 
or it will pass into the bowels and be finally discharged 
without any signs of digestion. When the inflamma- 
tion is less active, i. e., chronic gastro-enteritis, we have 
all the varieties of symptoms and grades of indiges- 
tion, from the most distressing dyspepsia, down to the 
slightest and most transient want of appetite. 

Cause. — Although dyspepsia may result from almost 
any cause of disease, yet, as already shown, it is most 
frequently brought on by the common causes of inflam- 
mation of the mucous coat of the stomach ; as by ex- 
cesses in eating and drinking ; unwholesome food , 
intense mental application; sedentary habits, &c. 



182 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

But one of the most deplorable sources of gastric 
difficulties, is the use of poisonous drugs as medicine, 
which are now given for the slightest derangements of 
the system. 

Treatment. — The first thing to be done in the treat- 
ment of dyspepsia, is to discover, if possible, by what 
irregularity of habit or circumstances of exposure the 
difficulty was brought on, and then efforts should be 
made to remove at once, if practicable, the cause or 
causes of the disease. 

The second indication is, to cleanse the system ; and 
here it is to be observed, that to operate on the stomach 
alone, is not sufficient, although the primary affection 
may be here, for when the disease is once established 
in the stomach, the functions of all the other organs 
will be more or less impaired. We find that there is 
not only want of action in the stomach, but that the 
bowels move slowly, or at least very irregularly; that 
chylific absorption and the circulation are very lan- 
guid; nor are the excretions more rapid. Obstructions 
so universal, need a general process of cleansing. For 
this purpose, a course of emetics, baths, frictions, and 
enemas, is most eminently adapted. 

This part of the treatment, if the case be difficult, 
should be commenced, first by the use of the diaplwretic 
powders for a few hours, while the preparations for a 
bath are progressing. As soon as the skin becomes 
moist, a lobelia emetic should be administered and sus- 
tained during its operation, by stimulants, relaxents, 
astringents, or alkalies, as the case may require. When 
the emetic is done operating, the patient, after eating a 
little of some appropriate food, should be well rubbed 
with a towel wrung out of cold water, and have an 
enema, composed of a strong decoction of thorough- 
wort and poplar bark, or of the laxative bitter tonic, 
with a small portion of capsicum, or of the compound 
tincture of myrrh. 

This course should be practised every second, third, 
or fourth day, according to the urgency of the symp- 
toms, using laxatives, diaphoretics, tonics, and rubefa- 
cients, in the intervals, until the disease is broken up. 
In less obstinate cases, the several parts of this course 



INDIGESTION. 183 

may be used separately or alone, ana* repeated as occa- 
sion may require ; observing also the plan of using an 
appropriate intermediate treatment. 

As soon as the disease is found to yield, the use of 
tonics should be instituted ; for this purpose the cascar- 
illa is an excellent article, but if this is not at hand, any 
of the restorative preparations recommended among 
the compounds or the simple tonics in the Materia 
Medica, will answer very well. 

During the course of the treatment, the various inci- 
dental and local symptoms should have appropriate 
attention ; thus the acidity of the stomach may be ob- 
viated by the use of a little carbonate of soda or sub- 
carbonate of potassa (saleralus.) Colic pains may be 
relieved by carminatives, stimulants, and anod} nes. 
Fine charcoal, taken in table spoonful doses several 
times a day, is very good, not only to keep the bowels 
open, but to prevent acidity of the stomach ; it may be 
prepared by scalding it in milk. 

Capsicum. — This is an excellent article in dyspep- 
sia, and should be u^sed in half tea spoonful doses, 
three times a day, or oftener. This medicine is a pure 
excitant, and will stimulate the living organs to the 
performance of their natural functions. Made into 
pills with equal parts of beef's gall, dried sufficiently 
to form into pills, and taken in the quantity of a com- 
mon sized pill every evening, will not only be of 
eminent service to the stomach, but will keep the 
bowels regular. 



184 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 




INVAGINATION OP THE INTESTINES. 

(Intussusceptio.) 

Intussusception is a disease of the intestines, in which 
one portion of the tube is introduced into another, as 
represented in the following cut: 

All parts of the bowels are sub- 
ject to this derangement, but the 
small intestines, particularly the 
ileum, are found most prone to it. 
The length of the intestine thus 
invaginated, is usually only a few 
inches ; but cases are recorded, in 
which several feet were involved. 
The number of these invagina- 
tions in a single case, is generally 
but one; but it happens some- 
times, that in the course of the 
intestine, as. many as two, three, 
or even half a dozen, occur at a 
time. The part thus incarcerated, if not relieved by 
the force of the muscular fibres of the surrounding por- 
tion of the intestine, some fortunate motion of the body, 
or the effects of medicine, may contract adhesions to 
the surrounding portion, and remain in this way, or it 
may die and separate from the living portion, and pass 
off from the system. This must, however, be consid- 
ered a very dangerous accident, as many suffering from 
it, die in the course of from eight to twelve days. The 
symptoms of this disease resemble those of inflamma- 
tion of the bowels or peritoneum so much, that it is 
hard to distinguish it from them ; but when these 
symptoms prove unusually obstinate, intussusception 
may generally be suspected. The greatest distinguish- 
ing mark that we have, is that this disease is not pre- 
ceded by the usual premonitory symptoms of those 
other affections, the pain coming on suddenly, and 
being soon followed with rumbling of the bowels. 

Small children are most subject to many of the 
intestinal diseases, and it is supposed that nine-tenths 



INVAGINATION OF THE INTESTINES. 195 

of the cases that occur of this kind, are found among 
them. 

The cause of the difficulty is supposed to be irregular 
or spasmodic contractions of the intestines, in which 
one portion contracts while the adjoining part is re- 
laxed, and thus receives it. 

It may be proper to remark, that while this explana- 
tion of the manner in which the derangement takes 
place seems very reasonable, it is altogether probable 
that the irritation produced by unnatural and poison- 
ous medicines, may, in many instances, give rise to 
these irregular or spasmodic contractions, and thus be the 
primary cause of this terrible disease. 

Treatment. — Injections of lobelia and capsicum tea, 
of proper strength, promise more in this affection than 
any other means. The injections must be repeated 
until the system is completely relaxed ; and after this, 
if relief is not obtained, the next plan will be to crowd 
the bowels as much as possible, with thick slippery 
elm mucilage. With a view to the best effects of this 
means, the patient must endeavor to retain as much of 
the injected material as possible. The anus may also 
be secured by an assistant, or by means of bandages. 
For the purpose of carrying up the injected material as 
far as possible, it may be advisable to use a bogie, 
which may be introduced as far as the sigmoid flexure 
at least, and then the material may be injected 
through it. 

Injecting or forcing wind into the bowels, has also 
been recommended by some writers. This may be 
effected by the use of a common bellows, the point of 
which may be introduced into the rectum, or it may be 
forced into the bogie, and the wind thus blown into 
the bowels. 



186 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



JAUNDICE. 

{Icterus.) 

Jaundice is occasioned by an obstruction of the course 
of the bile, which is consequently taken up by absorp- 
tion, and thus carried into the circulation; and hence, 
by its diffusion into the capillary vessels, stains the skin, 
eyes, mouth, throat, urine, &c, (being the only places 
in which it can be seen, although affecting the whole 
body just as much,) with a deep yellow. 

This obstruction of the bile may arise from the pres- 
ence of calculi in the gall-bladder, from inflammation 
of its duct or even the liver itself. The obstruction 
may also be produced by constipation of the bowels, 
external injuries, and mental emotions. 

The attending symptoms are loss of appetite, dys- 
pepsia, vertigo, nausea and perhaps vomiting, flatu- 
lency, and great dejection of spirits. 

Treatment. — The treatment, in this complaint, should 
be commenced by taking a pill composed of equal parts 
of podophyllin and the extract of dandelion, every two 
hours until a cathartic effect is produced. This com- 
pound seems to have a specific action on the glandular 
system, and will generally reach the liver, stimulating 
it to a healthy action. 

If the stomach is much disturbed, an emetic of lobelia 
may be necessary. As soon as the intestinal canal is 
cleansed, and the functions of the biliary system are 
restored, it will be necessary to remove the bilious mat- 
ter from the circulatory and capillary systems. This 
may now be done, by the use of diaphoretics, aided, if 
necessary, by the vapor bath. 

"When the system is well cleansed, the organs may be 
toned up by the use of tonics, such as the yellow parilla, 
cascarilla, colomba, &c. The laxative bitters is an 
invaluable medicine in this disease, and should be used 
freely. 

The yelk of eggs has been highly esteemed as a 
remedy in jaundice. It is to be taken raw, on an empty 
stomach. 



LEPROSY. 187 

The extract of dogwood bark is also highly prized in 
this disease. 



LEPROSY. 

{Lepra.) 

There are several varieties of leprosy, some of which 
are common to this country. "What are called, by 
authors, lepra vulgaris, lepra alphos, and lepra nigricans, 
are scaly affections of the skin, which, although divided 
into three varieties, consist essentially of the same 
disease. 

The leprosy of our country makes its appearance in 
circular scaly eruptions, usually on the elbows and 
knees, but spreads afterward over the other parts of the 
body. The first variety (lepra vulgaris) consists of round 
patches of scales, that accumulate in thick crusts, 
which, if removed, will be quickly reproduced. The 
disease, commencing at the knees and elbows, passes 
from those parts to the body, where it may spread over 
a large surface. The second variety (lepra alphos) does 
not spread so extensively as the first, and it differs, also, 
somewhat, in the face of the eruption: in this, the cen- 
tre of the patches is depressed, and as the patches 
enlarge, it (the centre) will frequently heal up, and thus 
recover the natural appearance. The third variety 
(lepra nigricans) is distinguished from the other varieties 
by the color of the patches, and the facility with which 
the scales may be removed. The color of the scales is 
dark or purple ; they are easily removed ; and as the skin 
under them comes to view, it is likewise found of a dark 
color: it remains bare much longer than in the other 
varieties, and is covered with a thin coat of bloody 
lymph. 

The scaly leprosy seldom makes its appearance on 
the face, but is sometimes known to occupy the hairy 
scalp, and to affect even the nails of the fingers and 
toes, which become spongy, as it were, and assume a 
narrow and roundish shape not unlike the claws of a 
fowl. 



188 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

EGYPTIAN OR GRECIAN LEPROSY. 

The leprosy of the ancients, and which still appears 
in the oriental countries and Africa, is a disease much 
more dreadful than the leprosy of our country. This 
affection, which, from the appearance of the skin, is 
called elephantiasis, consists of a horrible tubercular erup- 
tion, that commonly makes its appearance on the face 
but as the disease advances, the skin of the entire body 
may become affected with it. 

This disease is exceeding obstinate in its character, 
and was believed, in ancient times, to be absolutely 
incurable ; and from the idea of its being contagious, 
or perhaps more from the obscene appearance of the 
affected person, the unhappy sufferer was banished 
from society to die in obscurity.* 

We are informed by the Moravian missionaries in 
Africa, that the natives there have at this da}' a large 
plain enclosed with a very high wall, within which all 
that are found affected with the disease are confined, 
never to be released, but there to support themselves by 
raising their own provisions. 

Treatment. — As leprosy is, without doubt, dependent 
on a depraved condition of the nutritive functions, its 
proper treatment involves especial attention to this 
matter. A thorough cleansing process is first required ; 
the condition of the stomach must be improved by the 
use of emetics, that of the bowels Ly proper cathartics 
and enemas, while the skin is relieved and restored to 
its healthy condition by the use of diaphoretics, baths, 
and other proper external applications. 

After the main channels or vascular organs have been 
restored into a healthy condition, the system should be 
put under a course of depuratives and alteratives, as 
recommended for scrofula, while the attention is then 



* It is more than probable that the leprosy spoken of in the sacred 
scriptures, differed somewhat from the disease now called elephan- 
tiasis. This latter is characterized by a dark, rough appearance, 
whereas, that seems to have been of a light or white color. It ia 
certain, however, that the leprosy spoken of in the Bible, was fully 
as obstinate as the elephantiasis seems to be, and hence the miracu* 
leus cures by the Saviouk were the more striking in character. 



LOCKED JAW. 189 

main!}" directed to the skin or more extensively affected 
parts. 

The diseased parts should be covered with a mucilage 
of slippery elm, thickened with finely pulverized lobelia 
seed. The parts must then be enveloped with a thin, 
soft skin, or oiled silk, to exclude the air. This appli- 
cation should be left to remain only some twenty-four 
hours, when it must be renewed. The vapor bath, 
should be applied, at the renewing of the external appli- 
cations, as often as two or three times a week. 

In these obstinate diseases, perseverance in the treat- 
ment is all important ; and when, from some peculiari- 
ties of the symptoms, the above applications will not 
be found the best adapted, they may be changed, and 
the oleaginous liniments and ointments may be used in 
their stead, or alternately with them, washing the sur- 
face with soapsuds at the changes. The stramonium 
ointment will be found very good. It may be mixed 
with the extract or powder of blood-root, and applied 
to the parts affected. Linseed oil has also been found 
serviceable. 



LOCKED JAW. 

{Trismus.) 



In common usage, the term locked jaw has comprised 
all the different forms of tetanus; but in systematic 
classifications we have : 1, opisthotonos, in which the 
body is thrown backward by the contraction of the mus- 
cles of the back ; 2, emprosthotonos, when the body is 
bent forward; and 8, trismus, or locked jaw, in which 
the muscles of the neck and jaw are chiefly affected. 

Tetanic affections often come on with great violence, 
but more usually they appear more gradually. In 
loekee jaw, a slight stiffness is at first perceived in the 
back part of the neck, which, after a short time, becomes 
considerably increased, and at length renders the motion 
of the head both difficult and painful. An uneasy sen- 
sation is now experienced at the root of the tongue, 



190 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

together with some difficulty in swallowing, and a tight- 
ness in the breast. There is also a pain at the extremity 
of the breast bone, shooting into the back. At this 
stage, a stiffness will be experienced in the jaws, which 
increases until the jaws will become so firmly set that 
they cannot at all be opened, and hence the name lacked 
jaw. 

This affection is occasioned by irritation of the nerves, 
brought on by the effects of cold, particularly when con- 
joined with wetness, — by local injuries, such as punc- 
tures, incisions, lacerations, bruises, and burns or scalds. 
Lacerated or punctured wounds, in tendinous parts, are 
very apt to bring on the disease. 

Treatment. — The most prompt and certain remedy 
for this as well as most other spasmodic diseases, is the 
anti-spasmodic tincture. This must be poured into the 
mouth, between the cheeks and teeth, and should also 
be administered (diluted with a tea of the nervine tonic) 
by injection. In the meantime, an assistant should 
apply the stimulating liniment, with rapid friction, 
around the jaws, neck, and along the spine. When 
the spasm is broken up, the patient must continue to 
use the nervine tonic in proper doses. It may be pre- 
pared in a strong tea, sweetened, and drank freely for 
several days. 

The blue cohosh, swamp cabbage, and assafoetida, 
are also good in this disease. 



MADNESS — CANINE. 
{Hydrophobia.') 



The term hydrophobia signifies a dread of water, which 
is one of the characteristic symptoms of the disease 
resulting from the bite of rabid animals. But this 
symptom is not peculiar to this affection, as it some- 
times attends other disorders, as hysteria, and various 
febrile and other affections attended with an excitable, 



MADNESS CANINE. 191 

irregular nervous impressibility. Nevertheless, as a 
dread of liquids is so much more pressing and constant 
in this disease than any other, the name is still retained 
by most writers. It seems, however, that this singular 
dread is not confined to the sight and noise of liquids, 
only, but may be produced by the sight of polished 
bodies and of mirrors. 

" Dr. James observes, that this peculiar affection prop- 
erly belongs to the canine genus, viz : dogs, foxes and 
wolves ; in which animals only it seems to be innate 
and natural, scarcely ever appearing in any others, 
except when communicated from these. When a dog 
is affected with madness, he becomes dull, solitary, and 
endeavors to hide himself, seldom barking, but making 
a murmuring noise, and refusing all kinds of meat and 
drink. He flies at strangers; but, in this stage, he 
remembers and respects his master; his head and tail 
hang down ; he walks as if overpowered by sleep ; and 
a bite, at this period, though dangerous, is not so apt to 
bring on the disease in the animal bitten as one inflicted 
at a later period. The dog at length begins to pant; 
he breathes quickly and heavily; his tongue hangs out; 
his mouth is continually open, and discharges a large 
quantity of froth. Sometimes he walks slowly, as if 
half asleep, and then runs suddenly, but not always 
directly forward. At last he forgets his master; his 
eyes have a dull, watery, red appearance ; he grows 
thin and weak, often falls down, gets up and attempts 
to fly at everything, becoming very soon quite furious. 
The animal seldom lives in the latter state longer than 
thirty hours ; and it is said, that his bites at the end of 
his existence are the most dangerous. The throat of a 
person suffering hydrophobia is always much affected; 
and,, it is asserted, the nearer the bite to this part, the 
more perilous." 

It appears that the disease can be communicated to 
man by rabid animals that are not of the canine spe- 
cies, provided that they have the genuine disease. So 
far as yet known, however, it would seem that a person 
cannot communicate the disease to his own species; yet 
prudence would dictate that caution should be observed 
in this matter, as it appears that hydrophobia has been 
produced in dogs by inoculation from the human subject. 



192 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The appearance of the affection, after the bite, is at 
an uncertain period; sometimes within a fortnight, a 
month, or, according to some, it may not come on for a 
year, and even then appear. The bitten part may heal 
up without any signs of the hydrophobic symptoms, 
and yet the disease come on afterward. 

Hydrophobia may take place without the appearance 
of any local symptoms; but more usually the individual 
feels a slight pain in the bitten part, which somewhat 
resembles rheumatism. From this, the pain will be felt 
to wander through the body, while a universal uneasi- 
ness and heaviness will be experienced ; there will be 
disturbed sleep, frightful dreams, sudden startings and 
spasms ; the patient evinces a disposition of anxiety, 
sighing, and a desire of solitude. The symptoms now 
become more severe daily; pains are felt to shoot from 
the wound toward the throat, which are soon followed 
with a sensation of choking, and a horror and dread at 
the sight or noise of water. The patient is, however, 
able to swallow other substances with tolerable ease; 
but as he endeavors to resist or overcome the dread of 
liquids, the mental and physical effort is singularly dis- 
tressing and horrific: every muscle of the face is thrown 
into violent agitation, and those of the throat and trunk 
contract so forcibly and convulsively as to threaten suf- 
focation. These agitations or paroxysms, at first, are 
only of a moment's duration ; but subsequently they 
become more prolonged and still more violent. 

In the majority of instances, the patient retains his 
reason, and will sometimes warn by-standers to keep 
away, lest he should bite or otherwise injure them. 

At last the patient becomes exceedingly agitated and 
furious ; his eyes sparkle ; his face is red ; he froths at 
the mouth; his countenance bears an expression of the 
deepest agony; and being convulsed in every part of 
the body, becomes a frightful object to behold. Vomit- 
ing finally ensues; a clammy sweat breaks out over his 
face and body; the pulse becomes small and intermit- 
tent, respiration difficult, and the poor sufferer sinks in 
the midst of the most awful sufferings. 

Treatment. — Numerous remedies have been recom- 
mended for the cure of this terrible disease, many of 



MADNESS CANINE. 193 

which have been regarded as specifics. The chickweed, 
{alsine media,) water plantain, (alisma plantago*.) scarlet 
pimperel, (anagallis arvensis\ ,) the ash-colored ground 
liverwort, (lichen caninusX,) skull-cap, valerian, camphor, 
and carbonate of ammonia, have all been highly 
extolled for their virtues in the cure of hydrophobia. 
Besides these, a number of poisonous articles have also 
been recommended, the most prominent of which are 
the following: mercury||, arsenic, copper filings, strych- 
nine, {mix vomica}) nightshade, jimson-weed, poke-root, 
tobacco, Spanish flies, &c. 

But with all these boasted remedies, it has been 
declared by very many, that nothing but the knife or 
the actual cauter}^ {burning, or cutting out the wound}) 
will promise any certainty of cure; while, on the other 
hand, some have affirmed that even excision or ampu- 
tation is unsafe to be relied upon. Now, the truth may 
be found just between those notions : it is certain that 
excision or cauterization, though very severe and unne- 
cessary operations, would, if well practised immediately 
on the occurrence of the bite, be pretty certain to be 
effectual; while it is equally certain, that if the bite is 
not cut out until after the poison has become diffused 
through the system, it will do no good whatever. 

" When we take," says Howard, " a survey of the 
empirical, contradictory, extravagant and pernicious 
means which have been used or recommended in the 
treatment of this terrible malady, we are forcibly driven 
to the reflection that the popular practice of medicine, 
as taught in the schools, was nothing more than a chaos 
of confusion — a tissue of error, and of dangerous and 
unprofitable experiment ; for, of all the various and 
contradictory modes of treatment, recommended by dif- 
ferent authors, whether of stimulating or depleting, of 
relaxing or exciting, of burning or cutting, of warm 



* This article, as a prophylactic against hydrophobia, gained great 
popularity in Russia. 

f This is one of the oldest remedies for this disease ; both Galen 
and ^tius recommended it. 

I The celebrated Dr. Mead asserts, that in more than one hun- 
dred instances he prevented the disease by the use of this remedy. 

|| The noted remedy of Dr. Merchant, consisted principally of the 
eubsulphate of mercury and the chickweed. 
13 



194 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

bathing or cold bathing, nothing as yet is known to the 
learned authors of medicine, which can be relied upon 
as a certain cure. As Dr. Good observes, 'our curative 
practice is still unfortunately all afloat, and we have 
neither helm to steer by, nor compass to direct our 
course. There is, indeed,' continues he, 'no disease for 
which so many ltemedies have been devised, and none 
in which the mortifying character of vanity of vanities 
has been so strikingly written upon all of them.' 

" A new era has, however, taken place in the annals 
of medical science ; the practice of medicine has become 
established upon new and correct principles ; the means 
of cure have been investigated and improved; while, at 
the same time, the powers of the physician to control 
disease have become augmented and multiplied. There 
is good reason to believe that the lobelia inflata will be 
found a certain remedy for this terrific disease, as the 
few trials which have been made of it,* give strong 
proofs of its powers, and high promise of its future use- 
fulness." 

Vapor Bath. — It is stated that the great utility of the 
vapor bath in the cure of hydrophobia, was discovered 
in France by the following singular incident : Dr. 
Buisson, having pressing symptoms of hydrophobia, 
and despairing of a cure, selected the vapor bath as the 
easiest means of his death. The vapor was raised to a 
heat of one hundred and twenty-six degrees Fahrenheit: 
the doctor, taking leave of friends and all earthly objects, 
went into the bath to take his final exit; but, to his 
astonishment, instead of bringing on suffocation and 
death, it relieved his hydrophobic symptoms with sin- 
gular rapidity. Dr. Buisson, in the communication of 
his case to the Academy of Arts and Sciences at Paris, 
says that by the same means he had cured upward of 
eighty patients of hydrophobia, and intended to try it 
in cholera, plague, yellow fever and gout. 

The vapor bath has since fully established its char- 
acter as a prophylactic against this disease. It should 
be applied once every other day for two weeks, and, 
after this, for two weeks more, every second day. The 

* It has since been thoroughly tried in numerous instances. 



MADNESS CANINE. 195 

lobelia must be used in emetic doses immediately on 
coming out of the bath, as the relaxation produced by 
the vapor will much insure the good effects of this 
valuable medicine. 

Local Treatment. — In this disease the local treatment 
is a very important part : as soon as possible after the 
bite, the wound should be well washed out with the 
sour tincture of lobelia; and then a poultice made of 
equal parts of lobelia seed well pulverized, and slippery 
elm flour, mixed up with vinegar, must be applied and 
worn (replacing it by a fresh one every day,) on the 
wound until it is healed up. 

Nauseants. — The lobelia should be given once in two 
or three hours, in broken doses ; that is, in doses large 
enough to keep the stomach somewhat nauseated. 
The condition favorable to hydrophobia is entirely 
incompatible with the nausea of lobelia. 

Nervine Tonics. — The skull-cap and valerian should 
be taken in a tea, two or three times a day, with a view 
to defend the nerves against the morbific influence, 
which is very important, as the disease chiefly impli- 
cates the nervous system. 

The author cured two cases of the disease in 1845, 
simply with the sour* tincture of lobelia, given inter- 
nally, in nauseating doses, once in two or three hours, 
and applying it freely externally — using, at the same 
time, a strong tea of skull-cap and valerian. 



* It is important to observe the precaution of preparing the lobelia 
for this use, with vinegar instead of spirits, as the vinegar itself is 
a powerful prophylactic against this disease. In favor of its good 
effects in hydrophobia, we have the authority of Rhazes, among the 
ancients, and Werlhot, Bucholz, and Rust, among the moderns. 



196 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



MEASLES. 
(Rubeola.) 



This is a disease that is very common among chil- 
dren, prevailing some seasons in the character of an 
epidemic. 

Symptoms. — In the commencement, there is suffusion 
and running of water from the eyes and nostrils; 
sneezing, cough, and swelling of the eyes and face; 
with occasional shivering, cold in the back, and drowsi- 
ness. "An eruption first appears behind the ears, on 
the third or fourth day, spreading downward to the 
neck and forward to the chin, mouth, or forehead, but 
seldom shows itself on the body until a day or two 
after. The eruption speckles the skin somewhat like 
the bites of fleas, and is of a crimson color and not 
scarlet, as in scarlet fever. The crimson specks of 
measles arrange themselves in groups of irregular 
circles or crescents, and leave the skin between them of 
its natural color, which never occurs in scarlet fever. 
The great danger in measles does not arise from the 
abundance of the eruption, the severity of the fever, 
the oppressed breathing, nor the violence of the cough ; 
but almost wholly from the secondary inflammation 
that comes on, or, rather, after the fever or eruption 
have gone off, which usually happens in nine or ten 
days. Many children have this secondary stage pro- 
duced or increased, by cramming them with too strong- 
food when they are beginning to recover, with the false 
notion of strengthening them. It is no less absurd to 
dose the little patients, after measles, with purgatives, 
when their bowels are in proper order." — Abcrnclhy. 

The cause of measles evidently is contagion, although 
rare instances occur in which the disease arises without 
any chance of the agency of contagion. 

The disease which this resembles most, is scarlatina 
and here the diagnosis is sometimes difficult. 

The following table is given in Marshall Hall's Prac 
tice, showing the difference between the symptoms of 
scarlet fever and measles : 



197 



1 . The prevailing epidemic. 
Rubeola, [measles.'] | Scarlatina, [scarlet fever!] 

2. The latent period. 
From 10 to 14 days. From 1 to 6 days. 

3. Symptoms. 



Febrile catarrh, coryza, 
[running at the nose,] oph- 
thalmia, [inflammation of 
the eyes!] 

4. Appearance of the eruption 

On the fourth day. 



Febrile sore throat, great 
heat and tumidity of sur- 
face, nausea or vomiting. 



On the second day in S. 
simplex; third, in S. angi- 
nosa ; and later still, in S. 
maligna. 
5. Form of the eruption. 
Circular dots ; crescentic I Diffused. 
arcs, [growing circles.] 

6. The Indoles, [disposition or character!] 
Mostly inflammatory. ! Often typhoid, and espe- 
I dally in S. maligna. 
7. Principal complications. 



Affections of the ante- 
rior nares, the larynx, tra- 
chea, lungs, &c. 

8. Principal sequela 

Thoracic disease. 



Affections of the poste- 
rior nares, fauces, &c. 



Inflammatory anasarca ; 
meningitis, [inflammation 
of the membranes of the 
brain.] 

Measles are not generally attended with much danger, 
except when complicated with other diseases, or when 
the affection results in other complaints that are of a 
fatal tendency. Symptoms of disease in the breast 
and head, may be regarded as being at least tedious to 
manage. The same individual is liable to the affection 
but once. 



Treatment. — In mild cases of the disease, it is seldom 
necessary to use much medicine. Some gentle diapho- 
retic, such as chamomile, pennyroyal, thoroughwort, or 
the diaphoretic powders, may be used to keep out the 
eruption. In more difficult cases, it may become neces- 
sary to use more active means. Should there be much 



198 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

fever and pain, and the eruption not appear, or appear 
imperfectly, the patient must take some permanently 
stimulant and relaxant medicines, such as the following: 

# Lobelia herb, . } 

Thoroughwort, . > Equal parts. 
Seneca Snake-root, ) 

Pulverize and mix. It may be taken in molasses or 
some preserves, or it may be stirred into some hot water 
and sweetened, and then taken in suitable doses. This, 
with friction on the surface, will generally bring the 
determining powers to the surface, and fully develop 
the eruption.* 

Should the stomach be much out of order, an emetic 
may become necessary ; and if the bowels be consti- 
pated, they must be relieved by the use of enemas, as 
it is not best to employ much cathartic medicine in 
measles. When other diseases supervene, they must 
be treated according to the symptoms' that attend them. 



MELANCHOLY. 

{Hypochondriasis.') 



This is a very singular and distressing disease, affect- 
ing both the body and mind. It consists, essentially, of 
a deranged condition of the digestive organs and func- 
tions of nutrition ; thus giving rise to depression of the 
animal spirits, and a disturbed condition of the intel- 
lectual faculties. 

Hypochondria comes on with a sense of languor, 
listlessness, or want of resolution and activity with res- 
pect to any undertakings. The patient feels serious,, 

* The country people have a remedy that they call sheep saffron, 
by the use of which, they bring out the eruption with great success. 
Indeed, with this remedy, an old woman will treat more patients, 
and lose a less number, than the best physicians practicing after the 
old plan. But a remedy so filthy and disgusting, it is not designed 
here to recommend. A compound of carbonate of ammonia and 
the bitter snake-root, in equal parts, taken in proper doses, will 
answer perhaps equally well. 



MELANCHOLY. 1 99 

sad and timid; he is ever pondering on the ills and 
misfortunes of life; and, on the slightest grounds, he 
suspects evil, and from the most trivial events he takes 
alarm. He is particularly attentive to the state of his 
own health; and the smallest changes of feeling are 
regarded as indications of constitutional unsoundness. 
Any unusual sensation, however slight, he considers a 
premonitory symptom of approaching disease, if not the 
immediate forerunner of death. Sometimes he imagines 
that he is dying, or that he is actually dead ; and so 
strong and fixed is his notion, that he will not be per- 
suaded out of it, however great the pains taken. 

Treatment. — The medical treatment of patients 
affected with low spirits, should consist of such means 
as are calculated to improve the condition of the diges- 
tive organs. The various means, therefore, that are 
recommended for dyspepsia, under page 182, should be 
instituted. 

Frequent cold bathing is particularly advantageous 
in this affection. Occasional emetics, tonics, and laxa- 
tive bitters, are always required. The grand object is 
to keep the system free of obstruction, and the organs 
in good tone. 

Moral means. — It is always a matter of the greatest 
importance for the practitioner to secure the full and 
entire confidence of the patient. Every effort should 
be made to get the patient to believe that the means 
Used will cure him; and with a view to this, some 
important remedy — a celebrated arcanum — must be 
talked of; desires to get it must be frequently expressed 
in his presence, and, at the same time, doubts as to the 
possibility of procuring it may be evinced. Finally, 
however, the great desideratum is gained — the medi- 
cine is procured, and hence the cure will be certain. 
Together with other good and prompt treatment, some 
mild remedy, whose specific action is certain and well 
known, must now be given. The patient must be made 
to anticipate certain effects, and to be assured that if 
they take place, all will be well. This important 
remedy, for instance, may be a safe but active diuretic, 
or any innocent article that will stain the urine, or that 



200 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

will produce some other prominent or remarkable effect 
that may be safely predicted by the physician. 

Sometimes a cure may be effected by instituting some 
interesting, engrossing and absorbing scheme, as some 
mining speculation, or some important expedition, and 
thus isolating the attention and thoughts of the patient. 

Traveling is very beneficial to some. 

Moral and religious conversation is very beneficial, 
and if the patient's mind can thus be engaged and 
engrossed, it is entirely the best plan of treatment. 

Some very singular and amusing means have oc- 
casionally proved successful. The author heard ai 
instance related, of a hypochondriac patient, who livee. 
in this country at the time of its early settlements, and 
who, withal, had a most horrible dread of the Indians. 
The chief affliction of this individual, was his belief 
that his legs were glass. He never suffered himself to 
be moved, and his legs were even not to be handled, 
lest, by accident, they might be broken ! After keeping 
his room for a year or longer, he was at length pre- 
vailed on to take a visit to a neighboring house, with 
the assurance that the care he would have would insure 
the safety of the enterprise. A carriage was procured, 
the man with "glass legs" was carefully placed into it, 
when the driver proceeded with the greatest care. 
When about a mile from his home, a sham conversation 
with reference to some late depredations by the Indians, 
was introduced. The fears of the hypochondriac were 
soon aroused, so that he entirely forgot his glass legs. 
Soon they were to pass through a strip of woods, and as 
they drew near, the fears of the distressed man evi- 
dently became more and more pressing. The carriage 
had no sooner entered the woods, when five men, {pre- 
pared for the design,) in Indian habits, with rifles and 
tomahawks in hand, rushed from the hill-side with tre- 
mendous war-whoops, yells, and firing of their guns. 
One of the men in the carriage, who had risen up to 
make his escape, fell as dead to the ground, when the 
man with the glass legs leaped from the carriage and 
"took to his heels" and the Indians after him. But the 
stiff-legged man left them far in the rear; he was soon 
at his house, in a fine perspiration. — The means were 
successful. 



MELANCHOLY. 201 

The following, from Ewell's Medical Companion, are 
cases that are not without interest : 

"Some hypochondriacs have fancied themselves mis- 
erably afflicted in one way, and some in another — 
some have insisted that they were tea pots, and some 
that they were town clocks — this, that he had a big 
belly, and that his legs were glass — one, that he was 
extremely ill; and another, that he was actually dying. 
But 1 have never heard of any of this blue-devil class, 
whose extravagance ever yet came up to the following, 
which was related to me by my noble-hearted old friend, 
Dr. Stevenson, of Baltimore, whose very name always 
sounds in my ears as the summary of every manly virtue. 

" This hypochondriac, who, by the by, was a patient 
df Dr. Stevenson, after ringing the change on every 
mad conceit that ever tormented a crazy brain, would 
have it at last that he was dead, actually dead. Dr. 
Stevenson having been sent for one morning in great 
haste, by the wife of his patient, hastened to his bed- 
side, where he found him stretched out at full length, 
his hands across his breast, his great toes in contact, his 
eyes and mouth closely shut, and his looks cadaverous. 

" ' Well, sir, how do you do ? how do you do this 
morning?' asked Dr. Stevenson, in his blustering jocu- 
lar way, approaching his bed. ' How do I do ? ' replied 
the hypochondriac, faintly — 'a pretty question to ask a 
dead man.' 'Dead!' replied the Doctor. 'Yes, sir, 
dead, quite dead; I died last night about twelve o'clock.' 

" Quick as lightning, Dr. Stevenson caught his cue, 
which was to strike him on the string of his character; 
on which, the Doctor happily recollected, he was very 
tender. Having gently put his hand on the forehead 
of the hypochondriac, as if to ascertain whether it was 
cold, and also felt his pulse, he exclaimed, in doleful 
note, 'Yes, the poor man is dead enough — it is all over 
with him, and now the sooner he can be buried the 
setter ' Then stepping up to his wife, and whispering 
her not to be frightened at the measures he was about 
to take, he called to the servant, ' My poor boy, your 
poor master is dead, and the sooner he can be put in 

the ground the better. Run to Mr. C m, for I know 

he always keeps New England coffins by him, ready 
made; and, do you hear, bring a coffin of the largest 



'ZWZ DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

size, for your master makes a stout corpse, and having 
died last night, and the weather warm, he will soon 
begin to smell.' 

Away went the servant, and soon returned with a 
proper coffin. The wife and family having got their 
lesson from the Doctor, gathered around him, and 
howled no little, while they were putting the body in 
the coffin. Presently, the pall-bearers, who were 
quickly provided and let into the secret, started with 
the hypochondriac for the church -yard. They had not 
gone far before they were met by one of the towns- 
people, who, having been properly drilled by the face- 
tious Stevenson, cried out, ' Ah, Doctor ! what poor soul 
have you got there?' 

'"Poor Mr. B ,' sighed the Doctor, 'left us last 

night.' 

" ' Great pity he had not left us twenty years ago,' 
replied the other, 'for he was a bad man.' 

" Presently another of the townsmen met them with 
the same question, ' And what poor soul have you got 
there, Doctor?' 

'"Poor Mr. B ,' answered the Doctor again, 'is 

dead.' 

" ' Ah ! indeed ! ' said the other. ' And so the devil 
has got his own at last.' 

" ' Oh, villain ! ' exclaimed the man in the coffin, ' if 1 
was not dead, how I would pay you for that.' 

" Soon after this, while the pall- bearers were resting 
themselves near the church-yard, another one stepped 
up with the old question again, 'What poor soul have 
you got there, Doctor ? ' 

" ' Poor Mr. B ,' he replied, ' is gone.' 

" ' Yes, and to h- 11,' said the other, ' fcr if he is not 
gone there, I see not what use there is for such a place.' 

" Here the dead man, bursting off the lid of the coffin, 
which had been purposely left loose, leaped out, exclaim 
ing, ' Oh, you villain ! I am gone to h— 11, am I ? \A~ell, 
I have come back again to pay such ungrateful rascals 
as you are.' 

A race was immediately commenced between the 
dead man and the living, to the petrifying consternation 
of many of the spectators, at sight of a corpse bursting 
from the coffin, and in all the horrors of the winding- 



MELANCHOLY. 203 

sheet, racing through the streets. After having exer- 
cised himself into a copious perspiration by this fantastic 
chase, the hypochondriac was brought home by Dr. Ste- 
venson, freed of all his complaints. And by strength- 
ening food, generous wine, cheerful company, and 
moderate exercise, was soon restored to perfect health. 

" To demonstrate further, the happy effects of posses- 
sing quick wit, 'to shoot folly as it flies,' I will cite 
another case of Hypochondriasm, which came under 
the care of that philanthropic and learned physician, 
the late Dr. Crawford, of Baltimore, who, in everything 
that was amiable and good, was not unlike his intimate 
friend, Dr. Stevenson. 

" A certain hypochondriac, who, for a long time, fan- 
cied himself dying of a liver complaint, was advised by 
Dr. Crawford to make a journey to the state of Ohio. 
After an excursion of three months, he returned home, 
apparently in good health ; but upon receiving informa- 
tion of the death of a twin brother, who had actually 
died of a scirrhus liver, he immediately took the stag- 
gers, and, falling down, roared out that he was dead, 
and had, as he always expected, died of a liver com- 
plaint. Dr. Crawford being sent for, immediately 
attended, and asked the hypochondriac how he could 
be dead, seeing he could talk. But still he would have 
it that he was actually dead. Whereupon, the sagacious 
doctor exclaimed, ' Oh, yes, the gentleman is certainly 
dead, and it is more than probable that his liver was the 
death of him. However, to ascertain the fact, I will 
hasten to cut him open before putrefaction takes place.' 
And thereupon, getting a carving knife, and whetting it 
as a butcher would to open a dead calf, he stepped up 
to him and began to open his waistcoat, when the hypo- 
chondriac, horribly frightened, leaped up with the agility 
of a rabbit, and crying out, ' Murder ! murder ! murder ! ' 
ran ofT with a speed that would have defied a score of 
doctors to catch him. After running a considerable 
distance, until he was almost exhausted, he halted; and 
not finding the doctor at his heels, soon became com- 
posed. From that period, this gentleman was never 
known to complain of his liver; nor had he, for bettei 
than twenty years afterward, any symptom of thia 
disease " 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



MILK SICKNESS. 



In some sections of Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana, and 
Illinois, an affection prevails, which from its cause and 
symptoms, is variously named, milk sickness, puking 
complaint, and trembles. The disease is caused indi- 
rectly by a poisonous plant, which being eaten by 
cattle, thus communicates its poison to the milk, as 
well as to the flesh of the animal, which when eaten 
by the people, gives rise to the disease. 

Symptoms. — " Milk sickness usually comes on with 
lassitude and weariness, with a sense of great exhaus- 
tion, and trembling from slight exertions ; the breath is 
very offensive, having a peculiar and disagreeable 
smell. Obstinate costiveness either accompanies or 
succeeds these symptoms, which is soon followed by 
sickness at the stomach, and vomiting; and great dis- 
tress, with a burning sensation at the stomach." If the 
disease is not checked, it will soon bring on great 
debility, which is generally attended with a singular 
trembling. 

Treatment. — The symptoms readily suggest the treat- 
ment most appropriate in this affection. Thorough 
emetics are particularly indicated. The anti-spasmodic 
tincture, or the lobelia in powder with the nervine 
tonic, in equal portions, will be better in this disease 
than the lobelia alone. When the stomach is well 
cleansed, the next object should be to relieve the 
bowels from the pressing constipation, that is always 
attendant on the disease. For this purpose, injections 
are necessary. Among the best preparations for this 
use, is the following : 

]£ Soft soap, 1 table spoonful, 

Common cathartic, 1 tea spoonful, 
Lobelia, £ " 

Capsicum, ^ " 

Scald in a pint of water, and administer at once while 
warm. The injections must be repeated at short inter- 
vals, until the desired effect is produced. In the mean- 



MORTIFICATION. 205 

time, a dose of some safe but active cathartic should 
be given. 

Charcoal. — In this disease, prepared charcoal is one 
of the best remedies, and should be used in proper 
doses, once in three or four hours during the entire 
treatment, after the lobelia has done its duty. 

External Applications. — The oil of spearmint or 
peppermint, applied over the region of the stomach, 
will be very good to quiet the irritation of this organ. 
If the oil of" the mints is not at hand, the herb, bruised 
and scalded, may be applied, first sprinkling the surface 
with some capsicum. 

Tonics. — As soon as the symptoms give way, the 
use of tonics must be commenced, and continued until 
the strength is again restored. The bitter and nervine 
tonics may be used, in equal portions, three times a 
day, in tea spoonful doses. 



MORTIFICATION. 



Mortification is usually divided by writers into two 
stages, gangrene and sphacelus* It is generally calcu- 
lated that gangrene is within the reach of medicine, 
while the parts affected with sphacelus are absolutely 
beyond the control of all remedies. 

Mortification simply means the death of a part, and 
may take place in any part of the body. When it im- 
plicates the bones, it is usually called necrosis or caries. 
When mortification is about to take place in a part, 
the affected structure loses its sensibility, it becomes 
cold, the blood ceases to circulate, and absorption is 
suspended. The process by which these changes are 

* " When any part of the body loses all motion, sensibility, and 
natural heat, and becomes of a brown livid or black color, it is 
said to be affected with sphacelus. When the part becomes a cold, 
black, fibrous, senseless substance, it is termed a slough. As 
long as any sensibility, motion, and warmth, continue, the state 
of the disorder ia eaid to be gangrene." 



206 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

accomplished, is usually progressive, but is much gov- 
erned by the soundness of the constitution, the violence 
of the exciting causes, and still more by the nature or 
structure of the affected part. Thus mortification, in 
some parts, takes place in a few hours, whilst, in 
others, it does not make its appearance for several 
weeks, or even months, after the parts have first be- 
come diseased, and active inflammation has set in. 
"The cellular, cutaneous, and mucous, may be enu- 
merated as the textures which are more frequently 
seized with mortification than any other ; and it is 
worthy of remark that these are parts that are ex- 
tremely well supplied with blood, especially the two 
latter. Nevertheless in the skin and cellular substance, 
this event takes place most frequently in situations 
which are remote from the central organ of the circu- 
lation, as on the hands, feet, and posterior portions of 
the trunk. In the mucous system, the parts most liable 
to mortification are the gums, the inside of the cheeks, 
the tonsils, the colon, the inferior third of the ileum, 
the urinary bladder, and the lining membrane of the 
vulva. The serous membranes, muscles, ligaments, 
tendons, aponeuroses, and cartilages, are rarely affected 
in this way ; and the same remark holds good in refer- 
ence to the arteries, veins, and absorbents. The three 
latter of these' structures, indeed, seem to possess a 
most astonishing conservative power, and hence it is 
not uncommon to find them retain their integrity in 
the midst of the sphacelated part. In malignant scar- 
let fever, attended with mortification of the tonsils and 
upper part of the neck, I have several times seen the 
carotid go on in the performance of its function, and 
the individual recover, notwithstanding the detachment. 
of immense sloughs of the skin and cellular substance; 
and similar phenomena have often been witnessed in 
mortification of the inferior extremities." — Gross. 

Mortification is almost universally preceded by in- 
flammation ; and the hight of the inflammatory action 
will sometimes furnish us with a pretty certain index 
to the nearness of its approach. " Hiccough," says 
Sir Astley Cooper, " is the characteristic sign of gan- 
grene, in whatever part of the body it is situated. The 
fact is, when gangrene arises from a diseased stale of 



MORTIFICATION. 20? 

the constitution, the stomach is extremefy deranged, 
and this derangement is followed by a spasmodic con- 
traction of the diaphragm, producing hiccough." 

Any cause which prevents the entrance of arterial 
blood, will give rise to mortification. This fact is ex- 
emplified in the occurrence of strangulated hernia, in 
the application of ligatures, &c. Poisons, excessive 
lacerations, extreme cold or heat, great pressure, and 
paralysis in debilitated habits, are frequent causes of 
the death of parts. 

Treatment. — The most important indication in the 
general treatment, is to maintain the free circulation 
of the blood, as it is upon this fluid that the vitality of 
ever}'" part is dependent. Capsicum, compound tincture 
of myrrh, or any other of the permanent stimulants, 
must be taken in large and frequent doses. Stimula- 
ting liniments with lively friction, should be applied to 
the entire body. Should this treatment not increase 
the volume and frequency of the pulse, the vapor bath 
must be applied two or three times a day, in addition 
to the other means. 

Local Treatment. — When the affected parts are situ- 
ated externally, a poultice, made of the dregs of myrrh, 
sprinkled over with capsicum, must be immediately 
applied, and renewed every three hours, or its use 
should be alternated with that of a poultice made of 
the diaphoretic powders, with wheat or rye flour 
enough to give it adhesiveness. Before this is applied, 
its surface should likewise be sprinkled with capsicum, 
or pulverized cloves or cinnamon. At each renewal or 
change of the poultices, the parts should be saturated 
with the an ti- spasmodic tincture, or the compound tinc- 
ture of myrrh. 

The pyroligneous acid, is perhaps the most active 
antiseptic that we possess, and if it is at hand, should 
always be preferred to our less active agents. The 
acid should be freely applied three or four times a day, 
by means of a feather, cloth, or sponge. A cataplasm 
of charcoal and yeast, is excellent in mortification. 

When mortification is threatened in the internal 
organs, as in the bowels and stomach, the same medi- 



208 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

cines may be taken internally, as per stomach, and by 
injection. The pyroligneous acid, which is very anal- 
ogous to vinegar and equally safe to take, should be 
used, of proper strength, three or four times a day. 
Charcoal, compound tincture of myrrh, and capsicum, 
must likewise be freely used. 



MUMPS. 
{Parotitis.) 

This is an affection of the parotid glands, which are 
situated below the ears and immediately behind the 
angles of the jaws. The disease is contagious, and is 
sometimes known to prevail epidemically. 

Mumps usually occurs but once in the same indi- 
vidual ; but it sometimes happens that only the gland 
on one side is affected, which will not prevent the oc- 
currence of the affection on the other side, at some 
future period. 

Children and young persons, are most liable to 
this disease. 

The mumps is not a dangerous disease, though by 
taking cold a feverish state of the system may be pro- 
duced, and the affection may become translated to 
other glands of the body ; thus in the male it may 
attack the testes, and in the female, the mamae or 
breasts. When this takes place, the case may require 
special and careful attention. The glands affected 
usually swell very much, but the skin is not discolored. 
The swelling, in ordinary cases, continues increasing 
until about the fourth or fifth day, when it will again 
gradually subside. 

Treatment. — It is seldom the case that much medi- 
cine is necessary in this affection. The parls should, 
however, be kept warm, by wearing flannels around 
them, and some mild diaphoretic teas may be drank. 
But should the disease prove severe, such remedies as 
are applicable in other inflammatory affections, should 
be used. The feet may be bathed in a pail of warm 
water. A strong tea of prickly- ash bark and wild 



NIGHTMARE. 209 

marjoram should be drank freely, while the bowels are 
kept open by the use of laxatives. 

The local means to be used, are also about the same 
as for other inflammatory affections. A poultice made 
by scalding equal parts of fine slippery elm bark and 
flour, with a sufficient quantity of water to form the 
poultice of a proper consistence, is very good. When 
the pain is severe, a little fine camphor and lobelia 
herb, maybe sprinkled on the surface of the cataplasm. 
Liniments made of lobelia, camphor, and ammonia, as 
strong as the affected parts will bear, are also good. 



NIGHTMARE. 

{Incubus.') 



This is an affection that only comes on during sleep ; 
and consists of an interrupted condition of the func- 
tions of respiration and the circulation. The brain 
being thus disturbed, gives rise to frightful dreaming. 
The difficulty of breathing, and the smothering at the 
heart, will generally occasion the presentment of dan- 
ger from violence, as from the intrusion of an assassin, 
a furious wild beast, or perhaps some demoniac influ- 
ence. 

The difficulty generally arises from indigestion, which 
causes distension of the stomach and bowels, by the 
gases or wind that is eliminated by the attending fer- 
mentation, and which thus pressing against the dia- 
phragm, crowds the viscera of the chest, so as to 
produce the oppression already named. A diseased 
condition of the liver and spleen, and constipation of 
the bowels, will also sometimes occasion the night- 
mare. In persons predisposed to the affection, an 
attack is almost sure to be brought on by taking a 
heavy meal immediately on going to bed. Nervous 
irritability, great anxiety of mind, grief, despondency, 
intense thought, and late hours, are also favorable to it. 

The attack generally comes on gradually, and lasts 
usually for several hours ; the patient lies, often with- 
out the power of motion or of speaking, groaning and 
smothering, and evinces the greatest agony. 
14 



210 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Treatment. — To overcome the attack or paroxysm, 
it is generally only necessary to awaken the individual 
out of his sleep, when he will soon be entirely relieved. 
But to prevent the return of the complaint, attention 
to the digestive organs will be necessary. If the stom- 
ach is much out of order, an emetic will become neces- 
sary. The bowels should be kept free with laxative 
bitters. The shower bath, taken two or three times a 
week, is an excellent remedy. The nervine tonic, cas- 
carilla, and various other simple articles, will be found 
useful. 



OBSTRUCTED MENSTRUATION. 

(Amenorrhea.) 

Treatment. — The various emenagogues, found in 
materia medica, will all be found useful ; some individ- 
uals will find more benefit from one article, and some 
from another. Among the most useful and certain 
emenagogues is the black cohosh, which should be well 
dried and used in a tea, as much as the patient can 
take without producing headache and dizziness. 

The emenagogue infusion, if taken freely at the 
proper time, will be found an excellent preparation for 
this difficulty. While using it, the feet should be 
well bathed in warm water, before a hot fire, the 
patient being surrounded with a blanket, and drinking 
some tincture of myrrh or some other warming medi- 
cine to promote perspiration. 

Stimulating bitters are clearly indicated, and as a 
remedy of this kind, the following is a good example : 

R Motherwort, 2 ounces, 

Cascarilla, or Poplar bark,. 1 ounce, 

Wild Ginger, 2 ounces, 

Black Cohosh, 2 " 

Capsicum, 1 ounce. 

Pulverize and mix. For use, one ounce should be 
scalded in a pint of boiling water, strained and sweet- 
ened, and drank through the course of a day. 

The various oxides of iron are very good for this 
disease. The common iron rust or iron filings may be 
taken in molasses in half tea spoonful doses. 



PALPITATION OF THE HEART. 211 



PALPITATION OF THE HEART. 

" An irregular beating and fluttering motion of the 
heart, very frequently attends dyspepsia, sick-headache, 
neuralgia, asthma, consumption, hysteria, gout, consti- 
tutional debility, and in persons of nervous tempera- 
ment, it is frequently occasioned by any slight derange- 
ment of the system. The use of strong coffee, tobacco, 
an oppressed condition of the stomach from food that 
is hard of digestion, grief, anxiety, or any sudden emo- 
tion of the mind, will, in some, occasion irregular 
throbbing and fluttering motions of the heart." 

The beating of the heart is sometimes so violent, 
that it may readily be perceived by the eye or even the 
ear of a by-stander. The affection is usually attended 
with a difficulty of breathing, paleness of the coun- 
tenance, and a purple color of the lips. 

These symptoms are, however, not always the effects 
of functional derangement ; but may result from or- 
ganic disease of the heart or its large vessels. When 
this is the case, it is generally very difficult to cure. 

Treatment. — When the palpitation is symptomatic 
of some other affection, it will generally give way to 
the means appropriate to those affections. When there 
seems to be little other disturbance of the body, the 
difficulty may generally be relieved by one or two 
good doses of the nervine tincture, or of the tincture 
of assafoetida. 

The stomach and bowels in this affection, must 
always be kept in good order by appropriate means ; 
and should any irregularities in the circulation occur, 
these must also receive prompt attention. The symp- 
toms must point out the means that should be used, 
whether they ought to be relaxants, stimulants, or 
evacuants. 

The use of capsicum, with an occasional dose of the 
nervine tincture, will be found very good to prevent 
palpitation of the heart. The nervine preparation 
recommended for hysterics, will also be found quite 
useful in this complaint. 



212 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



PALSY. 

(Paralysis.) 

When the sensation, or voluntary motion of a part 
of the body is impaired or lost, the part is said to be 
palsied. In rare cases, the sensation and the power 
of motion are both destroyed at the same time. 

Palsy usually attacks only one side of the body, and 
often only a portion of this, as a limb, shoulder, or 
hip. Sometimes, however, parts of both sides may be 
attacked together. 

When palsy occurs in the whole of one side of the 
body, it is called hemiplegia; if both the inferior ex- 
tremities, from the hips downward, are paralyzed, it is 
called paraplegia; and when only some one particular 
part is affected, it is usually called paralysis partialis, 
by authors. 

The disease usually comes on suddenly, with the 
immediate loss of sensation or motion, or both ; but in 
some instances this is preceded by a numbness, cold- 
ness, and paleness, and sometimes by slight convulsive 
twitches. When the head is much affected, the eye 
and mouth are occasionally drawn to one side, the 
memory and other mental functions are impaired, and 
the speech is indistinct and incoherent. When the 
extremities are affected, and the disease is of long du- 
ration, there is often considerable flacidity and wasting 
of the muscles of the limbs. 

Palsy is caused by injuries or affections of the brain, 
spinal marrow, or of the nerves themselves. Hemi- 
plegia is generally produced by affections of the brain ; 
paraplegia, by those of the spinal marrow; and paral- 
ysis partialis, by disease or injuries of the nerves of 
the part. 

Treatment. — Immediately on the attack of palsy, the 
body should be well bathed with the stimulating lini- 
ment, which ought to be applied with considerable fric- 
tion ; then the patient, after taking a dose or two of a 
strong tea of capsicum, should be placed in the vapor 
bath. The heat of the bath must be gradually raised, 



PILES. 213 

until it is as high as is comfortable for the patient.* 
After a free perspiration is produced, the patient must 
be taken out, and after being well rubbed and dried 
with a coarse towel, he should have another bathing 
of the liniment, and then be placed in bed, with a hot 
stone to the feet. A strong tea, made of equal parts 
of capsicum, valerian, and skullcap, should now be 
drank freely, so as to produce a general perspiration. 

The affected parts should now be well bathed with 
the stimulating liniment or the bathing drops, as often 
as once in four or five hours ; and once a day, some 
of the rubefacient oil, mixed with an equal quantity of 
the extract of Peruvian bark, or of quinine, should be 
applied to the paralyzed parts, and the tract of the 
nerves leading to them. 

This course of treatment should be renewed every 
day, until permanent relief is obtained. It is well to 
keep the parts warm between the bathings, by means 
of flannels. 

Rubbing the parts well along the course of the 
nerves, and also the spine, will sometimes prove very 
beneficial. 

In cases of partial paralysis, a cure may generally 
be effected by the simple use of the liniments, and 
stimulating nervine teas. 



PILES. 

(Hemorrhoids.) 

The pile is a very common affection of the veins of 
the rectum, which occurs in both sexes, and in all 
classes of society. 

The patient first experiences a singular itching and 
uneasiness about the parts, which is soon followed by 
an enlargement of the veins, causing tumors that are 
filled with dark blood. These tumors, which are some- 

* Care must be taken during the use of the bath, so as not to 
raise the heat too high, as the patient will sometimes not be able to 
judge the temperature, from the loss of sensation ; and this remark 
will also apply to the use of hot stones, or other hot applications to 
the diseased parts. 



214 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

times from three to six in number, are extremely pain- 
ful, particularly on going to stool. 

When the bowels are in a constipated state, it is 
often very difficult to procure a passage, owing to the 
obstruction produced by the tumors ; but the attendant 
irritation brings on tenesmus and bearing down, which 
forces down the hardened passages, often bringing 
•with them the tumors when they are situated low in 
the bowel. If they are large, they will usually remain 
without, and thus prove a source of great annoyance. 
But the tumors frequently burst, and thus will bleed 
sometimes very profusely. 

When the piles bleed, they are called open or bleeding 
piles, and when they do not, they receive the name of 
blind piles. When the tumors are situated high up in 
the rectum or bowel, they are called internal piles, 
while those that are pushed down without, are called 
external piles. 

Piles are occasioned by a relaxed condition of the 
parts, which may arise from the use of drastic purga- 
tives, particularly those that spend their influence 
chiefly on the lower part of the intestines, such as 
aloes, and the most of the pills now offered to the 
public. Habitual costiveness, sedentary habits, and 
heavy lifting, may also bring them on. 

Piles are seldom dangerous, unless they become so 
from the excessive loss of blood that they sometimes 
occasion. 

Treatment. — Recent cases of piles may soon be 
relieved by the use of astringent injections. The 
bowels must, however, always be kept regular by the 
use of proper diet, or by means of the laxative bitters. 

Old and confirmed cases of piles are sometimes con- 
siderably difficult to cure. In the treatment of these, 
it is necessary, in the first place, to get the bowels into 
a good condition by the use of laxatives, and laxative 
enemas. The use of astringent injections must then be 
commenced, and continued three or four times a day. 
In the meantime the pile ointment must be applied by 
smearing it on a rag or bit of linen, which should then 
be introduced into the bowel, and left to remain until 
the syringe is used, when it should be renewed. 



PLAGUE. 215 

Sometimes the tumors grow hard and very irritable, 
and in this state will not readily yield to the foregoing 
treatment. When this is the case, it is sometimes best 
to touch them slightly with some moistened caustic 
potash, two or three times a day, for a day or two, 
and then, after washing them off with an astringent 
preparation, heal them up with the stramonium, or 
pile ointment. 



PLAGUE. 

(Pestis.) 

The plague is an oriental disease, infesting the east- 
ern borders of the Mediterranean ; but it seems not to 
be confined to these parts, as we have in history some 
deplorable accounts of its ravages at Marseilles, Mos- 
cow, London, and elsewhere. Egypt, Asia Minor and 
Greece seem to have suffered most from this dreadful 
disease. In the days of Hypocrates, it made dreadful 
ravages at Athens, and the unprecedented success of 
that individual, in the management of this epidemic, 
did much in gaining for him his immortal character. 

It appears that the plague possesses many of the 
characteristics of a typhus affection. But some late 
writers class it among the exanthematous diseases ; yet 
even this does not argue much against its being typhus, 
as typhus fever, as well as typhoid, are often attended 
with considerable eruption. The eruption of this dis- 
ease consists of pustules, carbuncles, and buboes of a 
white, livid, or even black color.* 

The disease is usually ushered in with a sense of lan- 
guor, lassitude and chills, but is soon followed with an 



* A grade of continued fever occurs in this country, commonly 
ca.led cold plague, congestive fever, &c, which has been associated 
with this disease by some physicians, but without just reason. The 
treatment of congestive fever differs little from that of the malignant 
grade of remittent, with which it is identical. The local hyperemia, 
or congestions, may, however, need special attention, and may gen- 
erally be obviated by equalizing the circulation, together with the 
use of counter-irritants. 



216 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

intolerable heat, almost consuming to the entrails. 
There is intense headache, which is most severe in the 
temples ; the tongue is usually much swollen, (which is 
by some considered a marked symptom of the plague,) 
and is covered with a white fur, glistening in the centre. 
A remarkable staggering generally sets in, in the early 
part of the disease, and ofttimes the patient is seized 
with violent delirium, which sometimes sets in soon 
after the attack commences. There is considerable 
pain in the region of the heart and stomach ; vomiting 
is likewise a very common symptom, which is attended 
with a sense of faintness and sinking. The countenance 
becomes haggard, and the features distorted, presenting 
a hideous appearance. The skin is dry and harsh, and 
the pulse accelerated, but small and contracted, and 
ranges from 115 to 130 to the minute. Respiration is 
laborious, and the speech indistinct and tremulous. 
Darting pains are experienced in various parts of the 
body, but especially in the axilla and groins, producing 
in those parts carbuncles and buboes, according to the 
tissues that become affected. The strength generally 
declines with terrible rapidity, and the patient sinks 
with the deepest anguish and despair into the arms of 
death. 

Treatment. — Awful as this disease is, it nevertheless 
admits of successful medication. After raging through 
Egypt, Lybia, Persia, Syria, Cyprus, Lemnos, and other 
isles of the great sea, the plague seemed to pour with 
tremendous fury into Greece, and to threaten the entire 
depopulation of Athens. The eloquent Robinson 
describes the suffering of the inhabitants thus : " The 
diseased were first smitten in the head ; from this, the 
malady passed down through the whole body, leaving 
in one shapeless, ruined mass, that noble form divine. 
But the sufferers seldom waited for this terrible .'atas- 
trophe ; but, in the beginning, in the fury of distraction, 
plunged into wells, rivers, and the sea, to quench the 
consuming fire which devoured within them ! " And 
yet, at this dreadful juncture of ruin, Athens was deliv- 
ered by a single man — the immortal Hippocrates, who, 
as with Egyptian magic, stayed at once the traveling 
besom. 



POISONING. 217 

The proper treatment of plague varies little from that 
for yellow fever, but should always be prompt and vig- 
orous. Bathing, above all other means, seems to have 
been of the most benefit in the treatment of this dread- 
ful malady. Hippocrates depended chiefly on this, and 
the free use of stimulants. It is said, that by an ele- 
vated temperature the morbific contagion causing the 
disease may be destroyed ; and does this not give some 
useful hints in favor of hot bathing? This doctrine is 
well corroborated by the conduct of that chief of physi- 
cians already mentioned, in staying the progress of this 
malady at Athens ; he built large fires in all the streets 
and alleys in the city, evidently thus to heat and purify 
the air; and this, together with the use of the baths, 
stimulants and tonics, were, indeed, the principal means 
employed on this occasion. But if the treatment 
recommended for yellow or typhus fever be persever- 
ingly instituted in the management of plague, reason- 
able success may well be expected. 



POISONING. 

Poisoning may happen from accident or design, and 
may be produced by a great variety of agents found in 
the mineral, vegetable and animal kingdoms. Poisons 
are generally divided into six classes, viz: 1, the corro- 
sive or escharotic ; 2, the astringent ; 3, the acrid; 4, the 
narcotic and stupefying ; 5, the narcotico - acrid ; and 6, the 
septic or putrescent. 

As there are some important peculiarities attendant 
on a number of the most prominent poisons, it is best 
to consider those separately. 

Mercury and its preparations. — Dr. Pareira, of Lon- 
don, who has treated on the poisonous effects of mer- 
cury at length, states : " When large doses of some of 
the soluble salts of mercury have been swallowed, 
gastro-enteritis [inflammation of the stomach and bowels'] is 
produced. The patient complains of an acrid styptic 
taste in the mouth, and a feeling of burning and tight- 
ness in the throat ; the face is usually flushed and some- 
times swelled; violent vomiting and purging (frequently 



218 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

of bloody matters) soon come on, the vomiting being 
increased by everything taken into the stomach ; often- 
times there is irritation of the urinary passages, and 
sometimes even suppression of the urine; the pulse is 
small, frequent and contracted; the respiration difficult; 
the extremities cold. In some cases, salivation is pro- 
duced : this seldom comes on during the first twenty- 
four hours, and is not often delayed beyond the fourth 
day. Toward the termination of the case, some indi- 
cations of disorder of the cercbro- spinal system comes on, 
such as slight drowsiness and stupor, or even coma; 
tremors and twitchings of the muscles, and sometimes 
even violent convulsions ; in some cases, paraplegia. 
These symptoms terminate in death. Post-mortem 
examination discovers inflammation (and its conse- 
quences) of the gastro-intestinal membrane." 

The following description of poisoning by the muriate 
of mercury is given by Dr. Wood in the United States' 
Dispensatory : " Swallowed in poisonous doses, it pro 
duces burning heat in the throat, excruciating pain in 
the stomach and bowels, excessive thirst, anxiety, nau- 
sea, and frequent retching with vomiting of bloody 
mucus, diarrhoea, and sometimes bloody stools, small 
and frequent pulse, cold sweats, general debility, diffi- 
cult respiration, cramps in the extremities, faintings, 
insensibility, convulsions, and death. The mucous 
membrane of the stomach exhibits, on dissection, all the 
signs which mark the action of a violent corrosive 
poison." 

Salivation. — Mercury frequently exhibits its most vio- 
lent effects on the mouth and throat, in producing what 
is technically called ptyalism. "The first observable 
effects of mercury in inducing ptyalism are a coppery 
taste in the mouth, a slight soreness of the gums, and 
an unpleasant sensation in the sockets of the teeth 
when the jaws are firmly closed. Shortly afterward 
the gums begin to swell, a line of whitish matter is 
seen along their edges, and the breath is affected with 
a peculiar and very disagreeable smell, called the mer- 
curial fetor. The saliva, at the same time, begins to 
flow; and if the affection proceeds, the gums, tongue, 
throat and face are much swollen; ulcerations attack 



POISONING. 219 

the lining membrane of the mouth and fauces ; the jaws 
become excessively painful; the tongue is coated with 
a thick, whitish fur; and the saliva flows in streams 
from the mouth. It occasionally happens, that the 
affection thus induced in the mouth proceeds to a dan- 
gerous extent, inducing extensive ulcerations, gangrene, 
and even haemorrhage." 

A case of salivation came under the notice of the 
author, in which the entire cheek was mortified, being 
almost perfectly black from the nose to the ear, and 
from the prominence of the malarum to the angle of 
the jaw. The sides of the neck were also black, as 
well as several places on the body. In this situation, 
the child lived several days and nights in the greatest 
agony. Cases of very extensive sloughing of various 
parts of the mouth and throat, are not of unfrequent 
occurrence. The author assisted, a short time since, in 
a plastic operation for a new cheek, where the soft parts 
of one side of the face, from the prominence of the 
cheek down to the neck, had been entirely sloughed 
away from the effects of mercury. 

The sloughing and ulceration of the mouth and 
throat often continue until the bones become im- 
plicated ; the teeth loosen and fall out ; the gums 
decay, and the bones of the face rot away; and thus 
sometimes there is produced the most hideous de- 
formity. 

" A very frequent consequence," says Dr. Pareira, 
" of excessive mercurial salivation, and the attendant 
ulceration and sloughing, is contraction of the mucous 
membrane in the neighborhood of the anterior arches 
of the palate, whereby the patient is prevented from 
opening the mouth, except to a very slight extent. I 
have met with several such cases. In one, (that of a 
female,) it followed the use of a few grains of blue 
pill, administered for a liver complaint. The patient 
remains unable to open her mouth wider than half an 
inch. Several operations have been performed by dif- 
ferent surgeons, and the contracted parts freely divided, 
but the relief was only temporary. In another instance, 
(that of a child four years of age,) it was produced by a 
few grains of calomel. Though several years have 
elapsed since, the patient is obliged to suck his food 



■ 

220 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

through the spaces left between the jaws by the loss of 
the alveolar process." 

Ercthismus. — This affection, which is commonly 
called mercurial disease, is not an uncommon attendant 
of the use of mercury even in common practice. It 
comes on with great depression of strength; a sense of 
anxiety about the praecordia; irregular action of the 
heart ; frequent sighing ; trembling ; a small, quick, and 
sometimes intermitting pulse; occasional vomiting; a 
pale, contracted countenance, and a sense of coldness 
and languor. The system is extremely irritable, and 
morbidly sensitive. These symptoms continue on 
increasing in severity, until the patient sinks in 
death. 

Neuralgia from the effects of Mercury. — Various pain- 
ful affections of the nerves, are found to follow the use 
of mercury. The pains wander through the system, 
giving rise to extreme restlessness and suffering, which 
is always increased on any change of the weather or 
the state of the atmosphere. It is very common to hear 
people complain of mercurial rheumatism and pains in 
the bones. Many people, from these sufferings, have a 
thousand times wished themselves dead, to be out of 
their misery. Shaking palsy is also a result of the 
injurious effects of mercury on the nerves. 

Enlargements of the Glands. — Glandular enlargements, 
particularly of the liver, spleen, mesenteric glands, pan- 
creas, &c, are occasional results of the poisonous effects 
of mercury. Chronic diseases and enlargements of the 
liver, are now infinitely more common than they were 
before the great "regulator of the secretions'''' was so 
much in use. 

Authors also furnish us with detailed accounts of 
mercurial purging, mercurial bloating, mercurial fever, 
mercurial erysipelas, mercurial leprosy, mercurial exan- 
themous, • and miliary eruptions, mercurial sore eyes, 
mercurial paralysis, mercurial epilepsy, mercurial apo- 
plexy, mercurial asthmas, mercurial cancers, mercurial 
dyspepsia, mercurial hypochondriasis, mercurial con- 
sumption, mercurial dropsies, mercurial affections c 



POISONING. 221 

the bones, periosteum, joints, heart, kidneys, brain, 
spinal marrow, &c., &c. 

Arsenic. — This is one of the most fatal corrosive 
poisons, and is the article generally used for criminal 
purposes or self-destruction. " The symptoms it pro- 
duces are an austere taste ; foetid state of the mouth ; 
frequent ptyalism; continual hawking; constrictions of 
the pharynx and oesophagus ; the sensation of the teeth 
being on edge; hiccough; nausea; anxiety; frequent 
sinkings ; burning pain in the praecordia ; inflammation 
of the lips, tongue, palate, throat, and oesophagus ; irri- 
table stomach, so as not to be able to support the 
blandest drinks; vomiting of matters, sometimes brown, 
at other times bloody; black, horribly foetid stools; small, 
frequent, concentrated and irregular pulse, but occa- 
sionally slow and unequal ; palpitations ; syncope ; 
insatiable thirst ; burning heat over the whole body, or 
a sensation of icy coldness ; difficult respiration ; cold 
sweats ; scanty, red and bloody urine ; change in the 
countenance; a livid circle around the eyelids; swelling 
and itching of the body ; livid spots over the surface, 
and occasionally a miliary eruption ; prostration of 
strength ; loss of feeling, especially in the feet and 
hands ; delirium ; convulsions, often accompanied with 
insupportable priaprism ; falling off of the hair ; detach- 
ment of the cuticle, &c. Sometimes there exists inflam- 
mation and burning pain in the urino-genital organs. 
It is very rare to observe all these symptoms in the 
same individual. In some cases, indeed, they are nearly 
all wanting, death taking place without any pain or 
prominent symptom. After death, the morbid appear- 
ances are various. In some cases, no vestige of lesion 
can be discovered, The appearances, however, in the 
generality of cases, are the following : The mouth, 
stomach and intestines are inflamed; the stomach and 
duodenum exhibit spots resembling eschars, and perfo- 
rations of all their coats ; and the villous coat of the 
former is in a manner destroyed, and reduced to the 
consistence of a reddish brown pulp. 

" Dr. Christison divides the poisonous effects of arse- 
nous acid into three orders of cases, according to the 
character and violence of the symptoms. In the first 



222 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

order, the poison produces symptoms of irritation and 
inflammation along the course of the alimentary canal, 
and commonly kills in from one to three days. In the 
second, the signs of inflammation are moderate, or even 
altogether wanting, and death occurs in five or six hours, 
at a period too early for inflammation to be always 
fully developed. In the third order of cases, two stages 
occur, one in which inflammatory symptoms are devel- 
oped, as in the first order ; the other, marked by symp- 
toms referable to nervous irritation, such as imperfect 
palsy of the arms or legs, epilepsy, tetanus, hysterical 
affections, mania, and coma. It is a general character 
of this poison to induce inflammation of the stomach 
in almost all instances, provided death does not take 
place immediately, whatever be the part to which it is 
applied. Thus the poison, when applied to afresh wound, 
will give rise to the same morbid appearances in the 
stomach and intestines, as when it is swallowed. In some 
cases noted by Drs. Mall and Bailie, the rectum was much 
inflamed, while the colon and small intestines escaped.'' 

Antimony. — The symptoms of poisoning by antimony 
and its preparations, do not differ in many respects 
from those that characterize poisoning by most other 
active corrosive articles. There is usually a metallic 
taste; nausea; copious vomiting; frequent hiccough; 
burning pain in the stomach; colic; violent purging, 
attendant with griping pains; fainting; small, con- 
tracted, and sometimes accelerated pulse; difficult res- 
piration; difficulty of swallowing; coldness of the skin; 
convulsive movements; painful cramps, particularly in 
the legs; prostration; insensibility, and death. The 
tartrate of antimony and potassa, or tartar emetic, is the 
most common form in which the poison is taken. 

The other mineral corrosive and escharotic poisons 
such as bismuth, copper, lead, zinc, tin, nitre, and theii 
preparations, produce symptoms so near like those 
attending poisoning by mercury, arsenic and antimony, 
that it is not necessary here to give a separate descrip- 
tion of them. 

Acids. — When acids are taken in poisonous doses, 
the symptoms differ, in some respects, from those of the 



POISONING. 223 

metallic corrosives and escharotics. The patient will 
generally experience a sour, acrid taste; burning in the 
throat, which is increased by pressure, swallowing or 
coughing ; pain in the stomach, accompanied with 
eructations; vomiting; a corroded condition of the 
membranes of the mouth, throat and stomach. The 
countenance is glazed, and the skin cold. 

The matter thrown up effervesces with lime and soda. 
Nitric acid occasions yellow stains, and sulphuric acid, 
black. 

Alkalies. — The alkaline poisons, such as carbonate 
of potash, ammonia, &c, produce "violent caustic, acrid 
taste ; great heat in the throat, with destruction of the 
lining membrane; difficult and painful deglutition; 
vomiting of bloody matter, which turns the yellow of 
tumeric brown; acute pain in the stomach; cold sweats; 
weakness ; hiccough ; violent colic pains, with purging 
of bloody stools and membranous flakes ; and death." 

The materials thrown up, will effervesce with vinegar 
and the other acids. 

Alcohol. — When alcohol is taken in excessive doses, 
it is frequently followed with violent symptoms, and 
occasionally by death. The symptoms are violent 
intoxication ; delirium ; irritability of the stomach ; 
vomiting ; apoplexy ; paralysis ; and sometimes con- 
vulsions. 

The breath generally smells of the liquor, by which 
the case may usually be distinguished from other 
affections. 

Gases. — Carbonic acid gas, when respired, produces 
spasms of the glottis ; great difficulty of breathing ; 
dimness of sight ; loss of strength ; and, finally, insen- 
sibility, apoplexy, and speedy death. It is this gas that 
is called damps, in wells and caverns. It is also pro- 
duced by the burning of charcoal; and thus, by care- 
lessness, or a want of knowledge of its fatal effects in 
close rooms, many persons are destroyed by it. 

Chlorine, when inhaled, produces violent irritation of 
the organs of respiration ; cough, with a raising of 
blood ; and permanent pulmonary diseases. 



224 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Narcotics. — The narcotic poisons, such as the deadly 
nightshade, opium, jimson, foxglove, hemlock, &c. ; 
when taken into the system, give rise to symptoms dif 
fering considerably from those attending all the other 
poisons. Soon after the poison is taken, the subject 
will feel a sense of heaviness in the head, stupor, and a 
peculiar numbness ; there is a disposition to vomit, 
which soon becomes pressing. A kind of intoxication 
will take place; the pupils of the eyes will dilate, and 
the patient falls into a deadly sleep, or perhaps becomes 
affected with mirthful delirium, or, on the other hand, a 
furious craziness ; there is great anxiety and dejection ; 
the pulse is variable, but at first full and strong. Con- 
vulsions of various parts of the body, and palsy of the 
limb", often set in, and, if not relieved, the patient soon 
sinks in death. 

Animal Poisons. — The poisons communicated to the 
body by the bites or stings of serpents and insects, pre- 
sent a train of symptoms that are somewhat peculiar. 
The bite of a venomous serpent, as from the copper- 
head, moccasin, viper, rattlesnake, &c, is immediately 
followed with a sharp and intolerable pain, that soon 
extends to the surrounding parts. The bitten parts 
soon swell considerably, and in some instances the 
entire body becomes very much swollen ; the color of 
the skin is various, at first pale, then reddish, yellow or 
greenish, and livid. Faintings, vomiting, and some- 
times convulsions, set in ; the pulse is frequent and 
irregular ; the breathing difficult, and the mental facul- 
ties sometimes very much deranged. 

The inflammation of the bitten parts generally ends 
in resolution ; but not unfrequently in ulceration, and 
even sometimes in mortification. 

The stings of insects are not generally followed with 
much inconvenience, except the intolerable pain and 
the swelling that usually attend them. 

Treatment. — The treatment of poisoning varies very 
much, — depending entirely on the nature of the cause 
or agency by which the affection is instituted. 

The first thing to be done, when any of the metallic 
corrosive or escharotic poisons are taken into the sys- 



POISONING. 225 

tern, is to excite vomiting as quick as possible. This 
may sometimes be done best by tickling the fauces or 
throat with a feather. But if this does not readily 
excite free or copious vomiting, a full dose of lobelia 
should at once be taken, and repeated once in four or 
five minutes, until the stomach is well cleansed. 
Should the lobelia (owing to the blunted condition of 
the nerves) not operate promptly, a dose of equal parts 
of ipecac, blood-root, capsicum and bayberry must be 
given as soon as possible. 

This being done, the patient should take some of the 
white of eggs, beat in a bowl or other vessel, in half 
tea cupful doses, once in from half an hour to an hour, 
until three or four doses are taken. For this purpose, 
the mucilages of slippery elm, flaxseed, or comfre}' - , may 
be used, but they are not so good as the albumen of 
eggs. Sweet milk is also recommended by authors for 
this purpose. 

After the poison is evacuated, and the urgent symp- 
toms are removed, the patient should continue to drink, 
occasionally, some mucilaginous preparations, with a 
view to soothe and heal the stomach. The remaining 
treatment must be regulated according to the symp- 
toms. 

In cases of salivation and ulceration of the mouth, a 
strong tea of the astringent tonic should be used to 
wash the parts, which may be done by means of a 
swab. To correct the intolerable fetor, a solution of 
the chloride of lime or of soda should be used. Two 
drachms of the chloride may be added to a pint of water, 
and the parts washed with it three or four times 
a day. 

The healing process may now be commenced with the 
use of the compound tincture of myrrh, which should 
at first be diluted with water, and applied to the affected 
parts freely. The compound recommended for aphtha or 
thrush, should be employed freely as a wash. Sugar 
of lead seems to possess a chemical control over the 
disease, and may be used in a mild solution occasion- 
ally after the other medicines have been applied. 

The internal remedies should consist of alteratives, 
stimulants and tonics. The tincture of myrrh, sarsa- 
parilla, and narrow dock root, are all good. 
15 



226 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The alterative syrup, given by Dr. Beach, is a very 
good medicine in the treatment of mercurial diseases; 
it is made as follows : 

J£ American or foreign Sarsaparilla, 6 ounces, 

Guaiacum shavings, .... 3 " 

Sassafras-root bark, .... 2 " 

Elder flowers 2 " 

Burdock root, 2 " 

Add of cheap spirits and water, each one gallon ; boil, 
and pour off the liquid; then add water repeatedly, and 
boil till the strength is obtained ; strain, and reduce to 
sixteen porter bottles full ; then add twenty-five pounds 
of clarified sugar. Let it stand twenty-four hours to 
settle; pour off, and bottle for use. The dose is a wine 
glassful, three times a day. 

A plaster made of Venice turpentine and sulphur, 
may be applied to the parts externally, by means of 
strips of cloth suited to the locations of the disease. 

When the concentrated acids are swallowed, it is not 
advisable to give an emetic. The inconvenience of their 
use in these cases, is, that they will not operate promptly, 
and, what is more, the acids are likely to augment the 
mischief by being thus agitated in the stomach, and 
carried up again through the oesophagus and mouth. 
The acids may be effectually neutralized by the agency 
of the alkalies. 

For poisoning by the sulphuric, muriatic, citric and 
acetic acids, the carbonates of soda, potash, lime and 
magnesia, may be taken indiscriminately. But for the 
nitric and oxalic, carbonates of magnesia, and lime, can 
alone be employed with safety 

It is very important, when sulphuric acid is taken 
internally, or applied to the surface, to observe the pre- 
caution not to take or apply water, as this, with the 
acid, will produce a very considerable heat, and thus 
materially enhance the mischief. 

The acids, in turn, are the proper antidotes for poi- 
soning by the alkalies. The vegetable acids are always 
to be preferred. Vinegar, lemon juice, or citric or tar- 
taric acid in solution, should be taken freely until relief 
is obtained. The fixed oils, such as castor, linseed, 
almond, and olive, form soaps with the free alkalies, 
and thereby destroy their caustic effects. 



POISONING. 227 

Poisoning by alcohol, requires active emetics of 
lobelia. When the medicine cannot be given per 
stomach, it must be administered by injection. When 
the patient is feverish, the shower bath is very useful. 
The lobelia should be continued, in broken or emetic 
doses, as the case may require. 

Cold effusions to the head, are very good in cases of 
poisoning by the gases. Stimulating liniments and 
rubefacients are required when the heat of the 
surface is low. When the vital energies are much 
exhausted, the vapor baths and active stimulants, 
such as capsicum and the tincture of myrrh, must be 
used. 

When any of the narcotic or stupefying poisons are 
taken, the patient must immediately have an emetic of 
ipecac and lobelia in equal parts. The bowels must 
also be well evacuated, by means of stimulating and 
laxative enemas. 

As soon as the alimentary canal is cleared of the 
poison, the patient should take vinegar freely, as strong 
as it can be drank ; and this article, diluted, ought also 
to be administered by injection. 

The entire surface should be bathed once every hour 
or two, with a preparation made by scalding a table 
spoonful of capsicum in a pint of good vinegar. 

The vapor bath is also an excellent means in poison- 
ing from narcotics ; the vapor should be applied to the 
whole body, keeping the head cool by means of cloths 
dipped into cold vinegar. 

Poisonous bites must be treated with applications 
made by bruising or pounding into a pulp, equal parts 
of lobelia and the large plaintain taken in the green 
state, or if dry, they must be moistened with warm 
water. This poultice should be renewed every two 
hours, until the pain ceases and the inflammatory symp- 
toms subside. The blue or wild violet, bruised and 
applied to the wound, is said, by high authority, to cure 
a snake bite in a very short time ; and it is said that 
this is a plant that some of the Indian tribes employed 
for this purpose. 

Broken doses of lobelia should also be taken inter- 
nally ; and if there is much sickness, the portions must 
be increased so as to procure vomiting. Other attend- 



C*-8 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

ing symptoms must be treated according to their char 
acter and urgency. 

The stings of insects seldom require medical treat- 
ment; but if there is much swelling, the application 
recommended for poisonous bites, will be found useful. 
The anti-spasmodic tincture, and also the sour tincture 
of lobelia, are very good to bathe the parts with. 



RHEUMATISM. 

(Kheumatismus.) 



This is an inflammatory affection of the fibrous 
tissues, and is chiefly confined to the articulations, par- 
ticularly the large ones, as the knees, ankles, hips, 
shoulders, and elbows. The inflammatory symptoms 
exhibit various degrees in their violence and duration, 
and hence the disease has been divided into two vari- 
eties, the acute and the chronic. The disease has also 
been named after some of its principal locations, thus 
we have lumbago, when it occupies the articulations in 
the loins ; sciatica, when it affects the hip ; arthrodynia 
w r hen situated in the other joints. 

Symptoms. — Rheumatism comes on with severe pain, 
which in a day or two is followed with swelling of the 
joints. There is usually considerable stiffness, or want 
of mobility. In the chronic variety the skin is never 
discolored, but in the acute it is generally a little red. 
The pain is very apt to shift from one joint to another, 
and sometimes it runs along the course of the muscles 
connected with the affected joints. 

The disease may arise at any time of the year when 
there are frequent vicissitudes of the weather from heat 
to cold, but the spring and autumn are the seasons in 
which it is most common. Young persons are more 
subject to the acute variety, while in older people the 
reverse obtains. 

Rheumatism is occasioned by cold, and is brought on 
most generally by wearing wet or damp clothes, work- 
ing in cold and wet places, &c. 



RHEUMATISM. 229 

People who are much affected with rheumatism, are 
very sensitive to the approach of wet weather, as they 
will be affected with wandering and aching pains 
through their limbs. 

Treatment. — Most old school writers are of the 
opinion, that rheumatism is but little susceptible of 
control by medication, and that when it sets in, it gen- 
erally runs its course, which is from three to six weeks. 
" One set of physicians," says Dr. Macintosh, " depend 
entirely upon blood-letting ; another upon purging ; 
another upon exciting long-continued profuse perspira- 
tions ; a fourth upon the exhibition of bark alone; and 
a fifth upon a course of mercury to produce salivation. 
It is no wonder, therefore, under such empirical treat- 
ment, that an attack of the disease used formerly to 
continue violent for such a long period of time. For- 
merly an attack of acute rheumatism, with its conse- 
quences, generally confined the patient for twelve 
months, that is to say, before he regained his ordinary 
state of health, and few got off with less than six 
months' confinement to bed." But in the reformed 
practice, it is seldom the case that more than from 
three to ten days are required to effect a complete cure. 

Ordinary cases of rheumatism may be successfully 
treated by the use of a powder composed of two pro- 
portions of gum guaiacum, and one of the extract of 
black cohosh, in fine powder, taken in doses of five 
grains three or four times a day, and to be accompanied 
with the use of the bathing drops applied to the affected 
parts frequently, with lively and long continued friction. 

In more obstinate cases, it may be necessar}^ to use 
in connection with this treatment, the vapor bath, and 
lobelia, in broken but frequent doses. In the most 
difficult cases, it is necessary to employ the lobelia in 
emetic doses, and when given in this way, the practi- 
tioner should always endeavor to manage so as to 
bring to bear the full relaxing powers of the medicine. 
It should be preceded with the vapor bath, and then 
given in nauseating doses for several hours before 
emesis is produced. 

The use of the vapor bath and lobelia emetics, 
should be practised every day or every second day, 



230 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

according to the severity of the symptoms, and this 
course must be continued, until the disease is broken up. 

It has already been suggested that the use of the 
bathing drops and the guaiacum powders, should be 
continued throughout the entire treatment. 

The bowels must be kept open by the use of the 
laxative bitters. 

During convalescence, the patient may take two or 
three doses of the spiced bitters, daily. 



RICKETS. 

(Rachitis.) 

This is a very distressing disease of children, and 
seldom occurring before the ninth, and after the twenty- 
fourth month of their age. The disease is character- 
ized by softening and distortion of the bones of the 
back in the loins. The muscles become flaccid, the 
head enlarges, the carotids are distended, the limbs 
waste away, the abdomen swells and grows tense ; the 
stools are frequent and loose, a slow fever succeeds, 
with cough and difficulty of breathing, and the nervous 
system becoming more and more affected, the poor 
little sufferer finally sinks in death. 

On dissection, the liver, spleen, and other glands, 
have been found enlarged and in a scirrhous state. 

Treatment. — The general treatment in rickets, should 
differ little from that recommended for scrofula, but it 
must be perseveringly used, as this disease is extremely 
difficult to cure. The alterative syrup, comfrey, and 
Solomon's seal, are good articles in rickets. 

The bowels should be kept open with the use of 
small doses of the extract of mandrake, taken every 
evening, or every second evening, as the case may 
require. 

Cold bathing should be practised once every day or 
two, and the patient ought to be rubbed freely with a 
coarse towel, or the flesh brush should be used im- 
mediately after the cold bath. The stimulating lin- 
iment, or bathing drops, should be applied freely all 



RUPTURE. 231 

over the body, soon after the friction with the towel or 
brush. 

Mechanical Support. — Physicians of the old school, 
depend mostly on mechanical means, for relief in 
rickets. Those means consist chiefly of stays to the 
small of the back, by means of pads and springs, as 
well as bandages. It is, however, very obvious, that 
mechanical means can promise but little toward a final 
cure, in cases in which the constitutional rickety dia- 
thesis is not obviated. 

Plasters. — Strengthening plasters will sometimes be 
found very useful in rickets. After sprinkling a very 
small quantity of capsicum (if this should prove too 
irritating, ginger will do) on the surface of the small 
of the back, a pitch plaster of large size may be laid 
over it, and worn as long as it will stick. The irrita- 
ting plaster will generally be found better, however. 

Tonics. — Tonics are very important remedies, and 
should always be used. A tonic cordial may be em- 
ployed, or the spiced bitters, cascarilla, or any other 
pleasant bitter or tonic medicine, may be taken three 
or four times a day. 

Regimen. — In this affection, attention to the diet, 
and exercise, is of paramount importance. The child 
should not be fed with any food that .is hard of diges- 
tion ; fat meats, cheese, butter, &c, should not be 
allowed. Nor should it be suffered to exercise too 
much in an upright position ; nevertheless, it must be 
taken out, so as to get the fresh and circulating air. 



RUPTURE. 

{Hernia.) 



This affection consists of a breach or rupture of the 
muscular wall of the abdomen, and the protrusion of 
some of the viscera of the belly. The parts that are 
thus forced out, are generally a part of the omentum, 



232 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

or of the intestines, or both. But instances have 
occurred, in which the stomach, the spleen, uterus; 
ovaries, and bladder, have been forced through the 
openings. The protrusion consists of a kind of a sack 
composed of a portion of peritoneum, that is pushed 
out before the intestine or other organ that may be 
protruded. 

The rupture may take place at various parts of the 
anterior walls of the belly, but it occurs most com- 
monly in the groin, at the upper part of the thigh, and 
at the navel. 

When the hernial contents lie passively in the sack, 
and admit of being readily put back into the abdomen, 
it is termed a reducible hernia; and when they cannot 
be readily put back, but yet the passage in the intes- 
tine remains free, it is called irreducible. In cases of 
irreducible hernia, in which also the passage in the 
intestine is obstructed, the difficulty is called strangu- 
lated or incarcerated hernia. Again we have congenital 
hernia, and which, indeed, is of very common occur- 
rence. In this case the extruded viscera are not sur- 
rounded with the peritoneum, but descend nakedly 
through the tunica vaginalis into the scrotum. 

Hernia is also variously named, according to the 
extent and situation of the extruded part ; thus, if only 
a part of the circumference of the intestine forms the 
tumor, it is called entcrocele ; if a piece of the omen- 
tum only, it is named epiplocele ; and if both the intes- 
tine and omentum contribute in the formation of the 
tumor, it is called cntero-epiplocele. When the contents 
of the hernia are protruded at the abdominal ring, but 
only pass as low as the groin, or labium pudendi, the 
case receives the name of bubonocele, or ingual hernia ; 
when the parts descend into the scrotum, it is called an 
oscheocele or scrotal hernia. When the parts protrude 
below Poupart's ligament, it is called femoral or crural; 
when at the navel, exomphalos or umbilical ; and when 
it occurs at any other or promiscuous part of the front 
of the abdomen, it is called ventral hernia. 

Treatment. — As soon as a rupture is discovered, 
gentle efforts should be made to return the protruded 
parts, which may generally be done with the fingers, 



RUPTURE. 233 

in such a way as readily suggests itself to every indi- 
vidual of common judgment. To facilitate the opera- 
tion, the patient should lie on the opposite side, with 
his knees drawn up a little, and his head somewhat 
raised, so as to relax or slacken the muscles of the 
abdomen. When the parts are returned, the patient 
should wear a compress or truss, so as to prevent the 
parts from returning again. 

When the parts cannot be readily returned, the 
system must be well relaxed with lobelia and steam, 
after which the operation will generally be found more 
successful. 

In cases of strangulation, the patient should be im- 
mediately placed over the bath, and should take nau- 
seating doses of lobelia while being vaporized ; and on 
leaving the bath a large dose of lobelia should be given 
so as to sicken considerably, when by proper manage- 
ment, the difficulty may generally be overcome. But 
should this method be unsuccessful, the patient should 
be placed in bed, and be surrounded with some steam- 
ing stones, and should have two or three injections of a 
weak tea of lobelia, in order thus still to extend the 
relaxation. While this is going on, the practitioner 
should be engaged very carefully to put back the ex- 
truded part. The author has found an application of 
finely pulverized lobelia seed, moistened with slippery 
elm mucilage, very excellent as a relaxing means. If 
the hernia cannot be thus reduced, an operation must 
be performed with the knife. The operation consists 
simply in enlarging the opening, so that the extruded 
parts may be returned, and then closing it again by 
making a few stitches. This operation, though not 
very dangerous, should only be entrusted to surgeons 
or persons of experience. 

The rupture may sometimes be healed up without 
an operation, especially when of recent standing, or 
when in a young subject, by wearing over it a plaster 
of the extract of oak bark. 



234 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



SCROFULA. 

Scrofula, or king's-evil, as it is sometimes called, is a 
constitutional disease, which, however, chiefly affects 
the glandular system, especially the conglobate glands. 
The disease is most common among children, and 
rarely makes its appearance for the first time, after the 
body has attained its full growth. It is supposed that 
the disease is chiefly hereditary, and is first developed 
by a depraved condition of the nutritive functions, that 
the disease of the glands is a secondary effect, and 
that it is therefore not exclusively entitled to the name 
scrofula. Under this impression, physicians consider a 
great variety of chronic and difficult diseases, such as 
cancer, pulmonary tubercles, white- swelling, &c, as 
being more or less influenced by a scrofulous taint of 
the system. 

The symptoms which are usually considered to indi- 
cate the presence of scrofula, are the following: — 
Slight inflammation and swelling of the wings or outer 
cartilages of the nose ; swelling of the glands of the 
neck, which increase gradually, and at length become 
hard, painful, and of an irregular shape. The color of 
the skin over the glands is scarcely changed, but the 
protuberance or swelling is sometimes so great, as to 
constitute considerable deformity, and to interfere with 
the movement of the head, and with swallowing, or 
even to prevent opening the mouth. After having 
remained in this situation for an uncertain period, the 
tumors may disappear. Such, at least, is usually the 
case in the grown subject, and it is the most favorable 
termination ; but in young children they more fre- 
quently proceed to suppuration. The tumors soften, 
are painful, and fluctuation is perceptible ; the skin 
covering them becomes red and bluish, and ultimately 
opens, giving issue to a puriform fluid, which is usually 
of a thinner kind than that from phlegmonous ab- 
scesses ; and is mixed with pieces of white substances, 
resembling curds. The irregular wound, resulting from 
the spontaneous opening of the abscess, heals with 
difficulty, and the resulting cicatrix often constitutes an 
unsightly deformity. "Where the scrofulous vice tine- 



SCROFULA. 235 

tures the organism deeply, the scrofulous inflammation 
first affects one gland and then another, and ultimately 
the individual may die of consumption, or mesenteric 
disease. — {Rostan.) 

In determining as to the existence of scrofula, the 
practitioner must bear in mind that simple tumefaction 
of the glands in the neck or any other part of the 
body, considered alone, is not sufficient evidence of the 
disease. These may become inflamed and enlarge in 
healthy constitutions, from the ordinary causes of in- 
flammation. Moreover, there are several other specific 
diseases, that give rise to swelling in the conglobate 
glands. We have an example of this character in 
mumps, {parotitis) and in the presence of ulcers or 
injuries in the extremities, the glands situated between 
them and the trunk of the body, soon become inflamed 
and enlarged. Evident symptoms of constitutional de- 
rangement, connected with the local symptoms, can 
alone be considered true diagnostics of the disease. 

Treatment. — In the treatment of scrofula, such a 
course must be adopted as is calculated to effect a 
permanent change in the condition of the nutritive and 
secretive functions. For this purpose the general sys- 
tem must be well relaxed and thoroughly cleansed. 
The stomach must be kept in order by the use of lobelia 
emetics ; the capillary system, by the use of sudorifics, 
or diaphoretics, and the baths ; the bowels, glandular 
and lymphatic systems, by the use of mandrake ex- 
tract, alterative syrup, laxatives, and other depuratives 
and detergents. 

The emetics and baths must be administered once, 
twice, or three times a week, as the obstinacy of the 
case may require, In the meantime the patient should 
fake the alterative syrup three times a day, in doses 
large enough to keep the bowels loose. Should there 
be difficulty in keeping the bowels in this condition, 
the common cathartic powders, pills, or mandrake 
extract may be taken, occasionally, with the syrup. 

Local Treatment. — The tumor in the indolent state, 
may often be discussed by accompanying the general 
treatment with local applications. An ointment, made 



236 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

by mixing together equal parts of the stramonium and 
iodine ointments, should be laid on the tumor, and a 
plaster of it laid over the whole of the swelled gland. 
This application should be alternated with a stimula- 
ting and relaxant poultice, to be applied four hours 
every second day. But if the tumor, in spite of this 
treatment should proceed to suppuration, it must be 
treated after this, in the same manner that is proper 
for an occult or open scrofulous tumor. 

When the tumor is open, it must be well washed out, 
first with soapsuds, and then with a strong astringent 
tea, made of bayberry, cranesbill, pond-lily, and sumac 
bark. After this, the ointment for scrofula should be 
applied, and worn over the sore, renewing it morning 
and evening, until it is healed. At the dressings, the 
sore must always be well cleansed with astringent or 
alkaline washes, as the case may require. The solu- 
tion of chloride of soda or lime, should occasionally be 
used as a wash, especially if the sore is very foul. 

When the sore is very indolent and difficult to heal, 
a powder of equal parts of capsicum and mandrake 
root may occasionally be sprinkled on it. For this 
purpose the tincture of myrrh is also very good. 

Regimen. — Nothing is more important in the treat- 
ment of scrofula, than proper attention to the diet and 
general habits of the individual. Fat meats, gravies, 
rich pies, &c, should never be eaten by a patient of 
scrofulous habits. Pork is particularly injurious, being 
peculiarly calculated to favor the scrofulous diathesis. 
Indeed, it is supposed by many that the disease, in 
the majority of instances, is brought on by the use of 
swine flesh, either directly, or indirectly through the 
parent. It is even true that the name of the disease 
comes from scrofa, the Latin name of the hog ; but this 
is in consequence of the disease having so near a 
resemblance to the common throat disease of that 
animal. 

Vegetables constitute the best food for patients of 
scrofulous habits. Free exercise in the open air, is also 
very important. Alcoholic drinks must be sedulously 
avoided. 



237 



SCURVY. 

(Scorbutus.) 

The scurvy is a very distressing disease that is char- 
acterized by extreme debility ; emaciation ; pale and 
bloated countenance; spongy gums; livid spots on the 
skin ; offensive breath ; oedomatous swellings in the 
legs ; haemorrhages ; foul ulcers ; foetid urine, and ex- 
tremely offensive stools. The scurvy is a disease of a 
putrid nature, much more prevalent in cold climates 
than in warm ones-, and which chiefly affects sailors, 
and such as are shut up in besieged places, owing, as 
is supposed, to their being deprived of fresh provisions, 
and due quantity of acescent food, assisted by the 
prevalence of cold and moisture, and by such other 
causes as depress the nervous energy, as indolence, 
confinement, want of exercise, neglect of cleanliness, 
much labor and fatigue, sadness, despondency, &c. 
These several debilitating causes, with the concurrence 
of a diet consisting principally of salted or putrescent 
food, will be very apt to produce this disease. It seems, 
however, to depend more on a defect of nourishment, 
than on its vitiated state; and the reason that salted 
provisions are so productive of the scurvy is, most 
probably, because they are drained of their nutritious 
juices, which are extracted and run off in brine. As 
the disease is apt to become pretty general among the 
crew of a ship when it has once made its appearance, 
it has been supposed by many, to be of a contagious 
nature; but the conjecture seems by no means well 
founded. 

" A preternatural saline state of the blood has been 
assigned as its proximate cause. It has been contended 
by some physicians, that the primary morbid affection 
in this disease is a debilitated state of the solids, arising 
principally from the want of aliment. The scurvy 
comes on gradually, with heaviness, weariness, and 
unwillingness to move about, together with dejection 
of spirits, considerable loss of strength, and debility." 
As it advances in its progress, the countenance becomes 
sallow and bloated, respiration is hurried on the least 
motion, the teeth become loose, the gums are spongy, 



238 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the breath is very offensive, and livid or black spots 
appear on different parts of the body. These are some- 
times quite small, and circular, appearing sometimes in 
groups. In some places, these discolorations look like 
bruises or contusions. Old wounds which have been 
long healed up break out afresh; severe wandering 
pains are felt, particularly by night; the skin is dry; 
the urine small in quantity, turning blue vegetable infu- 
sions of a green color; and the pulse is small, frequent, 
and, toward the last, intermitting ; but the intellects are, 
for the most part, clear and distinct. By an aggrava- 
tion of the symptoms, the disease, in its last stage, 
exhibits a most wretched appearance. The joints 
become swelled and stiff; the tendons of the legs are 
rigid and contracted ; general emaciation ensues ; 
haemorrhages break out from different parts ; foetid 
evacuations are discharged by stool ; and a diarrhoea 
or dysentery arises, which soon terminates in death. 

"What is called land scurvy, or that form of the disease 
that occurs on the shore, or where the individual is not 
subject to the various remote causes, as above enume- 
rated, the disease is always more mild. Blotches with 
scaly eruptions on different portions of the body, a 
sponginess of the gums, and debility, are among the 
most prominent symptoms observed in these cases. 
But occasionally a case occurs in which the purple or 
black spots and spongy gums appear the same as in 
sea scurvy. 

Treatment. — The cause of scurvy very clearly indi- 
cates the course that should be adopted in the treatment. 
In the first place, the patient should be placed in an 
airy and comfortably warm apartment. This bein^ 
done, the entire surface ought to be well washed of? 
with a wash made by boiling an ounce of the best cap- 
sicum in a pint of good vinegar. In the meantime, the 
following preparation, which is an excellent stimulating 
and astringent tonic, should be taken : 



B; Capsicum, . 
Bay berry, 
Golden-seal, 


1 ounce, 
. 2 ounces, 
. 2 


White sugar, 


. 16 " 


Vinegar, 
Water, . . 


. 1 pint, 
. 1 " 



scurvy. 239 

Pulverize and boil the first three articles in the water 
and vinegar for ten or fifteen minutes; strain, and add 
the sugar. The dose is a table spoonful once in two 
hours. 

The bathing with the vinegar and pepper, should be 
practised once every day. The bowels must be well 
cleansed and regulated by the use of astringent enemas, 
as the case may require. 

The tincture of myrrh is an excellent article in 
scurvy, and should be used in connection with the other 
means. Charcoal has been found especially advan- 
tageous in cases in which strong symptoms of putridity 
prevail. But for this purpose, the pyroligneous acid is 
better than any other article that can be used. This 
article should be freely employed throughout the treat- 
ment. 

When the gums are very spongy and sore, it is a good 
plan for the patient to hold an infusion in the mouth 
for a few minutes, three or four times a day, made by 
scalding some sumac berries in water. For this pur- 
pose, the tincture of myrrh, tincture of capsicum, and 
a tea of the astringent tonic, are also very useful. 
Oranges and lemons are excellent in this disease, and 
should be freely eaten. 

When haemorrhages occur, they must be restrained 
by the use of astringents, as in other cases of the kind. 

Regimen. — In no disease is the success of the treat- 
ment more dependent on the diet than it is in scurvy. 
Salted meats and oily substances, must be entirely aban- 
doned; and the patient should make up his meals, as 
much as possible, of vegetables ; or, if meat is used, it 
must be fresh and Jean. Vegetables of the cruciferous 
tribe, as mustard, cresses, radishes, horse-radish, cab- 
bages and turnips, used as food and medicine, seem 
particularly indicated in this disease. The scurvy-grass 
has always held a high character for its virtues in the 
cure of the scurvy. 

Potatoes, tomatoes, ripe fruits, &c, are all good, and 
may be used as food, in proper quantities. 



240 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



SMALL-POX. 

(Variola.) 



" Small- pox, like the measles, is an eruptive fever 
propagated by contagion, running a definite course, 
and, as a general rule, — to which, indeed, the excep- 
tions are extremely rare, — affecting persons but once 
in the course of life. Its origin is lost in antiquity, and 
the common opinion is, that in these days, it never 
arises except by contagion ; yet there is reason to 
believe, that under an exceedingly unfrequent catena- 
tion of causes, it may be engendered. It must have 
originated in the first instance, from common causes, 
and it would be very strange if the circumstances that 
gave rise to it then can never now recur." 

The disease is divided into two distinct varieties, viz : 
the distinct and confluent. In the former, distinct, ele- 
vated, distended, and circular pustules are scattered 
over the surface of the body; and in the latter, the 
pustules are exceedingly numerous, depressed, irregu- 
larly circumscribed, and confluent or joined. But as 
there exists no essential difference between these vari- 
eties, the division is altogether arbitrary. We find that 
in the same case, on some parts, the pustules are dis- 
tinct, while on others, perhaps the face or breast, they 
are quite confluent. 

Symptoms. — In from seven to twenty days after the 
exposure, the patient experiences a sense of languor, 
weariness, aching pains in the back and lower extrem- 
ities, slight creeping chills, with flushes of heat, and 
pain in the forehead, when more or less nausea and 
vomiting, thirst, tenderness of the stomach, and soreness 
of the fauces rapidly supervene. The eruption now 
makes its appearance, first on the face, neck, and breast, 
then, on the following day, it is seen on the other parts 
of the body. On the Jirst and second days of the erup 
tion, being about the few th or fifth of the fever, the 
inflamed points are papular, smali, hard, globular, red, 
painful, separate and distinct from each other, the inter- 
stices being of the natural color and appearance. On 



SMALL-POX. 241 

the third, fourth, and fifth days, they become vesicular, 
containing a little yellowish fluid, and the interstices 
become red. 

" During the sixth and seventh days the variola assumes 
a very peculiar character; it consists of concentric 
rings, of which the exterior and interior are opaque and 
pustular ; the intermediate one vesicular, and still trans- 
parent; it may therefore be denominated vesicular-pus- 
tular. It is further distinguished by a central indentation, 
and a surrounding areola of rose- colored inflammation, 
which frequently coalesces with those of adjacent pus- 
tules, when the eruption is numerous." 

About the eighth day, the eruption is. perfectly pustu- 
lar, and the central indentation remains. On the ninth 
and tenth, the pustules become orbicular, and are filled; 
and finally, on the eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth, the 
pustules break or burst, and scabs are formed. This 
description applies to the distinct variety ; the confluent 
is more severe, and the appearance of the pustules is 
different, according to their number ; when very numer- 
ous, they give a uniform appearance of redness to the 
surface between the heads of the pustules. 

The fever generally runs pretty high as the eruption 
is developed, and in the confluent variety, there is some- 
times much delirium, or coma. 

The febrile symptoms, in the latter variety, not unfre- 
quently assume a typhoid character, and a horrible 
putrefaction may follow. 

The sequelae of small-pox are various, and sometimes 
very distressing. Chronic cutaneous affections, pro- 
tracted ulcers, necrosis ; inflammations of the eyes, 
mouth, throat, ears, head, and lungs ; dropsies, epilepsy, 
mania, paralysis, and many other distressing evils, 
sometimes result from small-pox. 

The diagnosis of small-pox, after the eruption appears, 
is not difficult; and before this, it matters not, as the 
treatment does not vary from that of the same symp- 
toms in other affections. 

When the fever is mild, and the strength of the patient 
keeps up, and if, moreover, the color of the eruption 
keeps of a bright red, there is not much danger. But 
if the fever runs very high, and there is much delirium, 
the danger is considerable. When there is a dispos''- 
16 



242 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

tion of a typhus character, and the pustules turn dark 
or black, and the strength fails suddenly, the case is 
almost certain to terminate in death. 

Prevention. — Vaccination seems to be an effectual 
prophylactic against the small-pox, provided that the 
vaccine matter be genuine, and produces its constitu- 
tional impression on the subject. Vaccination, although 
known before, was introduced to popular favor, by Dr. 
Jenner, and he, like the authors of other valuable dis- 
coveries, met with the usual opposition and persecution 
attending all innovations on old and established doc- 
trines and practice. 

Vaccina, or cow-pox, as it is called, seems to be at- 
tended with the various characteristics of small-pox, 
only that it is incomparably more mild. The number 
of pustules is not generally any greater than that of 
the insertions of the matter, although rare instances 
have occurred, in which a number, or even a consider- 
able crop has been produced. The vaccine matter, as 
the name {cow-pox) indicates, is derived from the cow. 
The virus of small-pox is inserted into the udder of 
this animal, and after the pustules have filled and dried, 
the scab is preserved for vaccinating purposes. 

Varioloides — Modified Small-pox. — "Soon after the 
general introduction of vaccination, exanthematous 
affections closely resembling small-pox, were occasion- 
ally observed in individuals who had previously under- 
gone the vaccine disease in a regular and satisfactory 
manner. These varioloid affections became more and 
more common ; and within the last fifteen years, they 
have appeared in various countries, in frpquent and 
extensive epidemics. In the early periods of vaccina- 
tion, these eruptions were generally regarded a* chicken,' 
pox; but subsequent inquiries lead to the opinion with 
many, that they are the product of & peculiar contagion, 
acting on systems, but partially protected against small- 
pox by previous vaccination ; and this appears now to 
be the general opinion. 

" From the earliest times of small-pox, of which we 
have any records, this disease has been noticed under 
various modifications, as remarkable and apparently as 



SMALL- POX. 243 

distinct as the form we now call varioloid. We find 
various irregular forms of the disease described by the 
early writers under the names of the vesicular, pustular, 
and spurious small-pox ; swine-pox, sheep-pox, stone- 
pox horn-pox, &c, all of which were regarded as 
having but one origin, namely, variolous contagion. 
After small-pox inoculation was introduced, spurious 
variola was by no means uncommon ; and it has always 
been observed that genuine and spurious small-pox 
have in the same epidemics come in and gone out to- 
gether, in the same manner as they have been uniformly 
observed to do since vaccination has been introduced. 

" It appears, therefore, that various circumstances, 
either of a constitutional or accidental character, may 
modify small-pox in a variety of ways ; and as such 
modifications were abundantly observed before vaccina- 
tion was practised, we need not be surprised that they 
should be so frequent now, when a new and very ex- 
tensive modifying cause exists in the influence of the 
vaccine disease. That the present varioloid disease is 
in fact nothing but a modified form of small-pox, may 
be regarded as established by an abundance of direct 
and conclusive evidence." — (Eberlc.) 

The disease has many of the symptoms common to 
the genuine small-pox, but they are invariably more 
mild. Varioloides usually occurs but once during lite. 

The following particulars may be regarded as among 
its most prominent characteristics : 

1. The eruption appears in clusters, occurring usually 
from the second to the fifth day. 

2. Unlike the genuine small-pox, the eruption seldom 
or never enters into complete suppuration. 

3. Excepting in very violent cases, the eruption is 
seldom attended with much fever, and the desiccation 
or scabbing, invariably occurs much earlier than in real 
small-pox, and instead of inclining to leave pits or 
depressions, the scabs leave rather an elevated disk or 
tubercle of a red appearance. 

Treatment. — On the proper treatment of small-pox, 
the profession has for many years been much divided. 
The great question has always been on the comparative 
merits of the stimulating and the anti-phlogistic plan. 



244 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

But it is unnecessary here to give a detail of the vari- 
ous arguments that have been adduced on either side 
It is sufficient to know that we may expect to be suc- 
cessful in our remedial applications, only when we 
operate in concert with the vital powers, for when these 
give way, the " chance is over" and all medicine is use- 
less. To sustain and promote vitality, then, is the only 
rational plan of treatment in any case. 

When the fever runs high and the skin is dry and 
husky, (a condition unfavorable to the natural develop- 
ment of the eruption,) the body should be sponged with 
cold water, while the other usual means applied in 
fevers are instituted. Lobelia, thoroughwort, saffron, 
Seneca snakeroot, and black cohosh, are all valuable 
here. Should it be needed, the lobelia may be pushed 
to the extent of emesis. It is always comfortable in 
fevers, to have the air rather cool and the skin moist, 
and this seems especially favorable in small-pox. The 
patient's room should not only be kept cool, but well 
ventilated, and his surface should be daily sponged with 
tepid or cool alkaline washes, or lime-water. The skin 
should be kept relaxed, and the determining powers to 
the surface. 

In confluent small-pox, when the patient inclines to 
a typhus condition, stimulants and tonics must be freely 
used, such as capsicum, ginger, compound tincture of 
myrrh, brandy, wine, columba, gentian, and poplar bark. 

About the time that the pustules are filling, the cir- 
culation should be well sustained with light nourishing 
food and stimulating medicine, thus to prevent the pit- 
ting or pock-mark ; and with a view to this, the patient 
should be well guarded against picking and scratching 
the pustules, which all have a disposition to do, owing 
to the intolerable itching that attends the drying up of 
the pustules. If the face be oiled, or covered with oiled 
silk so as to shield it from the air, it will serve to pre- 
vent the pitting. 

The black cohosh {botrophis racemose) has of late 
proved itself of great utility in small-pox, and should 
be constantly used throughout the treatment. Indeed, 
it is thought by some that this article is a complete 
preventive to this disease. 



ST. Anthony's fire. 245 



SPRAIN. 

(SuUuxatio.) 



Sprains result from accidents, and usually occur about 
the joints, especially at the ankles and wrists. They 
are attended with considerable pain, swelling, redness, 
and sometimes a yellow or dark green color of the skin. 
The ligaments of the joints are sometimes considerably 
injured; and when this is the case the parts are gen 
erally slow to recover. 

Treatment. — Some physicians recommend the appli- 
cation of cold water, by pouring it from a considerable 
hight on the injured part. If this course is taken, the 
skin, after the application, should be dried and well 
rubbed with a towel, and then a coat of the stimulating 
liniment, or the bathing drops, or opodeldoc ought to 
be freely applied. 

If the part is very painful, it may be steamed over a 
pot of bitter herbs, applying or laying the hot herbs 
over the sprain, while the hot water is regularly poured 
over them. 

An application of bruised poppy, or jimson leaves, 
will be found very excellent to assuage the pain. 

The fomentations and liniments should be applied 
frequently, or as the case may require. 

Sometimes a relaxing poultice made of lobelia, slip- 
pery elm, and capsicum will be found very advantageous. 



ST. ANTHONY'S FIRE. 

(Erysipelas.) 

Erysipelas is a febrile affection, attended with diffu- 
sive cutaneous inflammation on some part of the body, 
characterized by redness, burning, heat, swelling, and 
vesication. 

Symptoms. — Previously to the development of the 
local symptoms, there is almost universally more or less 



246 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

morbid movement in the general system. The digestive 
organs are usually impaired; there is loss of appetite, 
a furred tongue, sometimes nausea and headache, and 
often a considerable oppression in the region of the 
stomach- After these symptoms have appeared for an 
indefinite length of time, the eruption will make its 
appearance, sometimes preceded with a paroxysm of 
fever. 

The inflammatory eruption comes out in the form of 
an irregular stain or diffused red blotch, which has a 
disposition to enlarge rapidly. Some vesicles general' 
appear about the third day, which are filled with , 
yellowish serum. The eruption, however, sometimes 
assumes a latent form, and seems to become chronic. 
There is usually more or less swelling of the parts ; 
and this often becomes considerable. When the disease 
attacks the face, the eyes are often closed by the swell- 
ing, and the entire countenance becomes so disfigured 
by the tumefaction, that it cannot be recognized. 

Although the dermoid texture (the skin) is most sub- 
ject to erysipelas, yet the inflammation is known some- 
times to penetrate deeply into the body, or even to affect 
the surfaces of internal organs. 

Erysipelas assumes various degrees of violence, and 
presents different characteristics, which are, however, all 
owing to the idiosyncrasy of the patient — the condition 
of the atmosphere — the state of the system at the time 
of the attack, or the character of the treatment. 

These varieties have been severally called the erratic, 
the suppurative, the cedomatous, and the gangrenous ery- 
sipelas, according to the character and termination of 
the disease. 

Among the various circumstances and causes that 
tend to produce erysipelatous inflammations, the follow- 
ing might be named : 1, sudden transition from warm to 
cold atmosphere ; 2, local irritants ; 3, general depraved 
and corrupt condition of the humors ; 4, maltreatment 
of other diseases; 5, constitutional predisposition. 

It is not very difficult to distinguish this, from other 
forms of disease. The local symptoms are generally the 
most unequivocal diagnostics. The redness and swelling 
of erysipelas, is generally attended with an intolerable 
itching and burning. The eruption differs from that 



ST. Anthony's fire. 247 

of scarlet fever, in its more marked phlegmonous char- 
acter, and from that of measles, by its diffusion, and 
the abruptness of its margins. 

When the disease is of the erratic or wandering char- 
acter, it is comparatively mild and without danger. 
When the redness disappears, and is followed by the 
natural color of the skin, and the fever subsides, the 
disease may be expected to terminate by resolution ; and 
even when it terminates by suppuration, it is not con- 
sidered dangerous, although it is very distressing ; but 
when the skin in the oedematic or any other variety, 
turns purple or dark, and the swelling becomes soft, 
gangrene is apt to supervene, and carry off the unfor- 
tunate sufferer. 

Treatment. — The indications in the treatment of ery- 
sipelatous inflammation, are about the same as in other 
violent inflammations ; prompt relaxation, evacuations, 
and tonics are required. 

In former years the author was in the practice, in 
severe cases, to put the system under the influence of 
nauseants, and applying a liniment made of lime-water 
and linseed oil to the affected parts This latter some- 
times was alternated with a cataplasm of lobelia, 
slippery elm, and the common diaphoretic powders, in 
equal parts, — adding sufficient rye or wheaten flour 
to render it adhesive. When putrescent symptoms 
appeared, an application was made, composed of the 
dregs remaining in the preparation of the compound 
tincture of myrrh; Peruvian bark, and bayberry, in equal 
portions, — adding sufficient water and gum arabic to 
form a cataplasm. 

These means were generally quite successful. But 
in milder cases the first named liniment was often alone 
sufficient. 

The application of fresh blood or flesh to the affected 
parts was formerly considered the best external remedy, 
and though this is somewhat inconvenient, it is certainly 
an effectual means. 

A plan of treatment, at this moment suggests itself 
to the mind of the author, which is very excellent in 
other cases of inflammation, and why not in this? It 
is to apply the acetate of ammonia freely to the parts 



248 DOMESTIC MEDICIHJ. 

affected, and then enveloping them in cloths kept wet 
with cold water. 

Emetics of lobelia are important in all bad cases, and 
should never be neglected. They tend to obviate the 
general inflammatory diathesis, by equalizing the cir- 
culation and regulating the nervous action. 

Cathartics are proper, but should never be of an 
irritating character, lest they might occasion metastasis 
of the disease, and thus endanger the bowels. 

Diaphoretics of the relaxant and non-stimulant kind, 
as thoroughwort, acetate of ammonia, &c, are service- 
able when there is much fever. 

Tonics are important in low cases, especially when 
there is danger of gangrene. 



ST. VITUS' DANCE. 

( Chorea.) 



This singular disease consists of an affection of the 
nerves, giving rise to irregular and uncontrollable jerk- 
ing or twitching of the muscles of parts, or even, in 
rare cases, the entire body. "It has been called St. 
Vitus' dance, because some devotees of St. Vitus exer- 
cised themselves so long in dancing, that their intellects 
were disordered, and could only be restored by dancing 
again at the anniversary of St. Vitus." The disease 
most commonly affects only one side at a time, particu- 
larly the arm and leg. 

When chorea affects the muscles of the face, it gives 
rise to quite a variety of the most strange and fantas- 
tical grimaces and contortions. 

When any motion is attempted to be made, various 
fibres of other muscles act which ought not; and thus 
an effect contrary to that intended, is produced. The 
disease is chiefly incident to children and young persons 
of both sexes, seldom occurring, for the first time, after 
the age of puberty. 

The intellectual faculties are seldom affected in this 
disease ; but it has been stated, that when the affection 
is very severe and of long standing, more or less injury 
of the mind has been experienced. 



ST. VITUS' DANCE. 249 

Chorea may arise in debilitated habits, from any 
cause that produces protracted nervous irritation. The 
irritation occasioned by the presence of worms, and that 
attending teething, &c, may be named among the 
exciting causes of the disease. 

Treatment. — The cure of chorea may generally be 
effected by taking, in connection with a strong tea of 
the nervine tonic, three or four times a day, the follow- 
ing preparation : 

]£ Black Cohosh, . 2 ounces, 
Skull-cap, . . 1 ounce, 
Assafetida, . . ^ " 

Pulverize and digest in a pint of alcohol for six days, 
and pour off the tincture carefully. The dose is a tea 
spoonful once in three hours. 

The good effects of the above are made more sure by 
taking some pills, made by rolling equal parts of lobelia 
and skunk cabbage root, in fine powder, with the extract 
of blue cohosh or of lady's slipper. The dose of these 
is from one to three, two or three times a day. 

Bathing. — The shower bath is an excellent auxiliary 
to the other means in this disease. The patient should 
take a showering at least once a week, but would do 
much better to take one every day. After the bath, the 
skin must always be well dried and freely rubbed with 
a coarse towel. 

Cathartics. — Cathartics have been found of consid- 
erable utility in this disease ; but the articles used of 
this class must be mild and unirritating. Usually, how- 
ever, it is only necessary to keep the bowels open by 
the use of laxatives. 



250 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



SUSPENDED ANIMATION. 

(Asphyxia.) 

It is known that when oxygen, the supporter of phy- 
siological as well as common combustion,* is excluded 
from the lungs, that all the vital functions will cease. 
This condition of the body is now called asphyxia. 
Formerly, the term was restricted to diseases of the 
heart ; or, rather, it was used to designate those affec- 
tions that were characterized by suppression or want 
of pulse. 

Asphyxia may be caused by anything that will 
obstruct the passage of atmospheric air to the lungs. 
The common " causes of the difficulty are drowning, 
strangling or hanging, irrespirable gases, &c. These 
will receive a short notice separately. 

Drowning. — When a person is submerged, or falls 
into water, the instinctive motions of respiration are 
continued; but as the irrespirable fluid is drawn into 
the windpipe, the irritation produced by its presence 
gives rise to spasm in the muscles of the glottis, and 
thus the passage is instantly closed up ; and in this way 
we may account for the fact that water is never found 
in the lungs of persons recently drowned. It is, how- 
ever, generally the case that a frothy mucus is found in 
the air cells or bronchial tubes, which, by most patholo- 
gists, is supposed to be dependent on the presence of 
water. It is not improbable, that although the trachea 
is very sensitive to the irritation of water or any other 
foreign substance; yet during the first few inspirations 
more or less may be drawn even into the lungs, and 
then, by the coughing excited, the most of it be forcibly 
expelled, while the spasmodic contraction at the glottis, 
which by this time has become permanent, prevents the 
further admission of the fluid. It is remarkable, that 
it is also seldom the case that water is found in the 
stomachs of those recently drowned. 

* The term "physiological combustion " is here used to express that 
phenomenon that is evinced in the union of oxygen with the elements 
of the blood. 



SUSPENDED ANIMATION. 251 

It is very certain, that unless the submersion is 
attended with violence, as contusion, &c, sufficient to 
occasion death more quickly than it would take place 
in consequence simply of submersion, that the death is 
alwav« occasioned by the absence of the atmospheric 
air or oxygen from the lungs. 

Strangling or Hanging. — It has been supposed that 
in cases of asphyxia from this cause, the mischief is 
occasioned by the obstruction produced to the circulation 
in the large vessels of the neck, — that from engorge- 
ment in the venous system, a fullness or hyperaemia in 
the brain is occasioned, which, giving rise to apoplexy, 
in this way brings on death. But this is a mistaken 
idea; for, although the venous circulation through the 
jugulars and other superficial vessels in the neck, is 
totally obstructed, and notwithstanding a considerable 
hyperaemia of the vessels of the brain is produced, yet 
it is certain, from the results of observation and experi- 
ment, that this is not generally the cause of the death, 
in strangulation. In this, as in other cases of asphyxia, 
this event follows as the common result of the exclusion 
of the atmospheric air or oxygen from the lungs. 

Asphyxia by Irrespirable Gases. — These gases pro- 
duce death negatively by their want of support to 
respiration, or by their occasioning a spasmodic clo- 
sure 6f the glottis, and thus preventing the entrance of 
the atmosphere or oxygen, the only supporter of respi- 
ration. The gases that are especially mischievous in 
this respect, are not very many ; among the most promi- 
nent, are carbonic acid gas, ammoniacal gas, muriatic 
acid gas, deutoxide of nitrogen, and chlorine. 

Among the less frequent causes of asphyxia, are 
mechanical hindrance to the expansion of the chest, as 
in tight lacing, &c, smothering, tumors in the chest, 
and the congenital causes. 

General Symptoms, Sfc — The symptoms attending 
asphyxia, although about the same, whatever be the 
character of the mechanical cause, must nevertheless 
be expected to vary according as the supply of oxygen 



252 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

is diminished or totally withheld. But the following 
description by Dunglison, will hold good in the gene- 
rality of cases : 

" When the access of oxygen is in a manner pre- 
vented, a few seconds elapse before any uneasiness is 
experienced ; but after this, a marked feeling of disti ess 
indicates the necessity fur satisfying one of the most 
imperious wants — that of respiring — the besoin de res- 
pirn-. This feeling soon becomes insupportable ; the 
animal gasps and yawns repeatedly, and makes use of 
every effort to obtain a supply of the indispensable fluid. 
The whole body is agitated. The limbs quiver, and are 
convulsed, or thrown into tetanic spasms. Almost 
instantaneously, especially if respiration has been 
slightly practicable, and the supervention of asphyxia 
therefore gradual, the feeling of distress is attended by 
vertigo and stupor ; the face becomes livid, especially 
the lips and the orifices of the mucous membranes; and, 
at times, the whole surface becomes of the same hue. 
The sensorial functions are suspended in a few moments, 
and almost simultaneously the muscles lose their power 
of contraction, so that the individual falls. In this 
state of apparent death, an obscure circulation alone 
exists in the great vessels, while the functions of the 
capillary system continue. The precordial region pre- 
sents, at times, a dullness on percussion, which extends 
as far as two inches to the right of the sternum, and 
three inches above the space usually occupied by the 
right heart. This dullness is owing to the engorgement 
of the right cavities. — (Piorry.) Soon the circulation 
ceases, first of all in the larger vessels, and afterward 
in the capillaries; and, with this cessation, the functions 
of secretion, nutrition and calorification are arrested 
The asphyxia has now become positive death. 

" Examination of the body after death, exhibits gen- 
eral lividity of the surface, and the face more especially. 
The parenchyma of the different organs is filled with 
fluid, especially that of the liver — which is sometimes 
quite purple — of the spleen, kidneys, and lungs. The 
whole capillary system, indeed, is surcharged with blood 
of a dark color, which is described by some writers as 
always fluid; — {Addon;) but to this there are many 
exceptions. — (Bc?ard.) The blood appears to be wholly 



SUSPENDED ANIMATION. 253 

collected in the pulmonary artery, the right side of the 
heart, and the venous system generally, while the pul- 
monary veins, the left cavities of the heart, and the 
arteries, are empty, or contain but a small quantity of 
fluid. The appearances, however, differ somewhat, 
according as the respiration is at once obstructed, or 
has taken place, although imperfectly, for a time. In 
the former case, death ensues more promptly, and there 
is less suffering ; and, on examination, the cutaneous 
capillaries and the various organs are less charged with 
blood, and the fluid is less exclusively collected in the 
venous system." 

The cause of the livid or dark appearance of the 
countenance and other parts of the body, and the dis- 
tortion of the features, will not always insure these 
phenomena for any considerable time after death. For 
it is often, if not generally the case, that the counte- 
nance assumes its natural appearance; and it is even 
said, that not unfrequently there is quite a placidity of 
expression — a "rapture of repose" giving a singular 
contrast with the previous appearance. Nevertheless, 
in some cases, especially when there is mechanical 
obstruction in the superficial vessels, as in hanging, that 
all the ' horrible appearances attending asphyxia are 
continued long after death. This condition of the dead 
body is graphically described in Shakspeare's lines on 
the frightful physiognomy of Duke Humphrey : 

" But see ! his face is black and full of blood ; 

His eye-balls further out than when he lived, 

Staring full ghastly like a strangled man ; 

His hair uprear'd ; his nostrils stretch'd with struggling ; 

His hands abroad displayed, as one that grasp'd 

And tugg'd for life, and was by strength subdued." 

Treatment. — In the treatment of cases of suspended 
animation, the great object should be to bring about 
that, condition of the body most favorable to the per- 
formance of the physiological or vital functions, as 
respiration, circulation, calorification, &c. The first 
thing, therefore, that should be done, is to remove the 
subject from the influence of the cause or causes of the 
asphyxia. This being done, the body, if wet, should 
be immediately, dried with the use of a towel or dry 
cloth, and then a course of the most lively friction must 



254 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

be instituted with the use of the rubefacient oil, bathing 
drops, tincture of capsicum ; or, if none of these are 
convenient, the dry hand should be used. In the mean 
time, efforts must be made to get down some permanent 
diffusive stimulant, as the anti-spasmodic tincture, tinc- 
ture of capsicum or myrrh, &c. Enemas, as warm as 
could be borne by a healthy subject, composed of the 
same permanent and diffusive stimulants, must also be 
frequently administered. 

By this time the preparations for a vapor bath may 
have been instituted, so that the patient may now be 
surrounded by a vapor of moderate heat. The precau- 
tion must, however, be observed, not to deprive the face 
of fresh and circulating air. The vapor should, for a 
few moments, be kept at a temperature of only about 
sixty or seventy degrees, or about that of the surface of 
a healthy man; and then it may be gradually raised as 
the circumstances may seem to require. 

Artificial inflation of the lungs, has ever been regarded 
as a very important means of resuscitation. The infla- 
tion is generally made by forcing the air into the mouth 
through a tube, or by means of a common bellows, 
while the nostrils are held close, to prevent the return 
of the air through them. The air must, however, be 
forced in very moderately, and time should be given for 
it to pass out alternately with the inflations. The pro- 
cess may also be favored by placing the band on the 
breast or abdomen, and gently pressing alternately with 
the inspirations. 

Galvanism has of late been found very useful in those 
cases, and if a battery is at hand, it is advisable to use 
the means. 



TIC DOULOUREUX. 

{Neuralgia.) 



Tins is one of the most painful affections that are 
incident to man. It essentially consists of an intermit 
tent pain that is seated in a nerve, and shoots along its? 
course and ramifications. 



TIC DOULOUREUX. 255 

The pain generally occurs suddenly; but sometimes 
a slight sensation of itching or of heat, creeping or 
numbness is felt in the part, which gradually becomes 
more and more intense, until the disease is fully estab- 
lished. Then again the pain is preceded by a feeling 
of coldness and numbness. When the disease has fully 
set in, the pain is usually extremely acute and lancina- 
ting, and the velocity with which it traverses the nerves, 
•has been compared to an electric shock. 

The face is more commonly the seat of neuralgia 
than any other part of the body. 

" When the pain is at its hight, it seems as if burning 
needles were thrust into the affected parts. After a 
time, the agony diminishes, and is alternately replaced 
by a sense of numbness, which remains until the pain 
recurs. Exacerbations and remissions of pain take 
place at intervals, until ultimately the pain becomes 
endurable, which it scarcely was at the hight of the 
paroxysm." 

It is obvious, that a disease so painful could not long 
exist without affecting the general s} r stem. Sleep is 
driven away; general restlessness sets in; digestion is 
poorly performed; and if the patient is not relieved, 
the system will become worn down, and in the worst 
cases death not unfrequently occurs in the course of a 
week or two. 

Treatment. — The pain may generally be removed by 
the use of the rubefacient oil. This preparation must 
be applied to the affected parts with thorough and con- 
tinued friction. In rubbing it on, the ends of the fingers 
should be drawn along the course of the pain with 
considerable pressure. In the meantime, lobelia should 
be taken in nauseating doses. It is the best plan to 
form some of the pulverized seed into pills with the 
lady's slipper extract, and then to give them once in 
three hours in nauseating doses. 

The bathing drops will sometimes answer instead of 
the rubefacient oil; and it happens occasionally, that 
the pain may be readily relieved by the use of the rube- 
facient solution. 

Hot fomentations of bitter and relaxing herbs, have 
also been found useful. 



256 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The vapor bath should be applied, together with 
emetic doses of lobelia, if the pain does not yield to the 
other means recommended ; and these should be repeated 
daily, in extreme cases, until the disease will yield. 

The nervine tonic should be used during the entire 
treatment, whatever may be the other means employed. 



TOOTHACHE. 

{Odontalgia.) 



This very troublesome complaint is very common, 
and needs no detail of symptoms. 

The pain commonly called toothache, is not always 
caused by caries of the teeth. Inflammation of the 
alvaolo-dental membrane often gives rise to extreme 
pain, when the teeth may be sound. Ulcerations may 
occur in the sockets of the teeth from inflammations of 
this membrane, and the pus be discharged between the 
gums and the teeth ; and sometimes the matter, not 
finding vent, will remain and give rise to a carious 
condition of the bones, and thus keep up a fistulous 
ulcer. The soft parts within the jaw bones may also 
become inflamed, and cause what is commonly called 
the "jaimcke." This latter generally passes off by 
resolution. However, in the majority of instances, the 
pain arises from caries of the teeth. The crown of the 
tooth is most commonly affected, but it sometimes hap- 
pens that its fangs or roots commence to decay first. 
In this case the symptoms do not differ much from those 
that characterize inflammation of the membranes, only 
that the difficulty lasts longer, or assumes a more 
chronic form. When the crown or top of the tooth is 
affected with caries, it seems that the disease com- 
mences on the outer edge of the bony part, immedi- 
ately under the enamel. Carious parts are generally 
discovered by the painful sensation caused by the con- 
tact of cold or hot drinks, by the touch of sugar or 
other saccharine matter, before it can readily be seen 
on examination. The rotting of the tooth generally 
commences in a small point, and continues thence, 
until the whole crown is decayed away. The bony 



ULCERS. 257 

part goes first, and afterwards the enamel or remaining 
shell is broken down either by an effort at extraction, 
or by chewing hard substances. 

Treatment. — In cases of inflammation of the mem- 
branes, which may be known by the absence of caries, 
by the pain seeming to affect a number of teeth at the 
same time, by the affected teeth being loose and longer 
than the rest, by the swelling of the cheeks, and the 
ulceration of the gums, the external treatment should 
consist of a course nearly the same as that recom- 
mended for glossitis, only it may be milder in the com- 
mencement. The teeth should not be extracted in 
cases of inflammation of the membranes, unless it be- 
comes necessary to do it when ulceration takes place, 
in order to give vent to the pus. 

In cases of toothache from caries, the pain may be 
relieved by the introduction of a little oil of cloves, 
cinnamon, summer savory, or some creosote, which 
may be done by means of a little bit of cotton or lint. 
When the pain is relieved, the tooth should be cleaned 
out, and plugged up with a metallic substance, such 
as silver, or gold foil. But when the tooth is so far 
decayed as not to be of much service, it should be 
extracted. 

The rubefacient oil or bathing drops, applied with 
considerable friction, will often give relief in toothache 
as well as jawache. Some advise destroying the 
nerve ; and for this purpose, the introduction of a hot 
wire or caustics, such as the carbonate of potash, &c, 
if well done, will generally be successful. 



ULCERS. 

( Ulcer a.') 

Ulcers are open, foetid, chronic sores, which have 
the following description by Hooper: — A purulent 
solution of continuity of the soft parts of the animal 
body, arising from a variety of causes, as all those that 
produce inflammation, from wounds, specific irritation 
17 



258 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

of the absorbents, from scurvy, cancer, the venereal or 
scrofulous virus, &c. The proximate or immediate 
cause is an increased action of the absorbents, and a 
specific action of the arteries, by which a fluid is sep- 
arated from the blood upon the ulcerated surface 
They are variously denominated ; the following is the 
most frequent division : 

1. The simple ulcer, which takes place generally from 
a superficial wound. 

2. The sinuous, that runs under the integuments, and 
the orifice of which is narrow, but not callous. 

3. The fistulous ulcer or fistula, a deep ulcer with a 
narrow and callous orifice. 

4. The fungous Jeer, the surface of which is covered 
with fungous flesh. 

5. The gangrenous, which is livid, foetid, and gan- 
grenous. 

6. The scorbutic, which depends on a scorbutic acri- 
mony. 

7. The venereal, arising from the venereal disease. 

8. The cancerous ulcer, or open cancer. 

9. The carious ulcer, depending on a carious bone. 
19. The inveterate ulcer, which is of long continu- 
ance, and resists the ordinary applications. 

11. The scrofulous ulcer, known by its having risen 
from indolent tumors, its discharging a viscid, glaring 
matter, and ,-+ s indolent nature. 

The following four great, distinctions between wounds 
and ulcers, are muJe by Professor Richerand : — 1. A 
wound arises from the action of an extraneous body; 
the cause of an ulcer is inherent in the economy. 
2. A wound is always idiopathic ; an ulcer is always 
symptomatic. 3. A wound has essentially a tendency 
to heal, because the action of its cause has been 
momentary ; an ulcer, on the contrary, has a tendency 
to enlarge, because its cause persists. 4. The treat- 
ment of a w nmd is purely surgical ; that of an ulcer 
is medical as well. 

Treatment. — As ulcers, in nearly every instance, are 
a result of an unhealthy condition of the general sys- 
tem, it is a very good plan, as a common rule, to com- 
mence their treatment with such a remedial course as 



ULCERS. 250 

is calculated to obviate the various primary and inci- 
dental causes that may obtain in the case. 

To regulate the secretions, equal parts of the extract 
of yellow parilla and mandrake, formed into pills, may 
be given in doses of one pill three times a day. For 
this purpose, the alterative syrup is also very good. 

Laxative betters are very useful, a& a general remedy 
m the treatment of ulcers; they should be employed 
throughout the treatment. 

Local Treatment. — One of the most important things 
in the local treatment of ulcers, is to keep the sore 
clean. It must be frequently washed out with soap- 
suds and astringent infusions made of the astringent 
tonic, bayberry, sumac bark, white pond- lily, &c. After 
the washings, the sore should be wetted occasionally 
with some pyroligneous acid ; or if this is not at hand, 
some tincture of myrrh, lobelia, or capsicum, may be 
dropped into it at the dressings. 

Poultices. — Great benefit is often found in the use 
of poultices. The ingredients of which these should 
be made, must be selected according to the condition 
of the ulcer, whether they should be astringent, relax- 
ant, stimulating or emollient. Among the astringent 
articles, almost any of the simples will be found to 
answer, but the astringent tonic, bayberry, cranesbill, 
sumac, and pond-lily root are generally preferred. 
Among the relaxants, the best are lobelia and thor- 
oughwort. Of the stimulants, ginger and capsicum, 
made up with meal, or slippery elm bark, are gener- 
ally preferred. Slippery elm, comfrey, flaxseed, and 
mallows, are the best emollients. 

Salves. — As soon as the ulcer issues healthy pus, or 
that which is of a thick, yellowish, cream-like consist- 
ence, the sore will be ready for the healing process. 
To promote this, salves are of great benefit. Either of 
the salves recommended among the compounds may be 
employed. It is sometimes best to change them, first 
using one, and then another. 

At the dressings, the sore must always be washed 
out, first with soapsuds, and then with some i stringent 
wash. 



260 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

If, at any time after the use of the salves is com- 
menced, the ulcer should become inflamed and painful, 
the emollient and relaxant poultices should be used. 

The plaster recommended for the treatment of open 
cancers, is an invaluable application for old indolent 
and obstinate ulcers. 

Jn fistulous and sinuous ulcers, it is necessary to inject 
the articles used into the opening of the ulcer, by 
means of a syringe made for the purpose, that can be 
got at drug stores. In gangrenous ulcers, antisceptic 
poultices, made as directed for mortification, must be 
used. 

When the ulcer is very indolent and slow to heal, it 
is sometimes very good to sprinkle some capsicum or 
its oil, or the oil of lobelia into it. When there is fun- 
gous flesh in it, some fine blood-root, mandrake root, 
burnt alum, or what is perhaps better than anything 
else, a little carbonate of potash may be sprinkled on 
the fungous parts ; and then a poultice should be laid 
over the whole. 



VENEREAL DISEASE. 

(Syphilis.) 



This is a very contagious disease, propagated by 
impure sexual intercourse, and prevails considerably 
among both sexes in some of our large cities, and is 
not unfrequent in most country places. It is supposed 
by some to be of ancient origin, yet it did not make its 
appearance in Europe until 1494 or 1495. 

The disease consists essentially of a specific poison, 
which when contracted, gives rise to symptoms that 
mark two distinct stages of the affection, the primary 
and the constitutional. The primary or local symptoms 
are not generally called syphilis, but receive the name 
of gonorrhoea venerea or clap, chancre, and bubo, according 
to its different seat or appearance. 

Gonorrhoea. — Gonorrhoea may take place without 
the presence of the venereal poison ; but when it fol- 
lows as an effect of this, it generally sets in, in from a 



VENEREAL DISEASE. 261 

few days to one or two weeks after the exposure, with 
an uneasiness about the parts of generation, sach as 
an itching sensation in the glans of the penis, and a 
soreness and tingling feeling along the whole course of 
the urethra. Soon after this, a whitish matter will 
make its appearance, and there will be a degree of 
pungency or burning in passing the urine. There is 
considerable pain in the glans, which will extend with 
greater or less activity, upward along the course of the 
urethra ; the glans becomes red and swollen, and very 
tender to the touch. The patient is usually much har- 
assed with painful erections, particularly when in bed, 
and when the urine is voided. In many cases, the 
inflammatory action extends from the mucous mem- 
brane to the corpus or body of the penis, giving rise to 
much tenderness and hardness in this part. Attending 
this, there is usually a very painful symptom called 
chordee, which consists in strong and protracted erec- 
tions, whilst from the hard and unyielding condition of 
the corpus spongiosum, the penis is thrown into a 
curved form, with the head turned down and the body 
bent upward. It is not unusual for small quantities of 
blood to be discharged with the gonorrhoeal flux. Both 
of the sexes are liable to this affection. In females* 
however, the symptoms differ in most particulars ; du«. 
the discharge is of the same character, and is often 
difficult to be distinguished from that of common 
leucorrhoea. * 

Chancres. — These make their appearance at an 
uncertain period after the venereal poison is con- 
tracted — first by one or more small pimples, excoria- 
tions or ulcers, that are situated on some part of the 
genital organs, preceded usually by an itching in the 
part. These sores enlarge and assume all the charac- 
teristics of the most obstinate ulcers, with thick hard- 
ened borders. Nor is the induration confined to the 
margins, for the whole excavated surface of the ulcer 
is hard and unyielding. The true venereal chancre 
is always of an indolent character, or slow in its pro- 
gress. 

Bubo. — The glands situated at the junctions of the 
fimbs, possess a singular power of absorbing poisons 



262 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

carried into the circulation ; and thus from this striking 
arrangement of things, poisons starting in the extrem- 
ities, are often prevented from passing into the trunk 
among the viscera. When these glands have absorbed 
much poison, they swell considerably, and not unfre- 
quently suppurate and break. 

The glands in the groin, are those usually affected 
with the venereal poison ; but it is very seldom the 
case, that from this cause, more than one in a side be- 
comes affected at a time. When a gland thus swells, 
it is called bubo. 

The bubo may continue for a time in an inflamma- 
tory condition, and then pass off by resolution, or it 
may suppurate, and then assume all the usual charac- 
teristics of an obstinate ulcer. 

Syphilis. — The constitutional effects of the venereal 
poison, are still more horrible than the primary symp- 
toms. The following description is given by Hooper: 

" When venereal matter gets into the system, some 
symptoms of it may often be observed in the course of 
six or eight weeks, or probably sooner; but in some 
cases, it will continue in the circulating mass of fluids 
for many months before any visible signs of its effects 
are produced. The system being completely contamin- 
ated, it then occasions many local effects in different 
parts of the body, and shows itself under a variety of 
forms, many of which put on the appearance of a dis- 
tinct disease. We may presume that this appearance 
depends wholly on the difference of constitution, the 
different kind of parts affected, and the different state 
these parts were in at the time the matter or poison 
was applied. 

" The first symptoms usually show themselves on the 
skin, and in the mouth or throat. When on the skin, 
reddish and brownish spots appear here and there on 
the surface, and eruptions of a copper color are dis- 
persed over different parts of the body, on the top of 
which there soon forms a thick scurf or scale. This 
scurf falls off after a short time, and is succeeded by 
another, and the same happening several times, and at 
length casting off deep scabs, an ulcer is formed which 
discharges an acrid foetid matter. When the matter 



VENEREAL DISEASE. 203 

is secreted in the glands of the throat and mouth, the 
tongue will often be affected so as to occasion a thick- 
ness of speech, and the tonsils, palate, and uvula will 
become ulcerated so as to produce a soreness and diffi- 
culty of swallowing, and likewise a hoarseness in the 
voice. In the venereal ulcer of the tonsil, a portion of 
it seems as if it was dug out; it is, moreover, very foul, 
and has a thick, white matter adhering to it, which can- 
not be washed off. By these characteristic marks it 
may, in general, readily be distinguished from any other 
species of ulceration in these parts. 

" If the disease affects the eyes, obstinate inflamma- 
tion, and sometimes ulceration, will also attack these 
organs. The matter sometimes falls on deep-seated 
parts, such as the tendons, ligaments, and periosteum, 
and occasions hard, painful swellings to arise, known 
by the name of nodes. 

" When the disease is suffered to take its own course, 
and not counteracted by proper remedies, the patient 
will in the course of time, be afflicted with severe pains, 
but more particularly in the night time; his counte- 
nance will be sallow, his hair will fall off, he will lose 
his appetite, strength, and flesh ; his rest will be much 
disturbed by night, and a small fever of the hectic kind 
will arise. The ulcers in the mouth and throat being 
likewise suffered to spread, and to occasion a caries of 
the bones of the palate, an opening will be made from 
the mouth to the nose; and the cartilages and bones 
of the nose being at length corroded, this will sink on a 
level with the face. Some constitutions will bear up 
for a considerable time against the disease, while others 
again will soon sink under a general weakness and 
irritation produced by it. #...#* 

" The general appearances to be observed on dissec- 
tion of those who die of lues, are, caries of the bones, 
but more particularly those of the cranium, often com- 
municating ulceration to the brain itself, together with 
enlargements and indurations of the lymphatic glands, 
scirrhus of several of the organs, particularly the liver 
and lungs, and exostoses of many of the hardest bones." 

Cause. - - It has already been stated that the venereal 
disease is produced by a specific poison. This is com 



264 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

municated by those affected with it, to others, by impure 
sexual intercourse; and thus in large cities where this 
practice is extensive, the disease spreads very rapidly, 
as one individual may communicate the poison to an 
incredible number of others. 

In rare instances the disease may also be taken by 
the exposure of any excoriated, wounded, or otherwise 
unprotected part of the body to the contact of the 
poison, as by kissing, lying against a person laboring 
under the disease, &c. 

It is also supposed, and it seems reasonable, that a 
child may, by sucking at the breast, receive the poison 
from a nurse that is affected with syphilis; and on the 
other hand, that a child affected with it may communi- 
cate it to the nurse. 

It has also been stated, that the disease has been 
communicated by a wound with a lancet, or knife in- 
fected with the poison. 

Treatment. — In recent cases, when the first symptoms 
of gonorrhoea appear, nothing more may be necessary 
than an active cathartic, composed of equal parts of 
mandrake and blue flag in powder; and at the same 
time washing the parts, and injecting them with the 
following compound : 

]£ Tincture of Lobelia, 2 ounces, 
Tincture of Myrrh, 1 ounce, 
Balsam of Fir, . . 1 " 

Shake well in a bottle. A table spoonful of this may 
be mixed with an equal quantity of the infusion of the 
astringent tonic, and then used as stated above. The 
application must be frequently repeated. The solutions 
of the sulphate of zinc and of acetate of lead have 
been employed with good success in this case. 

"When buboes make their appearance, the parts should 
be poulticed, if this be practicable, with the dregs of 
myrrh and lobelia, and some fine slippery elm bark. 
If this cannot be done, a liniment made by mixing 
together equal parts of the stimulating liniment and 
stramonium ointment, must be applied to the. parts with 
gentle friction, three times a day. While this is being 
done, the system must be kept under the influence of 
the mandrake and blue flag cathartic powder. 



VENEREAL DISEASE. 265 

When the tumors suppurate and break, they must 
be treated as is recommended for common ulcers. 

Chancres and syphilitic ulcers, must be kept clean by 
washing them frequently with a solution of carbonate 
of potash. If situated where poultices may be applied, 
these should be used : they may be made as follows : 



]£ Thoroughwort, 
Narrow dock root. 
Mandrake root, 
Bay berry, -. . 
Slippery elm, . 



Equal parts. 



Pulverize and form into a poultice by adding flour, if 
necessary. This should be laid over the ulcer, and be 
renewed, or a new one should be applied every morning 
and evening, washing out the sore at the dressings with 
a solution of potash, or an astringent tea, as the case 
may require, until it is ready to heal, when salves may 
be applied. 

When the ulcers are very indolent, it is a good plan 
to drop into them some tincture of myrrh occasionally. 
The antispasmodic tincture, and the tincture of lobelia, 
are also beneficially used in this way. 

When the ulcer presents a dark appearance, or exhib- 
its other signs of mortification, a poultice of the dregs 
of myrrh should be applied, and renewed as often as 
the case may require. The pyroligneous acid is also 
very good to prevent mortification in these sores. 

Such parts of the treatment recommended for scro- 
fulous and common ulcers, as may be indicated here, 
should also be used. 

In cases of confirmed syphilis, in which the poison 
produces its constitutional effects, a more thorough 
course of treatment is required. The vapor and lobelia 
may be required once, twice, or three times a week, as 
the urgency of the case may require. 

# Stillingia, . 12 ounces, 
Podophyllum, 4 " 
Phytolacca, . 4 " 
Iris vers. . . 4 " 
Alcohol, . . 4 pints, 
White sugar, 2 pounds. 

Bruise the four first ingredients and macerate in the 
alcohol foi ten days and strain, then add the sugar. 



266 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

This is one of the best, among the safe remedies for 
syphilis, that can be prepared. It is perhaps equally- 
efficient with mercury, which has been considered a 
specific for this disease. 

It should be taken throughout the treatment, in doses 
sufficiently large to keep the bowels loose. From a 
tea spoonful to a table spoonful three times a day, will 
usually be sufficient. Should this medicine disagree 
too much with the bowels, it may be alternated by the 
use of the alterative syrup. 

The balsamic diuretics, are important remedies in 
the treatment of syphilis. Among the best of these, 
for this use, are the balsam of copaiva, and balsam of 
fir. The queen of the meadow root, will also be found 
very useful. 

When ulcers in the mouth and elsewhere make their 
appearance, they must be managed, (in addition to the 
general treatment,) as nearly as possible, after the plan 
recommended for ulcers arising from other causes. 

The use of tonics is indispensable to the proper treat- 
ment of syphilis. 



WENS. 

Wens are roundish, loose, fleshy tumors, that grow 
superficially, on various parts of the body. They gen- 
erally are situated in the cellular tissue, immediately 
under the skin. They are seldom painful, and hardly 
ever become troublesome, except from the inconvenience 
arising from their bulk. 

Treatment. — The wen may, generally, be removed 
by washing it frequently with salt water. 

The following preparation will, however, act more 
promptly in its removal than the simple use of the salt 
water : Take the yelks of eggs, any quantity, beat them 
up, add as much pure salt as they will dissolve, and 
wear this over the wen — changing the application for 
a fresh one, every twelve hours. The iodine ointment 
is also a good application for the removal of wens, and 



WHITE-SWELLING. 267 

will sometimes be effectual after the above prepara- 
tions fail. 

Wens are easily removed by the knife, as their posi- 
tion is very superficial. 



WHITE-SWELLING. 

(Hydarthrus.) 



White-swelling is a very inveterate and painful dis- 
ease, that is usually seated on some of the joints of the 
body, particularly the hip, knee, ankle, and elbow. 
The swelling is generally very considerable, sometimes 
extending the size of the part beyond all proportion. 
The appearance of the skin, as the name implies, is 
natural or white, even when the inflammatory symp- 
toms are at the highest. 

The disease is usually very painful and distressing,* 
and the pain is much increased by the motion of the 
joint. As the affection advances, the limb becomes 
stiff, and continues in a crooked position. The swelling 
now becomes very hard ; and if the disease is not 
arrested, suppuration will take place, — the tumor will 
break, and discharge large quantities of matter, and not 
unfrequently some pieces of bones. Suppuration some- 
times makes its appearance early in the disease ; but 
more usually it does not come on for several months, 
and occasionally not for a year or two. 

Various parts of the joints may be the immediate 
seat of the disease, as the ligaments or capsules, carti- 
lages, tendons, periosteum, and even the bones. The 
ligaments sometimes ulcerate away so much as to let 
the bones slip out of their places, and thus expose them 
at the surface. 

It would hardly be expected that such severe and 
extensive local disease could long exist without giving 
rise to more or less constitutional derangement. The 
general health gradually becomes impaired, the appetite 
fails, and debility sets in. Considerable emaciation 

* It happens occasionally, that white-swelling progresses with 
vrcry little pain ; but this is rarely the case. 



268 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

generally supervenes ; and finally, if the disease is not 
arrested, the bowels become disordered, a diarrhoea sets 
in, and in some severe cases, the patient continues to 
sink until released by death. 

Treatment. — White- swelling, in by far the majority 
of cases, is connected with a strumous condition of the 
system; and therefore, in order to its successful man- 
agement, a general treatment, like that recommended 
for scrofula, must be adopted. The circulating fluids 
must be kept in a pure and healthy condition; and for 
this purpose, general deturgents or depuratives, altera- 
tives, baths, laxatives, cathartics, occasional emetics, 
and any other means calculated to promote healthy 
secretion, and improve the condition of the general 
system, must be perseveringly used. Among these, the 
alterative syrup is the most important, and should be 
used as a constitutional remedy throughout the entire 
treatment. 

Local Treatment. — Thp affected part should be 
fomented every day over a pot of volatile herbs, as pen- 
nyroyal, horsemint, maijorum, peppermint, &c. Imme- 
diately after this fomentation, if the case has not yet 
suppurated, some stimulating liniment must be rubbed 
on the parts, freely. Stimulating and relaxant poul- 
tices, are also generally found of considerable advan- 
tage. Binding on wilted or bruised leaves of the jimson, 
and changing it for a fresh application daily, will be 
beneficial, if the parts are previously well rubbed and 
bathed with the bathing drops. 

An application, made by beating up some yelks of 
eggs, and adding as much salt as the mass will dissolve, 
if constantly worn over the swelling, and renewed by a 
fresh application every morning and evening, w r ill gen- 
erally prove an excellent means. 

If the swelling should not readily yield to the above 
means, an irritating plaster must be applied, and worn 
until its specific effects are produced ; and after this, 
relaxant poultices should be applied to keep up a 
discharge. 

When suppuration has taken place, and the sore does 
not readily heal, but inclines to an ulcerous condition, a 



WHOOPING COUGH. 269 

solution of the carbonate of potash should be injected 
with a small syringe, designed for the purpose. The 
sores must also be washed out, at least once a da}^, with 
a strong astringent tea, by means of a sponge or 
syringe ; and after this, some tincture of myrrh may be 
thrown into it, or, instead of it, pyroligneous acid. 

The sore must then be poulticed with slippery elm, 
thoroughwort, lobelia, or astringent tonic, as the case 
may require, until it is ready to heal, when the salves 
should be used. 



WHOOPING COUGH. 

(Pertussis.) 



The whooping cough is a very distressing disease, 
chiefly confined to children, and occurring but once in 
the same individual. It seems to be propagated by a 
specific contagion. 

The exciting cause of the cough appears to consist of 
a collection of viscid phlegm that accumulates in the 
bonchia, trachea, and fauces, and which adheres so 
firmly as to be expectorated with great difficulty. As 
soon as this phlegm becomes collected so as to excite 
irritation, a fit of coughing will ensue, which will sel- 
dom cease until the phlegm is removed either by the 
coughing or by vomiting. The patient will then have 
relief until the irritation is again produced by a new 
collection of the phlegm. These paroxysms of cough- 
ing, which may occur four or five times a day or oftener, 
are sometimes extremely severe. The patient not 
unfrequently becomes strangled and turns black in the 
face, and in some instances he may fall to the ground 
in a manner senseless. The coughing is attended with 
a peculiar kind of whooping, — whence the name of the 
affection. The disease, wherf left to run its course, will 
generally continue from six weeks to several months or 
longer. 

Treatment. — Lobelia seems to be a specific for this 
disease. 

It should be used in expectorant or slightly nauseating 
doses, once in two or three hours. It may be given in 



270 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

substance, infusion, or in tincture. Sweetening seems 
to add to its beneficial effects. The oxymel of lobelia, is 
the best preparation of the article for this disease, as it 
is about as prompt in its effects as any other, and, what 
is more, it is very pleasant and convenient to take. 



WORMS. 

(Entozoa.) 

All animal bodies are supposed to afford habitations 
for other animals. But the means by which they gain 
their existence are as yet involved in mystery. There 
are, however, but two possible modes in which they 
may be produced in the body. They are either devel- 
oped from ovula taken in, in some way, from without, 
or they are produced by spontaneous generation in the 
body. Many cogent arguments have been advanced on 
both these views ; but as the matter is not demonstrated 
on either principle, it will be of but little use to give 
them here. 

Parasitic animals are not only found in the alimentary 
canal, but in the liver, kidneys, lungs, brain, eyes, the 
flesh, skin, and, indeed, in most if not all other parts. 

There are principally four kinds of worms which 
infest the intestinal tube — the lumbricus, tricocephalu^, 
oxyuris, and tenia. 




The lumbricus, or, more properly, ascarh lumbricoides, 
is a long, round or cylindrical worm, from three to 



WORMS. 271 

twelve inches in length, and from an eighth to a quarter 
of an inch in diameter, tapering at each end, and of a 
reddish brown or dirty white color. It exists sometimes 
in great numbers, and is commonly found in the small 
intestines, and occasionally in the stomach. Hence, 
sometimes it is vomited up, or even discharged through 
the nose by its entering the posterior nares. Its pres- 
ence is indicated by uneasiness in the stomach or bow- 
els, irritation, and itching of the nostrils ; a paleness 
and puffed state of the lips; foul breath; choking sen- 
sation in the throat; bloated abdomen; periodic or 
occasional paroxysms of fever, &c. But the only sure 
sign is their appearance in some of the evacuations. 




TRTCOCEPHALUS DISPAE. 

This is the long thread- worm found in the caecum or 
first of the large intestines, but not generally in large 
numbers. It is from an inch and a half to two inches 
in length. About two- thirds of its length is quite atten- 
uated, being scarcely larger than a horse-hair, while 
the other — the posterior portion — is considerably 
larger, and terminates in a rounded or blunt extremity, 
which, in the male, is coiled up and has a trumpet- 
shaped appendage, with a spike projection supposed to 
be the organ of generation. In the above cut, Fig. 1 
represents the male many times magnified, showing its 
head at a. Fig. 2 represents the same of natural size; 
and Fig. 3 the female of natural size. 



272 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 




OXYURIS, OR ASCARIS VERMICUEARIS. 

This is the common pin, or maw-worm, which is of 
small size, and exists in great numbers. It is found in 
every portion of the intestinal tube, but occasions the 
most annoyance in the rectum. It is from an eighth to 
half an inch in length, and quite slender, and is mostly 
enveloped in the mucus of the intestines, and hence 
very difficult to be removed. The above cut gives 
many examples of the largest of the natural size, 
together with one specimen highly magnified. 

Many individuals are affected with them in child- 
hood, but get rid of them as they advance in age. 
Some, however, are troubled with them during the 
whole of a long life, although they are generally sup- 
posed to be less annoying after middle age than before. 
They often appear periodically, both in children and 
adults, after intervals -of from three to six weeks. 
During these intervals they are neither felt, nor seen in 
the discharges. Their periodical return is announced 
by a sense of itching and burning at the extremity of 
the rectum, experienced chiefly in the evening, some- 
times producing tumefaction and eruption in the neigh- 
boring skin. This irritation continues to recur every 
evening for perhaps a week or more; then ceases. 
During this time the worms are discharged alive and 
active in every alvine evacuation. Cathartics and in- 
jections bring away vast numbers of them, but without 
obviating the annoyance of those left behind. At 
length they spontaneously cease to appear, and the 
irritation subsides until another paroxysm of them 
sets in. 



273 




TENIA SOLINUM. 

The tape-worm is a very formidable and troublesome 
inhabitant of the alimentary canal. It is sometimes 
of great size, as from thirty to forty feet in length. 
One of extraordinary size is mentioned by Dr. Sib- 
bargaarde, of Copenhagen, which measured one hun- 
dred and fourteen feet. It is flat, and something less 
than half an inch in width at its broadest part, and is 
composed of numerous joints or sections about the size, 
and nearly the shape of a gourd seed. These are often 
detached, and come away in sections of various length, 
as from a single joint, to ten or twenty feet of the body. 
The worm is not of an equal width throughout its 
length; its head and anterior portion of its body are 
extremely small. 

Another species of the tape-worm, the taenia lata, or 
bothriocephalus, is common in Russia and Switzerland. 
This is represented below : 




274 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

BOTHRIOCEPHALUS. 

Fig. 1, represents the head and anterior portion of 
the body, of natural size. Fig. 2, the head magnified. 
Fig. 3, joints of the body of natural size. 

The signs of tape-worm are often very obscure, and 
its existence sometimes is not in the least suspected, 
until some portions or joints of it are observed in the 
passages. But generally, if the worm has attained 
considerable size, there is more or less uneasiness, 
pain- — sense of weight — and sometimes a feeling of 
movement or crawling in the stomach, or bowels. 
The appetite is variable, but generally voracious ; there 
is often nausea, itching of the anus and nose, and 
atrophy. 



H^W^I 






fm 


WM 


liwB 


fill IHKl^' ^ 


fM 





STRONGYLUS GIGAS. 

One of the largest species of worms is found in the 
kidneys of man and of various quadrupeds. It is 
supposed, however, that it never exists, except when 
the structure of the kidney is destroyed or broken down. 
But it is uncertain whether they are the cause or conse- 
quence of the disease. 

The strongylus gigas in shape is cylindrical, and 
tapering each way, and sometimes two or three feet in 
length. Its posterior extremity is terminated by a 
trumpet-shaped enlargement, from which, in the male, 
a spicular body supposed to be the organ of genera- 
tion proceeds. The worm is sometimes discharged in 
the urine, and occasionally, when young or small, in 
considerable numbers. 



275 




FILARIA MEDENSIS, 



The filaria medensis, or Guinea- worm, is a very 
troublesome species of entozoa, common in hot cli- 
mates. It is found under the skin in the cellular and 
muscular substance of man and beasts. It has a 
round, smooth, and filiform body, about the thickness 
of a pigeon's quill, and sometimes from three to four 
feet in length. Sometimes they occasion but little an- 
noyance, but at others they cause great pain and 
inflammation. When they appear at the surface, they 
may, with great care, be extracted entire. 



FILARIA BRONCHIALIi 



A little worm of this denomination is very common 
in the lungs of inferior animals, and has in very rare 
instances been found in man. 

Besides these, there are many other species of worms 
found in various portions of the body, but they are of 
less consequence. Among those noticed by authors, 
are the distoma, cysticus, acephalocyst, (hydatid,) spir- 
optera, echin, ococus, polystoma, &c. 

Treatment. — The agents used to expel worms, may 
properly be said to consist of three kinds: 1, those that 
destroy the worms; 2, those that remove them by mere 
mechanical means; and 3, those that have a tendency 
so to tone up and fortify the system against them as 
will result, ultimately, in their expulsion. 

The only intestinal worms of any importance, are 
the long round worm (ascaris lubricus ;) the pin- worm 
(ascaris vermicularis ;) the thread- worm (trichocephalus 



276 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

dispar;) and the two varieties of tape-worm (tcB7iia.) 
These may, generally, all be removed by the same 
means. Nevertheless, some are found to require 
special remedies, sometimes. 

The pink-root seems to be one of the best articles to 
remove the lumbricoides, or long round worm. It is 
best taken in infusion. Half an ounce may be boiled 
for two hours in a covered vessel; and then, after using 
gentle physic and spare diet for a day or two, the infu- 
sion should be taken, in doses of a table spoonful to 
the child, and a tea cupful to the adult, three or four 
times a day, for three days, when it must be followed 
with an active cathartic of senna, aloes, mandrake, or 
rhubarb, to cany off the worms. 

If the use of the pink-root should not prove success- 
ful, the wormseed oil may be employed in doses of from 
five to ten drops to a child, and from fifteen to twenty 
to an adult. The medicine should be given two or three 
times a day for some three days, and then be followed 
with a brisk cathartic. It is a very common practice 
to mix the wormseed oil with some castor oil, thus 
making a vermifuge that is considerably popular. A 
formula for the preparation of this vermifuge is given 
among the compounds. 

The male fern is also an excellent article for the re- 
moval of this variety of worms; it is given in powder 
or ethereal extract. The dose of the powder is from 
one to three drachms, to be given in the form of electu- 
ary or emulsion, and repeated morning and evening for 
one or two days, successively. The medicine should then 
be followed with a brisk cathartic of castor oil or senna. 

When it is desired to destroy the animals, the cow- 
hage will be found an excellent article. The common 
way of preparing it is to dip the pods into some syrup 
or molasses, and then to scrape off the spiculae or hairs 
with the liquid, which, is in a proper state for adminis- 
tration when it has attained the thickness of honey. 
The dose of this mixture is a table spoonful for an 
adult, a tea spoonful for a child three years old, to be 
given every morning for three days, and then followed 
by a brisk cathartic. 

The pin-worm {a>caris vcrmicularis) is much harder 
to expel than the long round worm. This variety 



worms. 277 

chiefly occupies the rectum or lower part of the large 
intestines, and is hence not much affected by the anthel- 
mintics used in the common way. It is best, therefore, 
not only to use the medicine per stomach, as ordered 
for the other varieties of worms, but to administer the 
same articles freely by injection. Aloes seems to 
answer best as a cathartic, after the proper anthelmin- 
tics are used, as it inclines to act more powerfully on 
the lower portion of the intestines. The dose of this 
medicine for the expulsion of worms, is from ten to 
twenty grains. It is, perhaps, the best plan to give ten 
grains morning and evening, until the desired effect is 
produced, — at the same time giving it by injection. 

Equal parts of lime-water and milk, given by injec- 
tion two or three times a day, will sometimes remove 
the pin-worms in large quantities. Spirits of turpentine 
with milk, in the proportion of a tea spoonful of the 
former to a gill of the latter, administered in the same 
way two or three times a day, will also be found a good 
remedy. 

The annoyance from this variety of worms is very 
apt to be renewed, even in cases in which complete 
relief had been obtained. Whether the worms renewing 
the difficulty were cotemporaries with those removed, or 
whether they are a new generation, it is difficult to tell. 

Perseverance in the treatment alone, will afford any- 
thing like permanent relief from the annoyance of these 
worms. 

For the expulsion of the tape- worm, the bark of the 
root of the pomegranate is, perhaps, the best article 
that we possess. The best way to prepare the medi- 
cine, is to boil two ounces of the fine bark in two quarts 
of water, straining, and then boiling it down to one 
quart. Of this the dose is a wine glassful once in two 
hours until all is taken, when it should be followed up 
with a brisk cathartic. 

The male fern is a remedy of great antiquity. Dios 
corides, Theophrastus, Galen, and Pliny, speak of it. 
There is no anthelmintic that has had greater popular- 
ity than this. In 1775, the King of France purchased 
of Madame Nouffer, a Swiss lady, the knowledge of a 
secret cure for the tape-worm, that had gained great 
popularity. This remedy, which was published by 



278 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

order of the king, consisted of nothing more than the 
root of the male fern. The manner of its use was one 
large dose of the powdered root, (from one to three 
drachms,) to be followed in two hours with a brisk 
cathartic. If this process did not prove successful, it 
was to be repeated with proper intervals till the worm 
came away. 

The medicine is, however, more commonly used in 
smaller doses for several days, and then followed by the 
cathartics. 

All the other varieties of intestinal worms, may be 
successfully expelled by the means here recommended 
for those just treated. 

Of late the medical journals have contained an ac- 
count of a new remedy for worms, and especially for 
tape- worm. It is derived from the flowers of the 
Branera Anthelmintica, (Kousco,) a tree growing in 
Abyssinia. If this medicine should maintain the favor- 
able accounts given of it, it is hoped that it will soon 
be introduced into common use here. 

Those entozoa that occur in the parenchymatous, 
muscular and cuticular tissues, are of extremely rare 
occurrence; but when they do occur, they are removed 
with difficulty. 

In the treatment of these cases, a strict attention to 
regimen is necessary. Cleanliness, above all other 
things, must be scrupulously observed; the diet, exer- 
cise, and other habits rrust be so changed and regulated 
as will favor a condition of the system opposite to that 
under which the parasites were produced. A syrup, 
made of meadow fern, narrow dock, burdock, and black 
pepper, should be prepared and used perseveringly. 
The body may be exposed to sulphurous vapor. The 
pomegranate bark should be taken two or three times 
a week, and an occasional dose of turpentine may be 
taken. Together with these means, a good constitu- 
tional or general treatment must also be instituted and 
persevered in. The digestion must be well sustained, 
and the secretions be kept pure and regular. 

The medicines that are commonly used to invigorate 
and tone up the system, and thus to dispose, protect, 
and fortify it against the invasion and generation of 
worms or parasitic animals, are those of the bitter tonic 



wounds. 279 

class. Among the best articles, are poplar bark, worm- 
wood, the twigs of the peach tree, white walnut bark, 
&c; but all the bitter tonics are serviceable. 



WOUNDS. 

A wound is the solution of continuity in the soft parts 
of the body. They present many different appearances, 
as regards their situation ; the parts implicated ; their 
direction; size; shape; the nature of the instrument or 
agent by which they are produced; their more or less 
simple or complex character, duration, &c. 

The wound is called incised, when made by a cutting 
instrument; when by a pointed instrument, punctured; 
when the parts are torn or broken down by the wound- 
ing body, the injury is called laceration; when, in addi- 
tion to the wound, there is some venomous or poisonous 
substance introduced, as by the bite of a serpent, the 
injury is called a poisoned wound; when the injury is 
inflicted by an obtuse or blunt body, it is called a 
contusion; and when caused by a bullet or other body 
projected from fire-arms, it receives the name of gunshot 
wound. 

Wounds also differ with regard to their liability to 
bleed. Incised wounds generally bleed very consider- 
ably, especially when large vessels are divided. Lacer- 
ated and contused wounds are less apt to bleed profusely; 
and punctured wounds sometimes do not bleed at all. 

Treatment. — In the proper management of wounds, 
four important indications are to be fulfilled : these 
are — 1, to stop the haemorrhage or bleeding; 2, to 
cleanse the wound of such foreign substances as may 
have been obtruded into the part and left behind; 3, 
reduce or close up the wound, and so adjust the parts 
as will most favor the rapidity of the healing process, 
and the smallness of the cicatrix; and 4, to secure rest 
to the parts until they are healed. 

When the situation and character of the wound will 
admit of the means of compression, the bleeding may 
in this way most generally be stopped. But if this 
fails, the most active styptics must be applied. 



280 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

It happens, sometimes, when large arteries are divided, 
that the haemorrhage cannot in any way be arrested 
short of a ligature. In those cases the artery must be 
immediately taken up and tied. 

As haemorrhage from wounds has been treated under 
a separate head, it is unnecessary here to add anything 
further. See accidental bleeding. 

When the bleeding is arrested, the wound must be 
well examined by means of a probe, unless it is known 
from the cause or instrument by which the wound was 
inflicted, that no foreign substance can remain. But 
unless it is necessary to disturb the wound to remove 
extraneous bodies or to sew it up, or in any other way 
to reduce the orifice, the coagula or clots of blood and 
albumen effused into the wound should be carefully left 
to remain. 

The wound being cleansed from foreign substances, 
the next thing to be done, is to bring its margins together 
as near as possible to their original position. This may 
sometimes be done by bandages, or by means of adhesive 
straps. But if this is impracticable, a few stitches may 
be taken through the margins of the wound, and the 
latter in this way brought together so as to favor the 
restorative process as much as possible. A few poul- 
tices of slippery elm may now only be necessary, and 
then the wound healed up as fast as possible, by the 
use of proper healing salves and rest. 

Should there be much inflammation and pain during 
the treatment, relaxant and emollient poultices and 
washes will be required. Should ulceration set in, the 
sore must be treated as recommended for ulcers. 



URINARY DISEASES. 



Inflammation of the kidneys and bladder, as well as 
the gravel, have already been treated of; but there are 
other morbid conditions of those and the accessory 
organs, some of which merit notice here. 



DIABETE 



Diabetes implies a superabundant secretion of urine 
This mostly contains a very large proportion of sac- 



URINARY DISEASES. 281 

charine matter, and is hence called diabetes mellitus. 
Sometimes, however, the urine is not sweet, when the 
disease is denominated diabetes insipidus; but it has 
been contended that the term diabetes, should be re- 
stricted to that form in which the urine is saccharine. 

The occurrence of this disease is very remarkable 
indeed, since it is known in some instances to take 
place, without the least appearance of change in the 
organs which are concerned in the urinary secretion. 
In post-mortem examinations the kidneys have been 
carefully inspected, and in some instances not the least 
trace of disease could be found, while in none has 
there been sufficient change discovered to account for 
this singular phenomenon. 

Diabetes comes on very insidiously, but the patient 
usually complains of more or less lassitude and weak- 
ness, and sometimes pain in the loins. The appetite is 
generally voracious, and the thirst pressing, but the 
digestion is poor. As the disease goes on toward a 
fatal termination, there is a feeling of exhaustion, diffi- 
culty of breathing, together with dropsical infiltration 
into the lower extremities, and general rapid emacia- 
tion takes place. The pulse, which at first is scarcely 
affected, now becomes quick and weak. 

The urine is of a straw color and peculiar smell, and 
is evacuated perhaps six or eight times in the course of 
twenty-four hours, amounting in all sometimes to ten 
or twenty pounds daily. 

The quantity of sugar in diabetic urine is very vari- 
able, but is usually near about an ounce to the pint. 

Diabetes, if left to itself, is generally of fatal termi- 
nation ; but will run its course in very different lengths 
of time, as from a few weeks to several months, or 
even years. 

Treatment. — The vegetable astringents are the prin- 
cipal agents to be employed in the treatment of dia- 
betes. The extract of bayberry in three to five grain 
doses, often repeated, will sometimes alone be success- 
ful. An occasional emetic of ipecacuanha should be 
administered in bad cases, and the vapor bath, together 
with friction to the skin, are also very important ad- 
juncts to the use of astringents in this disease. The 



282 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

skin is dry, and indeed most of the other secretions are 
deficient during the excessive flow of urine. The ter- 
mination should therefore be brought to the surface, 
and no articles are better for this purpose than emetics 
and the vapor bath. 

Tonics are also important means in this disease. A 
compound made of poplar bark, bayberry, and the bark 
of the root of common sumac, (rhus glabra) in the form 
of extract or infusion, taken freely, will scarcely ever 
fail to show its good effects. 

Animal food is preferable to vegetable, in diabetes. 

SUPPRESSION OF URINE. 

The urine is more or less suppressed in all febrile, 
and many inflammatory diseases, and especially in 
inflammation of the kidneys ; but it also happens that 
there is a failure in the secretion of urine, dependent 
upon simple atony of the kidneys, which is the condi- 
tion most commonly implied by suppression of urine. 
In this case there is no inclination of the patient to 
void the urine, and total or nearly total suppression of 
this secretion sometimes continues for weeks, months, 
or even longer, without much disturbance of the gen- 
eral health. There is usually some nausea, constipa- 
tion, and an occasional feeling of sinking experienced 
by the patient. Nevertheless, in some instances, the 
symptoms are more violent ; thus vomiting, hiccough, 
restlessness, headache, and pain in the back, are expe- 
rienced from the commencement. The pulse, also, is 
sometimes slower, which is said to denote danger. 

Treatment. — Diuretics are the proper remedies in 
this disease, but the stronger articles, as turpentine and 
squills, must never be pushed too much, for they may 
do mischief sometimes, by producing inflammation of 
the kidneys and urinary passages. The eupatorium 
purpurium, clevers, oil of juniper, acetate of potassa, 
elder bark, melon seeds, parsley, &c, are all proper 
articles, and may be employed separately or conjoined, 
according to wish or convenience. 



URINARY DISEASES. 283 



INCONTINENCE OP URINE. 

Incontinence of urine is caused by a morbid irritation 
of the neck of the bladder, or paralysis of its sphincter, 
thereby rendering the individual incapable of retaining 
his urine. 

Incontinence of urine is a very common difficulty 
with children during sleep. In these cases it is very 
much dependent upon habit, and may usually be reme- 
died by disposing them to regular habits of discharging 
the urine. At first the subject should be wakened 
regularly about once in four hours, and induced to void 
the urine. Then, after this practice is continued for 
about a week or more, the interval may be lengthened 
to five hours, and so on, until the little subject will be 
able to retain the urine all night, and thus will be cured 
of a most inconvenient and filthy weakness. But in 
cases in which there is an irritation arising from an 
acrid state of the urine, soda or magnesia should be 
given every evening on going to bed, in doses of from 
three to five grains. In addition to this, flaxseed or- 
slippery elm mucilage, will be serviceable. 

In cases of adults in which there is irritation an i 
burning in the neck of the bladder, it may be suspected 
that the urine is of an irritating quality, and should be 
examined. If alkalies effervesce on being mixed with 
it, or delicate vegetable greens are changed red by 
being immersed in it for a time, the urine may be ex- 
cessively acid, and the irritation may be removed by 
mild alkalies, as subcarbonate of potassa or soda. 

It may also be serviceable to employ emollient drinks, 
as the mucilage of flaxseed or slippery elm. 

When there is no irritation, burning, or other disa- 
greeable sensation in the lower part of the abdomen, in 
the region of the bladder, and when the urine passes 
off so easily that the patient is scarcely conscious of it, 
it may be justly presumed that there is paralysis of the 
sphincter of the bladder. In this case an irritating 
plaster or sinapism applied to the pubis, scrotum, or 
perineum, while some permanently irritating substances 
are taken internally, as mustard, turpentine, &c, will 
usually relieve the difficulty. In the old practice, can- 
tharides, taken internally and applied externally, con- 



'<J84 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

stitute the chief means relied upon. The remedy is 
usually effectual, but being inconsistent with the doc- 
trine of safe remedies, this article cannot be recom- 
mended here. Injections of the infusion of capsicum 
through the urethra by means of a syringe, will be 
equally effectual, and at the same time perfectly safe. 

dysury; strangury. 

Dysury implies a difficulty in voiding the urine. It 
may be secreted in sufficient quantity, but its discharge 
may be suppressed by inflammation and consequent 
swelling of the ureters, (ureteritis,) inflammation and 
swelling of the bladder, (cystitis,) or inflammation of 
the urethra, (urethritis.) In the first instance there is 
a burning pain and pressure experienced in the loins 
or region between the pubis and kidneys; in the 
second, there is a pain and distension in the bladder ; 
(see inflammation of the bladder ;) in the third the 
symptoms differ little from the latter, except that the 
pain is felt lower down, i. e., in the urethra. 

Treatment. — Mild and unirritating emollient diuretics, 
as flaxseed and clevers, parsley root or melon seeds 
conjoined, are proper specific remedies. The general 
remedies are relaxants, as lobelia, thorough wort, and 
the vapor bath. Local remedies, as mustard plasters 
to the pubis, loins or penis, together with injections of 
cold water, infusions of lobelia, flaxseed mucilage, &c, 
as occasion may require, will be all-sufficient. 

ARDOR URIN^E; SCALDING OF THE URINE. 

Scalding of the urine is dependent upon the presence 
of acrid principles contained in it. These are gener- 
ally of an acid character, which may be known by the 
tests spoken of under the head of incontinence of 
urine. 

Sometimes other acrid principles are contained in 
the urine, that may be derived from improper medicine 
or food, as cantharides, excessive doses of turpentine, 
copaiva, arsenous acid and mercury, among the first, 
and mustard, peppers, &c, among the latter. 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 285 

Treatment. — Endeavors should be made to discover 
the cause. If this be an acid, it may be neutralized 
by the mild alkalies, as the carbonate of soda, sub- 
carbonate of potassa and magnesia. If it be depend- 
ent upon improper medicine or food, these must be 
discontinued, and their effects obviated by emollients ; 
flaxseed mucilage, marsh-mallows, slippery elm, the 
white of eggs taken raw, sweet milk, &c, are among 
the best of these. 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 

Skin diseases, among the inexperienced, are always 
attended with much perplexity, as many of them are so 
near alike in their symptoms and general appearance. 
It is thought, therefore, that a brief notice, in this place, 
of some of those which are less generally understood, 
would be advisable here. But the most important 
among the febrile and inflammatory eruptive diseases 
having been already noticed, it therefore only remains 
now to consider the simple or minor cutaneous diseases. 

ERYTHEMA . 

(Macula vdlaticce ; Intertrigo; Dartre erythemoide ; Inflammatory 
blush ; Tooth rash ; Gum.) 

This is a non-contagious exanthematous affection, 
characterized by small superficial red patches, irregu- 
larly circumscribed, and of variable forms and extent. 
They appear on every part of the body ; but are most 
frequently seen on the face, chest and limbs. The erup- 
tion sometimes accompanies fevers, teething in children, 
and menstruation, but is mostly simple and without 
fever, and disappears in from one to two weeks. 

Erythema may be distinguished from scarlatina by 
the mildness of its attack, the circumscribed appearance 
of the eruption, and by the absence of anginose affec- 
tion. From measles it may be known by the diffused 
and well defined character of the eruption, and the 
absence of catarrhal symptoms. The eruption of ery- 
sipelas resembles this considerably ; but in that there is 
much more inflammation, pain, and burning of the skin. 



MtSb DOMESTIC iMEDICINE. 

and the redness is also darker, and is not so easily mis- 
placed by a white appearance on pressure with the 
finger, as in erythema. 

Two varieties of erythema are noticed by authors — 
the erythema papulatum, having smaller and more ele- 
vated or pointed eruptions, more common to females 
and boys, occurring on the neck, arms and chest ; and 
the erythema nodosum, which occurs among children of 
soft, lymphatic temperament, and appears mostly on 
the extremities. In this variety the red patches are 
generally of an oval form, and slightly raised in the 
centre, where a small tumor is apt to form and present 
signs of suppuration, but soon disappears again and is 
replaced by a blue stain. The disease usually disap- 
pears in twelve or fifteen days. 

Treatment. — This affection seldom requires medical 
treatment. Washing the parts in cold water, and 
applying the lime-water liniment recommended for 
burns, together with aperients and vegetable diet, will 
be sufficient. 

uticaria . 
{Nettle rash ; Hives.) 

This is a non-contagious exanthematous affection 
most common to young people and those of sanguine 
temperaments. It is characterized by irregularly shaped 
prominent patches or wheals of various sizes, which 
are always accompanied by a very troublesome smart- 
ing, burning and itching sensation. This sensation 
induces the patient to scratch and rub the parts, and 
thus he irritates them still more and enhances the 
annoyance. 

Uticaria has been divided into three varieties, — 1 
uticaria febrilis, which is attended by slight fever an J 
nausea; this is much the most common form of the 
affection, and its eruption answers best to the descrip- 
tion already given ; 2, uticaria cvunida, which is unac- 
companied with fever, has small and less irritated 
wheals, and which usually disappears in a few hours ; 
and 3, uticaria tubcrosa, which is a rare variety, but a 
much more severe one than either of the foregoing. In 
this we find, instead of slightly elevated blotches, there 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 287 

appear hard, deep seated and painful tuberosities which 
often impede motion. These generally occur on the 
extremities and hips, and come on in the evening and 
night, and disappear the next day. 

Treatment. — When medical treatment becomes neces- 
sary, the application of the acetate of ammonia, will 
generally effect a cure; salt water, or, what is better, 
salt and vinegar, also simple cold water freely applied, 
are serviceable. A cathartic may also be sometimes 
advantageous. 

miliaria . 

(Sudamina ; Febris miliaris ; Miliary fever.) 

Miliary is a vesicular eruptive affection which is very 
generally symptomatic of some other diseases. The 
eruption consists of numerous vesicles not larger than a 
millet seed, which are spread over various sized sections 
of any part of the body, bat appears mostly on the trunk. 

Miliary is characteristic, also, of a specific fever called 
the miliary fever, which prevails epidemically sometimes. 
It attacks adults of the lymphatic or sanguino-lymphatic 
temperament; and women are more subject to it than 
men. 

Eczema is the only affection with which miliary may 
be confounded ; but the rapid progress and short dura- 
tion of the latter, however, make a marked difference 
between them. 

Treatment. — The vesicular eruption seldom requires 
any particular treatment. If the original disease which 
gives rise to this be removed, the miliary will soon dis- 
appear. In miliary fever, the cold or shower bath is an 
important means of cure. This, with aperients or mild 
cathartics, will usually be sufficient. 

VARICELLA . 

(Variola spuria ; Pemphigus varioloides ; Chicken-pox; Swine-pox.; 

Varicella is a non-contagious, vesicular, eruptive dis- 
ease, which has sometimes been considered a modifica- 
tion of small-pox or varioloides, but is usually treated 



288 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

of separately, and considered a distinct disease at the 
present time. 

Two varieties of varicella obtain. In one, the vesi- 
cles are small but slightly elevated, and contain a color- 
less fluid. This is commonly called chicken-pox. In 
the other, the vessels are large, globular and soft. The 
fluid contained is at first transparent, but finally 
assumes a milky appearance. This is called swine-pox. 

Varicella lenticularis, or chicken-pox, at first appears 
in small, red, irregularly rounded elevations, at the cen- 
tre of which minute transparent vesicles are quickly 
formed. The vesicles enlarge for a few days, some 
appearing accuminated and others flattened. About 
the second or third day, the fluid contained becomes 
whitish, there is much itching about the vesicles, and 
the latter become shriveled and disappear in small 
scaly incrustations. 

Varicella globala, or swine-pox, is preceded by the 
same symptoms, and is developed in a similar manner 
to the foregoing; but the red spots are quickly replaced 
by large vesicles, the fluid of which, though at first 
transparent, becomes opaque about the second day of 
the eruption. The vesicles have then attained their 
greatest size — are soft and flabby to the touch, of a 
pearly whiteness, larger in circumference than at the 
base, and are surrounded with an inflammatory areola. 
About the third day there is much itching in the vesi- 
cles; the fluid becomes thicker and yellowish; and the 
vesicles dry up and disappear in scabs, unless they are 
scratched off sooner, which is often the case among 
children, from the disagreeable itching; and when this 
is the case, the vesicles are replaced by pustules, which, 
on drying up, leave marks like small-pox. 

Treatment. — The treatment of varicella is very sim- 
ple. It is only necessary that the patient should avoid 
exposure to the wet or cold, and drink an infusion of 
the black cohosh or boughs of hemlock. Saffron, catnip 
and chamomile are the usual domestic remedies. 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 289 



(Crusta lactea; Dartre squammeuse humide; Humid Tetter; Run- 
ning scall.) 

Eczema appears under different varieties, which are 
all non-contagious, vesicular, scaly or scabby affections, 
appearing on various parts of the body, but mostly on 
the hairy scalp; around the beard; in the axilla; on 
the pubis, breast, hands ; between the fingers, &c. 

1. Eczema simplex. — This variety somewhat resem- 
bles the itch, and occurs in the form of minute vesicles 
crowded together on different parts of the skin, but 
most commonly on the arms, hands, and particular^ 
between the fingers. The vesicles desquamate or burst, 
and form small, thin, scaly disks which soon become 
detached. 

2. Eczema rubrum. — This variety presents a feverish 
eruption of a bright red color. The skin is prickly, and 
covered with small, prominent, white-looking points, 
which at a more advanced period become true vesicles 
of about the size of a pin's head, with transparent 
points, and red, inflammatory bases. The disease may 
now end in resolution — the vesicles exfoliate, and the 
redness disappear — or it may assume a more aggra- 
vated form. Instead of subsiding, the inflammation 
may persist or even become augmented, the vesicles 
become confluent, burst, and give exit to an excoriating 
fluid, which will extend the eruption where it comes in 
contact. This serosity, however, usually soon concretes, 
and forms soft, thin incrustations that may scale off and 
the affection disappear, or they may be frequently 
renewed and the disease become chronic. 

3. Eczema impetiginodes. — This variety is much like 
the preceding in its commencement, but soon becomes 
more aggravated. The inflammation is more consider- 
able ; the skin more swollen under the eruption ; some 
of the vesicles become pustular, and the fluid contained 
in them becomes purulent. The vesicles and pustules 
become confluent or conglomerated, and produce large 
crusts which fall off, and are reproduced successively. 
There is an almost constant discharge of a serous and 
irritating fluid, which excoriates and inflames the parts 
with which it comes in contact. Sometimes chaps or 

19 



290 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

fissures are formed between the fingers and other parts 
of the hands, which are often quite painful. This form 
of the disease is apt to become chronic. 

Eczema may be confounded with various other erup- 
tive diseases, and hence it is important that the inex- 
perienced practitioner should observe the character of 
the affection closely. Eczema simplex may readily be 
mistaken for the itch; but in the former, it will be dis- 
covered that the vesicles are flatter and are closely 
grouped together, while in scabies they are isolated, or 
at least never so closely compacted. The itching of 
eczema also is of a smarting or painful character, while 
in scabies it is not painful, but affords more pleasure to 
scratch the parts. The itching is also augmented more 
in the latter by heat, as sitting before the fire. 

Eczema rubra may be mistaken for miliary, but in 
the latter the vesicles are never confluent as in the 
former. The latter is also attended with much perspira- 
tion, while the former is not, and besides the vesicles 
in miliary are larger than those of this variety of eczema. 

The last variety of eczema is often confounded with 
impetigo. But it will be discovered, that in the latter 
the vesicular eruption occupies only small surfaces, 
while the former invariably spreads over large sections. 
The pustules of impetigo, moreover, are never trans- 
parent at the beginning, and they are larger at the base 
and contain a thicker fluid, while those of eczema im- 
petiginodes are always vesicular at the commencement, 
and never contain true pus, but only a yellowish sero- 
purulent fluid. 

Treatment. — In the milder forms, eczema seldom 
requires much medical attention; but in the chronic 
and more aggravated character of the disease, it is 
often very difficult to cure. One difficulty with many 
is the mistaking this affection for the itch, and thus 
applying sulphur and various other irritating prepara- 
tions for its cure, and which only irritate the parts and 
enhance the disease. 

If the vesicles are clear and unbroken, the acetate of 
ammonia may be applied three or four times a day, and 
a cloth saturated with the stramonium ointment worn 
over the part, until the cure is completed. Or if the 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 291 

disease appears in the form of crusts or scales, the parts 
may first be washed off with soapsuds, and then a linen 
cloth saturated with a strong decoction of geranium, 
sumac bark, or oak bark may be worn over it, and kept 
wet with the decoction. A strong infusion of these, or 
some other of the more active astringents, will some- 
times answer for this purpose. The mild solutions of 
acetate of lead, or sulphate of zinc, will sometimes 
prove more effectual than the vegetable astringents. 

The tincture of lobelia has in some instances proved 
serviceable, as an application to the eruptions at the 
times of the dressings. 

Oiled silk, or gum elastic paste, applied and worn 
over the parts for a week or two, have removed the 
complaint. These agents serve to shield the parts from 
the air and other irritating causes, while nature effects 
the cure. 



{Dartre; Olophlyctide ; Tetter.) 

The term herpes was formerly applied to many and 
different eruptive diseases, but is now employed in a 
more definite sense. The term now implies a non-con- 
tagious vesicular eruption, appearing in groups on an 
inflamed base, perfectly circumscribed, and separated 
from each other by intervals of sound skin. The erup- 
tion generally appears in an acute form, — continuing 
from one to three weeks, although in some of its forms 
it may last longer and thus become chronic. It is never 
accompanied with danger, and is seldom very trouble- 
some. 

Herpes presents several varieties in the form and 
seat of the eruption, which are designated by different 
names. 

1. Herpes phlyctenodes. — This is the name by which 
herpes is known, when it has no determinate form or 
peculiar seat. It may be observed in eruptions of small 
vesicles, grouped together on any part of the body, and 
often on several parts at the same time. These groups 
are of various sizes, as from that of a dime to the size 
of a man's hand. The vesicles are of different sizes, 
most of them are very minute, but others are often as 



292 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

large as a pea. They are hard, globular, and trans- 
parent the first day, but the next, or even before, the 
fluid changes to a milky tint. An itchy sensation, which 
is often quite painful, usually accompanies the appear- 
ance of the eruption. The vesicles commonly begin to 
fade about the third or fourth day, and by the seventh 
or eighth they usually disappear. Some of them con- 
tain a purulent fluid, others are transformed into brown- 
ish incrustations. These soon desquamate; but slight 
ulcerations are occasionally observed here and there in 
the incrustation. 

2. Herpes labialis. — In this form of the affection, the 
eruption is about of the same description as in the fore- 
going, but is confined to the lips or the margin of the 
mouth. 

3. Herpes preputialis. — This differs from other forms 
of herpes in being confined in its development to the 
prepuce, and in its vesicles being more apt to dry up by 
the absorption of the fluid contained in them. About 
the time they appear, they are attended with an itching, 
and when the vesicles break, there is some smarting. 
The disease may terminate by desquamation in a few 
days, but when the vesicles, instead of drying up, degen- 
erate into crusts, it may last several weeks. 

4. Herpes zoster; Zona; Shingles. — In this form of 
herpes the eruption appears in a belt, or a well defined 
stripe around the body, generally about the waist, and 
mostly on the right side. It consists, not of the con- 
tinuation of a single group, but of a series of little 
groups arranged in a line. The affection in the pro- 
duction and disappearance of its vesicles, is like the 
foregoing species of herpes. 

5. Herpes circinatus ; Ring- worm. — This is a form 
of herpes of very frequent occurrence. It is character- 
ized by the appearance of extremely small globular 
vesicles arranged in the form of circles, the centre of 
which is free and the border red. This circular border 
is often broad when compared with the unaffected cen- 
tre. These circles are of various sizes, as from a half 
an inch to two or three inches in diameter. When the 
circles are small, the redness is blended into the centre, 
but the latter is still much whiter than the border or 
ring. 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 293 

This form of herpes usually runs its course in from 
one to three weeks, and may end in desquamation, or 
crusts may form, dry up and peel off. The eruption, 
however, is apt to recur and run a similar course at 
uncertain intervals. 

6. Herpes iris. — This is a form of herpes of extremely 
rare occurrence. It consists of small vesicular groups, 
perfectly circular, and forming four erythemetic rings 
of different shades of color. The people often compare 
it to small cockades. The affection usually disappears 
by the absorption of the fluid contained in the vesicles, 
and the desquamation of the eruption. 

Treatment. — Herpes is generally left to its course by 
the people, being so mild as not to require much atten- 
tion. It is, however, often situated on parts that make 
it desirable to do something to remove the eruption 
sooner than it would disappear of itself. A solution 
of acetate of lead, or of sulphate of zinc, will generally 
remove it in a few days. Equal parts of the iodine and 
stramonium ointments, mixed and applied, will also be 
found quite serviceable, although it stains the skin some 
for a few days. 



]jfc Tincture Lobelia, 

Tincture Sanguinaria, . ^ Equal parts. 
Tincture Phytolacca, 



■:-\ 



Mix and apply to the parts affected. This forms a very 
convenient and effectual remedy for herpes. 

The recent juice of the root of the sanguinaria, will 
also generally remove the eruption in three or four 
applications. 

IMPETIGO. 

(Dartre crustacee ; Lepre humide ; Crusted Tetter; Running 
Tetter; Cowrap.) 

This is a non-contagious disease of the skin, char- 
acterized by an eruption of psydracious pustules, most 
commonly grouped in clusters, and forming thick, yel- 
lowish, rough incrustations. Several varieties are com- 
monly described. 

Impetigo jigurata. — This variety appears mostly on the 
face and especially on the cheeks ; it is, however, often 



294 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

met with on the extremities, and various parts of the 
body, and usually attacks children during dentition, and 
young persons, of both sexes, of a lymphatic or sanguine- 
ous temperament, with a fresh color and fine delicate 
skin. It occurs most frequently in the spring, and some 
individuals are periodically affected with it for years. 

When it is developed on the face, it frequently ap- 
pears in the form of small, distinct, red, and slightly 
raised patches, which are immediately covered with 
small pustules nearly confluent. These patches may 
remain isolated, or else become united by the formation 
of pustules in their interstices. 

The pustules, which appear from the beginning, are 
small, confluent, and very slightly raised above the level 
of the skin. They burst between twelve and thirty-six 
hours from their formation, and discharge a purulent 
fluid. The heat, itching, and tension, become almost 
intolerable. As the pustules burst the fluid is dis- 
charged, but soon dries up, and forms thick, yellow, fri- 
able, semi-transparent incrustations, which have some 
resemblance to the gummy exudations from peach or 
cherry trees, or to layers cf concrete honey. The sur- 
face under the scabs is red and inflamed. When the 
disease is not prolonged by successive eruptions, it re- 
mains in this incrusted condition from two to four 
weeks. The itching and heat then subside, the exuda- 
tion diminishes, and the scabs are gradually, but irre- 
gularly detached. The skin remains red, tender, and 
shining for some time after the crusts are removed. 
The disease is sometimes prolonged by successive erup- 
tions, either on the same or new places for many weeks, 
or even years. 

Impetigo larvalis. — This species of impetigo is char- 
acterized by an eruption of superficial pustules of a 
whitish-yellow color, more or less confluent, and ar- 
ranged in groups. The pustules are succeeded by yel- 
low and greenish scabs, sometimes thin and laminated, 
sometimes thick and rough, and thus bearing a resem- 
blance to those of eczema impetiginoides, and impetigo 
figurata. 

Impetigo larvalis occurs most frequently in young 
subjects, especially infants. It may appear on any 
part of the body ; but the hairy scalp, the ears, and the 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 295 

lips, are its most common sites. The face is sometimes 
almost completely covered with thick crusts in the form 
of a mask, hence the name larvalis. 

There are several varieties of this species of impetigo. 
In very young infants the disease consists solely in the 
formation of small pustules, which spread over the 
scalp, temples, &c, producing incrustations of variable 
size, but generally thin, which have usually been called 
<rusia lactea. 

When the eruption is characterized by the presence 
of small, isolated, grayish scabs, of an irregular form on 
the posterior part, or on the centre of the hairy scalp, 
the eruption is called impetigo granulata. 

Impetigo is most common among the poorer classes 
of community, many of whom have not ambition suffi- 
cient to keep their children clean. 

Treatment. — In mild cases it may be sufficient to 
wash the parts clean several times a day with soap- 
suds, and applying a strong infusion of some of our 
best vegetable astringents three or four times a day, 
until the eruption disappears. 

In bad cases, in which the crusts are thick, it will 
be necessary to cut the hair close, when the disease is 
located on the hairy scalp, and then applying emollients, 
as a cataplasm of marsh-mallows, slippery elm, or bread 
and milk, and replacing the applications by fresh ones 
until the crust is well softened, so that it may be easily 
removed. The parts should then be well washed with 
soapsuds, and then dried by touching gently with a 
soft piece of linen. After this a solution, made by dis- 
solving a drachm of the extract of bayberry and a 
fourth as much of the extract of sanguinaria in Tour 
"ounces of boiling water, should be applied every three 
hours sufficiently to wet the parts, and then the latter 
well shielded during the intervals, between the applica- 
tions, by means of oiled silk. If a cloth saturated with 
the above solution be worn over the eruption and under 
the oiled silk, it will prove more effectual. 

The vapor bath is of eminent service in impetigo, 
and has often proved effectual alone. 

It seems that the same plan of treatment will not 
answer equally well in all cases. In rare instances. 



290 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

therefore, it will be found that unctuous applications as 
the paste r.iade by dissolving gum elastic in lard or 
what is better, the stramonium ointment employed for 
this purpose instead of lard, are better than the other 
applications;. 

A solution of potash of suitable strength, will in some 
instances prove very serviceable. The solution of 
sulphate of zinc and crocus of iron, employed in chronic 
diseases of the eyes, if frequently applied, will prove 
its good effects. 

The acetate of ammonia here suggests itself to the 
mind of the author, although he has never employed it 
in these cases. If we may judge from analogy, how- 
ever, this must doubtless prove serviceable, and the 
remedy is respectfully submitted for trial. 

During the local treatment, constitutional means 
must not be neglected. A compound of podophyllin 
and guiacum in laxative doses, should be taken, so as 
to keep the bowels gently open. 



PORRIGO. 

{Tinea; Favus; Scald; Scald-head.) 

Porrigo is a very contagious, pustular disease, chiefly 
affecting the scalp, but it may also appear on other 
parts of the body. The disease may be known from 
all other eruptive affections, by the favus or honey- 
comb appearance of the pustules. These are small, 
perfectly rcunded, and imbedded in the epidermis, and 
contain a yellowish or straw-colored matter, which 
sjon concretes, presenting a depression in the centre, 
which may be detected in the nascent pustule, with the 
aid of a mzgnifying glass. In the course of a few days, 
this yellow matter is converted into thickish cellular 
slightly prominent scabs, which go on increasing for 
some time, and which are sometimes pitted or umbili- 
cated in the centre, but at other times lose this char- 
acter, and are thick, hard and of a grayish-jellow 
color. The disease is more common among children 
than adults, and is met more frequently among the 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 297 

poorer classes of community, who have not sufficient 
energy or ambition to keep their children clean. 

Porrigo appears chiefly under two forms: porrigc 
favosa, or common tenia; and porrigo scutulata, com- 
monly called ring-worm. 

Porrigo favosa. — This is the most common variety 
of porrigo. It makes its appearance by an eruption 
of very small, flat, deep-seated, umbilicated pustules, 
which soon concrete, and form small bright yellow and 
very adhesive scabs, which retain the umbilicated ap- 
pearance of the pustules. The scales gradually in- 
crease, always presenting a depression in the centre, 
unless coexistent with other incrustations, when the 
disease is not so easily detected ; and they are highly 
contagious. 

The hairy scalp is the principal seat of this affection, 
though it may appear on the forehead, the temples, 
eyebrows, chin, &c. ; but it generally commences on 
the scalp, and then it may spread to other parts. 

The pustules of porrigo are always accompanied 
with itching, which is sometimes very considerable. 
Sometimes lice are collected under the scabs in chil- 
dren that do not receive proper attention, and these 
occasion an intolerable annoyance. In this case, the 
odor, which is always disagreeable in porrigo, becomes 
exceedingly offensive. 

When the disease is left to itself it may continue for 
months and even years, in various degrees of virulency. 

Porrigo scutulata. — This is a chronic contagious 
affection of the scalp, characterized by favous pustules 
arranged in circular clusters, the centre of which is not 
so crowded with pustules as the circumference. The 
pustules are succeeded by scabs which are thin and 
small at first, but subsequently becon ing thick and 
raised, and coalescing, form incrustations of consider- 
able extent, but still bearing the anular shape. The 
special seat of the disease is on the scalp, but when 
the virus comes in contact with other parts, it may 
give rise to an eruption. The scabs in this variety of 
porrigo, have the same cupped appearance as those of 
the preceding variety, but they are not so yellow in 
their color. The pustules are traversed by hairs, and 
in the suppuration and incrustation, the latter are 



298 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

detached from the scalp, so that on the removal of the 
crusts, the skin, which is red, inflamed and tender, is 
exposed. This, like the foregoing variety, is generally 
of long duration if neglected. 

Treatment. — The first thing to be done in attempting 
a cure in this obstinate disease, is to remove the hair, 
and the crust formed upon the skin. A pair of scissors 
or a razor will serve to remove the hair, and then the 
crust should be moistened by an alkaline solution, 
made by dissolving two drachms of the carbonate of 
potash, or three of the carbonate of soda, in a pint of 
water. After the crust is well saturated with the alka- 
line solution, an emollient application, as a cataplasm 
of marsh-mallows or slippery elm must be made, and 
renewed at suitable intervals until the crusts are soft- 
ened and removed. At each renewal of the emollient 
applications, the alkaline solution should be applied as 
before. Washing the parts with strong soapsuds, will 
much facilitate the removal of the crust. As soon as 
the hair and crust are removed, the parts should be 
well washed with suds made of soft or rain water, and 
common soft soap, and then after drying by means of a 
soft linen cloth, a solution of the extract of bayberry, 
or of equal parts of this and the extract of dock-root 
should be applied, and then applying a paste made by 
dissolving some gum elastic in stramonium ointment, 
over which some oiled silk may be placed to protect 
the parts still more from the atmosphere. The latter 
application should be renewed every morning and 
evening, and the parts well washed with strong soap- 
suds, and after drying, saturated with the astringent 
solution as before. 

It will be observed, however, that porrigo is exceed- 
ingly difficult to manage, and that the same treatment 
wall not always prove successful. Thus the astringent 
and oily applications may be superseded by other sim- 
ilar or different applications. But all the other parts 
of the treatment are proper in every case. 

In some instances, however, lime has proved more 
effectual than either potassa or soda, for the alkaline 
solution. A table spoonful of lime may be thrown 
into a half pint of soft water; then after stirring it 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 299 

and letting it settle, the solution may be thrown off 
for use. 

An ointment made of equal parts of finely pulver- 
ized black pepper, tallow and tar, melted together, has 
in some instances filled the place of the paste above 
recommended very well. The ointments hereafter 
directed for scabies have also been effectual. 

The above treatment, if perseveringly applied, will 
generally be effectual, but in cases which do not yield 
to this, or which at the commencement appear or may 
have been known to be obstinate, the emollient appli- 
cation may be compounded as follows : 

]jfc Slippery elm, ... 3 ounces, 
Phytolacca, (poke-root,) 4 drachms, 
Lobelia herb, ... 1 ounce. 

Pulverize finely, and mix up with boiling water to a 
proper consistence. This is to be applied in the same 
way and in the same connection with the other treat- 
ment, as before directed. The astringent solution 
must also be rendered more active, by the addition of 
half as much of the extract of the phytolacca, as is 
taken of each of the other extracts. 

Pyroligneous acid, creosote, muriatic and sulphuric 
acids, properly diluted with water, have been highly 
esteemed as incidental or auxiliary applications. 

The local treatment of porrigo should always be 
accompanied with proper constitutional treatment. 
Among the best constitutional remedies are general 
bathing, particularly vapor bathing, the alterative syrup 
and laxative tonics. 



(Psora ; Itch ; Rogne ; Gale.) 

The itch is an essentially contagious affection, char- 
acterized by an eruption of vesicles, usually distinct, 
slightly accuminated, transparent at the point, some- 
what larger at the base, and accompanied with a con- 
stant annoying itching which is much enhanced by heat, 
as when the subject is warm in bed or near a fire. 
Sometimes some of the vesicles appear pustular, and, 
when scratched, a scab will crown it, which, when it is 
again removed, is followed by a very slight appearance 



300 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



of blood ; and on continued irritation from scratching 
some of the pustules will occasionally ulcerate slightly. 

Scabies may attack every part of the body with the 
exception of the face ; but it affects some parts more 
frequently than others — as, for example, the angles 
between the fingers, the wrists, internal side of the 
arm, &c. It is common to all ages and both sexes, and 
appears in all seasons, in every clime, and in all classes 
of society ; but the lower classes, who are less observant 
of cleanliness, are most liable to it ; and it seems to be 
more prevalent in winter than in the summer season. 

The itch is often complicated with other cutaneous 
diseases, as prurigo, litehen, eczema, impetigo, &c, which 
make its diagnosis somewhat difficult ; but when the 
affection is simple, it can always be easily recognized. 




m , - 




Scabies appears to be caused by a very small insect — ■ 
the acarus or ifch-ciron, which may be found in a small 
superficial canal in the skin, about an eighth of an inch 
from the vesicle. The above cuts represent an upper 
and under view of the animal highly magnified. Its 
shape is somewhat like that of the torloise, and its back 
is beset with stiff bristles. Its apparatus for digging 
seem to be well developed, and from their appearance 
it is not wonderful that they are capable of producing 
such intolerable itching. 

The time required for the development of the affec- 
tion from the time of contact to the contagion, seems 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 301 

to be very varied, as from one day to three weeks, 
depending upon the delicacy of the skin, the age of the 
subject, or the presence of other diseases, which latter 
always postpone the eruption. 

Treatment. — Sulphur seems to be the remedy for itch. 
Phis article appears to be poisonous to the insect pro- 
ducing it. The method of applying the remedy is varied 
according to convenience or taste. All the following 
are good preparations : 

]£ Sublimed Sulphur, . ^ ounce, 
Oil of Burgamot, . \ drachm, 
Lard, ..... 2 ounces. 

Mix well, and apply every evening for four or five days, 
washing the body and changing the clothes occasion- 
ally in the meantime. 

Tfc Sublimed Sulphur, . . \ ounce, 
Subcarbonate of Potass, 2 drachms, 
Lard, 2 ounces. 

Mix, and apply as above. 

# Sublimed Sulphur, . . \ ounce, 

White Soap, .... A " 

Lard, 2 ounces, 

Oil of Burgamot, . . 1 drachm. 

Mix, and apply as above. This is one of the best and 
most agreeable preparations for the itch. 

~fy Sublimed Sulphur, . \ ounce, 
Soft Soap, ... 1 " 

Mix, and apply every evening for six days. 

~fy Sulphuret of Lime, 
Mixed with a little olive oil, and applied to the palms 
of the hand twice a day, is regarded a pretty certain 
remedv. 



302 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



MATERIA MEDICA. 

The term Materia Mcdica simply implies matter of 
medicine, and is usually understood to comprise all the 
substances employed for the purpose of curing disease. 
This, however, makes an unnecessarily large list of 
remedies, and hence the limits of the authorized materia 
medica have been restricted from time to time, so that, 
notwithstanding the continuous discoveries in this 
department, the list is still within reasonable limits. 

Medical reformers have subjected the materia medica 
to still greater scrutiny. As adopted by them, it is 
divested of all articles that are intrinsically poisonous ; 
and another peculiarity is, that the medicines are mostly 
organic, and are chiefly selected from the vegetable 
kingdom. 

It has been objected, that no such discrimination, as 
to the poisonous character of medicines, can be practic- 
ally made, and that all substances, as even our food and 
drink, under some circumstances, may prove mischiev- 
ous. But the fact is overlooked here, that when the 
circumstances attending their employment are alone the 
cause of the mischief, it is at once evident that the 
agents are not intrinsically poisonous. It is unneces- 
sary, however, to enlarge here on this point, as the 
subject has already been discussed. See Preface. 

In the following short treatise on materia medica, the 
several articles are classed off according to their most 
prominent therapeutic effects, thus affording facilities to 
the practitioner that are not to be found in the old 
alphabetical arrangement. The practitioner need only 
to turn to the class of the agents required, when he is at 
once presented, not only with a list of the most promi- 
nent agents of the kind, but he will know their com- 
parative value by the order in which they appear in the 
chapter. 



303 



CHAPTER I. 

MEDICINES AFFECTING, MOST PROMINENTLY, THE ALIMENTARY 
CANAL AND ITS CONTENTS. 

I. EMETICS. 

Emetics are substances whose specific action is on 
the stomach, and which are capable of exciting this 
organ so as to produce vomiting by means independent 
of a mere distension, or of any nauseous taste or smell ; 
but which, by their peculiar irritating effect on the ner- 
vous coat of the stomach, uniformly, either indepen- 
dently, or by consent of the muscles of the diaphragm 
and abdomen, bring about alternate contractions and 
relaxations of the muscles of this organ, so as to eject 
its contents. 

About the propriety of the use of emetics, there is 
now but little dispute ; although there are still some 
who contend that emesis is not a natural indication in 
the cure of disease. They seem not to recognize irri- 
tability as an element necessary to the physiological 
condition, and hence regard all substances irritating the 
nerves as injurious. Experience, however, proves the 
absurdity of this doctrine, and abundantly establishes 
the utility of emetics in the cure of disease. 

The importance of keeping the stomach clean, and 
in a healthy condition, will appear when we consider 
that this is the ultimate source of all the humors and 
secretions of the entire body, and that when the con- 
.ents of this organ are vitiated, all the humors will be 
iorrupted in a corresponding degree ; nor does this view 
jmbiace all that is important in the premises ; for the 
operation of emetics is generally attended with an 
(ncreased activity of the absorbents. The relaxation 
common to the operation of an emetic is also, in many 
cases, of great service, especially in such as spasms, 
asthma, cynancha, and rheumatism. Emesis is like- 
wise a great promoter of expectoration, and still more 
of perspiration. 



304 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The shock or agitation given to the entire system in 
the act of vomiting, is, in some instances, of great 
benefit. Dropsies, consumption, liver complaints, and 
many other violent diseases, are often known to yield 
to it. By the same means emetics also exert a bene- 
ficial influence over the nervous system : and to the 
several conditions brought about by their use, fevers 
are known to yield more readily than to the operation 
of any other medicine. 

The stomach being, as it were, the centre of sympa- 
thy, much depends on its condition in view of this rela- 
tion ; and here it is worthy of remark, that physicians 
have not generally been sufficiently particular in their 
diagnostic and pathological researches. 

Finally, the evacuations produced by emetics are by 
no means confined to the stomach ; the compression 
produced by the contraction of the muscles of the dia- 
phragm and abdomen causes a free discharge from the 
liver, and hence is important when this organ is 
obstructed by thick and vitiated bile. This is brought 
up by an inversive action of the duodenum ; and, as 
already hinted, the capillary and bronchial vessels are 
generally much relieved by the use of these agents. 

In the use of articles of this class, attention should 
be paid to the following particulars : 

1st. Unless circumstances require the immediate 
evacuation of the stomach, emetics should be adminis- 
tered in broken doses, repeated at short or suitable 
intervals, until the desired effect is produced ; as the 
susceptibility of the stomach to the impressions of these 
medicines varies much in different individuals, and in 
the same individuals at different times. By these 
means, therefore, any individual may receive his proper 
dose, as he will generally vomit when he has received 
what is sufficient for him. 

2d. As the contents of the stomach in diseased hahit3 
of this organ, are often in different chemical states, it 
sometimes becomes necessary to correct certain condi- 
tions in order to procure emesis; thus, for instance, 
when the stomach is in an acid state, it becomes neces- 
sary to use an alkali ; and, as this condition is the most 
common hindrance to emesis, it is well, as a general 
rule, to observe the precaution of giving a small portion 




Lobelia Inflata, ( Lobelia ). 



20 



EMETICS. 307 

of soda dissolved in warm water, or some other suitable 
alkali, in the same way, in all cases when emesis does 
not take place after a suitable portion of the emetic has 
been taken. 

3d. When there is much fever or congestion, emetics 
should not be given in doses sufficiently large to pro- 
duce vomiting, until the system is first well relaxed, 
and the pores of the skin opened. 

4th. During the operation of emetics, the patient 
should drink freely of warm infusions made of bayberry, 
tkoroughwort, chamomile, or even warm water. When 
the emetic sickens and does not operate, and especially 
if it relaxes the system much, the drink should consist 
of some astringent infusion, such as that of the astrin- 
gent compound, or any of its ingredients. Indeed, 
many physicians are in the habit, universally, of pre- 
paring the emetic in a tea of some astringent article, 
and then to give the latter freely as a drink during the 
operation. Should the operation be protracted and 
fatiguing, the patient may be supported by drinking 
some nourishing broths, gruel, or porridge. The pa 
tient is often thirsty, and calls for cold water during, as 
well as after the operation of an emetic ; but it is not 
always best to indulge him in the use of much cold 
water, as it is too apt to chill the stomach, and thus 
sometimes to occasion cramp. Pennyroyal, or some 
other pleasant stimulating tea, should be drank in its 
stead. As a general thing it is well to exhibit, in con- 
nection with the emetic, some stimulants, such as 
capsicum or ginger. 

SPECIAL EMETICS. 

LOBELIA INFLATA. 

Lobelia, Emetic Herb, Indian Tobacco, Puke Weed, <Sfc. 

Description. — The lobelia has a white fibrous root, 
and an upright pubescent stem, which is much branched 
about midway, and generally grows from one to two 
feet high. The branches and top have rather a conical 
form in their aggregate appearance. The leaves are 
from one to three inches long, lanceolate, but throwing 
the taper longest toward the top ; they are serrate, 



308 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

acute, sessile, pubescent on both sides, and stand scat- 
tered on the branches and stem. The flowers are of a 
delicate blue color, numerous, disposed in leafy terminal 
racemes, and are supported on short axillary footstalks 
The pod, which immediately follows the flower, is of an 
irregularly flattened oval form, inflated, striated, and 
crowned with a collar divided into five irregular seg- 
ments, constituting the corolla. The seeds are very 
minute, many in number, are found loose in the capsules, 
and, when ripe, are of a brown color. 

Locality and habits. — This valuable plant is indigen 
ous to this country, and grows on every variety of soil ; 
we frequently find it growing very plentifully in neg- 
lected fields, in pastures, woods, and even by the road- 
sides. In its wild or natural state, it is biennial, but by 
cultivation may be brought to maturity in one year. 
In its biennial habits it puts forth, in the first season, 
only a few radical leaves, about an inch in diameter, 
lying close to the ground. In the following season it 
shoots forth its stalk and branches, and commences 
flowering in July, and continues till late in the season. 
Some of the pods may be seen on the lower branches, 
fully developed, while the topmost branches and stem 
are in full bloom. The entire plant exudes, when 
broken or wounded, an acrid milky juice. 

Preparation. — Every part of the plant is possessed 
of its valuable medicinal properties, but the seeds 
are most active. Lobelia should be collected as soon 
as its lower leaves begin to turn yellow; for at this 
time much of the seed is ripe, while the herb is 
likewise in a proper state for preservation. When 
gathered, the plant should be cut with care, so as tft 
save the seed which lies loose in the open pod, and 
should then be dried on sheets, protected from moisture. 
When dry, the pods and leaves may be threshed ofT from 
the stem and separated from the latter, when the seed may 
again be procured separately by means of a fine sieve. 

Lobelia yields its medicinal properties readily to 
water, alcohol, ether, and acetic acid. 

The seed should be very finely pulverized, and kept 
in a dark glass or earthen jar. The dose of this is 
from five to fifteen grains. The herb is prepared and 



EMETICS. 309 

kept in a similar way. The dose of this is ten to 
twenty grains. 

Tincture of Lobelia. — This is prepared either from 
the seed or herb ; but that made from the former is the 
strongest. A pound of the fine powder is macerated in 
a gallon of alcohol for six days and filtered. The dose 
is from a tea spoonful to a table spoonful. 

Acid, or Sour Tincture of Lobelia, is prepared in 
vinegar instead of alcohol. The dose is the same as 
that of the spirituous tincture. 

Oxymel of Lobelia, is made by adding four pounds of 
strained honey to a gallon of the sour tincture, and then 
heating to a boiling point, skimming, and bottling up. 

Medical properties and uses. — Lobelia is decidedly 
the most efficient, safe, and prompt emetic known ; 
and, unlike the mineral emetics, does not inflame, cor- 
rode, or in any other way injure the stomach, in bringing 
about its specific effects. But of this article it may be 
emphatically said, that it operates in happy concert 
with the physiological laws. It is true, however, that 
much has been said and written against it, by the pro- 
fession as well as the people ; but this must reasonably 
be expected, as the article stands most prominent in the 
materia medica of the reformed system, which consti- 
tutes the most bold and successful innovation on the 
old and established practice ever known in the annals 
of medicine. In addition to its emetic properties, lobe- 
lia also possesses others, the effects of several of which, 
to some extent, are always developed on its exhibition ; 
and in this, perhaps, the medicine possesses its greatest 
advantage over other emetics. Preceding its operation 
as an emetic, we discover the manifestation of a singu- 
lar relaxing power, which admirably prepares the sys- 
tem for free and thorough emesis ; and it is a rare cir- 
cumstance when the emetic operates without the super- 
vention of the most profuse diaphoresis. In this, there- 
fore, the great objections to the exhibition of an emetic 
in cases of high fevers and congestion are obviated ; 
and hence the lobelia emetic, when properly adminis- 
tered, become the most valuable remedy, even in high 
congestive as well as in any other fever ; and may be 
used, moreover, with the rare but cheering prospect 



310 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

of cutting short the fever, even in the hight of the 
paroxysm. 

Application. — This article may be used with safety, 
and certain prospect of advantage, in all cases in which 
an emetic is indicated; but is especially useful in fevers 
and inflammatory diseases. In these cases the medicine 
should be given, first, in under doses, so as to relax 
the body, when it may be pushed so as to produce 
emesis. 

When a vomit is indicated in asthma, the lobelia 
answers a better purpose than any other article yet dis- 
covered. Its relaxant and expectorant properties, con- 
joined with the emetic, render it an excellent anti- 
asthmatic. This combination of agencies is what gives 
it its eminence in the treatment of consumption, pleurisy, 
whooping cough, croup, and all other pulmonary com- 
plaints in which an emetic is indicated. 

While lobelia is most thorough in its operation, it is, 
perhaps, at the same time, one of the safest emetics 
known. This peculiarity in the medicine arises from 
the singular combination of agencies found in this article. 
Thus the conditions necessary to an easy operation are 
always brought about, and the system is well prepared 
by the medicine itself {if properly administered) before 
emesis takes place. 

As the stimulating properties of the lobelia are ex- 
tensively diffusive in their effects, it must be expected 
that the character of the attending symptoms, even 
when the medicine is administered in emetic doses, 
must vary, or at least correspond with the condition of 
the system before the medicine is administered. When 
there is much vascular obstruction, or nervous irrita- 
bility, the operation of the medicine is frequently 
attended with a variety of singular but not always 
unpleasant symptoms, which are alarming to many 
who are unacquainted with the medicine. But the 
experienced physician does not regard those symptoms 
as particularly indicative of any unfavorable crisis, and 
when they occur endeavors to moderate them only to 
quiet the unnecessary fears of by-standers. These 
effects are described as follows, in Howard's Botanic 
Medicine : 



EMETICS. 3 1 1 

" A diversity of symptoms attend the operation of 
lobelia emetics, evincing the magnitude of its powers ; 
and the surprising energy of its operation on the human 
system, which often terrify those who are unacquainted 
with its superior and astonishing influence in arresting 
diseased action, and restoring health and harmony to 
the human machine. Its effects are different on differ- 
ent individuals, and on the same individuals at different 
times. Sometimes there will be severe pain in the 
stomach and bowels ; strange, agitated, and indescri- 
bable, but not always unpleasant sensations. Convul- 
sive breathing, like the sobbing of a child. General 
distress, or universal sickening feeling. Sometimes 
perfectly easy and quiet, without the power to move 
hand or foot, or even of rolling the eyeballs in their 
sockets ; and at other times great restlessness and 
anxiety, with symptoms of a most alarming character, 
prevail. In some instances the countenance becomes 
pale, and the skin cold, with the appearance of ap- 
proaching death; while in others the countenance 
assumes a florid appearance, bearing the marks of 
health." 

The duration of these symptoms varies according to 
circumstances, but they generally last from thirty min- 
utes to one or two hours, but have been known to last 
much longer. When an emetic of lobelia is adminis- 
tered to persons inexperienced in its use, the physician 
should always be present at its exhibition ; for it some- 
times happens that persons, being alarmed at the ap- 
pearance of some of these symptoms, send for another 
physician, who, perhaps, just arrives and administers 
some simple article, as these symptoms begin to 
decline, and the reaction takes place ; and thus the lat- 
ter physician, to the prejudice of the former, gains 
much applause, although he could not have prevented 
the results for which he receives this credit. 

In addition to these properties already named, lobe- 
lia possesses a number of others, also of great value, 
which will be considered in their proper places. 

When it is desired to avoid sickening and relaxation 
as much as may be, in administering a lobelia emetic, 
it is best to combine with it half as much ipecac and 
extract of bayberry. 



312 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

It is best, as a general rule, to prepare lobelia emetics 
in astringent infusions, among the best of which is 
bayberry. 

CEPHALIS IPECACUANHA. 

Ipecac. 

Description. — Root perennial, from four to six inches 
in length, annulated, simple, or dividing into several 
branches descending obliquely into the ground, sending 
forth occasionally a few fibrils : it is, when fresh, of a 
pale brown externally. The stem, sometimes partly 
under ground, is some two or three feet in length, some- 
what shrubby, though slender, and seldom rises more 
than a foot from the ground. It is of a brown ash- 
color, smooth, pubescent near the top, procumbent and 
knotty, issuing small radicals from the knots. The 
leaves are opposite, petiolate, oblong, ovate, acute, en- 
tire, from three to four inches in length, found on the 
ends of the stem and branches, and of not more than 
four or six in number. The axilla is beset with desidu- 
ous stipules embracing the stem. The flowers are 
small and white ; the fruit or berry, which is at first 
purple, turns almost black when ripe. 

Locality and habits. — This ipecacuanha is a native 
of Brazil and New Grenada, delighting in thick and 
shady woods, and found in abundance in the valleys of 
the Granite mountains, in the province of Rio Janeiro, 
and Lucas mountains of New Grenada. It flowers in 
January and February, and the fruit ripens in May. 

Medical properties and uses. — This article ranks next 
to lobelia as an emetic : its operation, like the latter, is 
mild but certain, and may be employed in all cases in 
which an emetic is indicated. It likewise possesses 
diaphoretic, stimulant, and expectorant powers, and 
hence is perhaps the best substitute for lobelia, in all 
cases in which the latter is useful. Many physicians 
are in the habit of combining this article with lobelia 
when they wish to exhibit an emetic, and consider the 
practice an improvement. When it is desired to ad- 
minister a vomit to a patient of relaxed habits, it is the 
best plan to use this compound, as it is not so apt to 



EMETICS. 3 13 

relax the patient as much as the lobelia does alone. 
By some, the ipecac is strongly recommended in dysen- 
tery and chronic diarrhoea. 

The mode of its administration is that of the powder 
suspended in warm water. The dose is from twenty 
to thirty grains, given in three separate portions, ten to 
fifteen minutes apart. 

EUPHORBIA IPECACUANHA. 

Spurge Ipecacuanha. 

Description. — There are several varieties of this spe- 
cies of plants, differing considerably, in the color as 
well as the shape of their leaves, which are found from 
the round to the lanceolate, or even the linear, and from 
green to crimson, and yet the difference is only that 
they are varieties of the same species, and are accord- 
ingly subdivided into 1, euphorbia cespitosa; 2, euphor- 
bia prostrata; 3, euphorbia rotundifolia; 4, euphorbia 
lanceolata; 5, euphorbia uniflora, &c. The root is 
perennial, of a yellowish color, irregular and large; 
growing in the sand sometimes to the size of a man's 
wrist, and from four to eight feet in length. The stems 
are numerous, erect or procumbent, smooth, dichotom- 
ous, jointed at the forks, and of a red, pale green, or 
yellow color. The leaves are opposite, sessile, entire, 
smooth, and vary in shape and color; are small in 
the spring, but grow in size with the age of the plant. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is indigenous to this 
country, growing in pine barrens and other sandy places 
in the Middle and Southern States, in some places in 
considerable abundance, especially along the sea-coast, 
in New Jersey and on the banks of the Delaware. It 
is in bloom from May to August. 

Medical properties and uses. — The euphorbia ipecac- 
uanha is a pretty good emetic, and acts with consider- 
able certainty. Like many other articles of this class, 
it has also something of a cathartic effect. But as an 
emetic, the euphorbia ipecacuanha is not so good as 
the foreging, or cephalis ipecacuanha 



314 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

ERYTHRONIUM AMERICANUM. 

Snake Leaf, Adder's Tongue, Snow-Drop, Dog-Tooth, Violet, <SfC. 

Description, — Root perennial, a solid pyriform bulb 
like all the lilies, and deep in the ground. It is white 
inside, and covered with a brown loose tunic, sheathing 
the base of the stem ; fibres thick and short, inferior to 
the caudex. Stem partly under ground, white below, 
and greenish purple above the ground, and from five to 
ten inches long. The leaves, which are one or two in 
number, are lanceolate, smooth, sheathing at their base, 
and of a brownish green color, irregularly interspersed 
with darkish circular spots about a line in diameter. 
The flower is solitary, yellow, nodding; its petals 
lanceolate and reflected. 

Locality and habits. — This beautiful plant is indi- 
genous to this country, and grows in shady places, in 
meadows and low woods, throughout the Northern and 
Middle States. It flowers in the latter part of April 
and first of May. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bulb of the root 
and the leaf, used in the recent or green state, is a very 
good emetic. Several of them should be mashed and 
infused in warm water, which may be drank at intervals 
of ten or fifteen minutes, until it operates. The whole 
plant is emollient, suppurative, and anti-scrofulous. 
Its properties are impaired by drying or boiling, and 
finally entirely destroyed, except as a nutritive, by age. 
This article is much valued by some as an emetic, and 
more so by others as an an ti- scrofulous remedy. But 
as an emetic, it is far inferior to lobelia and ipecac; 
and is, moreover, much more inconvenient, as it must 
be used in its green state. For scrofula, and other 
ulcers, it is used in the form of a poultice. 

SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS. 
Blood-root, Red Puccoon-root, Indian Paint, 6f. 

Description. — Root perennial, horizontal, fleshy, thick, 
and knobby, with some fibres. It is often contorted, is 
about the thickness of a finger, and from two to four 




Erythronium Amerioanum, (Adder-tongue). 

31 




Sanguinaria Canadensis, ( Blood-root ). 



EMETICS. 319 

inches in length. When broken or wounded, it pours 
out a beautiful red acrid juice, whence its name. The 
scape, and leaf stalks, which arise from the end of the 
root, are surrounded by the large sheaths of the bud. 
The leaf, beautifully enveloping the flower, rises about 
four to six inches high, when it expands into a large, 
cordate lobe, in shape like the asarum canadense, or colt'a 
foot. It is smooth, yellowish green on the upper sur- 
face — paler, and well furnished with nerves underneath. 
Flower white, the petals of which are spreading, ovate, 
obtuse and concave above. The plant comes up very 
early in the spring, and is in full bloom in a few days 
after it is up. 

Locality and habits. — The Blood-root is indigenous to 
this country, growing very plentifully in woodland and 
new grounds of rich soil, in almost every state in the 
Union. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this plant 
is emetic, in from ten to twenty grain doses of the 
powder. It is also cathartic, expectorant, escharotic, 
diaphoretic, and tonic. These other properties will be 
treated of in other places. It is almost too harsh to 
be used in large doses. Its application occurs in those 
cases, generally, in which other emetics are indicated. 
It has been found especially useful as an emetic in 
intermittents, remittents, jaundice, and continued fever. 

In addition to the foregoing, there are many other 
articles which, although their most prominent properties 
are not emetic, will, nevertheless, act in this way when 
administered in large doses. These are : 

1 . Thoroughwort, (eupatorium perfoliatum.) — A strong 
decoction of the leaves and blossoms of this plant is 
emetic in wine glassful doses, taken once in ten to 
fifteen minutes. It produces free and copious vomiting 
and profuse perspiration, and is hence very good in 
fevers, catarrh and pneumonial affections. 

2. Vervain, {verbena hastata.) — A strong decoction of 
the root and herb, is emetic, and very useful in inter- 
mittents, dyspepsia, &c. 



320 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

3. Elder, (sambucus canadensis.) — A decoction of the 
inner bark and flowers, taken plentifully, acts as an 
emetic ; and is good in dropsies and fevers. 

4. Black Locust, (robinia pseud acacia.) — The inner 
bark of this tree possesses pretty active properties as 
an emetic, its operation being also generally prompt 
and mild. An ounce of the bark to a pint of boiling 
water, may be prepared and taken in reasonable doses, 
and at suitable intervals, until emesis takes place. It 
is recommended in the early stages of dysentery. 

5. Blooming Spurge, (euphorbia corollata.) — From ten 
to fifteen grains of the corticle portion of the root, 
will operate as an emetic ; but it is rather harsh in its 
operation. 

6. Leather- wood, (dirca palustris.) — The bark of the 
root of this article is recommended as a good emetic 
in asthma, and intermittents. The dose is from five to 
ten grains of the pulverized bark of the root. 

7. Bayberry, (myrica ccrifera.) — The extract or pow- 
der of the bark of the root, in large doses, is emetic, 
and is very good in cases of foul stomach. 

8. Bitter Dogsbane, (apocynum androseemifolium.) — 
From five to ten grains of the extract, or twenty to 
thirty grains of the bark of the root, acts mildly but 
certainly as an emetic, and is useful in fevers and 
dyspepsia. 

9. Common Salt, (sodii cblnridvm.) — From one to 
three table spoonfuls, dissolved in warm water, and 
drank down, will operate speedily as an emetic, and is 
highly valued by some. 



CATHARTICS. 321 



II. CATHARTICS. 

Cathartics are agents which, in their action on the 
animal economy, have a specific tendency to evacuate 
the contents of the intestines downward, or which, 
when given in proper doses, will excite purging. 

As the direction of the intestinal tube from the stom- 
ach down, is not in every part in a course so as to favor 
the exit of its contents by the laws of gravitation, it is 
evident that a power separate from this, must ever be 
exerted when the contents move forward in their course. 
This force is called the peristaltic motion. This action 
produces in the mean about one alvine evacuation per 
day. Constipation, therefore, is the result of a want 
of activity in this motion, or of mechanical resistance 
to it. The medical agencies that tend to increase the 
peristaltic motion, or remove its obstructions, are called 
cathartics. But this effect is not all that is involved in 
the operation of a good cathartic. The detraction of 
the serum and other humors ; the diversion of the blood ; 
the control of sympathy ; the general relaxation of the 
system; the general excitation of the secretions, &c, 
are all effected or influenced to a considerable extent, 
by the operation of this class of medicaments. 

We find by Strabo, that this class of remedies was 
much in use, even in the earliest days of medicine. 
Thout, the Egyptian Hermes or Mercury, — always re- 
garded as the founder of medicine, — seems to have 
practised their use. Purges, vomits, and clysters, were 
used by the Egyptians for three days successively in 
every month. Besides the Egyptians, the Hebrews, 
Assyrians, Greeks, Romans, Persians, Chinese, Hindoos, 
and Arabians, all practised the use of cathartics. 

But notwithstanding the popularity of cathartic re- 
medies, there has ever been a diversity of opinion as 
to the propriety or even the safety of their use. "While 
most persons consider our materia medica imperfect 
without them, others declare them useless, nay, per- 
nicious, and in many instances, rapidly fatal in their 
effects. Nor have the reformers completely settled the 
controversy among themselves. 
>2\ 



322 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

The noted Dr. Thomson, from his settled conviction 
of the deplorable imperfections and dangers of the 
popular practice, was, in his course of reform, led to 
guard well against the greater evils of that practice, 
and as this class of remedies, of all others, has been 
the most abused, he, in his zeal and enthusiasm, fell 
into error on the opposite extreme. Having had on his 
mind the purpose of an entire revolution in medicine, 
and being necessitated to frame his system without the 
advantages of even a good education, it is not at all 
strange that in some points he should deviate some- 
what from a strictly philosophical course. There are 
still many in the ranks of reform who are quite ultra 
in their views on this matter ; some declaring positively 
that no medicine of this class can ever be used without 
danger. 

But the error on the other hand is no less marked ; 
there are some who, without doubt, do much injury by 
their indiscriminate use of active, and too often poison- 
ous cathartics. The vis conscrvatrix is but too often 
diverted by such interference from the fulfillment of 
better selected indications of cure ; and thus by artificial 
intestinal irritation, the conservative powers are called, 
in numerous instances, from parts much exposed, and 
which, in consequence, are irreparably injured. Again, 
much purgation unquestionably produces direct debility 
of the digestive organs, causing dyspepsia and numer- 
ous other distressing evils. Instances not unfrequently 
occur in which the constitutions of patients are irre- 
trievably destroyed by the improper use of cathartics. 
But does all this argue that catharsis is not a natural 
indication of cure ? Does the abuse of an agent prove 
its uselessness? Catharsis is as certainly a true and 
natural indication of cure as emesis, diaphoresis, or any 
other; but it, like them, must be fulfilled in a proper 
way, and at a proper time. We must not condemn a 
medical agent, simply because given circumstances 
attending some of its applications are calculated to 
develop mischief. The question is, can such agents, un- 
der proper circumstances, be found useful, or beneficial? 

To settle this matter in the present instance, two 
kinds of evidence may be brought to bear ; first, 
that gained by induction from physiological facts; 



CATHARTICS. 323 

and, secondly, that of our experience in the use of 
cathartics. 

First, we. discover that the respective functions of 
vascular parts of the animal body, are governed by a 
compound agency or sympathy evinced in the nervous 
system. We find that the sentient extremities of the 
nerves of these parts are peculiarly sensitive to certain 
stimuli ; and thus the stimulus of the blood excites the 
regular contractions of the heart and arteries, thereby 
sustaining the circulation ; the lacteals are peculiarly 
sensitive to the chyle, which excites the fulfillment of 
the normal functions of these organs. The urinary 
bladder and uterus answer their design in the economy 
of nature, by the influence of their 'peculiar exciting 
stimuli. The intestines, according to the same law, are 
controlled in their functions on the same principle. 
The bile in the normal condition seems to sustain the 
peristaltic motion; but we find it increased by excessive 
ingesta, by the presence of irritating and offensive sub- 
stances in the bowels, and various other causes, so as 
to give rise to diarrhoea. The question now arises, — 
Is this a physiological, or is it a pathological action ? 
This query is easily answered ; and although this action 
is often involved in diseased movement, yet, perhaps 
in this, as well as in numerous other instances, it can 
be traced as the legitimate effect of the vis vitcB, in the 
fulfillment of true and important indications of cure. 
Thus, we discover that living tissues and organs, are 
not only supplied with means subservient to their phy- 
siological uses in the animal economy, but are capable 
of self-defense ; and, moreover, of removing destructive 
agents from the system : and it is certain, that among 
the five grand means of the exit of extraneous matter 
from the system, viz : diaphoresis, catharsis, emesis, diure- 
sis, and expectoration, or exhalation from the lungs, 
catharsis stands second in importance; the first being 
diaphoresis. Peccant matter, in the diseased condition 
of the body, passes from the bowels in every evacuation 
from these organs. The functions of the skin are no 
sooner disturbed than are the bowels found vicariously 
to fill the office of the cutaneous emunctories, the 
perspirable matter being taken up and conveyed directly 
to the bowels, and from thence expelled. The morbific 



324 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

accumulations that occur in the liver, are almost uni- 
versally carried off by the bowels; and so are those, in 
many instances, that occur in the lungs. Even the 
urinary and uteral obstructions are sometimes relieved 
by increased intestinal action. Catharsis is one of the 
most common critical evacuations. How often it hap 
pens that our fevers end in spontaneous alvine evacua- 
tions. Nor is it less frequent that this indication is 
spontaneously answered in many other diseases. 

In their organization, the relation existing between 
the intestines and the general vascular system, is of the 
most intimate character. When the bowels are full of 
nutritious matter, lymphatic absorption is active, and 
the arteries are .rapidly supplied; but when food is 
sparingly taken, and the lacteals consequently inactive, 
we find that cutaneous absorption is much enhanced. 
When catharsis is instituted, the absorption from serous 
surfaces is always promoted in a corresponding ratio, 
and hence its utility in dropsies. 

2. The evidence that we gain on any point by- ex- 
perience, is, however, much more satisfactory than any 
other kind; and in this is found the strongest argument 
in favor of the use of cathartic medicines. It happens 
sometimes in obstinate fevers, that the usual means of 
relaxing and evacuating the system by the use of nause- 
ants, emetics, diaphoretics, and vapor baths, fail, and 
that in spite of* them all the fever continues to rage, 
even after the exhibition of five or six courses of the 
medicines ; and it almost seems sometimes as if the 
disease had gained violence, even from those powerful 
means themselves. In such cases, the symptoms are 
often found to yield in a remarkable manner, to the use 
of proper cathartics. In bilious fevers, it is frequently 
very difficult to succeed in the treatment without the 
use of this class of remedies. The author has a knowl- 
edge of various instances, in which patients have been 
well treated by the usual courses of emetics and vapor, 
together with the free use of enemas, and after the 
patient had been treated for a week or two according 
to the most rigid plan of application, he, instead of 
improving, gave evident signs of increasing danger. 
Under these circumstances, on the exhibition of a few 
small portions of podophyllum peltatum with capsicum, 



CATHARTICS. 325 

after several evacuations of very foetid and dark stools, 
the patient began manifestly to improve. 

In those cases, it is evident that the hepatic derange- 
ment was alike beyond the reach of the emetics and 
enemas ; and without doubt, the condition of the small 
intestines may do much to enhance the obstinacy of 
such fevers. Indeed, it is almost universally the case, 
that the obstinacy of these fevers arises in consequence 
of a local inflammatory action, and which too is fre- 
quently located in the jejunum and ileum, and thus often 
alike beyond the reach of emetics and enemas. 

In dysenteries, cathartics are often of signal service. 
Astringents, and stimulating tonics, are generally used 
by those physicians who oppose the use of cathartics. 
But it is a fact, which is corroborated by the experience 
of every practitioner, that although the astringent plan 
is in many cases successful, yet in some it is not suffi- 
cient; and again in others, astringents alone extensively 
used are unsafe; for it often happens in these cases, 
that there may be excessive looseness, and violent tenes- 
mus in the lower part of the bowels, while at the same 
time, there is constipation, or obstinate obstruction and 
consequent inflammation of the upper parts of the same. 
In such instances, therefore, there may be much injury 
done by instituting the use of astringents before the 
bowels are relieved from the constipation ; for these 
medicines, instead of removing the dysentery in this 
case, spend their entire force on the parts already ob- 
structed. Now, if a dose of rhubarb were first given, 
the astringents might have been used, not only with 
impunity, but advantage. Nor are the mischievous 
consequences of the common practice of giving astrin- 
gents alone in cases of dysentery, confined to those 
peculiarities already named; for as there is always in 
dysentery avast accumulation of morbific and offensive 
matter, it is not best to stop the looseness, and contract 
the bowels, before cleansing them. This, in many 
instances, may be done by the use of enemas ; but in 
some cases, purgatives are indispensable. 

Even in the extreme debility of typhus fever, instead of 
cathartics increasing the prostration, in some instances 
the patient has been known apparently, or in fact, to 
have gained strength from their continued use. This 



326 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

is indeed reasonable when the various conditions neces- 
sary to the development of animal force are considered. 
For while the absolute source of force is found in the 
change of the relation of elementary principles in the 
organism, this force can only be brought to bear on the 
muscular arrangement, by the agency of the nervous 
system. "When therefore the functions of the nervea 
are obstructed, it is evident that debility must be one 
of its legitimate results. Thus, when the irritation 
caused by the characteristic morbific contents of the 
bowels in typhus is obviated or relieved, the debility 
will be remedied in a corresponding degree. 

When poisonous substances are lodged in the intes- 
tines, it seems that the utility of cathartics can hardly 
be denied by any one. 

It is, perhaps, unnecessary to particularize farther on 
this point. But lest the author should be misunderstood 
in his arguments in favor of this class of remedies, it may 
perhaps be necessary to be something more definite as 
to the extent to which cathartics should be used. It is 
important to remark, that with these, as in the use of 
every other active and potent article of the materia 
medica, particular attention is neccessary to the quan- 
tity and character of the medicine, as well as to the 
circumstances that may attend their use. Very active 
and violent purgation is not only unnecessary, but should 
ever be regarded as a pernicious practice. Laxatives 
and mild cathartics are all that may be necessary in 
this class, to the cure of disease ; and there is perhaps 
more difference in mildness and efficiency between the 
numerous articles of this class, than any other. 

Cathartics are particularly indicated in fevers of the 
continued and intermittent form, but in the eruptive 
fevers, they are generally injudicious. Inflammatory 
diseases also require purgatives, especially those of the 
gravior form. In jaundice, dysenteries, dropsies, and 
all cachectic diseases, such as scrofula, cancer, &c, it 
is very difficult to succeed well without them. 




Podophtllttm Peltatum, {May-apple). 



CATHARTICS. 329 



SPECIAL CATHARTICS. 

PODOPHYLLUM PELTATUM. 

Mandrake, May-Apple. 

Description. — The root is perrenial, creeping usually 
several feet in length, jointed, round, brown without and 
white within, and about the thickness of a pipe-stem; 
the joints and under side of the root are beset with 
slender fibres. The stem is erect, round, smooth, about 
a foot in hight, and the bearing stalks divided at the 
top, bearing the flower and the fruit in the fork. The 
branches bear each of them a large peltate, palmate 
leaf, considerably lobed. The flower is nodding and 
white. 

Locality and habits. — The May-apple is indigenous to 
this country, growing in a rich soil, in the woods, new 
grounds, and on the road side ; but delighting most in 
moist and slightly shaded grounds. The flowers, appear 
in May, whence one of its vulgar names, and the fruit 
ripens in August 

Medical properties and uses. — The root, properly pre- 
pared, is perhaps the best cathartic now known ; being 
very mild, and although somewhat slow, yet certain in 
its operation. It is alterative in its effects, and seems 
to have a considerable tendency to the glandular system, 
especially to the liver, on which its effects are as thor- 
ough as dare be claimed for mercury ; and yet it is 
perfectly safe, and not, like it, calculated to exhaust or 
pervert the tone of this organ, or of the system. In 
fevers, especially those of a bilious and intermittent 
character, and all scrofulous affections and diseases of the 
skin, it is of incomparable utility. It, unlike most other 
articles of this class, leaves the bowels in a lax and sol- 
uble condition, and hence is in many instances, very 
useful in habitual costiveness. It possesses also in some 
degree, a diuretic property ; and is an excellent article 
in the cure of hydrocephalus, hydrothorax, and indeed 
in all other forms of dropsy. All will readily anticipate 



330 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

its usefulness in jaundice, and hypertrophy of the liver 
and spleen, so common in intermittents. 

Dr. Bigelow, in speaking of this valuable article, says : 
" The medical properties of the podophyllum peltatum, 
are those of. a sure and active cathartic; in which 
character it deserves a high rank among our indigen- 
ous productions. We have hardly any native plant 
which answers better the common purposes of jalap, 
aloes, and rhubarb." 

The leaves, stem and fresh shoots of the plant seem 
to be poisonous ; and indeed the root itself, in its recent 
or green state, is very violent and dangerous in its 
effects. But in drying it, these violent properties are 
all dissipated, and the medicine, when prepared from 
the solid part of the root, scraped and well dried, and 
about a year old, is in its proper doses perfectly mild 
and harmless. The dose is from ten to twenty grains 
of the powder. But the alcoholic extract, or podo- 
phyllum as it is usually called, is by far the best prepar- 
ation of this article : this may be prepared by macera- 
ting the root in alcohol, filtering, and evaporating the 
spirit to the consistency of thin syrup, when the resin- 
ous portion or podophyllin may be precipitated by 
adding cold water. What falls down is to be washed, 
re-dried and bottled for use. 

The alcohol may be saved for future use in its pre- 
paration, by employing a retort or still in the process ; 
but the process must be conducted in a water bath, that 
is, the still must be placed in a kettle or boiler, or in a 
steam-pipe, to prevent burning the medicine when it is 
much reduced. 

In this preparation we have at least the advantage 
of the smallness of the dose, if nothing more ; but the 
medicine seems likewise to agree better with the 
stomach, when prepared in this way. The author had 
the honor of discovering and introducing this article to 
his medical class in 1849, and soon had the pleasure of 
seeing it in very extensive use. 




Rheum Palmatum. 





Rheum Emodi. 



Rheum Compactum. 



35 



CATHARTICS. 333 



RHEUM. 

(Rhubarb.) 

Rhubarb has been in use for a long time, and still it 
has not yet been ascertained by the profession, what 
species of the rheum yields the officional rhubarb. The 
remoteness of the country where it is collected, and 
the jealous care by which the monopoly of the trade of 
this article is guarded, has been effectual in retaining 
the secret. There are several species now cultivated in 
this country. Dr. Pereira mentions thirteen species, 
viz : Rheum pcdmatum, rheum undulatum, rheum compac- 
tum, rheum rhaponticum, rheum emodi, rheum crassinervium, 
rheum capsicum, rheum tataricum, rheum hybridum, rheum 
confluence, rheum Jischeri, rheum barbandifolium, and rheum 
bullatum; the specimens of which were in his posses- 
sion. Besides these we have accounts of several others, 
such as the rheum australa, rheum lucormzon, rheum web- 
bianum, rheum spiciforme, and rheum moorcroftianum. 

There are, however, but few varieties of the article 
now in common use ; these are articles of commerce, 
and are bought under the names of 1, Chinese rhubarb; 
2, Russian rhubarb; 3, European rhubarb. Of these, 
the Russian, which is sometimes called Turkey rhu- 
barb, (owing to the fact that it was formerly derived 
from the Turkish ports, whither it was brought from 
Tartary,) is entirely the best, and next to this, is the 
Chinese. 

Rhubarb should always be purchased in the root, and 
that selected which possesses an agreeable aromatic 
odor, and is heaviest, of a lively color, and which when 
broken presents a fresh appearance, with red and yel- 
lowish veins intermingled with white, and which also 
has a bitter astringent taste, staining the saliva of a 
deep yellow when chewed. 

Medical properties and uses. — Rhubarb is one of our 
most valuable medicines : in it we find a singular com- 
bination of two properties, which in their effects are oi 
an opposite character, the cathartic and the astringent. 
But when the medicine is taken, these properties do 
not exhibit their several effects at the same time; the 



334 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

cathartic power is always exhausted before the other takes 
a permanent effect. This circumstance is what so emin- 
ently adapts this medicine to the treatment of dysentery, 
cholera infantum and cholera morbus. Rhubarb is 
likewise very good in the diarrhoea that often attends 
dyspepsia, and the last stages of consumption. It is 
very mild in its operation as a cathartic, and is not apt 
to produce watery discharger-, but rather such as are of 
a faecal character. 

Rhubarb is recommended by authors in cases of 
habitual constipation attending dyspepsia; but as will 
readily appear to any thinking individual, it certainly is 
illy adapted to such cases, in view of its astringent 
qualities, which always leave the bowels in a confined 
condition. It may however be relied upon in all cases 
in which a medicine of its character is indicated, as it is 
certain and mild, and unless given in over doses will 
always be agreeable to the stomach. 

The medicine yields its properties most readily to 
water and wine/ When, therefore, it is not given in 
substance, the infusion should be used. Its propeities 
are not well adapted to extraction, as the dose of the 
extract must necessarily be half the size of that of the 
powders, which latter is from ten to twenty grains, or 
from one to two tea spoonfuls. 

JUGLANS CINEREA. 

Butternut, Oilnut, White Walnut. 

Description. — The white walnut is an indigenous forest 
tree of considerable size. The young branches are of 
a whitish-gray color, whence the name, white walnut; 
are smooth, and in their situation incline to a horizon- 
tal position. The leaflets are long, lanceolate, senate 
and are pinnate, or arranged in pairs seven or eight in 
number, with a terminal one on the end of the petiole, 
like the locust. As this is a very common tree, further 
description is unnecessary. 

Locality and habits. — This useful tree grows in every 
part of the United States, and Canadas ; most abundant 
on rich lands. It flowers in May, and the fruit ripens 
in September. 




IjKPTAndria Virgikica, ( Black-root). 



CATHARTICS. 337 

Medical properties and uses. — The extract made from 
the inner bark of the root and trunk of this tree, is an 
excellent cathartic, operating without pain or griping, 
and evacuating the alimentary canal without depletion. 
It has been used for a long time, and was highly recom- 
mended by Dr. Rush among the soldiers during the 
revolutionary war. The extract may be formed into 
pills with a small portion of capsicum, and used in all 
cases in which cathartics are indicated. The extract, 
when of the consistence of molasses, serves well as a 
material for forming pill mass, from dry articles. 

The extract is made by boiling the bark in water, 
straining, and evaporating to the consistence of soft 
extracts. 



LEPTANDRA VIRGINICA. 

Black-root, Bowman-root, Brinton-root, Culver's Physic, <$"C. 

Description. — Root perennial, long, woody, beset with 
numerous long slender fibres, of a blackish-brown color 
without. Stems several, upright, round, slightly pubes- 
cent, and from two to four feet high. The leaves are 
long, lanceolate, serrate, and are arranged in whorls 
around the stem, four to six at a joint; the joints are 
about a hand's-breadth apart. Flowers white, small, 
numerous, constituting from three to five terminal 
racemes. 

Locality and habits. — The black-root is indigenous to 
this country, and is found throughout the Western and 
Middle States, growing on low grounds or moist places, 
in meadows, along fences, &c. It flowers in the latter 
part of July and first of August. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is a pretty good 
cathartic, and operates with considerable certainty and 
mildness. It has been in high repute among the abo- 
rigines of this country, who used it in fevers and disor- 
ders of the stomach and bowels. As several of its 
vulgar names indicate, it has been a favorite of several 
individuals of the profession. It is spoken of in How- 
ard's Botanic Medicine, as follows : 

" The. black-root is very highly celebrated by those 
best acquainted with its virtues and effects, as an 
22 



338 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

efficient purge, operating with mildness and certainty, 
without producing that depression of the living powers, 
so common to other purgative medicines. In typhus 
and bilious fevers, it removes the black, tarry, morbific 
matter from the intestines, which it seems so necessary 
to be carried off by some means or other, and does it 
in a most natural manner, without weakening the tone 
of the bowels, or leaving behind it the poisonous sting 
so often remaining after the use of calomel, the most 
universal cathartic in fevers. The black-root is also a 
diaphoretic, antiseptic, and tonic. It may be taken in 
doses of a heaping tea spoonful, in half a gill of boiling 
water, sweetened if most agreeable, and repeated in 
three hours if it does not operate." 

The extract (ieptandrin) made as recommended for 
that of podophyllum, is much better than the powdered 
root. The dose of this is five grains. 

IPOJVLEA JALAPA. 

{Jalap.) 

Description. — Nuttall gives the following description 
of this article: "The root of this plant is a roundish 
somewhat pear-shaped tuber, externally blackish, inter 
nally white, with long fibres proceeding from its lowei 
part as well as from its upper root-stalks. A tubei 
produced by Dr. Coxe was, in its third year, between 
two and three inches in diameter. The stem is round, 
smooth, much disposed to twist, and rises to a consid- 
erable hight upon neighboring objects, about which it 
twines. The leaves are heart-shaped, entire, smooth, 
pointed ; deeply sinuated at the base, prominently 
veined on their under surface, and supported upon long 
footstalks. The lower leaves are nearly hastate, or with 
diverging angular points. The flowers, which are large 
and of a lilac-purple color, stand upon peduncles about 
as long as the petioles. Each peduncle supports two, 
or more rarely, three flowers." 

Locality and habits. — This plant is a native of Mex- 
ico, and derived its name from the city of Xalapa, in 
the State of Vera Cruz, on the neighboring mountains 
of which it grows sometimes' at the hight of six thousand 
feet above the ocean. 




IponiEA Jalapa, (Jalap). 



CATHARTICS. 341 

Medical properties and uses. — Jalap is an active 
cathartic, rather too harsh to be used alone, but may- 
be profitably combined with other more mild articles. 
It is antibilious and hydragogue in its cathartic effects, 
and is particularly applicable in bilious fevers, dropsies, 
jaundice, &c. This is one of the most common arti- 
cles of this class in use in the fashionable practice ; it 
is commonly prescribed with calomel — thus "calomel 
and jalap" is a very fashionable compound. The dose 
is from twenty to forty grains of the powder, taken 
in two portions. 

ALOE. 

(Aloes.) 

Description. — The, perfoliate or socotrine aloes is 
among the most important species, and is described by 
Lindley as having a woody stem, straight, and naked 
below, considerably marked with the scars of leaves. 
Leaves amplexicaul, ascending, ensiform, green, curved 
inward at the point, convex below, rather concave 
above, marked with numerous small white marginal 
serratures — the parenchyma abounding in a bright 
brownish yellow juice. Raceme cylindrical, unbranched. 
Flowers scarlet at the base, pale in the middle, green 
at the point. 

This is the kind of aloes commonly called socotrine, 
so designated from the name of an island lying in the 
Indian Ocean, from which the genuine drug is exported. 
But it is dhTcult to get the genuine article, as its supe- 
riority gives occasion to the practice of fraud. It is 
'ustly said by Dr. Wood, that much of the aloes sold as 
socotrine, has never seen the island of Socotra, nor even 
the Indian seas. It has been customary to affix this title 
as a mark of superior value to those parcels of the drug, 
from whatever source they may have been derived, 
which have been prepared with unusual care, and are 
supposed to be of the best quality. Thus, both in Spain 
and the West Indies, the juice which is obtained with- 
out expression, and inspissated in the sun without arti- 
ficial heat, has been called socotrine aloes. 

Besides the aloe perfoliata or socotrina, we have 
other yielding species; aloe spicata; aloe vulgaris; aloe 



342 ALOE. 

arborescens; aloe commelyni, and aloe multiformis, which are 
all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and are commonly 
called Cafre aloes ; and with these we have still others, 
viz : the Barbadoes, Indian, Mocha, and the Caballine. 

The Barbadoes, commonly called hepatic aloes, from 
its resemblance to the color of the liver, comes to us 
in large gourd-shells, and is a pretty good kind, and 
when the socotrine cannot be procured this may be sub- 
stituted for it. 

India aloes is, perhaps, only an inferior article of the 
same kind as the Barbadoes. Of this there are however 
several varieties: 1, that of Northern India, which is 
of a dull black color, is brittle, and has but a faint odor j 
2, that from Guzerat, which is more gummy in its appear- 
ance and feel, and is more difficult to fracture; 3, that 
from Salem, which is distinguished from the other vari- 
eties by the numerous large air cavities observed in the 
interior of the mass — its odor is similar to the socotrine ; 
4, that from Trichinopli, which resembles the Cafre aloes 
in bitterness, odor, and color, but is more opaque. 

The Moclia aloes is a dirty mixture, which is of late 
imported from Muscat, in chests containing nearly two 
cwt. each. 

The Caballina or horse aloes, in appearance resembles 
the hepatic in color and consistence, but has a very 
rank and unpleasant smell. It is often sold for hepatic 
aloes, but is much inferior to it, and is now not much 
used, except by farriers among horses. 

In selecting aloes for medical use, that should be 
taken which has an agreeable aromatic smell, and a 
regular semi-transparent and shining appearance, and 
if it be soft it is no matter, but it should' always be clean 
from foreign impurities. The best is always brought 
in skins and shells. The socotrine should always be 
preferred. 

Medical properties and uses. — Aloes is a very certain 
but slow cathartic. Its stimulating and tonic proper- 
ties are well calculated to sustain the system during 
the operation of the medicine. Like the bile, this 
article seems to have a specific tendency to excite the 
peristaltic motion, as it little affects the exhalent vessels ; 
the discharges it produces being generally not very thin, 
but consisting chiefly of faecal matter and other materials 



CATHARTICS. 343 

that may be found in the intestines at the time of its 
exhibition. It seems to act most prominently on the 
large intestines, sometimes giving rise to some irritation 
in these parts, and hence, when its use is long contin- 
ued at a time, it has been known to produce piles. This 
effect, however, seldom arises from the use of the gen- 
uine socotrine aloes. A singularity about this medicine 
is, that an increase of quantity beyond the proper dose, 
does not seem to be attended with a corresponding 
increase of its action. Aloes also possesses an emen- 
agogue power of considerable value. 

The cases in which this medicine is most strongly 
indicated, are loss of appetite, dyspepsia, constipation, 
intermittents, and other fevers, amenorrhosa, intestinal 
worms, want of biliary secretion, &c. The dose is 
from three to eight grains, which will generally operate 
in from twelve to twenty-four hours. Its action can be 
somewhat quickened by using, with it, other articles of 
more activity. Owing to its extremely bitter taste, it 
is best administered in pill form : two pills will gener- 
ally be sufficient for a dose. 

RICINUS COMMUNIS. 

Castor Oil Plant. 

Description. — This plant, which is sometimes called 
palma christi, is a native of the Indies, where it grows 
sometimes to the hight of thirty to forty feet, but it 
is now cultivated in almost every part of the world. 
As cultivated in this country, it seldom grows larger 
than from five to ten feet in hight. 

That cultivated in this country, will bear the follow- 
ing description : — The plant is of vigorous growth ; 
Btem erect, round, hollow, smooth, branching, and 
something of a purplish hue toward the top, some- 
what resembling the phytolacca decandra or poke. The 
leaf is large, peltate, palmate, serrate, smooth, and of a 
bluish-green color. The flowers are monoecious and 
destitute of a corolla, constituting a knotty pyramidal 
terminal raceme. The pod is glucious, and of a round- 
ish shape, having three projecting sides, and is covered 
with tough spines. It is divided into three cells, each 
containing a seed of the size of a grain of coffee, which 
produces the oil. 



314 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Castor oil is a medicine of great antiquity ; it was 
used by Hippocrates and others of his day, and it is 
now one of the most common articles of the cathartic 
kind in use. Dr. Eberle states: — "Castor oil is very 
mild, unirritating, but a certain and prompt cathartic, 
procuring copious faecal evacuations, without appearing 
to excite the intestinal emunctories, since it hardly ever 
occasions any very liquid or watery discharges. Where 
we wish simply to evacuate the contents of the bowels, 
or avoid costiveness, there is no article belonging to 
this class of remedies, so well adapted as castor oil, to 
answer our intentions. Independent of the mildness 
and completeness of its operation, it is less apt than 
any other cathartic to leave the bowels in a dry or 
costive condition."* It is very prompt and sure in its 
operation, generally operating in an hour, and some- 
times sooner. 

The chief use of this article as a medicine, is found in 
its adaptation to the removal from the intestines, of any 
irritating or offensive accumulations, or poison that may 
be taken, as it produces but little disturbance in any 
other part of the system, and is moreover very active 
in its effects. It serves as a medical vehicle in the use 
of the chenopodium anthelminticum or wormseed oil. 

One of the greatest inconveniences in the use of this 
article, is the difficulty attending its administration, 
owing to its nauseous and disagreeable taste and smell, 
which to some is very disgusting. The best way to 
obviate this is to take it in a little wine, cider, or coffee. 
The dose is from a table spoonful to an ounce. 

CASSIA. 
Senna. 

Description. — There are several species of the cassia 
that contribute in furnishing the drug of commerce. 
As we find the senna in market, it is named according 
to the country from whence it is brought; hence we 
have the Alexandria, the Tripoli, and the India senna. 

The senna brought from Alexandria embraces some 
three or four species, the C. acutifolia, C. obovata. C. 
cynanchum, C. olecefolium, and the C. tephrosia apollinea. 

* Therapeutics, page 129. 




Cassia, ( Senna ). 



+ Fig. 1, is a specimen lea^of the ovate leaved Alexandria senna. 
2. Specimen of the acute variety of the same. 3. Specimen of the 
Tephrosia or silver leaved Alexandria senna. 4. Specimen of the 
India or Trinnevelly senna. 5. Specimen leaf of the Coriaria 
myrtifolia, — an article with which senna is sometirres adulterated. 
These are of a grayish-green color, and are tinged with blue. 
They have three parallel nerves, one prominent one in the centre, 
and one on each side between this and the edge or margin of 
the leaf. 6. A specimen leaf of the Cynancum oleaefolium orargel, 
a variety of the Alexandrian senna. 
17 



CATHARTICS. 347 

The Tripoli senna consists of only one species, the 
C. JEthiopica. 

The India senna* consists chiefly of the cassia elon- 
gata; the leaves of which are much longer than either 
of the above named. 

The Alexandria senna, until recently, has been con- 
sidered the best for medical use. But a finer article of 
India senna, which is the production of Hindostan, and 
cultivated at Tinnevelly, is now brought to us, which is 
considered superior to all others. This article, in Eng- 
land, is known under the name Tinnevelly senna, and is 
there very highly esteemed. 

Medical properties and uses. — Senna is a prompt and 
efficient cathartic, but is objectionable on the account 
of its tendency to produce griping and pain in its oper- 
ation. This may, however, be obviated to some extent, 
by combining with it some aromatic, such as the fennel 
seed. It seems that the effects of senna are consid- 
erably improved by combination with bitters, and as 
the article is chiefly used among children, this hint 
may be improved upon by combining with it an equal 
quantity of peach leaves, whose properties are of known 
utility. 

Senna is particularly useful in dropsical diseases, and 
as an ingredient in cathartic compounds, to quicken 
their operation. It is very convenient to be mixed with 
spigelia. The dose is from half a drachm to two 
drachms. When given by infusion, which is the best 
way, a half an ounce is scalded with an ounce of manna, 
and a drachm of fennel seed, to a half-pint of water. 
Take a third once in four hours, until it operates. 

IRIS VERSICOLOR. 

Blue Flag, Snake Lily, <$fc. 

Description. — Root perennial, horizontal, fleshy, and 
fibrous. Stem two or three feet high, round on one side, 
acute on the other, and sometimes branched. Leaves 
sword- shaped, striated, sheathing at the bottom. Flow- 
ers from two to six in number, and of a blue color. 

* This article is produced in Arabia, and derives its name India, 
onlj from the route by which it reaches us. 



348 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Locality and habits. — This beautiful plant grows all 
over the United States, in low wet places, in meadows 
and borders of swamps. It flowers in June. 

Medical properties and uses. — The blue flag is an 
active cathartic, and in over doses, is emetic ; it is also 
diuretic. This medicine is too harsh for common use, 
but from its adaption to several obstinate diseases, it 
well merits a place in our materia medica. It is perhaps 
one of our best remedies in venereal affections ; its 
action is searching, and powerful on the glandular sys- 
tem. It enters into and is the basis of Dr. Smith's 
anti- mercurial syrup, which is held in high estimation, 
by some, in mercurial and venereal affections. The 
medicine is also useful in dropsy, and in scrofulous 
complaints. It is highly recommended in colic, and 
also in liver complaints. The dose of the powdered 
root is from eight to fifteen grains ; that of the extract, 
or iridin, one to three. 

SAMBUCUS CANADENSIS. 

Elder, Sweet Elder, Black Elder, fyc. 

The elder is a very common indigenous shrub, and 
needs no further description. 

Medical properties and uses. — The inner bark and 
young leaf buds are a pretty active cathartic of a 
hydragogue character ; and being actively diuretic, are 
very good in dropsy. For this use, a handful is usually 
infused in a pint of cider, and drank at suitable inter- 
vals, in wine glassful doses. The bark is also some- 
times made into an ointment, for cutaneous affections. 
The flowers are much used in families, for children, 
and the berries are recommended in rheumatism. 

APOCYNUM ANDROSiEMIFOLIUM. 

Bitter Dogsbane, Bitter-root, Wandering Milk-weed, Honey-bloom, 
Wild Buckwheat, Fly-trap, <SfC. 

Description. — Root perennial, long, horizontal, creep- 
ing, having a thick fleshy bark, with a woody cen- 
tre, and tasting at first somewhat like the root of 
the asclepius tuberosa, but afterward intensely bitter. 
Stem erect, smooth, and about two to four feet in 









i 



Apootndm ANDROSiEMiFOLiuM, ( Bitter-root ). 



CATHARTICS. 351 

hight. The leaves are opposite, petiolate, ovate, acute, 
entire, two or three inches long, and smooth. Flowers 
white, tinged with red, and disposed on loose nodding 
axillary racemes. Fruit, a pair of long slender and 
tapering folicles or pods, containing the seeds and 
seed- down. The whole plant when wounded exudes 
a milky juice. 

Locality and habits. — The dogsbane grows most 
abundantly in low wettish or meadow lands, but is 
occasionally found on uplands. It is common through- 
out the United States. Its flowering time is in June 
and July. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark of the root is 
an excellent laxative, bitter tonic, strengthening the 
digestive organs, and regulating the bowels, and is 
highly useful in dyspepsia, liver complaints, intermit- 
tents, jaundice, &c. It is also useful in syphilis. The 
dose, as a laxative, is from ten to fifteen grains. In 
large doses it proves emetic, and actively cathartic. 
Age impairs its virtues. 

AMYGDALUS PERSICA. 

Peach Tree. 
The peach tree needs no description. 

Medical properties and uses. — The leaves, flowers, 
and buds of the peach tree, are cathartic or laxative, 
and tonic, and are much used in domestic practice, 
especially among children. They are good for worms, 
bowel complaints, loss of appetite, and constipation of 
the bowels. The fruit or peach, is boiled for conva- 
lescents as food ; the juice is very good to keep the 
bowels open during recovery, and is excellent to pro- 
mote the appetite of the sick. The kernels are a good 
tonic, in dyspepsia, and for a weak stomach and 
bowels. 

An infusion of the leaves is very good for urinary 
difficulties, especially for inflammation of the bladder. 
Dr. Thompson esteemed the medical properties of the 
kernels very highly; they enter into his restorative 
syrup No. 5. 



352 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



CONVOLVULUS PANDURATUS. 

American Jalap, Man-root, Man-in-the-ground, Wild Potatoe, Wild 
Morning Glory, Cussander, <$rc. 

Description. — Root perennial, very large, and in 
shape, of a fancied resemblance of a man, whence some 
of its names. It runs deep into the ground, growing 
larger as it descends, to sometimes two feet, when it 
again tapers off. The root is sometimes found eight to 
ten inches in diameter, and three feet in length. The 
stalk is a slender, herbacious, climbing vine, often from 
eight to twelve feet long. The leaves, which are situ- 
ated alternately with long petoiles on the vine, are 
broad, heart-shaped at the base, entire, and of a deep 
green color. The flowers resemble the morning glory, 
are white at the border, but purplish-red at the base, 
and stand on long axillary peduncles. 

Locality and habits. — This plant grows throughout 
this country, in sandy grounds, along fences, and in 
pasture fields. It flowers from June to August. 

Medical properties and uses. — The American jalap is 
mildly cathartic, diuretic, and tonic. Its laxative pro- 
perties adapt it well to the relief of habitual costiveness, 
dyspepsia, liver complaints, &c. It is also very good 
in lung affections, being somewhat expectorant. It 
relieves whooping-cough and asthma, and has proved 
serviceable in consumption. The dose is from twenty 
to thirty grains of the powder, but is best used in 
extract, of which the dose is from five to ten grains. 
This article will cure the colt distemper among horses. 

CASSIA MARYLANDICA. 
American Senna, Locust Plant, Wild Senna. 
Description. — Root perennial, woody, black, con- 
torted, fibrous ; stems many, upright, nearly smooth, 
cylindrical, from three to six feet high ; leaves alternate 
pinnate, large, horizontal. Leaflets equally pinnate, 
numerous, smooth, green above, pale beneath. Flowers 
of a golden yellow, forming a panicle, composed of 
small axillary peduncles, bearing from five to fifteen 
flowers. Fruit consists of long pods containing seeds 




Cassia Marylandica, ( American Senna ). 



23 



ANTHELMINTICS. 355 

Grows 'n rich soil, on bottom lands, in many parts of 
the United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The American senna 
has been employed as a substitute for the imported 
senna ; but is inferior, being more nauseous and sick- 
ening than the latter. It may be taken by infusion with 
aromatics. A half-ounce of the leaflets may be infused 
in half a pint of hot water, adding a tea spoonful of 
essence of peppermint into it, and taken at two 
draughts an hour apart. 

CASSIA CHAMJSCRISTA. 
Prairie Senna. 
This plant resembles the foregoing in its appearance, 
but is much smaller, and grows in prairies and hill 
sides. It is considered superior as a cathartic, to the 
cassia Marylandica. It is prepared and administered in 
like manner to it. 

III. ANTHELMINTICS. 

Anthelmintics are medicines which have the power 
either to destroy or expel worms, or prevent their gen- 
eration in the intestinal canal. Some of these remedies 
act as poisons to the animals; others destroy them by 
mechanical action ; and again others, by their purging 
power, simply expel them alive ; and finally we find 
some, which, by their action on the system, so dispose 
the physiological condition of the parts infected with 
them, as to prevent their generation. 

SPECIAL ANTHELMINTICS. 

SPIGELIA MARYLANDICA. 

Pink-root ; Carolina Pink, Indian Pink. 
Description. — Root perennial, yellow, and very fibrous 
Stems, several to the root, simple, erect, foursided, and 
from a foot to a foot and a half in height. The lea\ es 
are opposite, sessile, ovate, lanceolate, entire, and 
smooth. The flowers are very handsome, of a bright 
scarlet outside, and yellow within ; they are about aa 
inch long, and have a tube swelled in the middle, and 
are disposed in terminal racemes. 



356 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Locality and habhs. — The pink root grows plentifully 
in Maryland, the Carolina?, Kentucky, and Florida. It 
is found in rich soil on the borders of woods, and blos- 
soms in June and July. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this plant 
is a valuable vermifuge, but its anthelmintic pioperties 
seem best adapted to the expulsion of of the long round 
worm. Its effects are certain in this species of worms, 
which is the most common in this country ; but it can- 
not be depended on, in the removal of any other kind. 
The medicine should be used for a day or two, in proper 
doses, and should then be followed by a brisk cathartic. 
The dose of the powdered root, for a child three or four 
years old, is from ten to twenty grains. For an adult, 
the dose is from one to two drachms, three times a day. 
The most common form of its use, however, is in the 
form of infusion. Half an ounce of the root, boiled in 
a pint of water for several hours, and given in doses of 
from a table spoonful to an ounce, to a child two or 
three years old, and for an adult, from a quart to half a 
pint is a proper dose. The medicine is sometimes 
given in connection with a cathartic; and for this pur- 
pose senna is most generally used, but the better way is 
to give the pink-root first and then the cathartic. 

CHENOPODIUM ANTHELMINTICUM. 
Wormseed, Jerusalem Oak, Goosejoot, <SfC. 

Description. — The chenopodium anthelminticum is 
an indigenous perennial plant, with an herbaceous, 
erect, branching, furrowed stem, which grows from two 
to three feet high. The leaves are scattered, sessile, 
oblong, lanceolate, pointed at both ends, dentate, and 
prominently veined. The flowers are numerous, small, 
and of th^, same color with the leaves, or stems. 

Locality and habits. - - This plant is found in every 
part of this country, growing plentifully around door- 
yards, in old fields, and by the road sides. It flowers 
in June and July. The whole plant has a strong, pecu- 
liar scent, very offensive to some. 

There is another species of the chenopodium, the 
ambrosioides, which very closely resembles this, but it 
does not grow so large, and may be known moreover, 



ANTHELMINTICUM. 357 

by the difference in the racemes, which, in the ambro- 
sioides, is interspersed with small leaves. It is stated 
by Eberle, that the latter is nearly as good an anthel- 
mintic as the former. 

Medical properties and uses. — The wormseed, as it is 
commonly called, is one of our best anthelmintics. The 
oil, which is the usual form in which the medicine is 
used, may be given in doses of from three to eight drops 
to a child two or three years old. The dose should be 
repeated two or three times a day, for two days, when 
it should be followed by an active cathartic. For this 
purpose, castor oil is commonly used. Wormseed oil 
is often combined, by physicians, with castor oil, and 
put up in ounce phials, and sold as a popular vermifuge. 

POLYPODIUM FELIX MAS. 

Male Fern, Male Shield Fern, <$-c. 

Description. — Root perennial, horizontal, fibrous, and 
is surrounded by the thickened bases of the curved foot- 
stalks, which overlap each other in their oblique posi- 
tion around the rhizoma. The footstalks or stipe, and 
mid-rid are covered with brownish, transparent scales. 
The frond or compound leaf is of an oval, lanceolate, 
acute, pinate form ; the pinnae or leaflets are situated 
remotely below, but stand nearer together toward the 
top, and at the summit seem crowded. They are 
lobed, and of an oval shape, and are the seat of fructi- 
fication. The general aspect of this plant is much like 
that of all the ferns ; it grows in tufts or bunches, and 
is found in pine woods, in New Jersey, and Virginia. 

Medical properties and uses. — The male fern is act- 
ively anthelmintic, and has gained for itself a great 
character. It was used by Theophrastus and Galen, 
who prescribed it against toenia aud lumbicoides. The 
great secret purchased by Louis XV of France,* from 
Madame Nuffer, consisted chiefly of this article. The 
medicine is now in considerable use among many phy- 
sicians, and is generally regarded as a prompt and 
efficient vermifuge, especially in the removal of the 
tape worm. The dose of the powdered roots and 

* The price paid for this nostrum was 18,000 francs. 



358 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

radical portions of the stipes, is about three drachms, 
to be given in emulsion or electuary. The dose should 
be repeated morning and evening for several days, and 
then followed with a brisk cathartic. 

PUNICA GRANATUM. 

Pomegranate. 

Description. — "The pomegranate is a small shrubby 
tree attaining, in favorable situations, the hight of 
twenty feet, with a very unequal trunk, and numerous 
branches, which sometimes bear thorns. The leaves 
are opposite, entire, oblong or lance-shaped, pointed at 
each end, smooth, shining, of a bright green color, and 
stand at the ends of the young branches. The petals 
are roundish and wrinkled, and are 
inserted into the upper part of the tube 
of the calyx, which is red, thick and 
fleshy. The fruit is a globular ber- 
ry something larger than an orange, 
crowned with the calyx, covered with 
a reddish-yellow, thick, coriceous rind, 
and divided internally into many cells ; 
which contain an acidulous pulp, and numerous oblong, 
angular seeds." 

Locality and habits. — "This tree grows wild upon 
both shores of the Mediterranean, in Arabia, Persia, 
Bengal China, and Japan, has been introduced into the 
East and West Indies, and is cultivated in all civilized 
countries where the climate is sufficiently warm to 
allow the fruit to ripen. In higher latitudes, where it 
does not bear fruit, it is raised in gardens and hot- 
houses for the beauty of its flowers, which become 
double and acquire increased splendor of coloring by 
cultivation. Doubts have been entertained as to its 
original country. The name of "P-nicum Malum," 
applied by the ancients to its fruit, implies that it was 
abundant at an early age in the neighborhood of Car- 
thage. The fruit of the pomegranate, for which the 
plant is cultivated in tropical climates, varies much in 
size and flavor. It is said to attain greater perfection 
in both these respects in the West Indies, than in its 
native country." — United States' Dispensatory. 





Absinthium, ( Wormwood ). 



ANTHELMINTICS. 361 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark of the root of 
this tree is a very ancient remedy for the tape-worm, 
and it is now in extensive use as an anthelmintic, in 
Hindostan, Germany, Switzerland, and France. It may 
be administered in powder or decoction ; the decoction 
is made by macerating two ounces of the bruised bark 
in a quart of water for some twenty-four hours, and 
then boiling down to a pint. The dose of this is a 
wine glassful, taken in from one to two or three hours, 
until the whole is taken. The dose of the powder is from 
one to two drachms, once in two hours, until five or six 
doses are taken. The medicine, when used as an 
anthelmintic, should always be followed on the second 
day, by a good dose of oil or mandrake. 

The pomegranate bark is also astringent and tonic; 
and is classed among these by some writers. 

ABSINTHIUM. 

Wormwood. 

Description. — The wormwood (artemesia absinthium) 
is a perennial plant, with branching, round, striated 
stems, some two feet high, and panicled at the top. 
The lower part of the stem is perennial and sends up 
annual shoots. The radical leaves are triply pinnatified, 
with lanceolate, obtuse, dentate divisions ; those of the 
stem doubly or singly pinnatified, with narrow divisions. 
The floral leaves are lanceolate, and all are hoary. 
The flowers are of a brownish-yellow color, and stand 
nodding in erect racemes. The plant is a native of 
Europe, but is cultivated in our gardens. 

Medical properties and uses. — The wormwood is a 
classical plant, and was used by the ancients. It is an 
excellent tonic, but is here introduced for its prophy- 
lactic power against worms. It must be taken every 
morning for one or two weeks, in doses of from five to 
ten grains of the powder. It has commonly been taken 
by infusion, but it is very disagreeable to the taste, and 
will do as well when taken in powder or pills. 



362 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

LOBELIA CARDINALIS. 

Red Lobelia; Cardinal Flower. 

Description. — Root perennial, fibrous, whitish, of a 
nauseous and acrid taste, stem erect, pubescent, two to 
three feet high, with a terminal spike of brilliant scarlet 
flowers ; leaves lanceolate, of a shining green color, 
serrate, subsessile. The flowering time is from July to 
September. Grows in meadows, along streams and in 
open woods in all parts of the country. 

Medical properties and uses. — The lobelia cardinalis 
is anti-spasmodic and nervine, and is perhaps mostly 
employed in view of these virtues, but it is here intro- 
duced for its anthelmintic properties. Several physi- 
cians have reported very favorably of it as a remedy 
of this kind. It is said, moreover, that the Cherokee 
Indians employed it with success in the treatment of 
worm complaints. The medicine is taken in the form 
of a strong infusion, or in that of the powder, either 
alone or combined with other antelmintics. The dose 
is a wine glassful, three times a day, of the infusion, 
made by macerating half an ounce of the bruised root 
in a pint of boiling water ; or a drachm of the powder 
taken in emulsion. It must be taken for three suc- 
cessive days, and then followed with a cathartic. 

Pride of China, (Melia Azedarach.) — This beautiful 
tree, which is now cultivated in the southern part of 
our country, affords a very good medicine of the anthel- 
mintic class. The fresh bark of the root, and the ber- 
ries are the parts used. A handful of the bark is pre- 
pared in decoction, and given once in a few hours till 
it effects the bowels, or it may be given in proper doses 
several times a day, and then be followed with a 
cathartic. The medicine in large doses, is emetic and 
cathartic. 

Cowhage, (Dolichos Pruriens.) — The hairs produced 
by the pods of this plant, are an excellent anthelmintic. 
Their operation is mechanical, destroying the animals 
by piercing them as with so many spears. They appear 
to be alike effectual in the removal of all kinds of 




Lobelia Cahoinalis, ( Red Lobelia ). 



ANTHELMINTICS . 365 

worms ; and there seems to be no danger in their use, 
as the alimentary canal is completely protected against 
their harm, by the mucous membrane. The dose is a 
tea spoonful of molasses, thickened with those hairs, 
morning and evening, for three or four days, and then 
followed with a cathartic. The dose for an adult is a 
table spoonful of the compound, taken in the same man- 
ner. 

Oil of Turpentine, {Oleum Terbinthince.) — The oil 
or spirits of turpentine is actively anthelmintic, but 
the medicine is rather harsh, and should not be used 
while articles more mild and equally efficient are to be 
had. The dose of the oil as an anthelmintic is about a 
tea spoonful for an adult, but has been administered in 
much larger doses, even to the amount of one or two 
ounces, in some cases of tape-worm. When used, the 
medicine should be given at a single dose, and soon 
followed with a full dose of castor oil. 

There are many other articles that are recommended 
as being good to destroy and expel worms. The cab- 
bage-tree (geoffrcea inermis.) Tartarian southern-wood 
{artemisia santonica.) Camphor; the bark of the yel- 
low poplar (lirionendon tulipifera,) &c, are all active 
anthelmintics, and have their advocates. But the best 
medicines against worms are the bitter tonics, which 
act by a double advantage. Bitters, while they are 
offensive to worms, are equally effectual in obviating 
that condition of the digestive organs which is favorable 
to their production. A persevering use of the bark of 
either of the poplars, chamomile, or almost any other 
bitter article will effectually protect the system against 



366 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



CHAPTER II. 

MEDICINES AFFECTING MOST PROMINENTLY THE RESPIRATOR? 
ORGANS. 

I. EXPECTORANTS. 

These are medicines which in their effects promote 
the bronchial secretions, and favor their exit from the 
system by expectoration. Their use in consumption, 
peripneumonia, whooping cough, asthma, croup, pleu- 
risy, &c, is well known. 

SPECIAL EXPECTORANTS. 

LOBELIA. 

Lobelia, in addition to its valuable emetic and relax- 
ant properties, also proves itself one of the best expec- 
torants now known to the profession. Few cases occur 
in medical practice, in which this article will not fulfill 
the ordinary indications of the use of expectorants ; 
and in difficult cases, there is perhaps no article that 
will answer a better purpose. The almost uncontrol- 
lable agency that this article possesses, in equalizing the 
circulation, makes it actively antiphlogistic, while its 
physiologically stimulating effects, are eminently calcu- 
lated to sustain vitality. The medicine may therefore 
be exhibited in view of its expectorant powers, in either 
the sthenic (high) or asthenic (low) diathesis, (state of 
action,) without any of the apprehensions often betray- 
ed by the friends of allopathy, in the use of stimulating 
remedies in fevers or inflammation. When in posses- 
sion of the lobelia therefore, the physician, in contem- 
plating the use of expectorants, in cases of inflamma- 
tion of the lungs, pleurisy, asthma, &c, need not defer 
the administration until the inflammatory symptoms 
may have subsided, but he may proceed at once, and 
thus fulfill both indications. 

Lobelia may be safely employed in all cases in 
which expectorants are called for. 

The oxymel is the most agreeable form to take the 
lobelia in, but the tincture is often used. The dose ot 




Lobelia Inflata, ( Lobelia ). 




Arum Pollyphyllum, (Many-leaved Wild Turnip). 



24 




Ictodes Fcetida, ( Swamp-Cab b ige ). 



EXPECTORANTS. 373 

the oxymel is a tea spoonful ; that of the tincture half 
as much. 

ARUM TRIPHYLLUM. 

Indian Turnip, Wild Turnip, Wake-Robin, $c. 

Description. — Root perennial, bulbous, fibrous below. 
Early in the spring it puts forth a large, ovate, acumin- 
ate, variously colored spathe, convoluted at the bottom, 
flattened and bent over at the top like a hood, and 
supported by an erect, round, green or purplish scape. 
Within the spathe is the fructification, which, when 
mature, presents a bunch of beautiful scarlet berries, 
which remain after the other parts of the plant are 
decayed. The leaves consist of one or two triples, 
ovate, lanceolate, entire, standing on long sheathing 
footstalks. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is a native of Amer- 
ica, and is found throughout the United States, growing 
in damp woods, in meadows, and along fences. 

Medical properties and uses. — The wild turnip, in its 
recently dried state, is actively expectorant, and very 
applicable in coughs, and all other cases in which an 
expectorant is indicated. 

It is best given in honey or molasses, or something 
of the kind, as it is necessary to give it in substance, 
for it will not yield its active properties to alcohol, 
ether, water or oil. In its recent state, it is too acrid 
for internal use, but has in this state been found service- 
able in whitloes, and other painful bealings, in the form 
of a poultice. It has also been found serviceable as 
an irritant when the fresh root, bruised, is applied to 
the surface, and may be employed as a revellent in 
inflammatory diseases. 

The root, if entire, may be preserved in its green state 
for a year or more if buried in the sand, and kept in a 
cellar. 

ICTODES FCETIDA. 

Swamp Cabbage, Skunk Cabbage, <$[C. 

Description. — Root large, bulbous, and very thickly 
beset on all sides with long, large, fleshy fibres. The 
top of this plant consists of large radical leaves, some- 
what similar to the common cabbage leaf, but of a deeper 



374 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

green color. Its appearance, when it emerges from the 
ground, is represented in the cut. The flowers are 
within the spathe, which they resemble in color. The 
seed, which is found at the base of the style, is of the 
size of a pea, and of a brown color. 

Locality and habits. — This singular plant grows in 
most parts of the United States, in wet lands, swamps 
and meadows. 

Medical properties and uses. — The skunk cabbage is 
a good expectorant, and is likewise anti-spasmodic and 
nervine. In catarrh, consumption, pleurisies, and 
especially in asthma, it will prove itself a very good 
remedy. The medicine should be used in substance. 
The dose of the powder is from a half to a whole tea- 
spoonful two to three times a day, as an expectorant, 
and oftener as an anti-spasmodic. Age impairs its 
virtues. 

POLYGALA SENEGA. 

Sene'.a Snakeroot. 

Description. — The root is perennial and branching 
giving rise to several erect, simple, smooth, round, leafy 
stems, from nine inches to a foot in hight. The stems 
are red, or purplish below, and green above. The 
leaves are alternate or scattered, lanceolate, smooth, 
and sessile, or arranged on the stem upon short foot- 
stalks. The flowers are white, small, and disposed in 
a close spike at the summit of the stem. This valuable 
herb grows in all parts of our country, but is most 
abundant in the South and West. 

Medical properties and uses. — The seneka root is a 
stimulating expectorant, and is also diuretic, and emen- 
agogue. Its expectorant powers are especially valuable 
in catarrh, croup, and asthma. Its pungent effect on 
the tongue is very lasting, and causes a free discharge 
of saliva. The medicine is used in powder and decoc- 
tion. The dose of the former is from ten to twenty 
grains. A table spoonful of the coarse powder, scalded 
in a pint of water, and sweetened, is of proper strength : 
this is to be taken in table spoonful doses, often 
repeated. 




Poltgala Senega, (Seneca Snake-root). 



EXPECTORANTS. 377 

There are several other articles that are highly- 
esteemed as expectorants by some physicians, and 
perhaps merit a notice under this head. 

Liquorice, {Glycyrrhiza Glabra) — The root, or extract 
of this article, is a good expectorant, and is much used. 
The dose is from twenty to thirty grains, of either the 
powder or extract. 

Hoakhound, (Marubium Vulgare.) — This is a popular 
remedy for coughs, in domestic practice. The tops are 
generally combined with other articles of this kind, 
such as the spikenard, elecampane, skunk cabbage, 
wild turnip, &c, and formed into a syrup. 

Spikenard, (Aralia Racemosa.) — The root, and berries, 
of this popular plant are very good in pectoral com- 
plaints ; they relieve pain in the breast, and are healing 
to the lungs. This article is most commonly used in 
syrups with other articles. 

Pleurisy-root, (Asclepias Tuberosa.) — This article 
also seems to hold its rank among the expectorant 
remedies. It is very good in pleurisies, and hence its 
vulgar name. The usual form of its use is in decoction, 
or syrup, but the alcoholic extract is far preferable : 
the dose of this is five grains. 

Elecampane, (Inula Helenium.) — This is a balsamic 
expectorant, and is healing to the lungs. It is best 
suited to follow the use of the more active expectorants. 
It should not be employed in doses too large, as it is 
somewhat active in its effects. The dose of the pow- 
der is from ten to twenty grains. In decoction of an 
ounce of coarse powder to a pint of boiling water, the 
dose is from one to two fluid ounces. 

Wild Cherry, (JPrunus Virginiana.) — The bark of 
this stately tree is an excellent remedy in coughs and 
consumption. It is anodyne and calms irritation, thus 
relieving that distressing hacking that often attends 
affections of the lungs. If there is any single article 
that will cure the consumption, it is this. The author 



378 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

has known confirmed lung difficulties removed simply 
by chewing the bark and swallowing the juice. It is a 
valuable remedy in syrups for all pulmonary affections. 

Onion, (Allium Cepa.) — Onion juice is a popular 
remedy in domestic practice. It is used in croup, 
asthma, whooping cough, and all other lung affections. 
The allium sativum, or garlic, is of like properties, and 
is used in the same way. 



CHAPTER III 



MEDICINES AFFECTING MOST PROMINENTLY THE FOLICULAR, OR 
GLANDULAR, AND EXCRETORY ORGANS. 

I. ERRHINES. 

These are a class of medicines designed for topical 
application, and are used as a snuff, which, when applied 
to the schneiderian membrane, promotes its secretions. 
On persons not accustomed to their use they excite 
sneezing. Many articles, under this definition, might 
be brought under this head, but the practical applica- 
tion of these remedies is confined but to a limited num- 
ber. The object of their use embraces the cure of a 
few diseases of the head only. In cases of headache, 
toothache, earache, pain in the eyes, and rheumatic 
affections about the head, the use of errhines is some- 
times advantageous. The mode of their operation is 
simple and very easily understood ; the irritation that 
they produce on the schneiderian membrane, causes an 
afflux to this organ, thus relieving in neighboring parts 
the crowded or obstructed condition which is the cause 
of the pain experienced in them. 

SPECIAL ERRHINES. 

ASARUM EUROPEUM. 

Asarabacca. 

Description. — Root or rhizoma, perennial. Stem 
short, round, simple, herbaceous and pubescent. The 



EREHINES. 379 

leaves are opposite and stand on long footstalks ; are 
kidney-shaped, entire, pubescent, and of a deep green 
color. The flower is large, of a dusky purple color, 
standing on a short terminal peduncle. 

Locality and habits. — The asarabacca is a native of 
Europe, growing between thirty-seven and sixty degrees 
north latitude, in woods and shady places ; it flowers 
in May. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is a popular 
errhine, and produces a copious flow of mucus, which 
continues sometimes for several days. The root is 
rather severe, and hence the leaves, which are milder, 
are generally preferred. They are used in fine powder, 
in the form of a snuff, two or three times a day until 
relief is obtained. This snuff is good in a crowded 
state of the head attending catarrhs, &c. 

NICOTINA TABACUM. 

Tobacco. 

Description. — The root is annual, white, woody, and 
branched. The stem is upright, tapering, woody; has 
a large pith, and grows from four to six feet high, with 
a branched top. The leaves, are very large below, but 
smaller higher up the stem ; are alternate, sessile, 
smooth, entire, lanceolate and of a yellowish-green 
color. The flowers, which are situated on terminal 
panicles, are of a pale pink and white color. The 
corolla is bell shaped, having a border divided into five 
pointed segments. 

Locality and habits. — The tobacco is a native of 
America, but is now cultivated in every part of the 
world. It is a staple article of Virginia, Kentucky, 
and Ohio. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is a powerful 
errhine, but the patient is very apt to become accus- 
tomed to its use. As a snuff, this nauseous article has 
quite a large number of votaries, many of whom have 
become so habituated to its enslaving influence, that 
they reckon it among the luxuries of life. Nor is its 
use as a snuff, the only result of its intoxicating power 



380 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Independent man, so fond of slavery, against his natural 
state, learns also to chew it. Nor do the more delicate 
of his species, the women, dbdain the loathful habit; 
they smoke! — they snuff! — and perchance they chew 
tobacco ! What strange infatuation ! What apology Is 
there for the habit? is the practice graceful? is it con- 
venient? oris it conducive to health? Answer, thou 
tobacco slave, who hast but two humble zoonic brethren 
in its use. 

Tobacco is a narcotic and sedative ; its use is there- 
fore injurious. It has however been much appreciated 
by many, for its relaxant powers. Its use as a relax- 
ant, among Reformers, however, is entirely superseded 
by the lobelia. As an errhine, a small pinch of the 
powdered leaves may be taken three or four times a 
day, or oftener if necessary, until relief be obtained. 

Bayberry, (Myrica Cerifera.) — This is a very good 
errhine, and may be used in combination with the 
powdered herb of lobelia. 

Lobelia Inflata. — The powdered herb is good in 
catarrhal headache, and inflammation of the schneide- 
rian membrane. 

Wild Ginger, (Asarum Canadensis.) — The pulverized 
leaves are a very good errhine. 

II. SIALAGOGUES. 

These are medicines which act prominently on the 
salivary glands, producing free secretion and dis- 
charge of saliva. They are useful in fevers, and inflam- 
mations of the mouth, tongue, fauces, and throat, and 
afford great relief when the mouth is inclined to be dry 
and parched. 

SPECIAL SIALAGOGUES. 

Prickley Ash, {Xanlhoxylum Fraxineum) — The bark 
of the root of this article is an excellent sialagogue, 
producing copious discharges, which continue for many 
hours. It may be used in decoction, or the root may 
simply be chewed and retained in the mouth for a few 




Ecpatorium Pupukeum, (Queen of the Meadow). 



DIURETICS. 383 

moments ; or if chewing it is not convenient, the pow- 
der may be moistened and held in the mouth for a time. 

Capsicum. — The tea or tincture of this valuable 
medicine is a very good sialagogue. 

Lobelia Inflata. — All the preparations of lobelia 
are good sialagogues, and as such, may be used indis- 
criminately. 

Aralia Spin asa, (Southern Prickly- Ash.) — This is an 
excellent sialagogue, and one of great permanence of 
effect. 

III. DIURETICS. 

Diuretics are medicines which are calculated to pro- 
mote the urinary evacuations. Their use, in many 
cases, is of considerable importance, especially in 
urinary suppressions, gravel, dropsies, fevers, and vice- 
ral inflammations. 

SPECIAL DIURETICS. 

EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM. 

. Queen of the Meadow, Gravel Root. 

Description. — Root perennial, horizontal, woody, 
with many long black fibres. Stem upright, smooth, 
cylindrical, purplish-green, hollow, and from three to 
five feet high. The leaves, which are situated on 
the stem in whorls of from three to six at a joint, are 
lanceolate, serrate, and about four to eight inches in 
length, and from one to two in width. The flowers are 
purple, small, and numerous, and are situated in beau- 
tiful umbils on the top of the stem and branches. 

Locality and habits. — This useful plant grows in 
meadows, in other low grounds, and in woods that are 
not too much shaded. It flowers in July and August. 

Medical properties and uses. — This species of the 
eupatorium is one of the most valuable diuretics 
known, operating with ease and promptness. It is 
singular that an article so valuable as this, should not 



384 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

be more spoken of in works on materia medica. In 
the majority of cases this article will give immediate 
relief in backache : and in dropsies, urinary suppres- 
sions, and gravel, it is perhaps inferior to no other 
simple article. It is generally used in decoction ; an 
ounce of the coarsely powdered root scalded in a pint 
of boiling water, and drank in the course of two or 
three hours, is a proper portion. 

JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS. 

Juniper. 

Description. — The juniper is a shrub, attaining some- 
times to the hight of twelve to fifteen feet, with many 
branches. The leaves are evergreen, narrow, enlire, 
sharply pointed, channeled, of a deep green color, and 
are attached to the stem or branches of trees. The 
flowers are axillary, sessile, small ; the males discharg- 
ing a copious amount of yellow pollen ; females green, 
and on scaly stalks. This tree is a native of Europe, 
but has been introduced and is common in this country. 

Medical properties and uses. — The berries and oil are 
actively diuretic. It is the oil of juniper that gives to 
gin its diuretic property. An ounce of the bruised 
berries may be scalded in a pint of boiling water, and 
drank in the course of a day, or the oil may be taken 
in doses of from one to three dozen drops. The juni- 
per may be used in all cases in which a diuretic is 
indicated. 

PARTHENIUM INTEGRIFOLIUM. 

Nephritic Plant ; Cutting Almond. 

Description. — "Root very singular, issuing from a 
condex or head, at first small, but gradually enlarging 
until it terminates very abruptly, and then giving off 
other roots of the same or similar form ; each portion 
forming a distinct root resembling in shape and size a 
young radish, but growing horizontally with the large 
end foremost, giving oft' a few fibrous roots and send- 
ing up stalks from near the large ends or bulbs of the 
principal roots, which are blackish outside, and bluish- 
gray within. Stems several arising from the same 
root, round, very hard, of a dark red color, growing 




Farthenium Integrifolium, (Cutting Almond). 



25 



from eighteen ir.ches to two feet high, branched toward 
the top ; brandies auxiliary to the leaves." Leaves, 
some of them radical or nearly so, the others, scatter- 
ing and few, very obtusely dentate, eliptical ; lower ones 
petiolate, upper ones subsessile, stiff and harsh, upper 
ones the smallest. Flowers terminal, cymous, orbicular. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this plant 
irf a valuable diuretic, especially useful in painful sup- 
pression, and scalding of the urine. In strangury, when 
the urine is obstructed, or discharged in very small 
quantity or drops, it has been known to be very service- 
able. The medicine is generally employed in the 
recent state when practicable and may be sliced into 
cold water, and the infusion may be taken in quanti- 
ties agreeable to the stomach at intervals of one or 
two hours. 

APOCYNUM CANABINUM. 

Indian Hemp. 

Description. — The Indian hemp bears a very close 
resemblance to the bitter root (apocynum androscemi- 
folium) The root, which is the part used for medical 
purposes, is about the thickness of a quill, and several 
feet in length. The stems are herbaceous, erect, branch- 
ing, of a brown color, and from two to three feet high! 
The leaves, which are opposite, are oblong, ovate, 
pubescent, and acute at both ends. The flowers are 
small and numerous, and are disposed in panicles like 
those of the bitter root ; they are of a greenish-yellow 
3olor without, and of a pink or purple within. 

Locality and habits. — This article grows in meadows 
and other bottom lands, along fences, and the skirts of 
woods, found in most parts of the United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The Indian hemp is a 
very good diuretic ; it is also diaphoretic, emetic, and 
cathartic Some Botanical physicians make much use 
of it in view of its diuretic properties. It is generally 
employed in decoction ; a half an ounce of the roc/t 
scalded in a pint of water, will be of suitable strength. 
This is to be drank through the course of a day. 



388 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

CAPAIBA OFFICINALIS. 

Copavia. 

Description. — There are a number of species of the 
copaifera, that yield the balsam, but the Capaiba 
officinalis, described in the United States' Dispensatory, 
is considerable of a tree, growing in Venezuela, and 
the West Indies. The tree is of lofty growth, much 
branched, and has a heavy foliage. The balsam is 
obtained by making deep incisions into the stems, from 
which the pure balsam flows. It is thin and colorless 
when fresh, but acquires a thicker consistence, and yel- 
low tinge, by age. 

Medical properties and uses. — The balsam is diuretic, 
and gently stimulant, and laxative. As a diuretic, 
it is much in use in the treatment of urinary affections, 
and in gonorrhoea. But it is somewhat irritating in its 
effects on the urinary organs, especially if the use of 
the medicine is long continued. It is also considered 
valuable by some in affections of the lungs and trachea, 
and by others in dysentery, leucorrhoea, and for worms. 
The dose is from twenty drops to a tea spoonful three 
times a day. 

TEREBINTHINA VULGARIS. 

Turpentine. 

Description. — There are various species of the pine 
that yield the turpentine of commerce. We have — 1, 
the pinus palustris ; 2, the pinus tceda ; 3, the pinus 
sylvestris, &c. The pines generally, are tall forest 
trees, growing on poor lands in the Eastern and South- 
ern States. The leaves are evergreen, very narrow 
and long, and are generally in twains or threes, thickly 
set on the small twigs. The flowers or catkins, are a 
singular conical scaly arrangement, which hang on the 
ends of the twigs. 

The oil or spirits is distilled from the turpentine, or 
resinous juice that is exuded from the tree. The pure 
oil of turpentine is perfectly limpid and colorless, of 
quite a strong penetrating odor, and pungent taste. In 
commerce and the mechanical arts it is generally called 
spirits of turpentine. 




Galium Ajbrine [Asperula], (Clevers). 



DIURETICS. 391 

Medical properties and uses. — The oil of turpentine 
is stimulant, diuretic, diaphoretic, rubefacient, and 
anthelmintic. As a diuretic, it is very active and thor- 
ough, but is rather harsh. When long continued it is 
apt to irritate the urinary passages, and not unfrequently 
gives rise to violent strangury. The dose as a diuretic, 
is from ten to thirty drops, repeated every few hours. 
It is one of the most convenient and the cheapest of 
all the essential oils for use as a rubefacient, and hence 
forms one of the principal ingredients of the various 
stimulating liniments, or bathing drops. 

LEONTODON TARAXACUM. 

t)andelion. 
Description. — The dandelion is an herbaceous plant, 
having a perennial fusiform, fibrous root, and many 
deeply toothed radical leaves. The flower, which is 
yellow, stands on a long hollow stem, and puts forth 
early in the spring ; the whole plant, when wounded, 
emits a milky juice. It grows in meadows and pas- 
tures, all over the United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this plant 
is a valuable diuretic, it is also tonic, pectoral, and 
alterative. This article is much used by the German 
physicians, and is undoubtedly one of our most valuable 
indigenous plants. But, like many other useful articles, 
it is neglected on account of its commonness. The 
medicine is considered serviceable in affections of 
the kidneys, spleen, liver and lungs ; and has been 
found of benefit in many other glandular diseases. The 
dose is five to six grains of the extract, or a wine glass- 
ful of the strong decoction three or four times a day. 

GALIUM ASPERULA. 

Small Chvers, Goose-grass, $c. 

Description. — This is a delicate herbaceous vine that 
grows many feet in length ; and being extremely much 
branched, forms mats of various sizes, which are sup- 
ported by bushes, fences, or anything that may chance 
to be within its reach. The leaves are small, numerous, 
lanceolate, linear, and are situated in whorls around 



392 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

the vine. They are beset with prickles, or teeth that 
project backward. The flowers are white, very small, 
and numerous. 

Locality and habits. — Clevers is an indigenous plant, 
growing in meadows, along brooks, in new grounds, 
and in open moist woodlands. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is a very good un- 
irritating diuretic, operating with considerable prompt- 
ness and certainty. It may be used in all cases in 
which diuretics are indicated. 

There is another variety of clevers, called galium 
aperine, which is of larger growth, and is hence usually 
called large clevers, that is also a good diuretic. 

When used the leaves and vines are generally pre 
pared by infusing them in warm water, which may then 
be drank freely. 

ASCLEPIAS FIBROSA. 

Silk-weed, Fibrous Cotton-weed, Indian Hemp, tfc. 

Description. — The root is perennial, fibrous, white, 
and smooth. The stem is smooth, shining, branched on 
the top, and from two to three feet in hight. It has a 
very strong flaxy bark, whence it is sometimes called 
Indian hemp. The leaves are lanceolate, acute at both 
ends, smooth, entire, about an inch in width, and about 
three inches in length. At the top of the stem, they 
are usually joined at the base so as to form compound 
leaves of a triangular shape. The flowers, which in 
their organization resemble those of the ksclepias gen- 
erally, are found in bunches on the branches and top of 
the stem. They are of a dusky yellow color, and appear 
in July. 

Locality and habits. — This species of the asclepiaa 
seems to delight in sandy bottoms, and banks of streams. 
It flourishes inmost parts of the United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — This article is quite a 
good diuretic, and may be employed with confidence in 
all cases in which medicines of this class are found 
useful. Considerable advantage may sometimes be 
gained by its use in fevers, and inflammation of the 



DIURETICS. 393 

h..ngs and liver , and especially in cases of inflamma- 
tion of the kidneys, bladder, and in gravel. It is chiefly 
•flsed by infusion. A large table spoonful of the pow- 
dered root may be scalded in a pint of water, and drank 
in the course of three or four hours. 

Bearberry, (Uvce Ursi.) —The leaves of this article 
are valuable for their diuretic properties which are con- 
joined with a mild astringency, and hence the medicine 
is useful in leucorrhaea, catarrh of the bladder, &c. 
Dose, a tea spoonful of the tincture, or a wine glassful 
of the infusion. 

Parsley, (Apium Petroselinum.) — The root of the com- 
mon garden parsley, is a very good diuretic, useful in 
dropsies, gravel, affections of the kidneys, &c. It is 
prepared in strong infusion and drank freely. 

Asparagus, {Asparagus Officinalis) — The root of this 
well known garden vegetable, when prepared by 
infusing two ounces, in the green state, in a pint of cold 
water, and drank freely, is also a pretty good diuretic. 

Elder, (Sambucus Canadensis.) — The inner bark of 
the common sweet elder is diuretic and cathartic, and 
as such, is valuable in dropsies, and kidney affections. 
It is boiled in cider and used in dropsical diseases. 

Watermelon, (Cucurbita Citrullus.) — The seeds of 
this delicious production, as well as those of the pump- 
kin, cucumber, muskmelon, and gourd, are diuretic ; 
and are much used in domestic practice, for strangury, 
inflammations of the urinary bladder, kidneys, &c. 
They are used in decoction, which should be drank 
freely. 

Milkweed, (Asclepias Syrica.) — This article is also 
somewhat diuretic in its effects, and has been highly 
recommended in dropsy. It is used in strong infusion 
and taken freely 

Corn Snakeroot, {Eryngium Aquaticum.) — This is a 
perennial plant, growing some two feet in hight, with 
branches. Its leaves are long, resembling young corn 
leaves, and are thickly beset, along their edges, with 



394 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

spines or prickles. The flowers are disposed in globose 
heads. The root, which is tuberous in form, has an 
aromatic, bitter, pungent taste. It is diuretic, stimulant 
and expectorant, and is useful in dropsies, gravel,' and 
kidney affections. It is also highly recommended, both 
as an external and internal remedy, in snake bites. 

Fleabane, (Erigeron.) — There are several species of 
erigeron that are possessed of nearly the same medicinal 
properties. They have been variously called, cocash, 
skevish, skabish, frost-weed, squaw-weed, field-weed, 
&c. They have a yellowish perennial root, and a round 
hairy stem, growing from three to four feet high. The 
leaves are long, lanceolate, and edged with hairs ; the 
lower ones are toothed. The flowers are very small, 
w r hite, numerous, and they are arranged in terminal 
peduncles. 

These plants possess valuable diuretic, tonic, and 
somewhat astringent properties, particularly valuable 
in dropsies, kidney affections, chronic diarrhoea, sup- 
pression of urine, &c. The dose of the powdered root 
is from thirty to forty grains. 

IV. ANTILITHICS. 

Under this head it is designed to notice such articles 
as are known to have the power to alter the state of 
the urinary secretion, so as to prevent the formation of 
calculi, or to dissolve them when already formed. Their 
operation is entirely chemical. In their effects they 
disturb the chemical relation of the several elementary 
principles of which these distressing obstructions are 
constituted. They consist chiefly of acids and alkalies. 
The latter are employed in the lithic acid diathesis, 
and the former in the phosphatic. 

SPECIAL ANTILITHICS. 

CARBONAS SODiE ET POTASSJ3. 

Soda and Sakratus. 

As the various urinary calculi are mostly composed 
of oxygen united with a base, either in the form of 



ANTILITHICS. 395 

lithic acid, oxalate of lime, or cystic oxide, it is easy to 
discover the utility of such alkalines as soda and pot- 
ash, in these difficulties. It is therefore unnecessary to 
refer to the amount of evidence that might here be 
adduced in their favor. But it should be borne in mind, 
that the potency of these agents is mostly evinced in 
preventing, or obviating the lithic or calculine diathesis, 
01 in other words, in preventing the formation of cal- 
culi, while the elements are free ; for it is known that 
when these formations exist, and the elements thereby 
rendered comparatively latent, that little can reasonably 
be expected' from these remedies. The dose of these 
medicines, is from a half to one tea spoonful, dissolved 
in a half tea cupful of water, to be taken once or 
twice per day. 

CITRIC ACID. 

Citric acid is a common vegetable product, abound- 
ing in citrons or lemons. It, as well as other vegetable 
acids, are useful in urinary calculi composed of earthy 
phosphates. 

Gravel- root, (Eupatorium Purpurium.) — This article 
is now gaining considerable reputation as a lithontrip- 
tic, and has, in the hands of the author, given more 
general satisfaction than any other article used by him 
for gravel. The most distressing symptoms have been 
known to yield to its use. The employment of the 
medicine should be commenced in small doses, and 
increased to as much as the stomach will bear. 

Radish, (Raphanus Sativus.) — The juice of the garden 
radish is highly recommended as an agent to dissolve 
urinary calculi, — it is recommended that it should be 
injected into the bladder, as well as used per stomach. 
The dose is as much as the stomach will readily bear. 

Honey, (Mel.) — This article is regarded by some as 
being very good to relieve the symptoms of gravel, and 
with this view, it may be used to sweeten other articles, 
less pleasant to take. Some affirm that honey will 
actually dissolve the stone in the bladder. 

Carbonate of Magnesia, (Magnesia Carbonas.) — This 
article is a very good antilithic; it is perhaps more 



396 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

prompt in preventing an excess of uric acid, than any 
other of the alkalies. It certainly merits confidence, 
and should be used in all cases when the deposition is 
of the lithic kind. But in calcerous formations, this 
article, as well as the active alkalies, is perhaps of no 
use, nay, it is perhaps pernicious in its effects. In all 
cases in which the deposition consists of a yellowish 
brown pink or lateritious color, the alkalies are indi- 
cated. The white precipitates generally consist of 
earthy phosphates, or calcareous formations, in which 
the acids are perhaps most indicated. 

Lime- Water, {Aqua Calcis.) — This is also a good 
antilithic, and may be used freely as such, when articles 
of this kind are indicated. 

Uv^e ursi folia, (Bearberry.) — This article has had its 
share of favor as a remedy in gravelly affections. De 
Haen, Farriar, and others, recommend it very much. 
The dose is from ten grains to a tea spoonful of the 
powdered leaves, three times a day. 

V. DIAPHORETICS. 

Diaphoretics are medicines which, in their action on 
the animal economy, increase the natural transpiration 
by the cuticular exhalants, or in other words, which 
promote perspiration. 

By former usages this term expresses insensible per- 
spiration only, and when sweating was spoken of, the 
term sudorific was employed. The convenience of the 
latter term in expressing degrees of the perspirating 
phenomenon, is such as still insures it a place in the 
medical vocabulary. Nevertheless, it is designed tc 
notice under the above head, indiscriminately, such arti- 
cles as are found most valuable in promoting general 
perspiration. As obstructed perspiration is character- 
ized by various conditions of the body, it is obvious 
that a variety of articles may contribute in forming a 
proper list of these agents. In some instances, the 
obstruction may arise from a spasmodic constriction of 
the emunctories, while in others it may be dependent 
on languor of the circulation, or general debility. It is 
plain that in the former case, the relaxing diaphoretics 




Xahthoxixum Fraxineum, ( Prickly Ash ) 



DIAPHORETICS. 399 

are indicated, and that in the latter, those of a stimu- 
ulating character are best. 

The diaphoretics are among the most valuable med- 
icines that we possess, their usefulness being entirely 
equal to the importance of perspiration. Their appli- 
cation in fevers, and many other acute diseases, is 
almost indispensable, while in many chronic affections 
they are also often of great utility. 

Although stimulants generally produce perspiration, 
yet the notion that no article or means but those that 
are very pungent to the taste, and which in their effects 
manifestly increase, in a corresponding degree, the 
action of the heart and arteries, can produce diaphore- 
sis, is not only unreasonable and absurd, but its erro- 
neousness is witnessed almost every day by all observ- 
ers. A copious draught of any fluid will usually 
promote perspiration. Sometimes a simple drink of 
cold water will produce a copious sweat. Some of the 
mineral poisons, which manifestly diminish the action 
of the heart and arteries, are nevertheless, at the same 
time, diaphoretic ; and as such, antimony and nitras 
potassa might here be named. 

SPECIAL DIAPHORETICS. 

Lobelia, capsicum, ginger, camphor, cloves, cinna- 
mon, peppermint, and many other articles, whose most 
jprominent properties give them a conspicuous place 
elsewhere, are among our best diaphoretics. Several 
of these form some of the chief ingredients of many 
of the most popular diaphoretic compounds, used by 
the Reformed practitioners. But, as the limits of this 
work will not admit of a separate notice of these arti- 
cles in this place, it is thought proper to pass over them 
here, to consider those articles whose most prominent 
properties bring their consideration properly under this 
head. 

XANTHOXYLUM FRAXINEUM. 
Prickly- Ash. 

Description. — The prickly-ash is an indigenous shrub, 
from five to ten feet in hight, and considerably branch- 
ed The branches are beset with many strong, sharp, 



400 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

scattered prickles. The leaves are pinnate, with four 
or five pairs of leaflets, and one terminal o.ie. The 
flowers are small, of a greenish color, and situated in 
bunches about the base of the young shoots They are 
followed with greenish red berries, which burst in the 
fall, and present a round black oval seed. The prickly- 
ash grows all over this country, on rich bottom land, 
on the banks of streams, and on hill- sides. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark of the root 
of the prickly-ash is actively diaphoretic, and very 
permanent in its effects. The berries, which are more 
pleasant to the taste, are equally good. The root and 
berries when chewed impart a very pungent and acrid 
taste, which is quite lasting. Either, when chewed and 
held in the mouth, have been known to cure the tooth- 
ache. The medicine has gained quite a character, for 
its effects in rheumatism. It is likewise very good in 
catarrhs, pleurisies, and viceral inflammations. As a 
diaphoretic, in fevers, and in many chronic affections, 
it holds a high rank. The medicine is generally taken 
in infusion ; a half ounce of the powdered root, or as 
much of the berries, is scalded in a pint of water, and 
taken in wine glassful doses once in an hour or two. 

ARALIA SPINOSA. 

Angelica-tree ; Toothache-tree ; Southern Prickly-Ash. 

D s-ription. — This is an indigenous arborescent shrub,* 
with an erect, simple stern from eight to twelve feet in 
hight ; armed with prickles, and furnished near the 
top with very large bipinnate or tripinnate leaves, which 
are also prickly, and are composed of oval, pointed, 
slightly serrate leaflets. The flowers are arranged in 
an ample panicle, composed of numerous small hemis- 
pherical umbils bearing about thirty white flowers 
each. 

Locality and habits. — The aralia spinosa is found 
wild in most of the Southern States, growing in low 
fertile woods, but is cultivated in the gardens north. It 
flowers in August and September. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark of this tree is 
one of our most valuable indigenous remedies; it is 



DIAPHORETICS. 401 

diaphoretic and stimulant, and is much employed in 
fevers, pleurisy, and viceral inflammations, rheumatism, 
colic, and gout. It is valuable in all cases in which a 
stimulating diaphoretic is indicated. It occasions a 
free flow of saliva, and will often cure toothache. The 
dose is from a half tea spoonful, to a tea spoonful of the 
powder, but it is usually taken by infusion. 

EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM. 

Thorouffkwort ; Boneset ; Thoroughslem, tyc. 

Description. — The root of the thorough wort is peren- 
nial, horizontal, crooked, with fibres. The stems, which 
are from one to a dozen in number, are erect, round, 
hairy, branched at the top, and from two to three feet 
high. The leaves are very peculiarly shaped ; they may 
be considered opposite, with their broad bases joined 
around the stem, or the two may be considered as one 
leaf, perforated by the stem. They extend from three 
to four inches from the stem, and taper regularly from 
this into an acute point. Like the stem, they are thick- 
ly beset with fine white hairs, which give them, though 
of a deep green, a paler appearance. The flowers are 
small, numerous, whitish, and are arranged in clusters 
or corymbs on the top of the stems and branches. 

Locality and habits. — Nearly all the varieties of the 
extensive genus to which this article belongs, delight 
in wettish rich soil, growing very plentifully in mead- 
ows, pasture grounds, along streams, and in open wood- 
lands. The thoroughwort may be found, in favorable 
places, throughout the United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — This article constitutes 
one of our surest and most permanent diaphoretics. 
In its action, in producing diaphoresis, it is very analo- 
gous to the lobelia inflata, producing nausea and gen- 
eral relaxation ; and is hence of incalculable utility in 
the treatment of fevers, especially those occurring in 
the Western States. It is also actively tonic, and is 
therefore peculiarly applicable in intermittent, and bil- 
ious remittent fevers. The Indians of our country have 
used the thoroughwort in these, and many other varie- 
ties of disease, from time immemorial. They prepared 
26 



402 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

it in decoction, and drank it freely before going into 
their baths. 

For colds, and inflammatory affections of the organs 
of the chest, this forms an excellent remedy. 

The thoroughwort infusion forms an invaluable relax- 
ant enema, useful in all fevers and inflammations. In 
large doses the medicine proves emetic and cathartic. 

The most common preparation of this article is the 
infusion ; this is made by scalding an ounce of the 
leaves and flowers in a pint of water. The dose is a 
wine glassful once in an hour, unless it should sicken, 
when the dose is to be smaller. It is also prepared into 
pills from the extract with capsicum, which are taken as 
a diaphoretic and anti-dyspeptic, in doses of from two 
to four. The dose of the extract is from five to ten 
grains. 

POLEMONIUM REPTANS. 

Greek Valerian, Sweat-root, Bluebells. 

Description. — Root perennial, small, very fibrous, and 
white. Leaves pinnate like the locust, and situated on 
radical petioles or footstalks, about eight inches or a 
foot in hight. The flowers, which are small and of a 
beautiful blue color, are campanulate or bell-shaped, 
and disposed on separate, branched stems. 

Locality and habits. — This is a very common indi- 
genous plant, growing in meadows, low woodlands, 
along fences and road-sides. It flowers early in the 
spring. 

Medical properties and uses. — The Greek valerian is an 
active diaphoretic, producing copious and free perspi- 
ration. The medicine is applicable in all cases in 
which diaphoretics are indicated. It is one of the 
prominent ingredients in sudorific compounds. 

Besides its diaphoretic properties, it possesses others 
that are much esteemed in consumption and other pec- 
toral diseases. The dose of the powdered root, is a 
tea spoonful. The most common form in which it is 
used, is by infusion ; a table spoonful of the root in 
coarse powder, is scalded in a pint of water, and drank 
freely. 




Poibmonium Ebptans, ( Greek Valerian ). 




Aboufias Tubbrosa, (Pleurisy-root). 



DIAPHORETICS. 407 

ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA. 

Pleurisy-root, White-root, Swallowwort, <$-c. 

Description. — This species of asclepias has a large, 
tuberous, perennial root, which is branched, rough, and 
generally crooked. Within, it is white, but externally 
it is of a dirty yellow color. In the latter part of May 
it puts forth from one to a dozen or more stalks, which 
arrive at full growth in July. These are round, pubes- 
cent, or woolly, erect, or inclining, branched at the top, 
and about the thickness of the little finger. The leaves 
are oblong, lanceolate, thick or fleshy, entire, pubescent, 
pale underneath, green on the upper side, and stand 
alternately on the stem, and are scattered on the 
branches. The flowers, which are of a very beautiful 
orange yellow, are disposed in bunches or umbils on 
the tops of the stem and branches. The flowers are 
followed with oblong, pointed pods, which contain the 
seed and seed down. 

Locality and habits. — This beautiful and valuable 
plant flourishes most on sandy and gravelly plains, in 
neglected fields, along fences, in orchards, and in pas- 
ture grounds. It blossoms in July. 

Medical properties and uses. — The asclepias tuberosa 
is a mild but pretty certain diaphoretic, particularly 
useful in pleurisies, inflammation of the lungs, and other 
pectoral inflammatory diseases. It is an excellent 
article in hectic fevers attending consumption, and is 
also a good remedy in those coughs attended with a 
feverish condition of the body, that arise from colds. 
It promotes expectoration, equalizes the circulation, 
and sustains a moisture of the skin. 

This article constitutes a valuable ingredient in dia- 
phoretic compounds. The infusion is the most common 
form in which it is used. The extract, however, is quite 
preferable when the medicine is employed with other 
remedies that are taken by infusion. The infusion is 
prepared by scalding an ounce of the powdered root in 
a pint of water; this is to be drank freely, while other 
means are being used to promote perspiration. 

This article forms a valuable ingredient in syrups, 
prepared for coughs and other pectoral diseases. 



408 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



SANICULA MARYLANDICA. 

Indian Sa?iicle, Black Snake-root. 
Description. — Root perennial, fibrous, the older fibres 
black externally, the younger ones of a dirty white, 
or brown. The flower stem is erect, round, branched, 
and from six to sixteen inches in hight. The leaves are 
digitate, lanceolate, smooth, entire, serrate, and gener- 
ally five at a whorl. The flowers are small, white, and 
disposed in clusters on the tops of the branches. 

Locality and habits. — The sanicle abounds in low, 
moist and rich woodlands, in pasture grounds, along 
fences, and in new grounds. It is found in most parts 
of the United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is a good diapho- 
retic; useful in malignant and protracted fevers. It 
sustains a gentle and permanent moisture of the sur- 
face. The medicine also quiets nervous irritation, 
expels flatus, and forms an excellent external applica- 
tion to snake bites, and other poisoned and angry 
wounds. The dose, as an internal remedy, is a tea 
spoonful of the powder. It is, however, more generally 
used in strong decoction. 

ANTHEMIS COTULA. 
May-weed, Dog Fennel, Wild Chamomile, <$fc. 

Description. — Root annual, crooked and fibrous; stem 
erect, striated and branched, from one to two feet high, 
and bearing alternate, sessile, flat, doubly pinnated, 
slightly hairy leaves, with pointed linear leaflets. The 
flowers, which stand alone upon the summits of the 
branches and stems, consist of a central, convex, yellow 
disk, with white radial florets, which stand out horizon- 
tally during the day, but incline their disk toward the 
stem at night. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is indigenous to this 
country, and is found in abundance all over the United 
States, growing by road-sides and in old fields. 

Medical properties and uses. — The May- weed has been 
too much neglected by physicians, on account of its 
commonness. It is a valuable sudorific, stimulant, 




Saniccia Martlandica, ( Sanicle). 




Nepeta Cataria, (Cat-mint). 



DIAPHORETICS. 413 

anodyne, emetic, &c, and is, consequently, useful in 
colds, asthma, dropsy, fevers, rheumatism, hysterics, 
epilepsy, &c. It forms one of the most valuable 
fomentations in the treatment of swellings, contusions, 
piles, hysteric fits, suffocations, &c. The fresh plant, 
bruised, or put into boiling water, or vinegar, and laid 
on the skin, will produce a permanent rubefacient 
effect. For internal use, it is commonly taken in infu- 
sion, prepared by steeping half an ounce of the pow- 
dered leaves in a pint of boiling water. This should 
be used freely. Drinking of the tea will greatly assist 
the operation of emetics. 

HEDEOMA PULEGIOIDES. 

Pennyroyal. 
Description. — This indigenous annual plant grows to 
the hight of from eight inches to more than a foot. 
The root is small branched, fibrous and of a yellowish 
color. The stem is pubescent, and has numerous slen- 
der erect branches. The leaves are opposite, numerous, 
and nearly acute. The flowers are of a pale blue color, 
and are situated along the whole length of the branches. 
It has an agreeable aromatic smell, and a warm 
pungent taste. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is abundant through- 
out the United States, and is found in dry soils, in 
pastures, and by road-sides. 

Medical properties and uses. — This article is much 
used in domestic practice, where it is highly esteemed 
as a means of promoting perspiration. It removes 
female obstructions, relieves colds, &c. As a stimulant, 
its effects are diffusable, producing an agreeable sensa- 
tion of warmth, and a healthy glow throughout the 
whole system. It is also valuable to facilitate the 
operation of emetics, and other medicines. 

It may be used in infusion, tincture, or essence. The 
infusion, however, is preferable. 

NEPETA CATARIA. 
Catnip, Catmint. 
Description. — This is a perennial, herbaceous plant, 
with a hoary, quadrangular, and branching stem, which 



414 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

grows frequently to the hight of three feet. The 
leaves are opposite, cordate, dentate, and pubescent, 
they are green above, but whitish on their under sur- 
face. The flowers, which are slightly purple, are 
arranged in terminal racemes, and appear in July and 
August. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is found in abun- 
dance throughout the United States, growing in gardens, 
waste fields, along highways, and around old buildings. 

Medical properties and uses. — The leaves of this plant 
form one of our most valuable diaphoretics, producing 
perspiration without augmenting the heat of the body, 
rendering it peculiarly adapted to the cure of febrile 
affections. 

This plant is also valuable as a carminative, and 
nervine, and is highly recommended in female obstruc- 
tions, hysterics, headache, worms, and spasms. It is 
useful in fomentations, and as an ingredient in poultices 
for swellings. An infusion of it forms an excellent 
injection for children in colic and restlessness. 

For internal use, it is employed in infusion ; a hand- 
ful should be infused in a pint of boiling water, and 
taken freely. 

MELLISSA. 
Balm. 
Description. — A native of the south of Europe; culti- 
vated in our gardens. It grows about a foot or more 
in hight; has a perennial root, upright and quadran- 
gular branched stem. The leaves are opposite, ovate 
or cordate, deeply serrate, pubescent, the lower on long 
footstalks, the uppermost nearly sessile. The flowers 
are white or yellowish, upon short peduncles, and on 
axillary whorls half surrounding the stem. 

Medical properties and uses. — Balm affords a com- 
mon domestic drink for the sick ; but it is not active 
as a medicine; taken with diphoretics it promotes 
perspiration. 




Melissa Officinalis, ( Common Balm ). 




CrPRIPBDItTM 



Pubescens, ( Lady's-slipper ). 




Ctpropedium Spectabilb, ( White Lady' 



27 




CmuFEDiuM Humilb, (Red Lady'a-lSlipper ). 



NERVINE TONICS AND ANODYNES. 421 

CHAPTER IV. 

MEDICINES AFFECTING MOST PROMINENTLY THE NER\ DUS SYSTEM. 

I. NERVINE TONICS AND ANODYNES. 

These are a class of medical agents that have a 
specific effect on the nervous system, and chiefly evince 
their powers in quieting nervous irritation, relieving 
pain, and in stimulating the nervous tissues to a healthy 
action. These agents are not necessarily narcotics, or 
soporifics, although the most permanent and potent 
anodynes are such; or it seems, at least, that the 
anodyne properties are generally associated, in medi- 
cinal plants, with narcotic and soporific. Nevertheless, 
it is certain that there are articles of medicine which 
are considerably prompt in quieting nervous irritation, 
and relieving pain, that do not produce any stupefying 
or soporific effects. 

Medicines of this class are particularly indicated in 
cases of nervous weakness, chorea, tetanus, epilepsy, 
delirium tremens, neuralgia, subsultus tendinum, &c. 

SPECIAL NERVINE TONICS AND ANODYNES. 

CYPRIPEDIUM PUBESCENS. 
Yellow Lady's Slipper, American Valerian. 

Description. — There are several varieties of the lady's 
slipper that are nearly of like value as nervines. 
Besides the pubescens,* we have the candidum, parvi- 
florum, spectabile, and the aucale, all of which are used 
for the same purposes. The yellow lady's slipper is, 
however, generally considered rather the best. 

In their appearance, the several varieties bear con- 
siderable resemblance, excepting that they vary some- 
what in size, the number of their leaves, and color of 
their blossoms. The candidum has white blossoms, the 
spectabile red, and sometimes grayish, while, as already 
stated, that of the pubescens is yellow. The acaule is 
of smaller growth than the rest. 

The root of the lady's slipper is perennial, of a dirty 
yellow or brown color, with long crooked fibres, resem 

* Sometimes called luteum. 



422 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

bling the raveling of knitting. The stem is upright, 
round, and sheathed by the leaves. The leaves are 
from two to six in number, lance -oblong, striated, entire, 
and sheathing. The flower is of a very singular forma- 
tion, having a fancied or real resemblance of a mocca- 
sin, and is situated on the top of the stem. 

Locality and habits. — These plants grow in a rich soil 
in moist places, in open woodlands, and meadows. The 
yellow variety is, however, found on uplands, as on hill- 
sides, in woods where it is not too much shaded, and on 
plains, it is common in most parts throughout the 
United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — All the varieties of the 
lady's slipper above named, may be used indiscriminate- 
ly, and will be found among our best nervines. They 
quiet nervous irritability, relieve pain, and seem to re- 
fresh both body and mind. They are harmless in their 
effects, and may be used in all cases in which articles of 
this class are indicated. They are particularly useful 
in hysterical affections, hypochondriasis, delirium tre- 
mens, &c. The author has known some of the most 
difficult cases of the latter kind yield with remarkable 
promptness to the effects of the lady's slipper. The dose 
is a tea spoonful of the powdered root, or as much of the 
tincture, often repeated. 

The alcoholic extract is, however, the best form in 
which to use the medicine, as it is inconvenient to take 
sufficient quantities of the other preparations. The 
dose of the extract is three to five grains. 

SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA. 

Blue Skullcap. 
Description. — Root perennial, fibrous, and yellowish. 
Stem erect, square, from one to three feet in hight, much 
branched; branches opposite, square and smooth. 
Leaves opposite, cordate, lanceolate, serrate, very thin, 
and supported on long petioles. Flowers labiate, with 
a tube half an inch in length, of a delicate blue color, and 
situated along on the tops of the stem and branches. 
The flowers are followed by seed vessels of a very sin- 
gular shape ; they are cuped, and open at the sides. 




Scutellaria Lateriflora, ( Blue Skullcap ), 



NERVINE TONICS AND ANODYNES. 425 

Locality and habits. — The skullcap is an indigenous 
plant, growing in pasture grounds, along fences, and in 
open woods. 

Medical properties and uses. — Skullcap is one of our most 
efficient nervine tonics, and antispasmodics ; it operates 
with promptness and certainty, and is applicable in all 
cases of nervous debility, and irregular nervous excite- 
ment. The author has been very successful with this 
article, in connection with lobelia, in the treatment of 
hydrophobia. No article seems to answer a better pur- 
pose in cases of the nervous weakness common to fe- 
males. It is also very applicable in the debility that 
follows protracted fevers ; and has been highly recom- 
mended for the cure of inter mittents. 

This medicine, being a pure nervine tonic, may be re- 
lied upon in all cases in which articles of this class are 
indicated. The dose is a tea spoonful of the pulverized 
leaves, or as much of the tincture ; but the extract ia 
more efficient. A dose of this is three to five grains. 

VALERIANA OFFICINALIS. 

English Valerian. 

Description. — The exotic valerian is a large handsome 
herbaceous plant, with a fibrous perennial root. The 
stem is erect, round, channeled, and from two to four 
feet in hight. The leaves of the stem are sheathing ; 
the radical ones are larger, elliptical, and deeply serrate. 
In the former, the leaflets are lanceolate and partially 
dentate. The flowers are small, white or rose colored, 
and situated in terminal corymbs. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is a native of Europe, 
where it is found in damp woods and meadows, and 
sometimes on uplands. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is an excellent 
nervine, particularly serviceable in hysterical affections, 
but may be used with advantage in all cases in which 
the American valerian is found serviceable, and will be 
found superior to it in many cases. The dose is a tea 
spoonful of the pulverized root, but it is more com- 
monly prescribed in tincture ; the dose of this, is from one 



426 DOMESTIC MEDICINE 

to two tea spoonfuls. An oil may be distilled from it 
containing the virtues. A dose of this is from three to 
six drops. In selecting the imported valerian, it is im- 
portant to distinguish the English from the German, as 
the former is much preferable. 

LACTUCA ELONGATA. 

Wild Lettuce; Thimpet-weed. 

Description. — This is an indigenous biennial plant, 
with hollow stem, from three to six feet in hight. The 
leaves are very deeply toothed, somewhat resembling 
the dandelion, smooth on the under side, and sessile. 
The flowers resemble those of the common garden let- 
tuce, and like them, are disposed in corymbose panicles. 

Locality and habits. — The wild lettuce is a very com- 
mon plant, found throughout this country, growing in 
waste fields, open woodlands, and roadsides ; but de- 
lighting most in a rich soil. It flowers in June and July. 

Medical properties and uses. — The milky juice of this 
plant, is an excellent anodyne, and nervine, operating 
with safety and promptness. It is without any narco- 
tic power. There is perhaps no better application than 
this for painful hsemorrhoidal tumors. It seems to quiet 
the irritation, and rapidly remove them. The indica- 
tions for its internal use, are tenesmus, spasms, chorea, 
&c. The dose is from five to fifteen grains of the in- 
spissated juice. 

ASARUM CANADENSE. 
Wild Ginger. 

Description. — Root horizontal, fleshy leaves, petiole- 
form, long footstalks rising from the root. They are 
reniform pubes, erect entire. Flowers close to the 
ground, purple, tubercular, with a pasistant, and divided 
; nto three pointed segments. The entire plant is aro- 
matic. 

Locality and habits. — The asarum grows in a fertile 
soil, on hill-sides and bottoms, in slightly shaded situa- 
tions, in most of the States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The asarum is one of 
our best nervines. It is considered by Dr. A. Curtis, to be 
superior to the valerian. The virtues are dependent 




Lactuca Elongata ( Wild Lettuce.) 




Asarum Canadensis, (Wild Ginger). 




Panax Qtjinquefolium, ( Ginseng ). 



NERVINE TONICS AND ANODYNES. 433 

upon an essential oil, and may be obtained by distillation 
It should not be submitted to decoction, but be taken in 
powder, infusion, or the oil may be given in doses of 
five to ten drops. 

PANAX QUINQUEFOILIA. 

Ginseng. 

Description. — The ginseng has a perennial, fusiform 
root, of the size of a man's finger or larger. The stem 
is upright, round, smooth, from six inches to a foot in 
hight, and divided into three branches on the top. The 
leaves are compound, consisting of five, or more rarely 
of three or seven petiolate, oblong, ovate, accuminate, 
serrate leaflets. The flowers, which are arranged in a 
simple umbil, supported by a panicle rising from a fork 
of the stem, are small and of a greenish color. They 
are followed by a cluster of kidney-shaped, scarlet ber- 
ries, containing two and sometimes three seeds. 

Locality and habits. — This is an indigenous plant 
grow-ing in rich soil, in open woods and new grounds, 
throughout this country. 

Medical properties and uses. — The ginseng is a good 
nervine tonic, gentle stimulant, demulcent and diapho- 
retic. It is very useful in nervous affections character- 
ized by debility and irritability. 

This plant is valued extremely high in China, where 
no medicine is much esteemed unless combined with 
this. But in this country, it is not much esteemed by 
the profession generally. Still, as a nervine, the medi- 
cine well merits a place in our materia medica. The 
usual dose is a tea spoonful of the pulverized root, but 
may be taken in much larger portions. 

ANGELICA ARCHANGELICA. 

Garden Angelica ; Archangel. 

Description. — Root biennial, long, thick, fleshy, and 
fibrous. Stem large, round, hollow, jointed, channeled, 
smooth, branched, of a purplish color, and some five 
feet or more in hight. The leaves which stand on long, 
round, hollow footstalks, are doubly pinnate, with ovate, 
lanceolate, pointed, serrate leaflets, of which the termi- 
nal one is tri-lobed. The flowers, which are small, are 
28 



434 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

of a greenish-white color, situated in terminal umbils 
The seed is round and flat, with a swelling in the 
middle. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is a native of Lapland 
and northern Europe, but is now cultivated in nearly 
all our gardens. 

Medical properties and uses. — The seed and root of 
this plant are aromatic, nervine, and carminative, and 
are very good to cover the taste of less pleasant med- 
icines; and in their use, therefore, we have a double 
advantage in all cases in which articles of this class are 
indicated. 

ANGELICA ATROPURPUREA. 

Wild Angelica. 

Description. — This plant very closely resembles the 
foregoing, having a large perennial root, and a dark, 
smooth, hollow, herbaceous stem, growing from four to 
ten feet high. — The leaves are ternate, and supported on 
inflated footstalks ; their leaflets ate ovate, acute, ser- 
rate, and the three terminal ones joined at the base. The 
flowers are of a greenish white color. Seeds not so large 
as those of the archangelica, but of nearly the same shape. 

Locality and habits — The angelica airopurpurea is found 
throughout the United States, in meadows, and swampy 
places. It flowers in July. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is an aromatic ner- 
vine tonic, stimulant, and carminative. The seeds and 
roots are the parts used. They are a valuable remedy 
in diseases of children, such as colic, pains in the stom- 
ach, &c. The seed also forms a very good vehicle fot 
the administration of other medicines, especially ca- 
thartics, disguising their taste, and modifying their grip- 
ing effects. Dose, from 30 to 60 grains, in substance, 
or it may be used by infusion 

Anise-seed, (Anisum Semina.) — This is a very good 
anodyne and carminative, and is useful in colic, and 
flatulent disorders generally. It is peculiarly serviceable 
as a soothing anodyne for infants, and in modifying the 
unpleasant effects of other medicines. The dose for an 




Angelica At ropurpubea, ( Masterwort ). 



ANTISPASMODICS. 437 

adult, is a tea- spoonful of the powder, or a table spoon- 
ful of the tincture. For a child two years old, a tea 
spoonful of the tincture may be given. 

Fennel-seed, (Fceniculum Semina.) — This is also a val- 
able anodyne, and carminative, and may be used in all 
cases where the anise would be indicated. 

Camphor. — Camphor is an excellent anodyne, opera- 
ting with remarkable promptness. It is particularly 
useful to relieve afterpains in obstetrical practice. The 
medicine is generally used in tincture, of which the dose 
is a tea spoonful every 30 or 40 minutes, until relief is 
obtained. 

II, ANTISPASMODICS. 

This is a class of remedies that in their effects on the 
system, have a tendency to modify irregular nervous 
action and thus to relieve spasms. The medical agents 
constituting this class, differ from the foregoing in their 
being more powerful, permanent, and relaxing in their ef- 
fects. It is true, however, that many articles called ner- 
vines and anodynes, are prominently antispasmodic in 
their operation. 

Antispasmodics, as the name indicates, are particular- 
ly useful in all cases of convulsions or spasms; such as 
epilepsy, apoplexy, tetanus, chorea, hydrophobia, &c. 
They are also very serviceable to relieve that con- 
stricted condition of the capillary system, and tightness 
of the skin, that is peculiar to fevers. Arterial excite- 
ment may be modified by them, and thus congestions 
are prevented or overcome. 

SPECIAL ANTISPASMODICS. 

LOBELIA. 
Lobelia inflata, without doubt, stands at the head of 
our antispasmodics. Nor are these properties of the 
medicine less remarkable for their effects, than the emet- 
ic, or any other that it possesses. Spasms of every 
kind, yield to the lobelia with astonishing promptness. 
The most violent spasms that attend hydrophobia, or 
apoplexy, have been known to yield to it in from 15 to 
20 minutes. It may therefore be used with confidence 



438 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

in all cases in which medicines of this class are indi- 
cated. The dose, as an antispasmodic, in violent cases, 
is 5 to 10 drops of the oil, or a tea spoonful of the pul- 
verized seed, repeated as often as it is thrown up, or 
once in from ten to fifteen minutes. The medicine 
should, in urgent cases, be administered by enema, at 
the same time. For use as an antispasmodic, this arti- 
cle is usually combined with others of this class. 

CAULOPHYLLUM THALICTROIDES.* 

Blue Cohosh; Blueberry. 

Description. — Root perennial, extremely fibrous, and 
of a dirty white or brown color. Stem from 1 to 3 feet 
high, smooth, erect, divided into three branches at the 
top. Leaves petiolate, smooth, and palmate or lobed, 
with three, seldom five folioles, the lateral ones nearly 
sessile, oblong, unequally bifid, and acute. The termi- 
nal foliole is separated, larger than the rest, having five, 
rarely three unequal lobes or segments. Flowers yel- 
lowish-green, small, and situated in a loose corymb in the 
forks of the stem or branches., these are followed with 
blue berries of the size of a cherry-stone. 

Locality and habits. — The blue cohosh is an indige- 
nous plant, very common in some of the Western States, 
growing in rich moist soil in open woodlands. It blos- 
soms in May and June. 

Medical properties and uses. — The blue cohosh is anti- 
spasmodic, emmenagogue, and diaphoretic. The medi- 
cine is certainly worthy of a high place among our indi- 
genous medical plants, although it has not as yet received 
much attention by authors. The Indians of our coun- 
try, it seems, practised its use very extensively as an 
antispasmodic and emenagogue. When first taken, the 
medicine imparts a very unpleasant taste, and scratch- 
ing sensation to the mouth and fauces, and is hence not 
without some objection as a general antispasmodic. 

This article seems to exert a peculiarly healthy influ- 
fluence over the muscular fibre, and is hence valuable 
as a common drink in transient cases of cramp, and in 
rheumatism, chorea and subsultus tendinum. 

* Leontice Thalactroides. — Linnjeus. 




Caulophtllum Thalictroides, ( Blue Cohosh ), 



ANTISPASMODICS. 441 

,The decoction or infusion of blue cohosh, is highly 
recommended as a drink before, and during parturition. 
It is to the use of this article during the last month of 
pregnancy, that the great facility in parturition, so com- 
mon among the Indians, is ascribed ; although in this, 
the virtues of the medicine are certainly overrated. 

When used in substance, the dose of the pulverized 
root is from 15 to 20 grains; but the infusion is gene- 
rally preferred an ounce of the root is scalded in a pint 
of water, and left to steep for an hour on a hot stove or 
coals. Of this the patient is required to drink freely at 
suitable intervals. The extract is, however, the best 
way in which to take it. The dose of this is from five 
to ten grains. 

FERULA ASSAFGETIDA. 

Assafcetida. 

Description. — The plant yielding the drug of com 
merce, according to the United States Dispensatory, bears 
the following description : "The root is perennial, fleshy, 
tapering, when of full size, as large as a man's leg, beset 
with many small fibres near the top, externally black- 
ish, internally white, and abounding in an excessively 
foetid, opaque, milky juice. The leaves, all of which 
spring immediately from the root, are six or seven in 
number, nearly two feet long, bipinnate, with the leaf- 
lets alternate, smooth, variously sinuated and lobed, 
sometimes lanceolate, of a deep green color and foetid 
smell. From the midst of the leaves rises a luxuriant, 
herbaceous stem, from six to nine feet in hight, two 
inches in diameter at the base, simple, erect, round, 
smooth, striated, and terminating in large plano-convex 
umbils with numerous radii. The flowers are pale 
yellow ; the seeds oval, flat, foliaceous, and of a red- 
dish-brown color. ' The plant is said to differ greatly 
both in the shape of its leaves, and the character of its 
foetid product, according to the situation and soil in 
which it grows." 

The assafoetida gum as found in the shops, is in red- 
dish-brown irregular masses. When broken it presents 
an irregular yellowish -white surface, somewhat shin- 
ning in appearance, but on exposure to the air it soon 



442 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

turns to a purplish-red, and afterwards to a reddish- 
brown, as above stated. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is a native of Per- 
sia, and perhaps other Eastern countries, flourishing very 
abundantly in the mountainous countries of Choras- 
san and Laar, where the juice is collected by cutting 
the root transversely at repeated intervals while in the 
ground, — the juice exuding from the wounded surface. 

Medical properties and uses. — The assafoBtida gum is 
an excellent antispasmodic, and is also stimulant, ex- 
pectorant, and slightly laxative. It is peculiarly adapted 
to the treatment of hysterical affections, convulsions 
in children, epilepsy, colic pain, cramp in the stomach 
and bowels, d} r spepsia, and pectoral diseases. The 
usual forms of its use, are in pills and tincture. One 
common sized pill, or a tea spoonful of the tincture 
is a dose, which may be repeated once in an hour, or two 
until relief is obtained. 

Valerian. — Both the English and American (lady's 
slipper) valerian, are excellent antispasmodics, and 
may be used as such with confidence, especially in cases 
of hysterical fits, delirium tremens, subultus tendinum, 
and in some cases of epilepsy. 

Skullcap. — {Scutellaria Lateriflora.) — This article is of 
late gaining considerable popularity as an antispas- 
modic. It may be used in combination with other 
antispasmodics, in all cases in which articles of this 
class are indicated. 

Skunk Cabbage, {Modes Fatida.) — The root of this 
plant is an excellent antispasmodic. It has been used 
as such for a long time, and will generally maintain its 
character in ordinary cases. It must be taken in sub- 
stance in tea spoonful doses. 

Musk. — Excepting the lobelia, there is perhaps not 
another so powerful an antispasmodic. But its unpleas- 
ant odor, and comparatively high price, however, makes 
its use less extensive. It is a valuable remedy in all 
kinds of convulsions, spasmodic asthma, hiccough, &c 
The medicine is usually given in substance ; the dose 
is from six to thirty grains. 




Macrotrys [Botrophis] Racemosa, ( Black Cohosh ). 



EMMENAGOGUES. 445 

Castor. — This, like the musk, is an animal produc- 
tion, procured in cold northern countries, as in Poland, 
Russia, Siberia, Thibet and Tartary. The castor is a 
good antispasmodic, but is now chiefly restricted in its 
use to hysterical affections. 

Oil of Amber, (Oleum Succini.) — This article has gen- 
erally been regarded as meriting a place among the 
antispasmodics. It is now principally used in spas- 
modic affections of the genital organs. 

Carbonate of ammonia, oil of cajeput, camphor, 
galbanum, gum ammoniac, garlic, capsicum, ether, and 
many other articles not here treated as such, are in 
occasional use as antispasmodics, and not a few of 
them are valuable. 



CHAPTER V. 

MEDICINES AFFECTING MOST PROMINENTLY THE UTERINE SYSTEM. 

I. EMMENAGOGUES. 

Emmenagogues are a class of medical agents that 
promote menstruation. It is, however, doubted by some 
authors, whether there are any articles that have a 
specific effect on the uterus. But although the sanguine 
practitioner may, in some instances, be disappointed in 
the use of some of his agents of this class, yet it seems 
that the majority of our most experienced practitioners, 
are free to give their convictions in favor of the specific 
emmenagogue effects of many of our remedies of this 
class. It seems, moreover, that even those who appear 
to be the most sceptical on this point, are in the con- 
stant habit of prescribing articles of this class to fulfil} 
the appropriate indications. 

SPECIAL EMMENAGOGUES. 

BOTROPHIS RACEMOSA.* 

Black Cohosh, Rattle-weed, Black Snake-root, Squaw-root. 
Description. — Root perennial, contorted or knotty, ir- 
regular, black without, with numerous long black fibres. 

* Macrotrys of Eaton. 



446 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Stem erect, round, smooth, and divided above into three 
branches, which divide again into three smaller ones 
each, forming the petioles of the leaves. The leaves 
are large, and alternately decomposed, having oblong, 
lanceolate, acute, and deeply serrated leaflets. The 
flowers are small, white, and disposed in a beautiful, 
long, terminal, wand-like raceme, that rises sometimes 
six or eight feet from the ground. The flowers are, fol- 
lowed with small, ovate capsules, that continue on the 
stem through the winter, or until broken down. 

Locality and habits. — This stately plant beautifies 
nearly all our western bottom lands, and rich hill-sides. 
It flowers in June and July. 

Medical properties and uses. — The black cohosh is per- 
haps the best emmenagogue that we possess. It is also 
a good nervine, and anti-spasmodic, removing chorea, 
epilepsy, and many other affections of this kind. It 
also promotes the secretions of the general system very 
remarkably, especially those of the respiratory organs. 
It is an invaluable remedy in rheumatism ; the au- 
thor has used it for this purpose with general satis- 
faction. Still its most valuable properties, perhaps, are 
the emmenagogue. 

The medicine, when employed as an emmenagogue, 
should be taken at, or commencing a little before the 
time of the usual evacuation, and continued freely until 
the desired effect is produced, at the same time using 
such other means as are best calculated to favor the 
object, as the foot, hip, or vapor bath, &c. 

Black cohosh is commonly taken by infusion, but 
the extract of botrophin (macrotin) is entirely the most 
convenient form in which to take it. The tincture 
is also good. The infusion is prepared by scalding 
an ounce of the powdered root in a pint of water, 
and letting it steep for an hour on a hot stove or 
coals ; of this the patient should take a wine glassful 
every hour until it affects the head with a sensation of 
vertigo or dizziness, after which the dose should be less- 
ened. The dose of the tincture is a table spoonful 
three or four times a day. 




Actea Alba, ( White Cohosh ). 




Asclepias Syr.ca, ( Cotton- weed ). 



29 



EMMENAGOGUES. 451 

ACTEA ALBA. 

White Cohosh, White Baneberry. 

Description. — The root, stem, and leaves of this plant 
very closely resemble those of the black cohosh, which 
evidently belongs to this natural family. See Botro- 
phis Racemosa. 

The stem of the white cohosh, however, is not quite 
so long as that of the black, and perhaps the leaves are 
not so large as those of the latter. The fructification 
of the white cohosh also differs considerably from that 
of the black. It consists of a comparatively short ped- 
uncle, arising from the junction of the petioles of the 
leaf, bearing a cluster of oblong, white berries, which 
are situated on short red stems supported on the com- 
mon peduncle, — the whole in form somewhat resem- 
bling a bunch of grapes. 

Locality and habits. — The white cohosh, and another 
variety called red cohosh, very closely resembling this, 
differing only in the color of the berries, (which in that 
are red,) are indigenous to this country, and are found, 
though not very plentifully, in the Middle and Western 
States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The medical properties 
of the white cohosh are very similar to those of the 
black, especially as regards their emmenagogue powers, 
— both articles standing in the first rank of this class; 
the dose is the same as that of the black. The red 
cohosh is also regarded as an emmenagogue. The berries 
of both the white and red are said to be poisonous, and 
hence the name baneberry. 

ASCLEPIAS SYRICA. 

Cotton-weed, Silk-weed, Wild Cotton. 

Description. — Root perennial, horizontal, white, of 
considerable length, and with but few fibres. Stem 
erect, round, of a green color, and from two to five feet 
in hight. Leaves opposite, oblong, rounded at both ends, 
entire, smooth, green on the upper side, white and prom- 
inently veined underneath. Flowers of a pale purple, 
sweet-scented, and situated in large round clusters, ri- 
sing axillary to the leaves. The flowers are followed 



452 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

with pods, containing the seed and seed-down. The 
pods are about an inch or more in diameter, perhaps 
three inches in length, obtuse at the base, and pointed 
at the other end. The entire plant, when wounded, 
exudes a thick milky juice. 

Locality and habits. — This beautiful plant is indigenous 
to this country, and grows very plentifully on sandy 
plains, road-sides, and the banks of streams. It flowers 
in July and August. 

Medical properties and uses. — The cotton weed is a 
good emmenagogue, possessing also anodyne properties 
of considerable value. Its emmenagogue powers have 
of late been well attested in numerous cases. While 
using the medicine, the patient should endeavor to pro- 
mote its good effects by drinking a tea of the black co- 
hosh, bathing the feet in warm water, and applying such 
other means as are calculated to accomplish the object. 
The dose of the pulverized bark of the root is from 20 to 
30 grains, three to four times a day ; of the tincture a 
table spoonful is taken three times a day. 

LEONURUS CARDIACA. 

Motherwort. 

Description. — This is a well known naturalized plant, 
growing about door-yards, wood-houses, and stables. 
It has a square stem, about two or three feet in hight. 
Its leaves are rough, tri-lobed, serrate, opposite, and 
supported on long slender petioles. The flowers are 
small, and situated in clusters around the stem, axilla- 
ry to the leaves : their calixes forming a bunch of very 
sharp prickles. 

Medical properties and uses. — Motherwort possesses 
emmenagogue and tonic properties. It has for a long 
time been a popular remedy in domestic practice. It is 
best used in combination with the black cohosh, or 
some other more powerful article. The dose is a wine 
glassful of a strong infusion, made of the leaves, either 
in the dry or green state. The tincture is used in table 
spoonful doses. 

Pennyroyal, (Hedeoma Pulegioides.) — The pennyroyal 
has for a long time been regarded as possessing emmen 




Lbonurus Cardiaca. ( Motherwort.) 



EMMENAGOGUES. 455 

agogue powers. It is much used in domestic practice 
with a view to these properties ; nor has the profession 
been indifferent to its merits, as an agent of this kind. 
The medicine is gently stimulant in its effects, invigor- 
ating vital action, and promoting the natural functions 
of the various organs. In order to exhibit its ero.mena- 
gogue effects, the medicine must be taken in large and 
frequent doses: an ounce of the leaves and seed should 
be scalded in a pint of water and taken freely at short 
intervals, — the patient sitting before a good fire, with 
the feet in a vessel of warm water ; or what is better, 
the vapor or hip bath may be applied. The oil is some- 
times preferred ; the dose of this is from ten to twenty 
drops, taken with sugar. 

Tansy, (Tanacetum Vulgare.) — This well known gar 
den plant is one of the most common articles used in 
domestic practice for menstrual obstructions. The 
medicine is an aromatic stimulating tonic, invigora- 
ting the system, and promoting the excretions. The 
dose is a wine glassful of the strong infusion three or 
four times a day, with other means to promote its 
effects. 

Rosemary, [Rosemarinus Officinalis.) — This is an ev- 
ergreen shrub, that is a native of Asia Minor, and other 
parts bordering on the Mediterranean, but is now culti- 
vated in gardens, in Europe and in this country. The 
whole shrub has a strong aromatic or balsamic smell, 
and pungent and warming taste. The flowering sum- 
mits of the branches, however, are the parts chiefly used 
for medicinal purposes. 

The rosemary is considered emmenagogue in its ef- 
fects. The author has never used it as such ; and can- 
not therefore speak of its effects in this way, from his 
own experience ; but its diffusive stimulant powers seem 
to promise something in its favor as an emmenagogue. 
The dose is from three to ten drops of the oil, taken on 
sugar. 

Madder, (Ribia Tinctorum.) — This is a perennial 
plant much cultivated in Europe as an article of com- 



459 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Madder is said to possess emmenagogue powers, and 
is recommended as such, in doses of from twenty to 
thirty grains three times a day. When taken, it stains 
the bones of animals red, but is not generally supposed 
to possess any poisonous properties. 

Seneka Snake-root, {Polygala Senega.) — This article is 
a pretty good emmenagogue, and as a medicine of this 
class, is much depended on by old school physicians, 
although it is much inferior to the black cohosh, and 
several other articles used by the reformers. The dose 
is a tea spoonful of the pulverized root, once in three or 
four hours. 

Smart- weed, ( Polygonum Hydropiperoides. ) — This 
article is very highly recommended by Dr. Eberle, as an 
emmenagogue. The medicine, however, should not be 
scalded in its preparation, as this process very much 
impairs its virtues. The powdered leaves may be 
taken in substance, in tea spoonful doses ; or the tinc- 
ture prepared from the same, may be taken in the same 
doses, three or four times a day. This latter, is the 
form in which Prof. Eberle was in the habit of using it. 

Aloes. — The emmenagogue properties of this article 
are pretty generally known, and need no commenda- 
tion. The dose is from five to ten grains three times a 
day. The medicine is best taken in combination with 
capsicum and myrrh, in the form of pills. When the 
patient is troubled with haemorrhoids, aloes is objec 
tionable. 

Myrrh, (Myrrlia.) — The common tincture of myrrk 
is a pretty good emmenagogue, and may be used in tea 
spoonful doses, in connection with other medicines of 
this class, to warm up the system and promote the 
good effects of the other medicines. 

Wild Ginger, (Asarum Canadense.) — This is a pleas- 
ant, aromatic stimulant, and emmenagogue. The dose 
is a tea spoonful of the powdered root, three or four 
times a day ; or a strong infusion may be taken freely. 

Capsicum. — This, as well as most other active stimu- 
lants, is emmenagogue in its effects. It is not a difficult 



STIMULANTS OR EXCITANTS. 45? 

matter to discover how a general excitant may prove 
effectual in relieving particular obstructions. It will 
be seen by this principle, that the lobelia, if properly 
used, will prove itself an emmenagogue of no mean 
character. 

The oil of savin, and the black hellebore, have for 
many years been popular articles of the emmenagogue 
class, among old school physicians ; but they are not 
sufficiently safe in their use, and should be rejected. 



CHAPTER VI. 

MEDICINES AFFECTING VARIOUS ORGANS. 

I. STIMULANTS OR EXCITANTS. 

In the broadest or most extensive signification of the 
term stimulus or stimulant, every article of the materia 
medica is embraced, as we cannot conceive of any 
effect in the living economy, without admitting a siim 
ulating or exciting cause corresponding with the effect 
produced. In other words, to effect or produce action, is 
to stimulate. The term stimulant is used, however, in a 
more definite sense, to distinguish such articles of the 
materia medica, as evince very prominent, exciting, 
and invigorating effects on the nervous and vascular 
systems, without giving rise to any particular evacu- 
ation. 

With this definition of the term, it is evident that 
this class of agents is perhaps the most important in 
the materia medica ; for as the primary cause of all 
diseases is a diminished condition of the vital powers, 
or in other words, a want of paramount vital resistance, 
those medicines that have a tendency to stimulate, 
invigorate ; and assist the vital powers, are of all the 
most important. 

Stimulants are particularly indicated in all marked 
cases of debility, as in low fevers, cholera, dysenteries, 
&c. The effects of most other medicines are also much 
promoted, in many instances, by combining or adminis- 
tering with them proper stimulants. 



458 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

CAPSICUM 

Bird Pepper ; Cayenne Pepper. 

Description. — The genus capsicum, proves itself a very 
extensive family. The West Indies produce many dif- 
ferent species. It seems, according to Mr. Hughes, in 
his history of Barbadoes, that this island alone produces 
some twelve or fifteen different species. The number 
of the different species in the East Indies, is perhaps 
still greater ; and this may also be said of Africa, and 
perhaps of South America. In the United States and 
Europe, there are at least from fifteen to twenty differ- 
ent varieties cultivated. It is true that many of these 
different species of capsicum, enumerated in these 
several countries, may be the same ; yet the genus is 
no doubt much more extensive than it has been gener- 
ally supposed. 

The bird pepper is common both in Africa and the 
West Indies, and is generally considered among the best 
of all the pepper ; and of this, that cultivated in Africa, 
is also usually preferred. This species is a perennial 
plant, with a greenish, woody, branching stem. The 
leaves are lanceolate, entire, smooth, acute, and of a 
beautiful green color. The blossoms are white, and 
small. The pod or seed vessel, is about three quarters 
of an inch in length, and about a quarter of an inch 
in thickness. It is of a conical shape, with a rounded 
base, and when ripe, of a light red color. 

The capsicum minimum, is the strongest and most per- 
manently stimulant of all the different commercial 
varieties of the drug. In this the pod is very small, 
being scarcely over half an inch in length. 

The capsicum brought to us from the East Indies is 
considered much inferior to that coming from Africa, or 
the West Indies. It consists of curved, tapering pods, 
about an inch and a half or two inches in length, and 
when ripe, of a yellow or bright orange color. It is 
brought to us from Bombay or Calcutta in great quan- 
tities, and is distinguished here as the Bombay, East 
India, or Chilly peopers. 

All, or any of these varieties of capsicum are generally 
ground up together indiscriminately, and are known 
under the name of Cayenne pepper. 




Capsicum Minimum, ( Cayenne Pepper ). 



STIMULANTS OR EXCITANTS. 461 

Those species of capsicum cultivated in this country 
and Europe, are annual, herbaceous plants, growing 
from a foot to eighteen inches in hight. The pods are 
generally large, and of a crimson, scarlet, orange, or 
deep yellow color. As a medicine, they are much infe- 
rior to the perennial species. 

Medical properties and uses. — Capsicum is the purest, 
most prompt, powerful and permanent stimulant known. 
When taken, it produces a very pungent and biting 
sensation in the mouth, which is much increased N by the 
contact of the air. The sensation produced in the 
stomach is warming, but as a general thing, by no 
means unpleasant.* Soon its congenial stimulating 
effects will be felt diffused throughout the body, produc- 
ing a very agreeable exhilarating and reviving influence. 

Capsicum is absolutely proscribed in fever and inflam- 
mation by the old profession, but its true therapeutic 
effects have been entirely misapprehended. It is by no 
means intrinsically disposed to produce fever or inflam- 
mation, but on the other hand it may be advantageously 
employed in all cases of low fevers, providing the sys- 
tem is kept relaxed and free. 

When used in fevers, the skin must always be kept 
in a free and relaxed condition by the collateral use of 
some of the relaxing antispasmodics, as the lobelia, 
thoroughwort, &c. Thus while the system is relaxed, 
the vital energies may be assisted to repel and over- 
come disease. 

The medicine is particularly applicable in all cases 
of enfeebled vital reaction. Its use should never be 
neglected in low fevers, choleras, palsies, suspended 
animation, violent haemorrhages, and severe cases of 
dysentery. 

It is very serviceable in dyspepsia or weak digestion. 
Its continued use will remove chronic constipation of 
the bowels. 

As a gargle, in the putrid sore throat of scarlet fever, 
this article has gained great popularity, even among 



* When the stomach is cold, contracted, and very irritable 
capsicum sometimes produces considerable pain in this organ for a 
short time. 



4tW DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

old school practitioners. In mortification, the medicine, 
as a local and general remedy, is of incalculable 
benefit. 

Capsicum is one of our best rubefacients ; and, incor- 
porated with pitch, it forms plasters of great value in 
cases of chronic difficulties, as affections of the spine, 
hip. liver, lungs, and spleen. The tincture and oil are 
also powerfully rubefacient. 

An aged allopathic physician — a very learned and 
experienced man, in the acquaintance of the author, 
after suffering for many years with a disease of the 
heart, and after having lost all confidence in medicine, 
and having been repeatedly given up to die, was at 
length prevailed upon by an humble Reformer to try the 
effects of capsicum. The result was, that in the space 
of about nine months the Doctor was completely 
restored to health. 

The dose of this medicine varies much according to 
the object of its use, but as a general thing, from five 
to twenty grains of the powder or tincture is taken. 
It is, however, generally given in combination with 
other articles. The most agreeable form in which to 
take it is in pills. 

ZINGIBER. 

Ginger. 

Description. — The root of this plant is biennial or 
perennial, creeping, and tuberous. The stem is annual, 
two or three feet high, erect, solid, round, and inclosed 
in imbricated sheathing. The leaves are alternate, 
smooth, lanceolate, and acute. The flowers are of a 
dingy yellow color, and appear two or three at a time, 
between the bracteal scales, and have an aromatic 
smell. 

Locality and habits. — Ginger is a native of Hindoos- 
tan, but is cultivated throughout both the East and 
West Indies. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is an agreeable 
aromatic stimulant, considerably diffusive and perma- 
nent in its effects, and is an excellent substitute for 
capsicum, especially when given to children. It is a 
good carminative, frequently relieving pain in the stom- 



STIMULANTS OR EXCITANTS. 463 

ach and bowels. It is an excellent addition to bitter 
infusions, and tonic preparations, giving to them an 
agreeable cordial operation upon the stomach. Ap- 
plied to the surface, it acts as a rubefacient. 

Ginger forms a valuable local application, in the form 
of a poultice, for the treatment of indolent ulcers, can- 
cers, and scrofula. 

PIPER NIGRUM. 
Black Pepper. 
Description. — The vine which bears the black pepper 
berries, grows to the length of twelve feet. The stem 
is round, smooth, woody, articulated and perennial. 
The leaves are of a deep green color, entire, smooth, 
ovate, accuminate, and attached to the joints of the 
branches. The flowers are sessile, white, supported by 
a cylindrical spadix, and are followed by round berries, 
which are red when ripe. 

Locality and habits. — This plant grows wild in Co- 
chin-China and India, and is cultivated in many parts 
of Asia and the Asiatic islands. It is propagated by 
cuttings, and supported by trees or props, provided for 
the purpose. It requires three or four years from the 
time of planting, before it bears fruit. The berries are 
gathered before they are ripe, and dried — hence their 
black and shrivelled appearance. 

Medical properties and uses. — Black pepper is a warm- 
ing stimulant, developing its effects throughout the 
whole system, to a considerable extent, although it pro- 
duces its most permanent impression on the part to 
which it is immediately applied. It is frequently given 
with success in intermittent fevers, but is more espe- 
cially valuable in flatulency, indigestion, nausea, want 
of appetite,' &c. It is an excellent article in bilious and 
other colics, frequently affording immediate relief. An 
infusion of the black pepper frequently arrests the ex- 
hausting diarrhoea consequent upon scarlet and typhus 
fevers. The common dose is a tea spoonful of the 
powdered berries steeped in a cupful of water ; or it 
may be taken in substance ; or steeped in boiling milk, 
which renders it more agreeable to take, than when 
prepared in any other way. The dose may be repeated 



464 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

in one or two hours, according to circumstances. Some 
highly recommend taking the seeds entire, in the inter- 
mittent fever. Dr. Louis Frank, physician to Maria, 
Duchess of Parma, cured fifty-four out of seventy pa- 
tients by the use of this means. He gave eight or ten 
of the seeds a day, and almost always effected a curs 
with the use of seventy or eight}'' of them. 

MYRRHA. 

Gum Myrrh. 

The myrrh is the product of a shrubby tree, growing 
in Arabia and the East Indies. As brought to us, it 
consists of irregular reddish brown masses, of various 
sizes. It has a strong, but not disagreeable odor, and a 
pungent bitterish taste. That which is clean, and light 
colored, is usually the best. 

Medical properties and uses. — Myrrh is stimulant, dia- 
phoretic, tonic, antiseptic, and emmenagogue. When 
used as a stimulant, it is usually prepared in tincture 
with brandy. The tincture of myrrh is justly a very 
popular medicine ; it is in equal favor with families 
and practitioners. 

The medicine is especially serviceable in all low fe- 
vers, cholera, dysentery, scurvy, palsy, mortification and 
asphyxia. It is also commonly prescribed for colds, 
colic, diarrhoea, pain in the breast, rheumatism, gout, 
&c. The dose is a tea spoonful or more of the tincture. 

CAMPHORA. 

Camphor. 

Camphor is a white gummy substance, of a very 
strong peculiar smell. It is a congelated essential oil, 
produced by different species of the Lauracere family, 
and perhaps by others. The medicine is so well known 
that it needs no further description. 

Medical properties and uses. — Camphor is an active 
stimulant, and anodyne. It is applicable in cases of 
pains in the breast, stomach, and bowels ; and in hys- 
terical affections, faintness, &c. It is also much used 
as an external application, and in cholera. 




Myreha, ( Myrrh ). 



STIMULANTS OR EXCITANTS. ■ 167 

The usual form in which the medicine is employed, 
is in tincture, commonly called ca?nphire. Of this the 
dose is from a tea spoonful to a table spoonful. 

AMMONLE CARBONAS. 

Carbonate of Ammonia. 

This article is prepared by pulverizing separately, a 
pound of muriate of ammonia (sal ammoniac,) and a 
pound and a half of chalk, — mixing them thoroughly, 
and subliming with a gradually increasing heat. 

Medical properties and uses. — Carbonate of ammonia 
is an active stimulant, diaphoretic, antispasmodic, and 
antacid. As a stimulant, it is particularly useful in 
typhus, typhoid, and low remittent fevers, especially 
when there is subsultus tendinum. The author has 
witnessed some of the most happy effects from its use 
in these cases. The medicine is also highly recom- 
mended as a remedy in gout, and chronic rheumatism. 

SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI. 

Brandy. 

Brandy is obtained by distillation from wine, and is 
among the strongest spirituous liquors that we possess. 
The fourth proof French brandy is the best for medical 
purposes. ^ 

Medical properties and uses. — Brandy is an active 
stimulant, but is not very permanent in its effects, and 
is hence not generally much used by reformed practi- 
tioners simply as a stimulant; but is more used as a 
solvent for the resins, and other medicinal substances. 
It is generally used as a menstruum, in making tincture 
of myrrh, &c. Brandy is, however, sometimes given to 
patients low with typhus and other fevers. In these 
cases the dose is a tea spoonful or more. But a more 
usual form of its use is in panada, or toddy. 

VINUM. 
Wine. 

Wine is a spirituous fluid, — the result of the fer- 
mentation of grape juice. There are a number of dif- 
ferent kinds in market, but those most commonly used 



408 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

for medicinal purposes are the Sherry, Madeira, Tene- 
rife, Port, and Claret. Sherry is a sweet wine, contain- 
ing about 20 per cent, of alcohol by measure, and has 
a dry aromatic flavor. Madeira and Teneriffe are 
slightly sour, and in strength nearly correspond with 
sherry. Port is of a deep purple color, strong, astrin- 
gent, and slightly sweet. It usually contains a consid- 
erable quantity of brandy. Claret is a red wine, con- 
taining a small proportion of alcohol, — has a delicate 
taste, is slightly acid, and somewhat astringent. 

Wines are generally used in cases of debility in aged 
persons, in low fevers, and in slow and tedious con- 
valesence. 

As a stimulant, port wine is rather the best; but some 
of the other varieties sometimes agree best with the 
stomach, as well as the taste. 

Wine may be given in its pure state, or in the form 
of wine-whey. This is prepared by putting a gill or 
more of wine into a pint of boiling milk, — separating 
the curd by straining, and then sweetening the whey 
that remains with loaf-sugar. Wine-whey is of pecu- 
liar service in low typhoid fevers, acting as a healthy 
stimulant, while it often promotes perspiration. The 
quantity of wine necessary to be used, depends upon 
circumstances. In sinking states of the system, a pint 
has been used in a few hours. It may be given in doses 
of # table spoonful or more, and repeated as the effects 
or circumstances may indicate. 

MENTHA PIPERITA. 

Peppermint. 

Desa^iption. — This is a very common plant, and needs 
but little description. It was introduced into this coun- 
try from Europe, and grows in gardens, and in wet 
places, along streams, &c. In many places it is culti- 
vated for distillation. 

Medical properties and uses. — Peppermint is an aro- 
matic stimulant, analogous in its effects to camphor. 
It forms a very grateful drink in fevers, on account of 
the cooling sensation it produces in the mouth. It is 
peculiarly serviceable in allaying nausea, relieving pains 
in the stomach and bowels, removing flatulency, in 




Mentha Piperita, (Peppermint). 




Mtbioa Gale, ( Sweet Gale.) 




Dioscorea Villosa, ( Yam-root ). 



STIMULANTS OR EXCITANTS. 475 

covering up the disagreeable taste of other medicines, 
and in preventing the griping effects of cathartics. It 
is commonly used in infusion. The dose of the pow- 
dered leaves is a tea spoonful, to a teacupful of hot 
water, and repeated according to circumstances. The 
essence is taken in tea spoonful doses. 

MYRICA GALE. 

Sweet Gale, Dutch Myrtle. 

Description. — A branching shrub, three to four feet 
high, growing in the Northern States and Canada. 
Leaves narrow at their insertion, toothed at the outer 
end ; they are of a dark green color above, paler be- 
neath, with a strong midvein. Staminate and pistilate 
aments on separate plants. The fruit and leaves, when 
crushed, have a spicy odor. 

Medical properties and uses. — The leaves and fruit of 
the sweet gale are aromatic and stimulant, and are 
much employed in some sections of the Northern States. 
An ointment or infusion made of the fruit will cure the 
itch in a few applications. 

DIOSCOREA VILLOSA. 

Yam-root, China-root. 

Description. — Root perennial, woody, tortuous, with 
numerous spiny protuberances ; stem, an annual climb- 
ing vine ; leaves on long footstalks ; they are large, 
cordate, and near the ground they are arranged in ver- 
ticilate clusters around the vine ; but higher up they are 
alternate. The flowers are white, very small, and are 
arranged on little peduncles, which come out just above 
the leaves. Grows plentifully in the Western States 
in rich soil. 

Medical properties and uses. — The dioscorea is stimu- 
lant, diaphoretic, and expectorant. It is particularly 
serviceable in bilious cholic, and has gained great repu- 
tation in the hands of several practitioners in the West 
for its powers as a remedy in this disease. An ounce 
of the powdered root is boiled in a pint of svater, and 
given in two or three doses. 



476 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

L1ATRIS SPICATA. 

Colic-root, Button Snake-root, DeviVs-bit. 

Description. — Root perennial, tuberous, ovate, abrupt, 
beset around the base with many very fine fibres ; it is 
aromatic, having somewhat the taste of turpentine. 
Stem round, about three feet high, bearing a spike of 
scaly purple-colored blossoms, bearing in the aggregate 
a resemblance of an acorn. The leaves are linear, or 
sword-shaped, somewhat resembling the leaves of young 
corn. It is found in prairies and open woods in the 
Western States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The liatris is an aro- 
matic stimulant, diaphoretic, diuretic, anodyne, and 
carminative, particularly useful in colic, backache, and 
flatulency. 

SINAPIS. 
Mustard. 
Description. — The mustard plant is a very common 
annual domestic herb. It grows from two to five or six 
feet high, and has a bushy top, which in its season is 
covered with yellow blossoms. These are succeeded 
by the seed-pods, which are smooth, tapering at both 
ends, and well charged with little globular seeds. 

Medical properties and uses. — Mustard seed is a very 
acrid stimulant and rubefacient. It is also emetic in 
large doses. Its chief employment is as a rubefacient 
or revulsive. When moistened and applied to the sur- 
face, it occasions great irritation, and even vessication. 
It is, however, not necessary to produce blistering to 
prove its good effects in this way. 

Spearmint, {Mentha Verides.) — This article possesses 
properties, as a stimulant, very analogous to the pep- 
permint, and may be used in its place. It is also val- 
uable as a diuretic and vermifuge. 

Cinnamon, {Laurus Cinnamomum.) — This is an agree- 
able aromatic stimulant, possessing considerable power 
as a stomachic and carminative. It is generally used 




Liatbis Spicata, ( Colic Boot ). 




Sdtahs Alba, ( White Mustard.) 



STIMULANTS OR EXCITANTS. 481 

as an ingredient in medical compounds, but may be 
employed alone as a warming medicine for the stom- 
ach, to allay nausea, or to correct flatulency. It forms 
a valuable ingredient in tonic compounds, and in prep- 
arations for the cure of diarrhoea, &c. The pulverized 
bark, or the essence, may be used in tea spoonful 
doses. 

Cloves, (Caryophyllus Aromaticus .) — This is an aro- 
matic stimulant, and is much employed in medicinal 
compounds. Used alone, it is of service in flatulency, 
colic, nausea, and faintness. It is extensively used as 
an ingredient in diaphoretic preparations. The dose is 
a small tea spoonful. 

Dittany, (Cunila Mariana.) — Dittany is a valuable 
stimulant, tonic, nervine, and aromatic. It is highly 
esteemed in some parts of the country, in domestic 
practice, for the relief of headaches, colds, fevers, hys- 
terics and other complaints, where a stimulating diapho- 
retic would be proper. The advantage in the use of 
this medicine, is that while it is an active remedy, it is 
at the same time very pleasant to be taken. 

Horse Mint, (Monarda Punctata.) — This is an indi- 
genous plant of considerable value as a stimulating 
diaphoretic, and is said also to possess active diuretic 
properties. The horse mint, combined with other stim- 
ulants, may be used as a change in cases of protracted 
illness, where stimulants are required for a considerable 
time. 

Wild Marjorum, {Origanum Vulgare.) — As an active 
stimulant, the wild marjorum is inferior to few of our 
indigenous herbs. The dried leaves may be used freely 
in infusion, or the essence may be taken in tea spoon- 
ful doses. The oil is an excellent rubefacient. 

Sassafras, (Laurus Sassafras.) — The bark of the root 
oi this article, is stimulant and antiseptic. It is, how- 
ever, chiefly used as an external applic-ation, in the 
form of a poultice, for mortification, foul ulcers, king's- 
evil, &c. The oil is an active rubefacient. 

Turpentine, and the oils of rosemary, hemlock, ori- 
ganum, pennyroyal, &c, are all excellent stimulants 
and rubefacients. 
31 



482 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



II. TONICS. 



Tonics are medicines which give vigor and tone tn 
the system, without increasing the heat of the body, 
or as a general thing, materially exciting the pulse. 

It has been supposed, by Cullen and others, that the 
tonic power of medicines depends upon their bitterness; 
and at first thought, this idea would seem to be correct, 
as it is a fact that nearly all our best tonics are ex- 
tremely bitter substances. Yet it is established by 
experiment, as well as by observation, that some arti- 
cles that are but slightly bitter, are, nevertheless, very 
good tonics; and on the other hand, there are some 
again that are very bitter, and yet are of but little value 
as tonics. Aloes and opium, for instance, are both 
intensely bitter, but are by no means proportionably 
tonic in their effects ; while iron is powerfully tonic, and 
has no bitterness. 

Tonics are indicated in nearly all cases of debility, 
and are ever serviceable to restore the patient after the 
force of disease is broken up. In intermittent and 
remittent fevers, it is almost impossible to succeed 
without the use of these agents ; and the treatment of 
most other diseases is imperfect without them. 

The application of this class of remedies has not 
been so particularly pointed out in the part treating on 
practice, excepting in those cases in which the tonics 
are indispensably necessary ; for it was supposed that 
the practitioner, once learning their general appli- 
cation, could not fail in discovering readily all the indi- 
cations for their use. 

It is important to bear in mind, that when the use of 
tonics requires to be long continued, as in some chronic 
complaints, it is necessary to change the agents employ- 
ed, so as not to use the same article too long at a time. 
The system becomes accustomed to their influence, so 
that after a week or two their power will be apparently 
exhausted, while other articles of the same order will 
have their full power. After any article is discontinued 
for a time corresponding to that in which it had lost its 
power, and is then again resumed, it will act as a new 
agent. 



TONICS. 48S 

Experience has long since proven a marked dissimi- 
larity in the quality and power of the impression that 
the different articles of this class are capable of pro- 
ducing upon the system. The most remarkable of these 
is the peculiar anti-intermittent power that character- 
izes a few of our tonics. 

The principle upon which this singular impression is 
produced, and by which is broken up the chain of mor- 
bid association, and thus every variety of .periodic dis- 
ease is at once arrested, is something more than can 
justly be attributed to tonics in general. It is supposed 
that, in the intervals of these complaints, there is an 
unobservable train of morbid associations going on 
within the recesses of the nervous system ; and that, 
in like manner, the remedies here to be considered, may 
display their influences upon these tissues. One thing 
is very probable, at least : the periodicity of action that 
characterizes the former, is very intimately associated 
with the condition of the nervous system ; for besides 
the fact that many of the physiological movements are 
essentially periodic, and that in consequence, the resist- 
ance opposed by nature may be thus periodically exert- 
ed, it is farther evident, that the nerves are much 
implicated in the morbid phenomenon, from the fact 
that by a sudden excitement of them the character of 
the symptoms may be materially modified, and, indeed, 
a paroxysm may be thus sometimes completely broken 
up. We have instances of this kind in the effects of 
anger, sudden joy, or, indeed, any other passion sud- 
denly excited. 

The articles of this order seem to exert a peculiar 
tonic power over the nerves, by which they effect their 
specific influence. This power is by no means depend- 
ent upon the bitterness of the agents employed, as we 
find other substances which possess no bitterness what- 
ever, are nevertheless actively anti-intermittent. Still, 
however, we find that bitter and astringent vegetable 
substances abound most with these virtues. It is often 
the case, when the ordinary agents of this order, as 
quinine, &c, fail to produce their usual effects, that the 
latter are fully developed on combining with them an 
active astringent principle; and hence it has been a 
common practice with some physicians, to combine 



484 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

their bitter tonics with active astringent tonics when 
they were exhibiting them against ague. 

It may be proper to remark here, that the articles of 
this order of tonics are not confined in their application 
merely to intermittent fever, but are almost equally 
serviceable in all forms of disease which are character- 
ized by periodicity of action, or which come on in regular 
paroxysms ! Thus, anti-periodics have been successfully 
exhibited against some cases of remittent fever, epi- 
lepsy, chorea, hemicrania, periodic pains of the eyes, 
face, and other parts of the body, as neuralgia, &c. 
The nearer any form of disease approaches to the 
character of a regular periodic, the more certain will 
be this order of tonics to effect their cure. Moreover, 
in addition to this extension of their application, we 
find that they are fully equal to the common tonics in 
all other cases in which this class of remedies are 
indicated. 

CINCHONA. 

Peruvian Bark. 

The Peruvian bark is obtained from a great number 
of different species of the cinchona genus. But they 
are generally described as being trees or shrubs, grow- 
ing from ten to forty, or perhaps fifty feet high, with a 
trunk from a few inches to some three or four feet in 
diameter. Some of the species furnish very beautiful 
forest trees, being well proportioned and handsome in 
appearance. "The leaves are opposite, upon short 
petioles, with flat margins, and are attended with ovate 
or oblong, foliaceous, free, deciduous stipules. The 
flowers are terminal, in corymbose panicles, and of a 
white or purplish rose color." 

Locality and habits. — The cinchonas are natives of 
South America, abounding in the republics of New 
Grenada, Equador, Peru, and Bolivia. They seem to 
delight in mountainous places, being principally found 
on the Andes, at an elevation of from 1200 to 10,000 
feet. 

The amount of this bark annually exported from the 
various ports of South America is truly enormous . and 
when it is considered that the cascarilloes, or bark- 




Cinchona Condaminea, ( Peruvian Bark Tree ). 



tonics. 487 

peelers, give but little attention to the probable destiny 
of the production, and that the most wasteful practices 
are followed, when they are likely to save present in- 
convenience or labor, or promote the profitableness of 
their business, it is not astonishing that the government 
of Bolivia should put restrictions on the exportation of 
the drug, from an apprehension that the trees yielding 
it might become extinct.* Many who are acquainted 
witli the commerce of this drug, and the circumstances 
of its collection, are of opinion, that unless the govern- 
ments will provide for the preservation of the trees, 
they will all be destroyed before the woodlands will be 
taken up and become personal property. An English 
author states that some dealers in Europe are now lay- 
ing up large stocks of the drug on the speculation that 
the forests containing the Yellow or Calisaya bark, are 
already about exhausted of this tree. 

Description. — Cinchona, like other barks, consists of 
three different parts, or structures, — the epidcrmis,\ or 
most external portion, — rele mucosum, or cellular layer, 
and cutis vera, or cortical layers. Sometimes the bark 
is brought to us divested of its outer layers, when it is 
called uncoated bark. These outer layers are of a whit- 
ish or grayish color, but vary according to the varieties 
of the bark; they are smooth, wrinkled, furrowed, or 
cracked. The cutis vera, which is the second, and, in- 
deed, the principal portion of the bark, consists of a 
series of layers which are formed at the rate of one a 
year, but after some years, lose their life gradually from 
without, so that this portion keeps about the same 
thickness. The innermost layer, termed the liber, which 
is the product of the last year's growth, is generally the 

* The cutting of cinchona trees in Bolivia, was prohibited by that 
government, for five years, commencing January 1, 1838. 

f The term epidermis, as applied to this bark, has been differently 
understood by medical men ; but is generally defined to mean the 
external or lifeless portions of the bark, which consists of an un- 
certain number of layers, which increase one in number annually 
by the outer layer of the cortical portion losing its life, while a new 
layer, or liber, is formed next to the wood. This increase of layers, 
after the bark has attained a certain age, is modified by the decay 
from without ; so that the epidermis of a given species is usually 
of nearly a uniform thickness after the bark has commenced to 
decay or Wear away from without. 



488 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

most valuable ; but all these layers, except the outer, are 
possessed of the medical virtues, and are used together. 

The bark is usually more or less quilled, but is some- 
times flat. " The absence of the curl arises from one 
or two circumstances — the age of the stem from which 
the bark is taken, or the want of flexibility of the bark 
even in the fresh state. When the bark is rolled cylin- 
drically in a quilled form, it is termed quilled bark {cin- 
chona tubulata). Bergen speaks of several .kinds of 
quilling, namely, the partially quilled {cinchona sub-con- 
voluta,) when the edges of the quill approximate ; the 
closely quilled {cinchona convoluta,) when the edges of the 
quill overlap each other, forming a more or less closely 
rolled-up tube ; and the doubly quilled (cinchona involuta,) 
when both edges of the quill are rolled together so as 
to form two cylinders, but which, seen from the back, 
appear as one." 

The transverse fracture of the bark is either smooth, 
resinous, or fibrous; that producing the resinous frac- 
ture is usually preferred. 

The color, taste, and smell of the different varieties 
differ so much, that no definite account of them can be 
given. 

Classification. — It has already appeared that the bark 
is divided into very many different varieties. These are 
in part founded on botanical characteristics ; partly on 
the physical properties and medical qualities of the 
bark itself; partly in reference to the ports from whence 
the bark is brought ; and, finally, some are arranged 
according to their chemical characteristics. 

It is obvious, however, that in the present state of 
things, no classifications of the barks can be success- 
fully adopted, except that founded on the physical char- 
acteristics of the bark itself. As there are no other 
parts of the tree accompanying the bark, the latter can 
not be traced to the species from whence it was derived : 
and the ever varying aspects of the bark will not admit 
of the discrimination necessary for practical use, were 
the relations between the species and their products 
even well determined. 

In the United States' Dispensatory the barks are all 
classed under four heads: the Pale, Yellow, Red, and 
Carthagena barks. 



Under the epithet pale (which is derived from the 
color of the powder,) the Dispensatory embraces the 
Loxa and Lima, or Huanuco bark among the most im- 
portant, and the Jacn and Huamilies, among those less 
so. The finest kinds are about the size of a quill, 
rough exteriorly, marked with circular, and occasion- 
ally with longitudinal fissures, and of a grayish color, 
owing to the lichens which envelop the epidermis. The 
shade, however, differs; being sometimes of a light 
gray, or nearly white ; while at others, it is of a dull 
brown, and is often spotted by patches of lichen. 
The inner surface is smooth, but in the coarser kinds it 
is often rough and ligneous. Its natural color is of a 
brownish orange, varying to red or yellow. The frac- 
ture is usually clear, sometimes somewhat fibrous on 
the inner surface. The taste is moderately bitter and 
somewhat astringent, but not disagreeable or nauseous. 
The superior kinds are said to have a feeble odor, which 
is aromatic, and observable in the powder and decoc- 
tion. The pale barks contain but comparatively little 
quinine, but yield a better proportion of cinchonia, an 
alkaloid principle analogous to quinine. This variety 
is but little employed when the others can be had. 

Yellow bark is the epithet intended to be applied only 
to the best varieties of the bark of this color. In com- 
merce it is commonly called calisaya. Druggists arrange 
this variety of bark into two divisions, the quilled and 
the flat; they sometimes come separate, but often 
mixed in the same ceroon. It would seem, from their 
appearance, that they are produced from larger, or older 
branches, than the paler varieties. The quilled variety 
of the calisaya occurs in pieces from a few inches to a 
foot or more in length, and from a quarter of an inch 
to some three inches in diameter, varying as much also 
in the thickness of the tissue. The epidermis is ot a 
brownish color, often covered, and generally spotted 
with white lichens. In larger kinds of the bark the 
epidermis is thicker, rough, traversed by deep fissures. 
It is easily separated from the true bark, makes a dark, 
insipid, and worthless powder, and should always be 
separated from the bark before the latter is pulverized. 
The cutis vera, or real bark, when divested of its epi- 
dermis, is of a brownish-yellow color, with an orange 



4»U DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

tinge. In thickness it is from one to two lines ; its tex 
ture is fibrous, and when broken presents shining points, 
which seem to be the points of fibres running longitud- 
inally. These spiculae are of rather a firm consistence, 
yellow and transparent; they separate on pulverizing 
the bark, and floating in the air, they insinuate them- 
selves into the skin, like cow-itch, producing a disagree- 
able smarting and itching. It is said that the external 
part of the bark is more bitter and astringent than the 
other portions (perhaps the liber should be excepted.) 
The bark is much more bitter, and less astringent, than 
the pale bark, by which it may be distinguished when the 
bark is small, in which case it, in color, much resembles 
the latter. The yellow bark is the most valuable of all. 

Red bark is readily distinguished by its color, being 
distinct both in the bark and its powder. It is of a 
lively brownish- red. The bark is larger and thicker 
than the yellow, and appears as if it were taken from 
the larger branches, or trunk, of the tree. The epider- 
mis is rugged, wrinkled longitudinally, and in thicker 
pieces, marked with furrows, which occasionally pene- 
trate to the cutis vera. Sometimes numerous small 
eminences, or warts, are observed on the outer surface. 
The outer layers of the cutis vera are darker colored, 
more brittle and compact, but less bitter and astringent 
than those nearer the wood. The innermost layers are 
ligneous and fibrous, of a more lively brownish-red, 
but sometimes inclining to an orange, or even yellow- 
ish-brown color. The taste and smell much resemble 
those of the yellow bark. It ranks next in value to 
the yellow. 

Carthagena bark, though a regular commercial name, 
is not applied to a single variety of bark, but is a 
general name for all the barks that are exported from 
Carthagena, or other northern ports of New Grenada, 
as Santa Martha, Rio Hacha, and Maracaybo. These 
barks are characterized by a soft, whitish, or yellowish- 
white, micaceous epidermis, which is easily disengaged, 
and is often almost completely removed; yet there is 
generally enough remaining to indicate its character. 
These barks are produced, likewise, in more remote 
parts of South America, but as they are of compara- 
tively little value, they would not pay transportation 



TONICS. 491 

from the western coast ; and it is not probable that they 
will ever be imported into this country from the parts 
whence the yellow and red barks are derived, while the 
latter can be procured with equal convenience. 

Medical properties and uses. — Cinchona without doubt 
is the best tonic known to the profession. There is no 
other article, in reference to the therapeutic value of 
which, there is such a uniformity of opinion in the gen- 
eral profession. All accord to it the first place in the 
list of tonics. 

What so eminently distinguishes the present article 
above the others of this class, are its remarkable anti- 
periodic virtues. These are so certain and uniform in 
their effects, that they have gained for the medicine the 
character of a specific for ague. Many articles have 
been proposed as substitutes, but none have proved 
successful competitors. The medicine has now sus- 
tained its high character for a full century in Europe 
and the United States ; and scarcely for one other — 
perhaps not one — can this be said. All have had 
their fluctuations. 

Cinchona alone fully establishes the order of anti- 
periodic or anti-intermittent tonics ; perhaps no other 
article now known could have done it. The medicine 
will seldom fail of giving satisfaction, if properly used. 
But it is often given without due attention to the cir- 
cumstances which alone can insure success. In fevers, 
as a general rule, the medicine should be preceded by 
an emetic, and sometimes by a cathartic. Attention 
ought also to be paid to the state of the skin. If this 
be free, it will always answer to give. the tonic, so far 
as the single question concerning the circulation is con- 
cerned. 

Enough of the medicine should always be given to 
produce a decided impression upon the system in the 
outset. When the paroxysms are broken up, the doses 
may be modified, but must still be continued until the 
patient is restored to his usual strength. If this par- 
ticular be unattended to, a relapse may take place; as 
it is very difficult in all periodic forms of disease, to 
break up completely the chain of morbid associations, 
which circumstance is evinced in epilepsy, &c, as well 
as in ague. 



4yiJ DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

If from four to six drachms of the bark, or thirty 
grains of quinia are administered and retained in the 
system, for from three to six hours before the accession 
of the chill, the ensuing paroxysm may be prevented, 
and thus the disease may be cut short at once. But it 
often happens that there is not sufficient time, after the 
commencement of the treatment, to admit of the devel- 
opment of the constitutional effects of the medicine be- 
fore the chill or paroxysm comes on. In such cases, 
therefore, it is of little avail to attempt an effort to pre- 
vent its occurrence. The object, then, must be to take 
advantage of this start upon the next ensuing paroxysm, 
which may be obviated with an almost absolute cer- 
tainty. The author does not recollect of a failure in 
his practice for many years, when he had so much of 
an advance upon the disease. 

The medicine is best administered during the inter- 
vals between the paroxysms of the intermittent, as it 
will then agree better with the stomach, and is more 
likely to be effectual. It is certain, however, that the 
idea of its being dangerous when administered during 
the presence of a paroxysm of an intermittent, is not 
founded on deductions made from observation, but is 
rather to be referred to the speculative theory that stim- 
ulants and tonics are always absolutely inadmissible in 
febrile ailections. The bark has, in innumerable in- 
stances, been given in every stage of the paroxysm 
with decidedly beneficial results. Many practitioners, 
especially in the Western States, are in the general habit 
of giving large doses of quinine at given intervals, 
without any reference to the paroxysms, and they con- 
tinue the use of the medicine until the disease is com- 
pletely broken up. 

Although the most extensive use of cinchona is ap- 
propriated to the treatment of intermittent fever, yet 
the medicine is of great avail in all other periodic forms 
of disease. Remittent fever, periodic neuralgia, some 
cases of epilepsy, hemicrania, periodic pains in the eyes, 
face, and other parts of the body, and even hectic fever, 
have all been successfully treated with the Peruvian 
tonic. Nor is it necessary that the intermissions should 
always be complete, for we find that in remittent fever 
when there is but a very indistinct apyrexia, the medi- 



tonics. 493 

cine is, nevertheless, generally quite available. Indeed, 
the author is inclined to think that the profession have 
not given due attention to the applicability and power 
of this article in remittents. Although it cannot be ex- 
pected that a remittent can be controlled with the same 
ease and certainty of success as an intermittent may, 
yet it is questionable whether the use of cinchona may 
not be available here in a proportionable degree. 

It should not be forgotten that cinchona, and all its 
preparat ; ons, though chiefly valued for their anti-peri- 
odic virtues, are, nevertheless, equally as good and 
available, when used as a common or simple tonic, as 
any other article of this class. Hence, the medicine is 
very extensively employed ; and were it not for its be- 
ing more expensive than most of our indigenous tonics, 
and that it is rather more unpleasant to take than many 
of the latter, it would be used still more to their exclu- 
sion. 

The author has used some of its preparations topic- 
ally, especially the quinine and extract, to great advan- 
tage. He cured a case of palsy by the application of 
a liniment made of quinine and the alcoholic extracts 
of lobelia and capsicum, which had exhausted the skill 
of some six or eight eminent physicians. 

'It is not in place here to go into a lengthy detail of 
the particulars that relate to the application of this 
medicine. A few remarks more on this subject must 
suffice. When there is no objection to taking it, and 
the stomach bears the medicine in quantities sufficient, 
it is generally best to give it in substance, as its effects 
are rather more certain when exhibited in this way. 
But at the present time, its alkaloids and extract, but 
particularly the disulphate of quinia, {quinine), have 
almost entirely superseded the use of the bark in sub- 
stance. The quantity of bark necessary to the cure of 
ague, is from one to two ounces, taken in doses of one 
drachm every few hours. Doses so large, however, 
are generally objectionable ; and as several of the pre- 
parations are sufficiently certain in their effects, they 
are generally preferable. The extract, when properly 
prepared, is rather better than the quinine, or any of 
the alkaloids or salts of cinchona ; but it sometimes 
proves nauseous. 



494 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

In cases of irritability of the stomach, or other incon- 
veniences in which the bark cannot be taken by the 
mouth, it may be exhibited by other means, as by 
enema ; or the alkaloids, or extract of it, may be used 
on the iatroleptic plan. When given by injection, or 
when applied externally, it must be used in much 
larger quantities than what are necessary to be taken 
into the stomach. Numerous cases might here be 
reported of its success, when used in the ways just spo- 
ken of. The most obstinate intermittents have been 
known to yield to the external application of some of 
the alkaloids, particularly quinine. 

• The dose of the bark is from one to two drachma 
repeated three times a day ; that of the quinine is from 
five to ten grains three times a day. 

The quinine generally operates better when conjoined 
with an astringent. 

CORNUS FLORIDA 

Dogwood. 

This is a small tree growing throughout the United 
States. It has an extremely rough bark externally 
which is reddish within. It generally attains to the 
hight of twenty feet, or more, with crooked, spreading 
branches ; the small ones of which bear the marks of the 
old leaves. The leaves are opposite, ovate, lanceolate, 
serrate, and of a pale color beneath. It flowers early 
in the spring, and bears oblong red berries, disposed in 
clusters. 

Medical properties and uses. — The dogwood is tonic, 
astringent, stimulant, and like many other articles of 
the class, antiseptic. As a common tonic it is second 
to none, and excelled only by cinchona as an anti-peri- 
odic. Although it is actively astringent, there is no 
danger of producing constipation of the bowels by its 
use, but it, on the contrary, often produces a laxative 
effect, especially when fresh. It has long been em- 
ployed as a substitute for Peruvian bark, the action of 
which it very much resembles, and from which circum- 
stance it has received the name American Cinchona. 
It is useful in all cases where tonics ve 'ndicated, 
and especially serviceable in leucorrhoea, prolapsus, 




Hydrastis Canadensis, ( Grolden Seal ). 



tonics. 497 

iyspepsia, liver complaints, &c; but its most striking 
effects are observed by its employment in fevers. It 
has heretofore been recommended to be used in decoc- 
tion ; but it is evident that it does not readily yield its 
properties to water, for the watery extract is nearly 
inert, and by this circumstance the medicine has, in a 
great measure, fallen into disuse. In fevers of the 
sthenic character, none of its preparations are proper, 
but in those of a low character, they are particularly 
indicated. In intermittents, the finely pulverized bark 
may be given in 25 grain doses, repeated every two 
hours, between the paroxysms ; but the alcoholic ex- 
tract, in from 5 to 10 grain doses, is entirely the best 
form in which to use it. 

31DRASTIS CANADENSIS. 

G-olhv Seal, Yellow Puccoon. 

Description. — This is an indigenous plant, with a 
yellow perennial root an inch or more in length, con- 
torted, irregular, and giving off quite a number of xery 
yellow fibres. The stem is round, hairy, from six to 
twelve inches high, and generally divided at the top 
into two petioles, of unequal length. The leaves, which 
are one or two in number, are lobed or palmate, une- 
qual, serrate, and somewhat resemble the leaf of the 
maple tree. It bears a single terminal, flesh-colored 
flower. 

Locality and habits. — Golden seal is found principally 
in the States west of the Alleghany mountains, growing 
in forests, at the foot of hills, or in valleys, always pre- 
ferring a rich soil. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is an excellent 
bitter tonic. It seems to have a peculiar effect upon 
the stomach, promoting its healthy functions, removing 
indigestion, and relieving the disagreeable sensations 
which the use of food frequently produces when the 
digestive organs are impaired. It also acts upon the 
liver, regulating its secretion, and by this means pro- 
moting a healthy condition of the bowels. It may be 
employed with advantage in intermittent and remittent 
fevers, jaundice, worms, colic, faintness or weakness at 
the stomach, &c. The infusion forms an excellent 
32 



498 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

wash for sore eyes, and in this form it is a valuable 
application to old sores. For internal use it may be 
taken three or four times a day, in the form of powder, 
in tea spoonful doses in warm water sweetened — re- 
peating the doses as the symptoms may indicate. The 
infusion may be used if preferred. The root is the part 
employed in medicine. The alcoholic extract (hydras- 
tin) is the best form of its use. The dose of this is five 
grains. It is one of the best remedies for chronio 
dysentery that can be used. 

FRASERA VERTICILLATA (CAROLINENSIS.) 

American Colombo,. 

Description. — Root triennial, long, fusiform, yellow- 
ish, branched and fleshy. Stem solid, smooth, erect, 
round, and from five to ten feet high. Leaves of a deep 
green oolor, entire, sessile, glabrous, and disposed in 
whorls, commencing at the root and ascending to the 
summit with regularly diminishing intervals, and be- 
coming smaller as they ascend. The lower leaves are 
oblong, and lanceolate ; the upper ones, lanceolate and 
pointed. The radical leaves, from five to twelve in 
number, are procumbent, elliptical, and obtuse. The 
flowers are yellowish-white, numerous, forming a large 
pyramidal terminal panicle, a foot or more in length. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is found in all parts 
of this country, — excepting the regions east of the 
Alleghany mountains, — growing in open woodlands, 
in sandy soils, and in meadows. 

Medical properties and uses. — ■ The colomba root, when 
dried, possesses valuable tonic properties. It is also 
laxative, and antiseptic. In cases of debility arising 
from indigestion, it generally affords relief. It may 
also be employed with advantage in colic, nausea, diar- 
rhoea, and to remove the disagreeable sensations, pro 
duced by food, common with dyspeptics. As an anti- 
septic it maybe used internally by infusion, — externally 
in decoction, or in the shape of a poultice. 

For internal use, the dose is a tea spoonful of the 
powdered root, in warm water. The fresh root is emetic 
and cathartic. 




Fbasera Carolinensis, ( American Columbo ). 





POPTTLTJS Tremtjloides. 



Populus Balsamifera 




Populus Gbandidentata. 



Popuirus Gaxmoam. 



503 



TRIOSTEUM. 

Horse Gentian. 

Description. — There are several species, and many 
varieties of the triosteum, all having a pretty close 
resemblance to each other, and generally possessing 
nearly the same medical properties. The yellow, how- 
ever, is the kind that is mostly used by the reformed 
practitioners. This plant has many long spindle-shaped 
roots, which have a thick fleshy bark, and woody centre. 
The stalks, which are from six to twelve or more in 
number, are somewhat reclining, and about two feet in 
hight. The leaves are oblong, smooth, entire, and in 
some of the species perforated by the stem. The flow- 
ers are axillary to the leaves, and are followed by 
beautiful, oblong, red berries, crowned with the calyx. 

Locality and habits. — The t'iosteum may be found in 
nearly every section of the United States, usually choos- 
ing dry soils, road-sides, old fields, and commons. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this plant 
constitutes one of our most valuable bitter tonics, — is 
also stimulant, alterative, laxative, and in large doses 
cathartic. Perhaps no single article in the materia 
medica will produce better and more permanent effects 
in the cure of liver affections than this. The most 
doubtful cases have been known to yield to its powers 
in a comparatively short time, even after the skill of 
the doctors had been exhausted to no purpose. 

It promotes digestion, relieves heart-burn, will correct 
a costive state of the bowels, and may be used success- 
fully in all cases where a bitter tonic is proper. It also 
exerts a soothing effect upon the lungs, and is a valuable 
auxiliary in the treatment of pulmonary consumption. 

A tea spoonful of the powdered root may be taken 
at a dose, and repeated three or four times a day, 
according to circumstances. Double the dose will 
prove cathartic. It may be employed also, and rather 
more conveniently, in the form of the alcoholic extract. 

POPULUS. 

Poplar. 
Description. — There are a number of species of the 
poplar family, differing considerably in their appear- 



504 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

ance; most of them, however, possessing nearly the 
same medical properties. 

The populus ti-emuloides, or American aspen, some- 
times called quaking aspen, is, however, the only 
species much employed in medicine. This is a very 
beautiful forest tree, growing to a considerable hight. 
The bark on the young tree is smooth, and white. The 
leaves are cordate, ovate, lanceolate, entire, serrate, of 
a deep green above, pale underneath, prominently 
veined, and are supported on long slender petioles. 

Locality and habits. — The quaking aspen is found in 
most places throughout the United States, but is, per- 
haps, most abundant in the Northern and Middle States. 
In some places it grows in groups or patches, about 
springs, and rocky places. 

Medical properties and uses. — The inner bark of this 
tree is a pleasant and pure, yet powerful bitter tonic. 
It is useful in all cases of debility, especially in debility 
of the digestive organs. As an ingredient in tonic 
cordials, it is invaluable 

Poplar bark is very agreeable to the stomach, and is 
therefore generally preferred when the continued use 
of tonic remedies is required. As the medicine very 
readily yields its active properties to water, it is unne- 
cessary to use it in substance. A tea spoonful of the 
fine bark may be scalded in a pint of water, and after 
sweetening it with white sugar, may be drank through 
the course of a day. 

LIRIODENDRON TULIPIFERA. 

Tulip Tree ; Yellow Poplar. 

Description. — A well known forest tree of large 
dimensions. When young its bark is smooth, but when 
old it is very rough. Its leaves are large, hree- 
lobed — the upper or end lobe is truncated, and some 
times the side ones are so likewise. The flowers are 
tulipiferous, large and beautifully variegated with differ- 
ent colors, the red and yellow predominating. 

Medical properties and uses. — The inner bark of the 
root and trunk of the tulip tree is tonic stimulant, ner- 
vine and anthelmintic. It is taken in the form of 



p' I 





Libiodendkon Tulipifera, ( Tulip Tree). 




Chelona Glabra, (Balmony). 



TONICS. 509 

infusion or powder. The decoction and extract are of 
little value, as the virtues are dissipated by heat to a 
considerable extent. 

CHELONE GLABRA. 

Balmony; Snake-head; Turtle-bloom. 

Description. — Balmony has a perennial fibrous root, 
which sends up annually a number of erect, smooth, 
round-cornered, square stems, from two to four feet in 
hight, and occasionally branched at the top. The 
leaves are opposite, lanceolate, acute, entire, serrate, 
green in the fore part of the season, but becoming 
speckled with a white mould or dust early in the fall. 
The flowers, in some varieties, are white, in others 
purplish, and of a very singular shape, somewhat 
resembling a snake's head with the mouth open. They 
are disposed in clusters axillary to the leaves, and in 
terminal racemes. , 

Locality and habits. — The balmony is an indigenous 
plant, growing in wettish places, along streams, in 
meadows and pasture grounds. It is common in most 
of the States. Its flowering time is in July. 

Medical properties and uses. — All physicians agree in 
considering this article among our purest bitter tonics, 
and as such may be used in all cases in which articles 
of this class are indicated. The dose is from ten to 
twenty grains of the pulverized leaves. The medicine 
is considerably used in tonic compounds. 

CROTON ELEUTHERIA. 

Cascarilla. 

Description. — The shrub that produces the cascarilla 
bark, it is said, grows from four to twenty feet in hight, 
and is much branched at the top. The leaves are 
ovate, cordate, lanceolate, elongated toward the apex, 
entire, bright green above, and stand alternately, on 
short petioles. The flowers are whitish, and are dis- 
posed in axillary and terminal racemes. 

Locality and habits. — This shrub is found growing 
wild in the West Indies, especially in the Bahamas and 
in Jamaica. 



510 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Medical properties and uses. — The cascarilla bark is a 
very pleasant-tasting aromatic bitter tonic, and has 
been substituted for cinchona, but is not so efficient as 
an anti-intermittent as that article. Yet its very agree- 
able taste and smell make up, to a considerable extent, 
what it seems to lack in power. Its chief application 
is in dyspeptic habits, as a general stomachic bitter, 
and as a tonic in the infirmity of old age and convales 
cence. This is quite a favorite tonic among the Ger 
mans. 

Cascarilla is a very important article in compounding 
bitter tonics ; for while it forms a good ingredient as a 
medicine of this class, its value at the same time is 
increased by its power of improving the taste and flavor 
of the compounds into which it enters. 

BERBERIS CANADENSIS. 

American Barberry. 

Description. — Barberry is a very pretty shrub, rising 
from four to eight feet in hight, with long bending 
branches, having many dots, and triple thorns. The 
leaves are crowded, unequal, smooth, glossy, oboval, 
obtuse and serrate. The flowers are slender, either 
nodding or pendulous, yellow, and rather small. The 
berries hang in loose bunches, are oblong, red, smaller 
and less juicy than the berberis vulgaris, or English 
barberry. The filaments possess a remarkable degree 
of irritability, for on being touched near the base, a 
sudden contraction takes place, which may be repeated 
several times. 

It is found from Canada to Virginia, growing on 
mountains, hills, among rocks, and in barren soils ; but 
is seldom met with in the Western States. The whole 
shrub is acid; in the berries this acid is very pleasant, 
but is mixed with some astringency. The bark is bit- 
ter, and of a bright yellow color. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark of the bar- 
berry is an excellent bitter tonic, and although some 
what astringent, is also laxative, and in large doses 
even cathartic, producing copious discharges without 
pain. In no case is it found to produce watery dis- 
charges, or to irritate and debilitate the bowels ; but on 




Aletris Fakikosa, (Star-grass). 




Sabbatia Annularis. ( Centaury.) 



TONICS. 515 

the contrary, is almost a specific in chronic diarrhoea, 
dysentery, and bilious fevers. It is one of our best 
remedies in liver complaints, attended with dyspepsia 
and habitual costiveness. The berries are antiseptic, 
acid, sub-astringent and refrigerant. They have been 
strongly recommended in putrid fevers. 

ALETRIS FARINOSA. 

Star-root, Mealy Star-root. 
Description. — Root perennial, small, branched, crook- 
ed, blackish outside, brown within. Leaves radical, six 
to twelve in number, spread on the ground in the form 
of a star ; they are elliptical or lanceolate, entire, with 
many longitudinal veins, and about three or four inches 
long. Stem round, erect, about one to two feet high. 
Flowers on a terminal raceme, tubular, white. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of the aletris is 
one of our best simple tonics. The virtues reside in a 
resin, and are obtained by tincturing in alcohol. By 
evaporation of this, an extract is obtained that contains 
the virtues. The dose is 5 to 10 grains of the powder, 
from 20 to 30 drops of the tincture, and 3 to 5 grains of 
the extract. 

SABBATIA ANGULARIS. 

American Centaury. 
Description. — This is an annual or biennial herba- 
ceous plant. It has a fibrous root, an erect, smooth, 
square stem, with branches above, and rising to the 
hight of one or two feet. Leaves ovate, acute, entire, 
smooth, opposite, sessile, and embrace half the circum- 
ference of the stem at their base. The flowers are 
numerous, purplish red, growing on the ends of the 
branches, and altogether forming a large terminal 
corymb. 

Locality and habits. — Centaur)* is found in the Middle 
and Southern States, usually preferring low meadow 
ground, but sometimes growing in uplands, in woods 
and old fields. 

Medical properties and uses. — Centaury is ranked among 
our most valuable tonics. It likewise possesses consid- 



516 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

erable anthelmintic properties. It may be used in dys- 
pepsia and in all cases where medicine is needed to 
promote the appetite and invigorate and strengthen the 
general system. 

The medicine has long been esteemed of value in 
intermittent fevers. The usual form cf its preparation 
for that purpose, is that of bitters prepared in liquor. 
It may also be employed in the form of infusion, or in 
powder. . . 

The dose of the powder is a tea spoonful in some 

appropriate vehicle. 

HELONIAS DIOICA. 

Star-root, Unicorn. 

Description. — Root perennial, oblong, irregular, ter- 
minating abruptly, of a dirty white color, and beset 
with many small fibres. Leaves radical, lanceolate, 
procumbent, and of a pale green color. Stem from 
eight to sixteen inches in hight, erect, and terminating 
in a spike of white flowers. 

Locality and habits. —The helonias is found in most 
parts of the United States, growing on sandy plains, on 
hill-sides, in open woods, and in meadows. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this article 
is possessed of tonic, nervine, and expectorant proper- 
ties. It is particularly serviceable in female weakness. 
By some it is very much esteemed as a tonic, and by 
others as a nervine. It enters as a valuable ingredient 
into the compound called woman's friend. The dose of 
the pulverized root is from ten to twenty grains. 

ARISTOLOCHIA SERPENTARIA. 
Snake-root, Little Black Snake-root, Virginia Snake-root. 
Description. — The aristolochia has a perennial, aro- 
matic, knotty root, beset with numerous long, slender, 
whitish fibres. Stem crooked, round, slender, jointed, 
and from six to twelve inches in hight. Leaves from 
three to seven in number, alternate, cordate at the 
base, lanceolate, entire, smooth and veined. Flowers 
nearly radical, solitary and purplish. Capsule oboval, 
with six angles, and six cells. Seeds minute, and many 




%ft 




Chimaphila Umbellata, ( Pipsisewa ). 




Ajubtoloohia Skrfkhtaria, ( Snake-root ). 




Mbnispebmum Oanadeiises, ( Yellow Parilla). 



tonics. 523 

Locality and habits. — There are few parts in the 
United States, where the Virginia snake-root may not 
be found. It delights in mountainous countries, and is 
chiefly found in open woodlands. 

i Medical properties and uses. — Most authors on mate- 
ria medica agree in considering this article an active 
tonic, diaphoretic, antiseptic, and emmenagogue. The 
root may be used in fevers, especially in intermittents 
and remittents. It is also good in rheumatism, gout, 
dyspepsia, general debility, &c. It is generally taken 
in tincture or bitters, but may be taken in substance, 
infusion, or pills. The latter form, perhaps, is prefer- 
able, as its exceedingly bitter taste is thereby avoided. 
The dose of the substance is ten grains. 

MENISPERMUM CANADENSE. 

Yellow Parilla, Moon-seed. 

Description. — The yellow parilla is an indigenous 
perennial plant. Its root is woody, round, horizontal, 
of a beautiful yellow color, with few fibres, very long, 
and generally about the thickness of a pipestem, but 
sometimes of the thickness of a finger. Stem a climb- 
ing vine, slender, smooth, winding, and of a brown 
color. The leaves are peltate, cordate, entire, roundish, 
smooth, and somewhat resembling the leaf of the maple 
tree. 

Locality and habits. — Rich hill-sides, banks of streams, 
and hedges, are the places and situations usually pre- 
ferred by this plant. It is very common in the Western 
States. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is an excellent 
laxative bitter tonic, and is very useful in the treatment 
of dyspepsia, habitual costiveness, liver affections, dis- 
eases of the skin, syphilis, and in all cases of debility 
attended with habitual torpor of the bowels. . 

As a bitters to be used during convalescence from the 
ague and fever, this is an invaluable article. 

The root should be well dried, and then broken up in 
a mortar, when it will be ready to be prepared, either 
by infusion, or by putting it into wine. When thus 
prepared, it is to be drank freely without any particular 



524 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

reference to quantity. The alcoholic extract is an ex- 
cellent form in which to employ the medicine. The 
dose of this is five grains. 

PRUNUS VIRGINIANA. 

Wild Cherry. 

This is a forest tree, indigenous to this country, and 
too common to need description. 

Medical properties and uses. — The inner bark of the 
wild cherry has a very pleasant bitter taste. It is a 
good tonic, laxative, nervine and anodyne. As a 
strengthening and healing medicine to the lungs, there 
is, perhaps, not a better article in the materia medica. 
The medicine has, in the hands of the author, given 
general satisfaction in the treatment of pectoral dis- 
eases. In pulmonary consumption, where there is 
much debility of the system, and irritability of the 
lungs, this article will be of special service. The 
medicine may be taken in substance, in tea spoonful 
doses, but the extract is better, and much more con- 
venient; the dose of this is from 5 to 10 grains. When 
taken by infusion, a table spoonful of the fine bark 
may be scalded in a pint of water, and taken in wine 
glassful doses, three times a day. 

VERBENA. 

Vervain. 

There are several medical species of vervain, the blue 
or purple, and the white flowered however are the only 
kinds commonly in use. 

Blue Vervain, {Verbena Hastata.) — Root perennial, 
white, fibrous. Stem erect, tall, branched, square. 
Leaves opposite, petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, and 
rough ; in some species {pinnatifida) they are gash pin- 
natifid, and coarsely toothed ; in the oblongifolia, they 
are lance-oblong, deeply serrate, acute. The flowers 
are purplish and in spikes. 

White Vervain, {Verbena Urticifolia.) — This is the 
nettle-leaved vervain. It differs little from the forego- 
ing, only that it is more branched, and has white flowers 




Vbrbena Hastata, ( Blue Vervain ). 




Tkbbksa Verticipoua, (White Vervain) 




Coptis Tkhtoua, ( Gold-thread ). 



34 



TONICS. 531 

which are disposed in more slender spikes. The 
vervain is a very common plant, growing in door-yards, 
meadows and wet places. 

Medical properties and uses. — The roots of the vervain 
are tonic and in large doses emetic. It has been em- 
ployed in view of both these effects in fevers, especially 
in intermittent and remittent. Dr. Thomson valued it 
highly for these purposes. It is taken in strong infu- 
sion, freely. 

Bitter Ash, Wa-hoo, (Euonymus Atropurpureus .) — The 
root of this shrub is intensely bitter, and is a very good 
tonic, and laxative. Its application is in such cases 
as were pointed out for other articles of this class. By 
some, it is considered equal to the dogwood as an anti- 
intermittent, and febrifuge. 

Wild Hoarhound, (Eupatorium Teucrifolium .) — This 
is a valuable tonic, and is much used by Southern 
planters. 

Hops, (Humulis Lvpulis.) — The pollen or yellow dust 
of the hop, is an invaluable tonic, in intermittent and 
remittent fevers, as well as in other cases where arti- 
cles of this kind are required. 

Gold Thread, (Coptis Trifolia.) — The root of this 
plant is a pure and very bitter tonic ; useful in dyspep- 
sia, and all cases of debility. 

Peach Meats. — The meats of the peach-stone, are 
highly recommended as a medicine in cases of weak 
digestion. Dr. Thomson regarded them as being pecu 
liarly beneficial to the stomach and bowels. 

Chamomile, (Anthemis Nobilis.) — Chamomile is a very 
popular tonic, and is much used in domestic practice. 
Besides its tonic properties, it is also used by some as 
an anthelmintic. 

Iron. — Iron filings and the sub-carbonate of iron, are 
both excellent and harmless tonics. Iron may be used 
: n any convenient dose, as from one to two tea spoon- 
fuls, in molasses or other convenient vehicles. It is an 
excellent tonic in amenorrhoea, and chlorosis. 



532 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



III. ASTRINGENTS. 

, Astringents are commonly defined to be substances 
that contract or condense and support the tissues of 
the body. When taken into the mouth, they produce 
a marked sensation of roughness or puckering of the 
lips, tongue, and palate. 

The usefulness of this class of medical agents, has, 
in general, been too much overlooked by medical 
authors and practitioners. Astringents have usually 
only been considered with reference to their immediate 
and independent effects on the substance of the organs. 
But it is not unreasonable to suppose that these agents, 
like some others, may in their effects sustain certain 
specific, harmonious relations with the vital laws, so as 
to promote the conservative powers in a manner entirely 
independent of their superficial and most obvious im- 
pressions on the economy. A part may become dis- 
eased, — take on inflammation, and soon manifest signs 
of gangrene ; if now an application of some active 
astringent be made, the morbific cause will be sus- 
pended, and the part recover. Now here is an agency 
evinced entirely different from the power of mere con- 
traction. Astringents render stimulants and tonics 
very much more permanent and prompt in their effects. 
Haemorrhages are sometimes instantly arrested in dis- 
tant parts, by the simple introduction of some active 
astringent into the stomach. In this case it cannot 
reasonably be supposed that the effect was produced 
by the direct influence of the medicine on the haemor- 
rhagic parts. 

The accoucheur of the Reformed system, well knows 
the singular power that some of our astringent articles 
possess over the irritated uterus. A single dose of 
these, sometimes, stops untimely pains that may have 
harrassed the patient for several days. 

In view of these facts, it must be admitted that astrin- 
gents possess a peculiar curative power that is mani- 
fested, not only in their local effects, but in their influ- 
ence on the general system. 

The local and immediate effects of astringents, are also 
somewhat remarkable : in gonorrhoea, and diarrhoea, a 



ASTRINGENTS. 533 

strong infusion locally administered, will, if persevered 
in, seldom fail of giving relief. 

The singular promptness of these medicines in arrest- 
ing haemorrhages, when locally applied, entitles them to 
the name of styptics. 

In cases of unhealthy secretions, and morbific accu- 
mulations on mucous surfaces, and especially those of 
the alimentary canal, astringents are almost indispen- 
sable. They cause a contraction of the tissues, and 
thus disengage the comparatively inelastic, morbific 
coating, which is thus discharged, sometimes in large 
pieces, commonly called false membrane or canker. 

Prolapsus and excessive relaxations also imperiously 
demand the use of astringent medicines. 

As a general tonic and restorative, astringents are of 
great value. They seem to render the animal tissues 
more firm and capable of resisting morbific influences. 
But their use as tonics is not always indicated when 
medicines of a restorative or toning character may be 
serviceable. For this purpose the bitter tonics are 
more generally applicable. 

Astringent vegetables do not all necessarily produce 
constipation. Many articles of this class may be used 
internally for a long time without materially affecting 
the bowels in this way. Moreover, there are astringent 
articles that are considerably laxative in their effects; 
and some, such as rhubarb, are, indeed, commonly used 
as cathartics. 

SPECIAL ASTRINGENTS. 

GERANIUM MACULATUM. 

Cranesbill ; Crowfoot; Geranium. 

Description. — The cranesbill has an irregular, knotty, 
contorted, pitted, brownish, perennial root, with few 
fibres. The stem is erect, round, pubescent, about a 
foot or more in hight, and with few branches. The 
leaves are palmate or deeply divided into from five to 
seven lobes, which are rough, hairy, variously incised at 
their extremities ; the lower ones supported on long 
radical petioles that are purplish at their base ; and the 
apper ones opposite and smaller. The flowers are pur- 
plish, with five petals, and are supported on peduncles 



534 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

arising from the joints of the stem, and bearing each 
two flowers on short pedicels. The pistil of the flow- 
ers is very long and projecting, like a crane's bill, — ■ 
whence the vulgar name of the plant. 

Locality and habits. — This is a very common plant, 
found throughout this country, especially in the West- 
ern States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of the cranes- 
bill is one of the most pure and powerful astringents, 
and styptics, that we possess. Being easily procured, 
and not objectionable on account of any unpleasant 
taste, or other offensive properties, it is likely still to 
improve in popularity as an astringent, although it is 
already in great favor as such. The medicine is partic- 
ularly useful in haemorrhages, prolapsus, diabetes, diar- 
rhoea, and, after the bowels are well cleansed, in dys- 
entery. The decoction of this article is also very good 
as a wash in aphtheous sore mouth, and as such in the 
treatment of old sores, cancers, &c. The decoction is 
made by boiling an ounce of the coarsely powdered 
root in a pint of water, — letting it settle, and pouring 
off the tea. For internal use this is taken in wine 
glassful doses once an hour, or as the circumstances 
may indicate. When the medicine is taken in sub- 
stance, a tea spoonful is considered a dose. The ex- 
tract, which is an excellent form in which to employ 
this medicine, may be made with water or alcohol ; 
when made with the use of the latter it is best. The 
dose is five to ten grains. 

MYRICA CERIFERA. 
Bayberry ; Wax Myrtle. 
Description. — Bayberry is a shrub growing from two 
to twelve feet in hight. The stem is much branched, 
and has a grayish bark. The leaves are narrow and 
tapering at the base, lanceolate at the other end, and 
slightly toothed toward the point. They are somewhat 
disposed to twist; are of a deep shining green on their 
upper surface, and stand alternately and somewhat 
crowded on the ends of the small branches. The flow- 
ers are of a greenish-purple color. The fruit is a glob- 
ular naked berry, single, or in clusters around the 




Mtbica Cerifera, (Bayberry). 



ASTRINGENTS 537 

branches. When these are boiled, a greenish- white 
wax is obtained, which is used for various purposes, as 
for candles, salves, and plasters. 

Locality and habits. — The bayberry bush is found all 
along the Atlantic coast, from New England to Louisi- 
ana. It generally grows largest in the South. It flow- 
ers in May. 

Medical properties and uses. — Bayberry is an invalu- 
able stimulating astringent. When an infusion of the 
medicine is taken into the mouth, it produces quite a 
pungent and astringent sensation, with a flow of saliva. 
When swallowed it occasions a sense of warmth, but 
by no means unpleasant feeling in the stomach. 

Few, and perhaps none of our astringents have a 
more extensive application than bayberry. In all cases 
where it is wished to produce an exciting and bracing 
effect in the system, this will be our best article. In 
the exhibition of its curative powers, the medicine, in- 
stead of producing its effects at the expense of the tonic 
power of the system, will, indeed, add vigor to the very 
organs on which it spends its influence. 

Bayberry is highly valuable in cases of dysentery, 
cholera, haemorrhage, and all other excessive evacua- 
tions. An infusion of bayberry forms an excellent 
drink to be taken before and during the operation of an 
emetic. It prepares the general system, and especially 
the stomach for its easy, safe, and effectual operation. 
When compounded with some appropriate laxative, it 
forms an excellent preparation to be used in the treat- 
ment of strumous habits. The decoction makes a very 
good wash in the treatment of cancers and ulcers ; in 
the fistulous ulcer, it should be injected by means of a 
proper syringe. 

Cranesbill has not been placed before this article in 
the present class of agents, because it is a more valu- 
able medicine, but simply because it is a purer astrin- 
gent, — bayberry being also stimulant. It is in view 
of its conjoined stimulating and tonic properties, that 
the bayberry is, by many physicians, combined with 
diaphoretic compounds. 

The dose of the pulverized bark of the root is a tea 
spoonful, repeated as circumstances may require. The 



538 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

strong infusion is taken in half tea cupful doses. The 
alcoholic extract is, however, by far the most convenient 
form of its use : the dose of this is five to ten grains. 

NYMPHJS ODORATA. 

White Pond-Lily. 

Description. — The root of this plant is perennial., 
two or three inches in diameter, several feet in length, 
beset with fibres ; fleshy, round, light colored within, 
darker without, and somewhat tubercular. The leaves 
are large, round, peltate, cleft to the stem, entire, 
smooth, glossy, green above, reddish white below, and 
stand on long radical petioles. The flowers are large 
and white ; they open to the sun in the morning and 
close in the evening. They are supported on long 
stems rising from the root. 

Locality and Jiabits. — This beautiful plant is found in 
many parts of the United States, growing in ponds and 
marshes. In some of these places it grows very plen- 
tifully. Occasionally large mats or patches of it are 
found floating in the water, — the roots being loosely 
surrounded by a collection of decayed vegetation, or 
light mud. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of the white 
pond- lily is a very pure and inoffensive astringent. It 
is not apt to disagree with the stomach or taste, and 
hence is very convenient for use among children. 

This article, though equally serviceable in all cases 
in which medicines of this kind are indicated, has its 
special use in the form of a poultice or infusion for del- 
icate parts that may require astringent applications, as 
for a wash in aphthae, a drink for bowel complaints in 
children, — enemas in dysentery, and injections in pro- 
lapsus and gonorrhoea. The usual form of its internal 
use is by infusion, taken freely, but the extract is more 
convenient. 

TRILLIUM. 

Beth-root ; Wild Lily. 

Description. — There are many species of the trillium 
most of which are medicinal. The white, red, and pur- 
ple flowered varieties, are, however, mostly used. 




Ntmpilea Odorata, (White Pond-lily). 





^ 



f 




Tmlj-hm Lateripolium, (Birth-root). 



ASTRINGENTS. 543 

The root of these plants is perennial, bulbous, oblong, 
wrinkled, beset with fibres ; about an inch in diameter, 
and about two inches in length. The stem is simple, 
upright, round, smooth, green, from eight to twelve 
inches or more in hight, and surmounted with three 
broad, obtuse-acuminate leaves, from two to three 
inches in diameter. The flowers of the different spe- 
cies differ somewhat in their color, size, and position ; 
some are white, some red, some purple, and others 
mixed. In all the species the flowers arise from the 
junction of the leaves ; in some they are erect, in 
others pendulous or nodding. 

Locality and habits. — The trillium genus of plants is 
peculiar to North America. Some of the species are 
most common in mountainous countries, and others in 
rich bottoms. Some of the varieties of most species 
are found in the majority of the States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The beth-root is astrin- 
gent, styptic, tonic, antiseptic, detergent, and somewhat 
expectorant. As an astringent, it is excellent in haem- 
orrhagic affections, and fluxes. The Indians considered 
that the purple flowered varieties, were best in all san- 
guineous effusions, especially bleeding from the lungs, 
— that the red flowered varieties were best in menor- 
rhagia, and the white flowered in leuchorrhosa. 

Although the trillium has but recently been intro- 
duced into notice as medicine, yet the experience of 
very many of our practitioners fully testifies to its 
superior merits. Aside from its utility in haemorrhages, 
it is of considerable value in pectoral diseases. As an 
external application, in the form of a poultice, the fine 
root is superior to almost anything else in foul ulcers, 
gangrene, carbuncles, &c. Professor Rafinesque con- 
sidered a poultice of the beth-root, combined with 
blood-root, a certain remedy, if preceded with a cathar- 
tic, in cases of carbuncles and ulcers. The dose of the 
pulverized root is a tea spoonful. When taken in infu- 
sion, a table spoonful of the fine root is scalded in a 
pint of water, and drank freely. 



544 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



HAMAMELIS VIRGINICA. 

Witch-Hazel. 

Description. — This is an indigenous shrub, growing 
from six to fifteen feet in hight. The leaves are entire, 
obovate, obtusely toothed, cordate, with a small sinus; 
they are of a deep green color when they first put out, 
but soon fade, assuming a yellow appearance. The 
flowers are yellow, and appear in the winter; but the 
fruit, which consists of a capsule containing two oblong 
black seeds, does not ripen until the following summer. 

Locality and habits. — The witch-hazel is found in 
nearly every section of this country, usually growing in 
elevated and stony places — sometimes on the margin 
of swamps and along streams. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is one of our most 
valuable astringents ; it is also styptic, tonic, and anti- 
septic. As an astringent, it is valuable in all cases 
where this class of medicines is indicated. The infu- 
sion may be employed with great advantage in haemor- 
rhages from the stomach or lungs; and in the form of 
an injection, will usually afford relief in cases of irrita- 
ble piles, and in serous bowel complaints generally. It 
also forms an excellent medicine for uterine haemor- 
rhages, bearing down pains, fluor albus, &c. In these 
cases it should be applied to the parts implicated, by 
the use of a syringe. 

The decoction forms a useful wash for inflammatory 
affections of the eyes, for old sores, &c, and in this 
form, or in the form of a poultice, is an excellent appli- 
tion for external piles. The leaves are the part gene- 
rally used. 

RHUS GLABRUM. 

Sumach. 

Description. — Sumach is a shrub growing from four 
to twelve feet high, with a stem generally crooked, 
having irregular branches, and covered with a light 
gray bark. The leaves are pinnate, green on the upper 
surface, lighter beneath, lanceolate, acutely toothed, 
acuminate and glabrous. In the latter part of the 




Lobelia Syphilitica, (Blue Lobelia). 




Eubus Strigosus, (Red Baspberry). 



ASTRINGENTS. 549 

season they become of a fiery red color. The flowers 
are greenish-red, and are arranged in erect, terminal 
thyrses, forming a conical bunch, as large as a man's 
fist. These are followed by clusters of small red ber- 
ries, covered with a delicate down, of an agreeable acid 
taste. 

Locality and habits. — This shrub is found in all the 
Northern, Middle, and in some of the Western States, 
growing in hilly places, in waste fields, along fences, 
&c. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark, leaves, and 
powder which covers the berries, possess valuable 
astringent, tonic, detergent, and diuretic properties. 
The decoction forms an excellent wash for ulcers and 
old sores ; it also forms a valuable gargle in mercurial 
sore mouth, sore throat, &c. ; and may be used with 
great advantage as an application in tetter and many 
cutaneous diseases. Taken internally it produces a 
tonic effect upon the skin, and may be employed with 
advantage when that organ is in a relaxed and debili- 
tated condition. It may also be used with advantage 
in strangury, and in bowel complaints. The bark of 
the root is esteemed of value as an antiseptic ; and, 
made into a poultice, is almost unequaled as a remedy 
for old ulcers. 

RUBUS STRIGOSUS. 

Red Raspberry. 

Description. — This is a bushy, perennial shrub, with 
slender, upright stems, which have a reddish bark, beset 
with numerous stiff bristles or spines. The leaves are 
rough, lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, with deep lat- 
teral notches, green above, and white beneath. The 
flowers are white, and disposed in clusters. The fruit 
is red when ripe, of a conical shape, granular, and 
edible. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is found in most 
of the States, growing in waste lands, and in stony 
places ; frequently among rocks on the sides and sum- 
mits of mountains. 

Medical properties and uses. — The leaves of the red 
raspberry form a mild and agreeable astringent, pos- 



550 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

sessing slightly tonic properties, and a pleasant aromatic 
taste. It forms an excellent medicine in the treatment 
of bowel complaints of children. In such cases it may 
be given in decoction,*per stomach, or by injection. It 
is also valuable as a medicine to be used in connection 
with capsicum and skullcap, or lady's slipper, for the 
purpose of regulating labor pains. Dr. Thomson re- 
commends a tea of this to be given occasionally to ver\ 
young children. He says it will prevent the sore mouth 
to which they are liable. It also constitutes a soothing 
and cleansing wash for burns, sores, and irritated 
surfaces. 

Among the particular indications for its use, are the 
occasions for astringent applications in parts where 
mild, unirritating, and pure medicines alone are admis- 
sible, as in the eye, inflamed sores, &c. 

STATICE LIMONIUM. 

Marsh Rosemary. 
Description. — Root perennial, fleshy, and branched. 
The flower stem is round, smooth, upright, about a foot 
in hight, and considerably branched at the top. The 
leaves are radical or standing on long radical petioles ; 
they are obovate, cuneform, obtuse at the outer ends, 
acuminate, entire, flat and shining on their margins, 
somewhat thick and firm. The flowers are numerous, 
small, bluish-purple, and arranged on the upper sides 
of the terminal branches. 

Locality and habits. — Marsh rosemary is principally 
found along the sea-coast from New England to Florida. 
It flowers in August and September. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this plant is 
very powerfully astringent, antiseptic and styptic. The 
medicire, however, is not much used as an internal 
remedy, as it is considered to have a tendency to pro- 
duce constipation of the bowels. As an external appli- 
cation, in the form of a poultice, to inveterate ulcers, 
cancers, &c, it is very highly esteemed. The decoction 
is also much valued as a gargle and wash in sore 
mouth or aphthea, and sore throat. Dr. Mattson also 
recommends an ointment made of the root for the cure 
of piles. 




Statioe Limomum, ( Marsh Rosemary). 




1,1 " -liHk 



,4 Ml 

mm ■ « '" - 







w 

3 m 



p 




Agrimonia Eupatoria, ( Agrimony ). 



ASTRINGENTS. 555 

AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA 

Agrimony; Stickwort ; Cocklebur. 
Description. — Root perennial. Stem round, hairy, 
from one to two feet high. Leaves alternate, rough, 
ragged, hairy and unequal — the lower ones the largest. 
Flowers yellow, and disposed in a terminal peduncle. 
Fruit a green colored bristly bur, containing seed. 
Grows in neglected fields, road-sides, and along fences, 
in most parts of the United States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of the agri- 
mony is a mild astringent and tonic, useful, in the form 
of hot infusion, in diarrhoea among children, and the 
looseness attending some of the varieties of low fevers, 
as typhoid. It is also recommended in jaundice, scurvy, 
and, by Dr. Elisha Smith, as an invaluable remedy for 
scrofula, if perseveringly used. It has also been favor- 
ably spoken of as' a remedy for skin diseases. 

Evan-root, {Geum Rivale.) — The root, of this article, 
which is sometimes called chocolate-root, and water 
evans, is a gentle astringent, and is much used in 
domestic practice, in the form of a strong decoction, for 
bowel complaints among children. 

Dewberry, {Rubus Trivialis.) — Blackberry, (Rubus 
Villosus.) — The bark of the root of both these species 
of the rubus is powerfully astringent, and as such, is 
much used in dysentery and diarrhoea, after the bowels 
are well cleansed by the proper means. 

Matioo, {Piper Angusti folium.) — This plant is a native 
of Peru ; the flowering tops and leaves are brought to 
us, and are to be obtained in the shops. 

The matico is astringent, and powerfully styptic. 
The pulverized leaves and flowers should be applied to 
the bleeding parts ; or a strong decoction may be made 
of them, and the parts washed with it. The decoction 
is also good in uterine and all other haemorrhages, as 
well as bloody flux. It will also be found useful in 
gonorrhoea and leucorrhoea. 

Hemlock Spbuce, (Pinus Canadensis.) — The inner 
bark of this tree is an active astringent, and is much 



556 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

used as such in some parts of this country. Some are 
in the habit of combining this article, as well as many 
other astringents, (especially bayberry,) with the stim- 
ulants, for the purpose of rendering the latter more 
permanent. The hemlock bark is used in all cases in 
which articles of the astringent class are indicated. 
The infusion is generally preferred. This is to be taken 
freely, that is, without any particular reference to 
quantity. 

IV. EUTROPHICS OR ALTERATIVES. 

These are medicines that are calculated to obviate 
morbid conditions of the body without necessarily pro- 
ducing any material increase of the evacuations. 

Alteratives are supposed to affect chiefly the functions 
of nutrition and absorption, and that they so modify or 
change these important phenomena as to produce a 
new action, — one contrary to that which contributed 
to the disease. 

These agents are chiefly intended for chronic dis- 
eases, especially such as scrofula, white-swelling, con- 
sumption, syphilis, and the various cutaneous diseases. 

It may be observed that although an evacuant power 
is not necessary to the specific operation of eutrophics, 
yet this is by no means a hindrance to them. A med- 
icine, therefore, whose operation is followed with a 
marked improvement of health, though proving slightly 
laxative, will nevertheless be considered an alterative, 
when it will appear that the laxative effect could not 
have been the cause of the improvement. 

SPECIAL EUTROPHICS. 

SARSAPARlLLA. 

There are many different articles used in medical 
practice under the name of Sarsaparilla, and in many 
instances, perhaps the majority, articles possessing none 
of the properties of the true sarsaparilla are adminis- 
tered for this drug. These circumstances could not do 
otherwise than bring the sarsaparilla more or less into 
disrepute ; and yet there is but little doubt but that 
the genuine medicine possesses alterative properties of 



EUTROPHICS OR ALTERATIVES. 557 

no mean character. The most of the sarsaparilla of 
commerce is produced by the smilax genus of plants. 
But it is not yet certainly known what species of smi- 
lax it is that produces the genuine or best article. It 
has been supposed that the smilax sarsaparilla of the 
United States is identical with the smilax brought from 
Honduras, which produces the best sarsaparilla that, is 
brought to us. 

The smilax sarsaparilla has a long slender stem or 
vine, which is somewhat angular and beset with prickles. 
The leaves are alternate, unarmed, ovate, lanceolate, 
nerved, glaucous beneath, and supported on footstalks 
accompanied with long tendrils. The flowers are dis- 
posed in bunches of three or four on a common pedun- 
cle, which is longer than the petioles of the leaves. 
This plant is usually found growing in swamps and 
hedges, through the Middle and Southern States. 

The Honduras sarsaparilla is brought to us directly 
from the Bay of Honduras, and comes in bundles two 
or three feet in length, which are composed of a num- 
ber of roots folded lengthwise and wound or tied around 
in the middle, to secure it, with a long piece of the root. 
The bunches are packed in large bales, covered with 
skins. The thickness of these roots is about that of a 
pipe stem, and the color of the bark is of a reddish- 
gray. 

Much of this sarsaparilla is brought to us from 
Jamaica, whither it is brought from Honduras. This 
that comes by this route is generally called Jamaica 
sarsaparilla. 

There are still other varieties of sarsaparilla that are 
brought to us from different countries, which generally 
bear the names of the ports or countries from whence 
they are brought: thus we have the Brazilian, Lima, 
Caraccas, Peruvian, Vera Cruz, and Mexican sarsa- 
parilla. 

Medical properties and uses. — The sarsaparilla root 
has for many years been considered among the best 
alteratives that we possess. It is particularly useful 
in syphilis, strumous habits, tubercular consumption, 
&c. When the medicine is prepared for use, it should 
not be much boiled, but may be broken up fine, and 



i>bH DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

then be simmered for a few hours in water at a moder- 
ate heat ; or it may be reduced to a fine powder, and 
then digested for three or four days in warm water. 
This is then to be taken freely. The extract of sarsa- 
parilla that is found in the shops is not, generally, 
worth much. 

When sarsaparilla is selected for use, that should be 
taken which has the strongest odor, and that which on 
chewing it leaves an acrid impression on the tongue. 
The alcoholic extract made with as little heat as pos- 
sible is best. The dose of this is ten to twenty grains. 

STILLINGIA. 

Queen' s-root ; Cock-up-hat; Queen's Delight. 

Description. — An indigenous, perennial, herbaceous 
plant. Root large, woody, Stem herbaceous, two or 
three feet high. Leaves sessile, alternate, oblong or 
lanceo-oblong, obtuse, serulate, tapering at the base, 
and accompanied with stipules. Flowers yellow, mo- 
noecious, and arranged in a spike, the upper flowers of 
which are the staminate, and the lower the pistillate. 
When wounded, the plant yields a milky juice. Grows 
in pine barrens from Virginia to Florida and Louisiana. 

Medical -properties and uses. — The stillingia is one of 
the best alteratives that we possess. It is also some- 
what purgative, but its alterative properties are the 
most valuable. The medicine is now employed with 
great success in the treatment of syphilis, and is also 
considered of much service, even in leprosy, elephan- 
tiasis, and frambcesia, as well as in other affections of 
a chronic character, dependent upon a depraved or 
cachectic habit of the system. It was an ingredient in 
Swaim's Panacea. It is taken in the form of infusion, 
decoction, tincture, syrup, or extract, in doses large 
enough to keep up a cathartic effect. 

GUAIACUM. 

The gum-resin and chips of guaiacum are employed, 
and especially of late, with great success as an altera- 
tive. It is especially useful in rheumatism, gout, sciatica 



EUTROPHICS OR ALTERATIVES. 559 

and glandular diseases. The dose of the resin in pow- 
der is from ten to fifteen grains. The chips are em- 
ployed in alterative syrups. 

RUMEX CRISPUS. 

Narrow-leafed Dock. 

Description. — Root perennial, large, fleshy, branched, 
spindle-shaped, and of a yellow color. Leaves many, 
radical, large, lanceolate, entire, crisped, and are sup- 
ported on long grooved petioles. The stem is upright, 
smooth, furrowed, with a few bracts as it ascends, and 
branched at the top. The terminal branches are beset 
with many small flowers, which are followed by numer- 
ous small three- sided seeds. 

Locality and habits. — This is an extremely common 
indigenous plant, growing about door-yards, in mead- 
ows, along fences, and in lanes. It flowers in July. 

Medical properties and uses. — This and nearly all the 
other docks, especially the broad-leaved and bur-dock 
are good alteratives, tonics, and detergents. 

These plants are excellent eutrophics, and as such, 
may be used with advantage in all scrofulous, strumous, 
scorbutic, and scirrhous affections. They are partic- 
ularly useful in cases of chronic diseases of the skin 
that are dependent on a vitiated state of the humors. 

ACETATE OF AMMONIA. 

The acetate of ammonia is prepared by dissolving 
carbonate of ammonia in acetic acid until the product 
is perfectly neutral. It is an excellent alterative, and 
a very effectual counter-poison. It will cure the hives 
and various other inflammatory skin diseases, such as 
erysipelas, erythema, tetter, &c. 

ARALIA NUDICAULIS. 

False SarsapariUa. 
Description. — This is a common plant in the Western 
Country, and is much used under the name of sarsapa- 
rilla. It has a long, horizontal, perennial root, of about 
the thickness of a pipe stem, with a grayish bark. The 
stem is upright, round, smooth, about a foot or more in 



J>60 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

hight, and divided on the top into three petioles, bear- 
ing as many quinate, or thrice ternate leaves. The 
leaflets of these are oblong-oval, acuminate, rounded 
at the base, smooth on both sides, and serrate. The 
scape or flower stem is naked, shorter than the leaf, 
and terminated by three umbils with numerous yellow- 
ish-green flowers, followed by small round berries. 

Locality and habits. — This plant is found on uplands 
or hilly places, growing in woods, new grounds, &c. 
It is found in most of the Western States. 

Medical properties and uses. — The false sarsaparilla 
is used for the same purposes as the genuine sarsapa- 
rilla, only it is not so good, and must be taken in larger 
quantities. It is generally taken in decoction, or infu- 
sion, and drank in portions as large as the stomach will 
bear. 

ARALIA RACEMOSA. 

Spikenard. 

Description. — The spikenard is a beautiful luxuriant 
plant, with an aromatic, long, perennial, horizontal, 
spindle-shaped, and branched root, which has a grayish 
bark. The stem is round, smooth, branched, and of a 
purplish-green color. The leaves are large, compound 
or thrice ternate, with oblong-oval, lanceolate, acumin- 
ate, smooth, entire, serrated leaflets. The flowers are 
arranged in umbils; they are followed with round, pur- 
ple or dark berries. 

Locality and habits. — Spikenard delights in a rich 
soil, and is found in ravines, along fences, in the woods, 
and often selects piles of vegetable mold, as the remains 
of logs or timbers. It grows in most of the States. 

Medical properties and uses. — Besides its general ap- 
plication where alteratives are indicated, it seems, ac- 
cording to the opinion of some, to be particularly ser- 
viceable in pectoral or lung affections, and female 
weakness. The green root forms an excellent poultice. 




Abulia Racemosa, (Spikenard). 



3d 




Celastrus Scawdens, (Bitter-sweet). 




Silphium Perfoliatum, (Cup-plant). 



EUTROPHICS OR ALTERATIVES. 567 

CELASTRUS SCANDENS.* 
Staff Vine ; False Bitter-Sweet. 
Description. — Root woody, long, with a thick fleshy 
bark, and beautiful yellow cuticle. The stem is a long 
vine, with a rough bark, which has a grayish cuticle, 
but yellow derm. The vine is generally supported by 
bushes, and trees, around which it binds, sometimes so 
tightly as to bury itself in the solid wood. It is much 
branched at the top, and bears, in the fall, numerous 
clusters of beautiful orange-colored, oblong berries. 

Locality and habits. — This singular plant is found 
most plentifully in the rich western bottoms. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark of the root of 
this plant, is considerably alterative in its effects. It is 
chiefly used in decoction or infusion, for chronic cutane- 
ous affections. In order to insure its good effects, its 
use must be persevered in. In some medical books this 
article is recommended in the form of an ointment, for 
scrofulous tumors, and other obstinate swellings. But 
this credit was gained for it, from the popularity of the 
real bitter-sweet, for which it has been mistaken, as 
already remarked. 

SILPHIUM PERFOLIATUM. 
Cup-plant ; Ragged-cup. 
Description. — Root perennial, long, crooked, pitted, 
jointed, with fibres issuing from the joints. Stem up- 
right, square, about an inch in diameter, branched at 
the top, and from two to six feet in hight. The leaves 
are large, ragged, clasping or cupped, opposite, and 
diminishing in size toward the top. The flowers, are 
terminal, with a broad disk, and beautiful, yellow, 
spreading petals. 

Locality and habits. — The cup-plant is found in the 
rich bottoms of our western rivers. In some places it 
grows very plentifully. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this beauti- 
ful plant, when taken into the mouth, has a strong 

* This plant, though entirely dissimilar, is often confounded with 
the solanum dulcamara, or woody nightshade. 



568 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

scratching or acrid taste, which is very durable in its 
effects. It excites the secretions, and operates as a 
general deobstruent. Its effects are also prominently 
eutrophic. In all chronic visceral affections, this article 
wiT prove itself a valuable remedy. As a diaphoretic 
it is not inferior, and hence the medicine is particularly 
serviceable in visceral inflammation, such as chronic 
hepatitis and chronic inflammation of the spleen. It is 
prepared in strong decoction, and taken in half tea cup- 
ful doses according to the symptoms. 

PHYTOLACCA DECANDRIA. 

Poke-root; Scoke. 

This is a very common plant, growing in most culti- 
vated places in our county, and needs no description. 
As a medicine it is generally regarded too harsh for 
common use. The dried root forms an excellent top- 
ical application, however, in the treatment of cancers 
and other obstinate tumors, and forms one of the chief 
ingredients in the popular irritating plaster now in use 
by our profession. It is also of considerable service in 
some cutaneous affections, as in obstinate cases of tet- 
ter and porrigo. But its chief use is in the treatment 
of syphilis. 

ALNUS SERRULATA. 
Black Alder, Tag Alder. 
Description. — This is a shrubby tree or bush, rising 
from five to fifteen feet in hight. It is much branched 
at the top, and has a grayish bark. The leaves are 
large, roundish, or oblong, acuminate, and serrate. 
The flowers are in aments or tags, like those of the 
hazel, and appear in autumn. 

Locality and habits. — The black alder is found in wet 
lands, along brooks, and in swampy places. It grows 
in bunches of from six to several dozen in a place. 

Medical properties and uses. — The bark of the root, 
the tags, and boughs, are alterative, and detergent. 
The medicine is generally used in diseases of the skin. 
It is prepared in strong decoction, and taken freely. 
The decoction makes a good wash for old foul ulcers. 




Crocus Satavis, ( Saffron ). 



EUTROPHICS OR ALTERATIVES. 571 

CROCUS SATIVUS. 

Saffron. 

The saffron plant is a native of Greece and Asia 
Minor, but is considerably cultivated in Europe and 
America, in gardens. It has a depressed bulb or cor- 
mus from which issue its long linear leaves. Its flow- 
er is large and of a beautiful lilac color. Its style 
hangs out through a segment of the corolla, bearing 
three long, convoluted, and highly odorous stigmas, 
which are the medical portion of the plant. 

Medical properties and uses. — Saffron has been much 
in use as an alterative, stimulant, and antispasmodic, 
and was considered particularly serviceable in bringing 
out eruptions upon the skin. It is now chiefly em- 
ployed by nurses and old women, among children. 
The dose is ten grains. It is very useful as a coloring 
material for tinctures and essences. 

V. ANTISEPTICS AND DISINFECTANTS. 

Antiseptics are remedies which have a tendency or 
power to prevent putrefaction or mortification, or of 
obviating it when it has already taken place. Disin- 
fectants are agents that are capable of neutralizing 
morbific and offensive effluvia: they are also antiseptic 
in their effects. 

SPECIAL ANTISEPTICS AND DISINFECTANTS. 

ACIDUM PYROLIGNEUM. 

Pyroligneous Acid ; Vinegar of Wood. 

This acid is obtained by the destructive distillation 
of wood. To prepare it, a furnace should be built, and 
a strong sheet iron cylinder of any size, with a tight 
lid, placed in it. To the top of this, an iron tube, about 
a foot in length, should be fixed : to this there should 
*>e fixed a worm of a common still, or any other suita- 
ble tube, long enough to condense the vapor. This 
worm or tube must pass through a tub or trough of 
water, to favor the condensation. The apparatus being 



572 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

complete, the cylinder may be filled with some solid 
dry oak, or any other good dry wood, and the lid care- 
fully luted with clay, so as to make the whole air-tight. 
A good fire may now be raised and continued until the 
products cease to come over. The products in the ves- 
sel, previously prepared to receive it, are an impure 
pyroligneous acid, which will answer for ordinary ex- 
ternal use, but for internal use, and for the preservation 
of meat, &c, it should be purified by redistillation. 

Medical properties and uses. — This is perhaps the 
most powerful antiseptic that we possess. The article, 
of moderate strength, (about one part to two of water,) 
needs only be applied two or three times to gangrenous 
parts to restore them. As a cleansing and healing 
application in the treatment of ill-conditioned ulcers, 
cancers, and scrofulous sores, it, perhaps, has no rival. 
The medicine is applicable in all cases in which a 
powerful antiseptic, and healing medicine is required. 

Any kind of meat may be preserved by dipping it 
into this acid a few times, and it will neither injure the 
meat, nor spoil its flavor, but rather improve the latter, 
at least for some palates. 

BAPTISIA TINCTORIA. 
Indigofera ; Wild Indigo. 

Description. — Root perennial, irregular, large, woody, 
blackish outside, yellowish within, and sending off 
many slender branches or fibres. Stem two or three 
feet high, round and smooth, of a yellowish-green color, 
interspersed with black spots. Leaves alternate, obo- 
vate, small. Flowers of a beautiful yellow color, and 
are succeeded by a swelled oblong pod of a dark color. 

Medical properties and uses. — The root of this plant 
is a powerful antiseptic when topically applied. Bruised 
and simmered in water, it. makes an excellent solution 
for washing foul and putrid ulcers ; fried in lard it 
also makes a good ointment for healing up old, obsti- 
nate, and putrid ulcers and sores. A poultice of the 
root or top is excellent as an application to gangrenous 
parts. It may be employed internally in the form of 
decoction or infusion, as an antiseptic in cases of 
threatened gangrene of the stomach, bowels, perito- 




Paptisu Tinctoria, ( Indigofera ). 



ANTISEPTICS AND DISINFECTANTS. 575 

neum, &c. Half an ounce of the dried root steeped 
in a pint of hot water, and taken in one or two table 
spoonfuls once in five or six hours, is the common way 
in which it is employed. 

CARBO LIGNI. 

Charcoal. 

Charcoal is prepared by burning wood in a smothered 
state, so that the combustion is carried on by a limited 
supply of oxygen, and hence nothing farther than the 
more volatile parts, as the oxygen and hydrogen, are 
dissipated, while the carbon, in the form of charcoal, is 
left behind. 

Medical properties and uses. — Charcoal is actively 
antiseptic and absorbent. In the form of a poultice 
with yeast, it is very good to arrest mortification. With 
the same view it may be taken in large doses, inter- 
nally, when gangrene of the stomach or bowels is 
threatened. It is an excellent article, to be used in 
typhoid fever and dysentery. Meat embedded in fine 
charcoal is preserved for many months. 

CALX CHLORINATA. 
Chlorinated Lime, Chloride of Lime. 

This is prepared by the manufacturing chemist, by 
the action of chlorine on hydrate of lime. It may be 
purchased at the shops much cheaper than it can be 
made by the practitioner. 

Good chlorinated lime is a dry or slightly moist, 
grayish -white, pulverulent substance, possessing an 
acrid, bitter, pungent, astringent taste, and a feeble 
odor, resembling that of chlorine. 

Medical properties and uses. — Chlorinated lime is 
perhaps the most powerful disinfectant that we possess. 
It is of eminent service to purify the chambers of the 
sick. For this purpose it is simply to be put in a dish 
or saucer, which is then to be placed in some conve- 
nient situation in the room. 

A solution of chlorinated lime makes an excellent 
wash for foul ulcers, burns, chilblains, and cutaneous 
eruptions. It makes, when of suitable strength, a very 
good gargle in cases of putrid sore throat, and sore 



576 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

mouth and gums. The chlorinated lime constitutes the 
popular bleaching powder that is so extensively used. 

CHLORINUM. 

Chlorine. 

As a disinfectant for clothing and infected apart- 
ments, chlorine has long been a popular agent. A 
mixture that will yield chlorine for three or four days, 
in a quantity sufficient for all ordinary purposes, may 
be made by mixing intimately one part of common salt 
with one part of black oxide of manganese, and then 
placing this in a shallow earthen dish, pouring on two 
parts of sulphuric acid, previously diluted with two 
parts by measure of water, the mixture being stirred 
with a stick while it is being made. If the vessel, con- 
taining this mixture, is placed in a room that is infected 
with a poisonous contagion or effluvia, it will perfectly 
purify it : or if clothes are held over the fumes rising 
from the mixture, or even hung in the room containing 
it, they will be rendered pure. 

Persons using the chlorine, should be careful not to 
inhale much of it, as it is injurious to the lungs. 

It is unnecessary here to notice severally, all the 
antiseptics that are found among the tonics, astringents, 
and stimulants. It must suffice to say that the most 
active articles in all these classes, as, for instance, cin- 
chona, columba, hydrastis can., geranium, bayberry, 
white pond lily, capsicum, ginger, black pepper, tine, 
of myrrh, and even sassafras bark, are all excellent 
antiseptics. When used, they should be made up with 
yeast, charcoal, or slippery elm mucilage, and applied to 
the parts : or, if needed internally, they may be taken 
down in decoction, infusion, or tincture, in large doses 



CHAPTER VII. 

MEDICINES WHOSE EFFECTS ARE PROMINENTLY CHEMICAL. 

I. ALKALIES OR ANTACIDS. 

These are remedies which are calculated to obviate 
acidity in the stomach and elsewhere. This they effect 
by combining with the acid, and thus neutralizing it. 



ALKALIES OR ANTACIDS. 577 

These agents are not of very extensive application, but 
in some cases are nevertheless considerably important. 
Alkalies are chiefly indicated in the burning in the 
stomach attending dyspepsia; to promote the operation 
of emetics; in the treatment of poisoning by the inges- 
tion of the concentrated acids, and in urinary calculi, 
caused by an excess of uric or some other acid. 

SPECIAL ANTACIDS, 

SOJLE CARBONAS. 
Carbonate of Soda. 

Carbonate of soda is obtained by the manufacturing 
chemist, from the ashes of the Chenopodiaceae and Alga- 
cese families of plants. It is also found in certain parts 
in Egypt, Hungary, and South America, occurring in a 
native state. 

The carbonate of soda, as it occurs in the shops, is in 
opaque, porous masses, of a white color, and made up 
of numerous, aggregate, chrystalline grains. 

The bicarbonate of soda is now rather more in use 
than the carbonate. It is preferred because it is more 
pure, and is more pleasant to the taste, as well as to 
the stomach. 

Medical properties and uses. — Either of these prepara- 
tions of soda may be taken in from a half to a whole 
tea spoonful doses, dissolved in water. A dose of it may 
occasionally be taken in cases of heartburn, acid eructa- 
tions, and all other cases in which alkalies are indicated. 

POTASSA BICARBONAS. 

Supercarbonate of Potash, Saleratus. 

The bicarbonate of potash is obtained by lixiviation 
of wood ashes, evaporating the liquid or lye, and puri- 
fying the salt. As found in the shops, it consists of a 
coarse granular white powder, and has a nauseous, 
alkaline taste. It is very soluble in water, but is insol- 
uble in alcohol. 

Medical properties and uses. — Saleratus is a very good 
alkali, but little inferior to carbonate of soda. It may 
be employed in all cases in which the latter is found 
useful. 

37 



578 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

CARBONATE OP AMMONIA. 

This is an excellent antacid, and is at the same time 
considerably stimulant and diaphoretic. It is therefore 
rather better than either soda or saleratus, in dyspeptic 
sour stomachs. In typhus fever it is of eminent sei- 
vice. The dose is five to ten grains. 



CHAPTER VIII 



MEDICINES WHOSE ACTION IS PROMINENTLY MECHANICAL. 

I. DEMULCENTS AND EMOLLIENTS; 

The class of demulcents, by many writers on thera- 
peutics, is now considered separate from that of emol- 
lients ; — the former is now made to comprise such 
agents as are capable of shielding exposed surfaces 
from the action of acrid matter, by covering or coating 
them with their viscid and soft substance ; while the 
latter embraces articles that not. only do this, but at the 
same time, so insinuate themselves into the textures, as 
to render the parts more lax and flexible by their relax- 
ing power. These agents will, however, here be con- 
sidered together. 

They are particularly serviceable in irritation and 
inflammation of the mucous membrane of the stomach, 
bowels and urinary passages ; as well as externally in 
chafes, burns, bruises, and irritable wounds. They 
should be used in large and frequent doses ; for as they 
chiefly depend on mechanical principles for their action, 
this end is sometimes prevented by the digestive pro- 
cess — changing the character of the agent — when it 
is taken in small portions. 

SPECIAL DEMULCENTS AND EMOLLIENTS. 

ULMUS FULVA. 

Slippery Elm. 

This is a very common forest tree, and needs no de 
scnption 




Gonvalabia Multiloba., (Solomon's Seal). 



DEMULCENTS AND EMOLLIENTS. 581 

Medical properties and uses. — The mucilage of the 
slippery elm bark is one of the best demulcents that we 
possess ; and as it is easily procured and pleasant to 
take, it is very extensively used in medical practice. 
It may be employed with the certain prospect of benefit 
in all cases in which demulcents are indicated. It is 
particularly serviceable in inflammation of the mucous 
surface of the alimentary canal, and in the form of a 
poultice or cataplasm, in cases of burns, chafes, irrita- 
ble ulcers, wounds, bruises, and bealings. 

ACACIA. 

Gum Arabic. 

The gum arable brought to us, is the product of a 
number of different trees of the leguminose order, grow- 
ing in Arabia, Upper and Lower Egypt, Hindostan, and 
other places. As found in the shops, it consists of 
roundish or amorphous pieces, or irregular masses of 
various sizes, more or less transparent, hard, brittle 
and pulverizable. Its color is usually of a yellowish- 
white, but frequently presents various shades. 

Medical properties and uses. — Gum arabic is an excel- 
lent demulcent, and will be found useful in catarrhal 
affections, and irritation of the mouth and fauces, as 
well as in inflammation of the stomach, bowels, kid- 
neys, bladder, &c. It also serves as a very good vehi- 
cle for taking less pleasant articles. 

CONVALLARTA MULTIFLORA. 

Solomon's Seal. 

Description. — Root perennial, horizontal, jointed, 
white, round, with some fibres. Stem terete, and in- 
clining, or arched. Leaves alternate, clasping, oblong- 
ovate, lanceolate, and nerved. Flowers white, numer- 
ous, and pendulous. 

There is another variety of Solomon's seal that grows 
more plentifully than this, which, although smaller, is 
equally valuable. 

Locality and habits. — These plants are found in most 
parts of the United States, growing in rich soil, in rocky 
and mountainous countries 



582 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Medical properties and uses. — Solomon's seal is de- 
mulcent and tonic, — boiled in milk it forms an excellent 
medicine in the treatment of irritable piles, and inflam- 
matory diseases of the bowels generally. It is also 
quite serviceable in leucorrhaea, and gonorrhoea The 
medicine is beneficially used in the form of a poultice, 
in the treatment of inflamed and raw surfaces. The 
root is the part used. Dose, as much as the stomach 
will bear. 

Flax-seed, (Linum Semina.) — Flax-seed tea is an 
excellent demulcent, and is particularly serviceable in 
scalding of the urine. It is to be taken freely without 
any particular reference to quantity. 

Marsh Mallows, (Althcea Officinalis.) — The root of 
this plant may be used with advantage in all cases in 
which demulcents are required. 

Olive Oil, (Oleum 01 ivaa.) — Sweet oil is an excel- 
lent emollient, and is exceedingly serviceable as a lini- 
ment in burns, chafes, and inflamed surfaces generally. 
It forms an ingredient in many valuable cerates and 
liniments. 

Oil of Almonds, (Oleum Amygdalce) — This is a good 
emollient, and may be used as such in all cases in which 
the sweet oil is found serviceable. 

Lard, (Adeps.) — Hogs' lard is a good emollient, and 
is much used by many physicians instead of sweet oil. 

In addition to those already noticed, there are a 
number of articles that are valuable demulcents, and 
which are at the same time quite nutritious, but cannot 
here be treated of separately. Among the most import- 
ant of these are, arrow root, tapioca, sago, barley, oat- 
meal, Iceland moss, &c. These are all good in cases 
of inflammation of the mucous membrane of the stom- 
ach and bowels, and in all cases of irritability of these 
organs. 



583 



CHAPTER IX. 

BATHING. 

Whether we consider bathing as a hygienic means, 
or curative agent, it is of paramount importance ; for 
such is the human organization — such the relation of 
the external surface to the entire system, that the 
slightest derangements in its functions produce effects 
on the constitution of no small magnitude. 

The perpetual supply and metamorphosis or change 
of the organic elements of the body, are indispensable 
to its physiological or healthy condition. Now, all 
these exhausted elements are found immediately in the 
capillary vessels, and have no convenient chance of 
exit from the body, excepting that through the pores of 
the skin. When, therefore, the emunctories of the skin 
are obstructed, this vast amount of peccant matter is 
retained in the body; some of it remaining in the cap- 
illaries, while much of it is retained in the circulation, 
and thus, in both instances, giving rise to much irrita- 
tion and fever. If the obstruction should prove perma- 
nent, these materials will be retained in the system, 
and continue to increase their mischief until they make 
their escape, littles by littles, through the other and" more 
remote outlets. 

But this is not the greatest mischief that arises from 
obstruction of the cutaneous exhalents : the functions 
of these organs involve the regulation of the tempera- 
ture of the body. All these changes in the supply, 
metamorphosis, and waste of the materials, are attended 
with a corresponding evolution of caloric or heat.* 
Now, this heat, according to the laws of the economy, 
is intended to be regulated by the evaporation from the 
surface. f As there is no evaporation sustained while 
the pores are closed up, the heat of the body must evi- 
dently increase at no slow rate. It will thus be seen 
that in obstruction of the cutaneous exhalents, an evil 
of a two-fold character is evinced : first, a fever is 

* This is the source of animal heat. 

f The disposition of the body to perspire, always corresponds with 
the amount of its sensible heat. 



584 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

generated by the retained perspiration, which, by its 
irritation, increases the activity of the circulation, and 
hence the increased supply of oxygen and consequent 
combustion : secondly, it perpetuates this fever by the 
extinction of the natural means of its removal, — that 
is, perspiration. 

These mischiefs are liable to occur at any time that 
obstruction of the functions of the skin may take place ; 
and the magnitude of the evil, will always correspond 
with the extent of the obstruction. 

There are still other difficulties that are liable to 
occur from this cause : besides the bond of union be- 
tween the different parts of the body, by means of the 
sanguiferous system of vessels, there is another — the 
nervous system. Now, the skin is more extensively 
supplied with nerves than any other part of the body : 
it must appear, therefore, that from the extensive ner- 
vous sympathy existing, that there is a great liability 
to mischief from this circumstance. The nerves are 
functionaries which superintend all the manifestations 
of vitality in the body. The morbid excitement, there- 
fore, that is consequent on obstructions of the skin, 
must also be communicated to the entire system by 
this means. Whatever nervous depression or derange- 
ment there may be, it will always be attended with a 
corresponding depression of all the energies of the 
system. 

There is still another chain of general association, 
i. e., the lymphatic system. These vessels have their 
chief origin in the skin ; their functions, therefore, are 
extremely much influenced by obstructions of this 
organ. Their secretions may also become contamin- 
ated by an obstructed state of the skin. Thus the now 
famishing organs of the entire body, instead of being 
supplied with fresh and healthy blood, are irritated and 
oppressed by this impure and noxious mixture. 

The secondary evils resulting from obstructions of 
the skin, are also of considerable note. The whole 
system laboring under such an accumulation of morbific 
agencies, it is but reasonable to expect that, in addition 
to the acute attacks implicating the general system, as 
fevers, there is also a great liability to local inflamma- 
tions and permanent chronic diseases, especially oi 



BATHING. 585 

those organs that from their construction, position, and 
use in the economy, are most exposed to the deleterious 
influences. The lungs are perhaps more exposed to 
this cause of mischief, than any other of the more 
important viscera ; for while the blood must all neces- 
sarily pass through them, they are also liable to partic- 
ular obstruction from the specific termination of the 
materials destined for expectoration. Hence irritation, 
congestions, and inflammation of this organ are so 
extremely apt to occur; — hence the cough attending 
our colds, — the oppressive pain, and other inconven- 
iences, so frequently experienced in the breast. Nor 
does ulceration and consumption of the lungs occur 
less commonly from this than any other cause. 

The intestines are next in point of exposure to this 
cause of disease. The frequency of derangements here 
is well known to all observers. The bowels, like the 
lungs, are compelled to act vicariously in the removal 
of the obstructed perspiration. Dysenteries, diarrhoea, 
cholera, &c, are of common occurrence. 

It is unnecessary farther to particularize on the infin- 
ite, and endlessly varied forms of diseased action, that 
may result in the different parts of the system, from 
this prolific source : it must suffice to say that this is the 
most fruitful of all the causes of disease. 

In view of all these facts, it cannot but appear obvi- 
ous that the best remedy for this grand source of dis- 
ease is of the greatest importance, and this remedy can- 
not be expected to be found elsewhere but in attention 
to the surface. 

Dr. Ewell remarks on this head, in his lectures on 
Hygiene: — "The evacuations of the body, from its 
superfluous, impure, and noxious particles, are no less 
necessary than is nourishment. The same power which 
changes and assimilates our food and drink, likewise 
effects the due and timely evacuations of the secretions. 
It is an object of the first consequence, that nothing 
remain in the body which ought to be evacuated ; and 
that nothing be ejected, which may be of use to its 
preservation. How many persons do we find who com- 
plain of bad health, notwithstanding every attention 
they pay to air, aliment, exercise, and sleep ; while 
others enjoy a good state of health, though totally 



586 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

careless witn regard to these particulars, and all owing 
to a difference in the state of the evacuations. If these 
be disordered, the most rigorous observance of dietic 
rules is insufficient to insure our health ; while on the 
contrary, most of these rules may be neglected, for some 
time, without any injurious consequences, if the evac- 
uations be regular." 

" The grand discharge, the effusion of the skin, 
Slowly impair'd, the languid maladies 
Creep on, and through the sick'ning functions steal; 
As, when the chilling east invades the spring, 
The delicate Narcissus pines away 
In hectic languor ; and slow disease 
Taints all the family of flowers, condemned 
To cruel Heav'ns. But why, already prone 
To fade, should beauty cherish its own bane ! 
O shame ! O pity ! nipt with pale quadrille, 
And midnight cares, the bloom of Albion dies." — Armstrong. 

Bathing stands at the head of all our means of pro- 
moting the natural and healthy functions of the skin , 
its importance has been known, to some extent, from 
the earliest antiquity. The ancient Egyptians wer« 
particularly fond of the practice. From the throne ti 
the humblest subject this hygienic rule was observed 
and though the Nile afforded abundant facilicies fo«- 
bathing, and was frequented even by Pharaoh's daugh- 
ter and her attendants, yet extensive baths were erected 
at public expense. The Hebrew lawgiver enjoined 
upon the Israelites the strict observance of the ordi- 
nance of washing and bathing. 

Among the Greeks and Romans bathing, if possible, 
was still more popular ; they, particularly the latter, 
erected baths of the most magnificent character : those 
of Caracalla were constructed with great taste. They 
are said to have been embellished with two hundred 
pillars, and furnished with sixteen hundred seats, and 
were thus sufficient to accommodate three thousand 
people at a time. 

SPECIAL MODES OF BATHING. 

I. VAPOR BATH. 

There is no form of bathing so extensively useful 
as the vapor bath. Heat is the most relaxing and 



BATHING. 587 

stimulating agent that we possess, and whenever appli- 
cable will seldom fail of the object of its use. The 
author has elsewhere shown that the vital phenomena 
are manifested only at particular temperatures, and 
that at certain points of this the animal functions 
entirely cease. It will appear then, that the diminution 
of the animal temperature is identical with disease. In 
all cases, therefore, in which the heat of the body is 
found to run low, as in typhus fever, cholera or cholera 
morbus, palsy, asphyxia, &c, the vapor bath is of incal- 
culable service. 

A moist heat seems to be peculiarly congenial to the 
body ; it generally invigorates and equalizes the circula- 
tion. This last circumstance makes the vapor bath 
especially valuable in local inflammation, particularly 
when implicating the pleura, or lungs. 

A course of the bath eminently prepares the system 
for the easy, thorough, and successful operation of 
emetics, and it is a good plan always to precede the 
latter with it in difficult cases. So commonly are these 
two important means used together, by some practi- 
tioners, that they have inherited the common title of 
" the course of medicine." 

If the vapor bath did not fulfill any other indication 
than the promotion of the cutaneous excretions, it, as a 
remedial agent, would even then, perhaps, be equal to 
any other now known, and it is not probable that a 
more safe, prompt, and efficient means of restoring the 
excretions of the skin, will ever be discovered. Its 
value in this respect can only be fully appreciated when 
the numerous mischiefs already hinted at, as resulting 
from obstructed perspiration, are properly considered. 

It is impossible to notice all the particular indications 
for its use. But as the most prominent of these are 
pointed out in the part treating on practice ; it is 
unnecessary to be particular here. 

Various means of applying vapor to the body have 
been successfully used, the most common of which is 
to place the patient on a split-bottomed chair, and sur- 
round him with a quilt or blanket. A shallow vessel, 
containing about two quarts of boiling water, is now to 
be placed under the chair, and hot bricks, or sand- 
stones, carefully put into it successively as they cool 



588 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

off. The good effects of this process are much enhanced 
by placing the feet of the patient in a vessel of water, as 
hot as can be borne. When the bath is administered 
to persons in a carpeted room, or where it is wished to 
avoid wetting the floor, two narrow boards may be placed 
over a tub, and the chair set upon them ; then placing the 
vessel into the tub, and bringing the quilt close around 
it, the bath may be administered as already directed. 

Another and still more convenient way of adminis- 
tering the bath, is to procure some half dozen or more 
joints of copper or tin tube, say ten inches in length, 
and from a half to an inch in diameter, — let the joints 
gradually diminish in size, from one end to the other, 
so as to make the smaller end of one fit or embrace the 
larger one of the other, — the size of every subsequent 
tube diminishing from the two middle ones to either 
end. The arrangement of the tube is calculated to 
admit of shoving back all the small ones into the two 
largest, with a view of more convenience in carrying 
them. In addition to this, it is necessary to procure a 
plate of copper or sheet-iron, sufficiently large to cover 
the opening of a large tea-kettle ; through the centre 
of this, a hole should be made, large enough to admit 
of a screw, which should have a ring or flat top, so as 
to admit of turning it, and a shoulder below it to fit 
tightly on the plate. This screw should pass through 
the plate some four inches, and should enter the centre 
of a piece of iron, which should be half an inch wide, a 
fourth of an inch thick, and long enough to reach in a 
horizontal position, diametrically across the tea-kettle, 
about two inches below the plate through which the 
screw passes. All that is now necessary to the com- 
pletion of the apparatus is a small elbow to the tube, 
and a hole midway between the screw and the edge of 
the plate, corresponding to the size of the elbow, and 
another one at any convenient place in the plate, to 
admit of replenishing the water during the operation 
of bathing. In order to make the plate rest on the 
mouth of the tea-kettle so as to confine the steam, it 
may be best to fasten a piece of woolen cloth to the 
under side of it, cutting it away around the holes. 

When a bath is administered with this apparatus, 
the screw is to be passed through the plate, and made 



BATHING. 589 

to enter the iron below, when the latter is to be put 
into a tea-kettle, one end first. Now by raising the 
screw with its fixings, so as to bring both ends of the 
iron below, against the sides of the tea-kettle, the plate 
may be tightly screwed down on the kettle. The latter, 
being half full of hot water, may now be placed on a hot 
stove or fire, and the tube inserted by its elbow, while 
the other hole is stopped with a cork. The other end of 
the tube is made to pass under the chair of the patient, 
who is to be surrounded with a quilt to confine the vapor. 
Several very convenient fixings may be added to this 
tube : a slide, covering a hole in the tube, may be so 
constructed as to regulate the steam or temperature 
according to pleasure. A small box may be fixed with 
a cap on it, and with pieces of tube soldered into it, so 
as to fit into the main tube, at the junction between 
the two largest joints. This arrangement will admit 
of administering medicated vapor baths. Any volatile 
medicine, such as camphor, ammonia, turpentine, and the 
essential oils may thus be communicated to the body 
with the greatest facility, while the skin is so much 
relaxed, and the circulation active. 

By the use of a spirit lamp, a still more convenient 
apparatus may be prepared — a representation of 
which is here given. 

In the use of this appa- 
ratus nothing more is ne- 
cessary than to place the 
patient on a chair, and sur- 
round him with a quilt, in 
the same way as for bathing 
with the heated bricks, and 
then placing the apparatus, 
fully trimmed, under the 
chair. 

To trim or prepare the 
apparatus for bathing, the 
lamp, with cotton wicks, 
must be filled with alcohol, 
and the cap placed on the lamp-cup — the wick wetted 
with some of the spirit, and the lamp lit and placed in 
the furnace under the boiler, which is to be nearly full 
of boiling water. Medicated baths may be adminis* 




590 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

tered with this apparatus, simply by putting the in- 
tended preparation into the water of the boiler. With 
this, it is not really necessary to have the oil, or con- 
centrated form of the articles used, as the boiler is suf- 
ficiently large to receive the articles in their crude state. 
But still, the oils, resins, and spirits are much more con- 
venient, and perhaps nearly as cheap. 

In administering the vapor bath, the head of the 
patient should never be covered with the quilts, unless 
this should be necessary to relieve diseases of the head 
or face, as it is very unpleasant for the patient to in- 
hale the hot vapor as long as it is sometimes necessary 
to continue the bathing. 

The patient should always take a few drinks of some 
stimulating or diaphoretic teas before entering, and, 
sometimes, during the use of the bath, especially if it 
should be difficult to raise the perspiration. 

It is always best to raise the heat of the bath gradu 
ally, so as not to increase the momentum of the circu- 
lation too rapidly. 

If at any time the patient should feel faint, his face, 
neck, and breast may be wiped with a towel wrung out 
of cold water; or should this not prove sufficient, the 
heat of the vapor may be let down, either by moving 
the slide on the tube, if this is used, or by removing the 
apparatus. It is sometimes only necessary to open the 
quilts a little, and thus to let out the steam. Should 
the patient feel very faint, he may be placed in a hori- 
zontal position, by leaning him backward in his chair 
into the arms of a bystander. He should then have 
some cordial, stimulating drink, or tincture of myrrh. 
In the meantime, the bath should be kept up at a low 
temperature. 

It is a rare case that patients grow faint, if the 
bathing process is properly conducted. But these re- 
marks are here given, so that when this does occur, the 
practitioner may know what to do. 

The length of time that the vapor bath should be 
continued at a time, is not very definite, — depending 
entirely on the nature of the disease, the idiosyncrasy 
of the patient, &c. But it is always advisable to con- 
tinue it, unless the patient should become too weary, 
until he sweats freely, or is relieved from the pain or 



BATHING. 591 

uneasiness for which he is vaporized. The practitioner 
is sometimes deceived in the presence, as well as the 
extent of the perspiration, by mistaking the condensed 
vapor on the body for sweat. The surest sign of a free 
perspiration, is to see it profuse on the face. 

It is a general practice either to shower the patient 
as he is taken out of the bath, with a basin of cold 
water, or to wipe him with a towel wrung out of the 
same, in order thus to excite a contraction of the skin, 
which is now unusually relaxed. This is a very good 
practice, and should generally be pursued, except in 
cases when it is intended to follow the bath with an 
emetic, or when the patient feels chilly, or, finally, when 
it is intended to keep him in a permanently relaxed 
condition, to promote some particular object in the 
treatment of his case. 

The practice of applying cold water or the shower 
bath so suddenly after the hot vapor, seems objection- 
able to some persons. But however revolting the prac- 
tice may seem to them, it is nevertheless safe and phil- 
osophical. All unacquainted with the practice, may be 
assured that they are less liable to take cold in this case, 
than they would be to take the same showering with- 
out being preceded with the vapor. " Taking cold" 1 ' 
is a negative expression, and philosophically speaking 
means losing heat, but in common parlance, it means a 
diminution of the animal temperature to the extent of 
producing injury to the system, by checking the excre- 
tions, &c. But it cannot be reasonable to suppose that 
an individual would be more likely to .sustain injury 
from the loss of heat, when he has ten or fifteen de- 
grees of it to spare, (as is the case after a good bath,) 
than he would be when the heat is of the natural stand- 
ard, and there is none to spare. The temperature to 
which the vapor is necessary to be raised depends on 
circumstances, but generally from ninety to one hun- 
dred degrees is proper. 



592 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



II. TEPID BATH. 

The warm bath has been in use both as a hygienic 
means, and as a remedial agent, from the earliest age 
of medicine, but it is now almost entirely superseded by 
the vapor bath, as the latter is more convenient and 
efficient, and will, moreover, answer all the indications 
that can be fulfilled with the tepid bath. Nevertheless, 
at large bathing establishments the warm water is still 
considerably used. 

In medical practice, the tepid bath is considerably 
serviceable in the treatment of many diseases of chil- 
dren, and in these cases, it is also perhaps more conve 
nient than the vapor bath. 

In the use of this bath for children, no fixings are 
necessary, more than a common wash-tub of suitable 
size. This is to be about two-thirds full of water, as 
warm as the child can bear. The patient, after taking 
some suitable stimulating or diaphoretic drinks, is then 
to be immersed into this, up to his neck, and continued 
there, if comfortable, until perspiration appears on the 
face. During the time the patient remains in the bath, 
the stimulating drinks should be occasionally repeated. 

Adults, in the use of this bath, require bathing tubs 
or other vessels of suitable size, and should likewise 
have the water as warm as it can be borne. In order 
to be successful in producing a free perspiration on 
grown persons, it is necessary to take stimulant and 
diaphoretic drinks pretty freely. 

During the use of this bath, it is always very ser- 
viceable to apply friction to the surface of the body, by 
the use of the hand. This aids in relaxing the skin, 
and in bringing the termination to the surface. 

"When the patient is taken out of the bath, he should 
be briskly rubbed with a dry towel, thus to give activity 
to the skin and in other ways promote the good effects 
of the bath. 

The general indications to be answered in the use of 
this, are about the same as for the vapor bath. 

" Against the rigors of a damp, cold heaven, 
To fortify their bodies, some frequent 
The gelid cistern ; and where nought forbids, 
I praise their dauntless heart. * * * * 



BATHING 598 

With ue, the man of no complaint demands 

The warm ablution, just enough to clear 

The sluices of the skin ; enough to keep 

The body sacred from indecent soil. 

Still to be pure, ev'n did it not conduce, 

As much it does, to health, were greatly worth 

Your daily pains. 'T is this adorns the rich ; 

The want of this is poverty's worst woe. 

With this external virtue, age maintains 

A decent grace ; without it, youth and charms 

Are loathsome. This the venal graces know ; 

So, doubtless, do your wives ; for married sires 

As well as lovers, still pretend to taste ; 

Nor is it less, all prudent wives can tell, 

To lose a husband's than a lover's heart." — Armstrong. 

III. SHOWER BATH. 

The shower bath is more used as a hygienic means 
than as a curative agent. But there are man}' circum- 
stances under which the application of cold Avater in 
this way, is very serviceable in the cure of disease. In 
feverish conditions of the body, more especially, show- 
ering with cold water is often of great utility. It has 
a tendency to equalize the circulation, and very remark- 
ably promotes the functions of the skin. It is a very 
general practice among Reformed physicians, to follow 
the vapor bath with a cold shower bath, as already 
stated. 

The best time for administering this bath is in the 
morning, when the body is most vigorous. If admin- 
istered at a later period in the day, it is a good plan to 
precede it with a dose or two of some stimulating 
drink. 

After the bath, the body should be well dried, and 
briskly rubbed with a coarse towel, in order thus to ex- 
cite the functions of the skin, and produce a healthy 
reaction. 

Apparatus of various forms of construction, have 
been used for the administration of this bath : but it is 
unnecessary here to give a description of any of them, 
as there are but few who will not be able to make or 
procure one of some form or other. The only principle 
to be observed in the construction of apparatus for this 
purpose, is to let the water be distributed in its descent, 
and to wet the whole body at the same time. This 
38 



594 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

may be effecte 1 by causing it to pass through a tub or 
vessel having a perforated bottom. The quantity of 
water to be used at a time varies according to the na- 
ture of the case, or the wish of the subject or patient: 
the amount generally used, is from a quart, to several 
gallons. The water is also used at various tempera- 
tures, according to the object to be accomplished; but 
it is the usual practice to take it at the natural temper- 
ature of common spring water. In most cases of in- 
flammation and fever, especially inflammatory fever, 
the shower bath is among the best means that we pos- 
sess, if the patient is able to be up to receive it. 

IV. SPONGING. 

Sponging with cold water, as a curative means, is of 
the greatest importance in many cases of disease. In 
all cases of high fever, and as a local means, in violent 
inflammation, cold water applied in this manner is of 
incalculable benefit. It has a tendency to let down the 
heat very remarkably, and to equalize the circulation. 
In all cases when there is much heat and dryness of the 
skin, this potent means should not be neglected: it 
should be the first thing that is done by the practitioner, 
who will, in many instances, find it sufficient to break 
up the most violent paroxysm of fever. 

In some obstinate cases, it may be necessary to roll 
the patient up in sheets wet with cold water, and to re- 
new them as often as they grow warm, until the febrile 
symptoms give way. So efficient, indeed, is this part 
of the Reformed medical practice, that a class of prac- 
titioners have embraced it as an exclusive system, and 
use it in all cases of disease, and the success attending 
their treatment is not a little astonishing. 

The water used for this purpose should be soft, fresh, 
and cold. 



COMPOUNDS. 595 

COMPOUNDS. 

In a former edition of this work, an abridged system 
of pharmacy was given, which gave much satisfaction. 
But in the present, the part on practice is much ex- 
tended, and comprises many formulas; so that it is 
considered unnecessary to put this additional expense 
upon the book in the present edition. Those, however, 
who wish something more on this subject, will find it 
in another work of the author. A few of the more 
important compounds, and such as are less commonly 
known, will suffice here. 

ADHESIVE AND STRENGTHENING PLASTER. 

Take of the green leaves of burdock and mullein, 
equal parts ; bruise and put them into a kettle, with a 
sufficient quantity of water ; boil them well ; then 
strain off the liquor, pressing the leaves ; boil down to 
the thickness of molasses, and then add a quantity of 
rosin equal in weight to that of your syrup, and one- 
third as much of turpentine ; simmer until the water is 
all evaporated, when it may be thrown into a basin of 
cold water, and, as it is cooling, worked into sticks. 
The consistency of the plaster is regulated by the quan- 
tity of turpentine ; if too thick or hard, add more of the 
latter, and vice versa. 

Use. — This plaster is very good to relieve weakness 
in the back, breast, and loins. It should be spread on 
soft leather, and applied to the parts affected. It also 
answers very well as a common adhesive plaster for 
dressing wounds. 

Thomson's healing salve. 

R- Beeswax, 1 pound, 

Salt butter, 1 do. 

Turpentine, 8 ounces, 

Balsam of fir, 12 do. 

Simmer together and strain. 

Use. — Very good to heal fresh wounds, burns, and 
other sores. 

BLACK SALVE. 

R- Flax-seed oil, 1 pint, 

Sweet oil, 1 do. 

Red lead, -| pound. 

Simmer down to a salve, being careful not to burn it. 



596 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Use. — Few articles seem to do better in healing up 
old soies, and putrid ulcers. This preparation is very 
analogous to Shepard's salve or Judkins' ointment. 
Perhaps the better way to prepare this, is to put the 
oils in a pot, and heat them until they will scorch a 
feather, when the lead may be stirred in to form the 
salve. This salve is very highly recommended by Dr. 
J. Thomson. 

GREEN SALVE. 

B; Stramonium ointment, 1 pound, 

Turpentine, 1 do. 

Bayberry tallow, 1 do. 

Melt together, stirring it some, while cooling. If the 
bayberry tallow cannot be had, take half a pound each 
of rosin and sweet oil, in its stead. 

Use. — The same as other healing salves. It is good 
for piles. 

IODINE OINTMENT. 

Br Iodine, \ drachm, 

Iodide of potassium, 2 drachms, 

Lard, 2 ounces. 

Rub the whole together in a wedgewood mortar, so as 
to form a liniment of a mahogany color. 

Use. — This is the only certain remedy now known 
for the cure of bronchoccle or goitre, sometimes called 
big-neck. It is applied with friction over the part 
affected. It is also useful in all scrofulous tumors, and 
ulcers. 

RUBEFACIENT OIL. 

B; Oil of capsicum, 1 ounce, 

Oil of lobelia, 1 do. 

Spirits of turpentine, 2 ounces, 

Oil of dittany, 1 ounce, 

Camphor, fine, 1 do. 

Shake well together, and apply sparingly. 

Use. — This preparation is the best rubefacient the 
author has evei used ; it is permanent in its effects, and 
may be employed in all cases in which the more active 
rubefacients or liniments are required. 

BATHING DROPS OR STIMULATING LINIMENT. 

B; Best alcoholic tincture of lobelia seed, 1 pint, 

Tincture of capsicum, best, 1 do. 

Oil of sassafras 2 ounces, 

Oil of pennyroyal, 2 do. 



COMPOUNDS. 597 

Oil of wild marjorum, or dittany,. . . 2 ouuces, 

Gum camphor, 2 do. 

Castile soap, 2 do. 

Shave the soap and camphor fine ; put them into a bottle, 
and add all the remaining ingredients, — shake until the 
soap and camphor are dissolved, and it is fit for use. 

Use. — This is one of the best and most convenient 
of all stimulating liniments, and may be advantageously 
used in all cases in which articles of this kind are indi- 
cated, especially in inflammatory swellings, sprains, 
bruises, rheumatisms, pains in the breast, side, bowels, 
&c. 

IRRITATING PLASTER. 

Take of mandrake-root, blood-root, Indian turnip, 
and poke-root, finely pulverized, of each half a pound ; 
cover with alcohol, and let it stand until nearly dry. 
Melt four pounds of pure or strained Burgundy pitch, 
and add half a pound of pure Venice turpentine. Then 
stir in the powdered roots, and incorporate the whole 
well together. Simmer until formed into a soft plaster. 
— Beach's Family Physician. 

Care is necessary in the preparation of this plaster, 
so that the powders are not burnt by the hot pitch and 
turpentine. It should be prepared on coals. 

Use. — This plaster is designed to be applied over the 
parts, in cases of deep seated chronic affections, such as 
affections of the liver, lungs, stomach, kidneys, spine, and 
sciatica or hip-disease. Spread on a piece of leather and 
applied, it produces a severe itching ; and in the course 
of a day brings out a crop of small pustules, which dis- 
charge matter. 

COMPOSITION DIAPHORETIC POWDERS. 

]Jfc Bayberry, 1 pound, 

Pleurisy-root, 1 do. 

Ginger, 1 do. 

Colic-root, 2 ounces, 

Aralia spinosa, 2 do. 

Capsicum, 2 do. 

Pulverize, and mix well by means of a seive. 

Use. — This is a medicine of great value, and of very 
extensive application. Its great utility seems to arise 
from the combination of its stimulant and astringent 
properties, which, in this instance, are attended with 



598 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

effects much more permanent than those following 
either of these alone. 

ANTIBILIOUS CATHARTIC POWDER. 

~fy Podophyllin, ) v , ,,. 

Leptandrin, \ Equal parts. Mix. 

This is a very convenient cathartic for common use in 
fevers and inflammatory diseases. Dose one to three 
grains. 

CATHARTIC PILLS. 

B; Podophyllin, 1 ounce, 

Capsicum, % do. 

Soft extract of boneset, suf. quant. 

Make into pills. Dose one to two pills. 

ASTRINGENT TONIC COMPOUND. 

B £:;'::::::::::!^"* 

Pulverize and mix. An ounce of this is infused in a 
pint of boiling water, and the infusion taken in wine 
glassful doses. 

Use. — As an astringent for internal use in dysentery, 
cholera, diabetes, haemorrhage, prolapsus, &c, there is 
perhaps, no compound superior. If the extracts of these 
articles are employed, the medicine will be more prompt 
and powerful. 

BITTER TONIC COMPOUND. 

B; Poplar bark, 1 pound, 

Dogwood bark, 1 do. 

Bayberry, 1 do. 

Golden seal, 1 do. 

Colomba root, 1 do. 

Cloves, 6 ounces, 

White sugar, 5 pounds. 

The whole to be finely pulverized separately, and well 
mixed. 

Dose. — A tea spoonful is to be taken in any way the 
patient wishes, three times a day. 

Use. — This preparation is intended to tone up and 
strengthen the system, after the force of the disorder is 
broken up by the use of the other medicines. The bit- 
ter tonics are very good to be occasionally used by 
persons of weak and lax habits, especially in the spring 
of the year. The bitters generally promote the appetite. 



compounds. 599 

EXPECTORANT POWDER. 

# Skunk cabbage . l pound, 

Indian turnip, | do. 

Blood-root, £ do. 

Lobelia (brown,) £ do. 

Pulverize very fine, and mix well. Dose, a tea spoonful 
in honey or molasses three times a day, or oftener if 
necessary. 

Use. — To promote expectoration or the discharge 
from the lungs in asthma, inflammation of the lungs, 
pleurisy, whooping cough, croup, consumption, and 
colds, this is an invaluable remedy. 

COMPOUND TINCTURE OF MYRRH. 

# Myrrh, 1 pound 

Capsicum, , 1 ounce, 

Brandy (best 4th proofs 1 gallon. 

Pulverize the myrrh and capsicum, and digest in the 
brandy for a seven days, and decant or pour off the 
tincture. Dose, a tea spoonful. This is the popular 
No. 6. 

NERVINE AND ANODYNE TINCTURE. 

Jjfc Alcoholic extract of cypripedium,. ... 1 ounce, 

Oil of anise, i do. 

Camphor, 5 do. 

Tincture of garden lettuce 1 pound. 

Dissolve the three first ingredients in the tincture 
and keep in tight bottles. Dose ten to thirty drops. 



1 pint, ) 
1 do. } 
1 do. ) 



ANTISPASMODIC TINCTURE. 

B; Lobelia tincture, (prepared from the seed,) 

Tincture of myrrh, 1 do. ^ Mix. 

Nervine tincture, '".... 

Dose, one tea spoonful or more, to be repeated as 
often as may be necessary. 

Use. — This is an excellent antispasmodic, very use- 
ful in all cases of fits or spasms, tetanus, hydrophobia, 
neuralgia, colic, cholera, delirium tremens, suspended 
animation, palsy, erysipelas, dropsy, &c. 

ALTERATIVE SYRUP. 

Jjfc Sarsaparilla, 3 pounds, 

Narrow-leafed dock root, 3 do. 

Dandelion root, 2 do. 

Black alder bark, ........ 2 do. 



600 DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 

Guiacum shavings, 2 pounds, 

Burdock root, or seeds, 2 do. 

Sassafras, bark of the root, 2 do. 

Mandrake root, 2 do. 

Boil in equal parts of whiskey and water sufficient to 
cover the ingredients in the kettle, for two hours ; 
strain and boil down to half the quantity ; add half a 
pound of clarified sugar to every pint of syrup ; bottle 
up and keep in a cool place. 

Dose. — From a tea spoonful to a table spoonful three 
times a day. 

Use. — It is hardly possible to find a better alterative 
medicine than this, and it is certain that all who 
observe its effects in venereal diseases, scrofula, con 
sumption, and many cutaneous diseases, must ad 
mire it. 

EXPECTORANT SYRUP. 

9? Wild cherry bark 2 pounds, 

Spignet-root, 1 pound, 

Pleurisy-root, 1 do. 

Black cohosh root, \ do. 

Blood-root, ^ do. 

Liquorice-root, ^ do. , 

Elacampane, \ do. 

Bruise, and boil very slowly in a sufficient quantity oi 
water and whiskey, (equal parts,) to cover the whole in 
the kettle, until the strength is extracted, or for about 
two hours ; strain off the liquid, and boil down to half 
the quantity, and add to every quart, two ounces of 
skunk cabbage root, and one ounce of Indian turnip 
root, all very finely pulverized. Now take to every 
quart of this, three ounces of good tincture of lobelia, 
and dissolve in it one ounce of oil of anise, to every 
pint of the tincture, and add this to as much good 
sugar- house molasses as there is syrup ; mix to every 
quart of this molasses, two ounces of balsam of tolu, 
dissolved in half a pint of hot alcohol. Now add the 
whole together and mix well. 

Dose. — From a tea spoonful to a table spoonful, 
often repeated. 

Use. — This is one of the best medicines for pulmo- 
nary diseases that can be made ; it brings on a copious 
expectoration, and keeps it up. It is likewise very 



EXTRACTS. 601 

healing to the lungs. It is particularly useful in all 
cases of consumption, pleurisy, bad colds, asthma, 
whooping cough, &c. 

EXTRACTS. 

The simplest way in which extracts are made is by 
boiling the substance, (crushed or cut fine,) from which 
the extract is to be prepared, in water, until the strength 
is extracted, and then straining the decoction and eva- 
porating it down to the proper consistence. Care must, 
however, be taken not to burn it when it is reduced 
low ; and to avoid this the process should always be 
conducted in a water- bath. A very convenient way 
to manage it is to put the extract, after it has attained 
the consistence of thin syrup, in a basin, and then 
placing this into a kettle or boiler in water, and thus 
reducing the extract to the proper consistence. 

When the virtues of the medicines consist in a resin- 
ous or fixed oily principle, water will not extract them; 
arid in this case alcohol is required instead of water. 

When alcohol is employed as the menstruum in pre- 
paring the extract, the medicine, after being crushed, 
should be digested in the alcohol, exposed to a hot sun 
heat, until the strength is extracted, as is done in com- 
mon tincturing. The tincture, after being filtered or 
well strained, may then be placed in a common still or 
retort, and heat applied to carry over the alcohol, while 
the extract remains behind. The alcohol by this pro- 
cess is saved for repeated use, 

The extract should be drawn off from the still before 
it attains to much consistence, and placed in a basin 
over a water-bath, and thus reduced. If the virtues 
consist entirely in a resin or fixed oily substance, this 
may be precipitated by adding three or four times the 
quantity, or more, of cold water to the extract, when it 
attains the thickness of molasses or honey, and is 
removed from the fire. Some articles require to be 
precipitated at an earlier stage than others. It may 
be observed as a general rule, that the earlier the 
precipitation is made, the fairer will be the product. 

The author's experiments on this method of prepar- 
ing extracts, were rewarded, in the summer of 1848, by 



602 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



the discovery of the resinoid principle in podophyllum 
commonly called podophy/lin, and also resinous princi- 
ples in cypripedium (cypripcdin), leptandria (Icplandrin), 
myrica cerlfeva, (my ricin), and sanguinaria (sanguinarin.) 
He communicated his discoveries to his medical class 
in the Botanico-Medical College of Ohio, in the ses- 
sion of 1849; and was amused to learn that several of 
his pupils, and others afterward, claimed the honor of 
the discovery for themselves. 

It is important to bear in mind, however, that the 
plan of precipitating from the alcoholic solution by 
means of water, is adapted only to the preparation of 
such articles as are soluble in alcohol, and insoluble in 
water, and which at the same time are not so volatile 
as to be dissipated by the heat required in the distillation. 
Other articles may yield a product by the process, but 
this may not possess all, nor yet any, of the virtues 
desired. 



20 grains (gr.) 
3 scruples . . 
8 drachms . . 

12 ounces . . 



TABLE OF WEIGHTS. 
apothecaries' weight. * 



make . 



1 scruple, 
1 drachm, 
1 ounce, . 
1 pound, . 



AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 

16 drachms (dr.) . . make . . 1 ounce, 



16 ounces. 



marked 



marked 



pound, . 



scru. 
dr. 
oz. 
lb. 



TABLE OF MEASURES. 

APOTHECARIES' OR WINE MEASURE. 

4 gills (gls.) . . make . . 1 pint, . . marked . 

2 pints "... 1 quart, .... " . 

4 quarts ...."... 1 gallon, ...".. 



. pt. 

. qt. 
. gal. 



WEIGHTS OF FLUID MEASURES. 

As there is much difference in the sizes of spoons 
and other utensils in domestic use, which are often 
used as graduates in administering to the sick, a table 

* Apothecaries' weight is the same as troy weight, only having 
different divisions between the grains and ounces : the latter em- 
bracing the penny weight, which contains twenty-four grains; twenty 
of which make an ounce. 



WEIGHTS OF FLUID MEASURES. 603 

showing their respective weights may not, therefore, be 
altogether useless. 

A tea spoonful is about equal to one fluid drachm, or about sixty 

drops. 
A table spoonful is very nearly equal to five fluid drachms. 
A wine glass will contain about two fluid ounces. 
A tea cup will contain about four fluid ounces. 
A pint is very nearly equal to a fluid pound. 

It will be observed that this last table is made out 
according to the weight and measure of water, and 
that many medical fluids may differ somewhat from 
this, according to their density. This must rather be 
considered as an example of the average and compar- 
ative sizes of domestic utensils. 



GLOSSARY. 



Abdomen. The belly. 

Abscess. A tumor containing 
pus, or a collection of matter. 

Abnormal. Unnatural; irregular. 

Absorbent. A vessel that absorbs 
or takes up fluids. 

Acetabulum. The socket that 
receives the head of the os 
femoris or thigh bone. 

Acid. Sour ; that which effer- 
vesces with alkalies. 

Acrid. Sharp, burning, or pun- 
gent. 

Accoucheur. A male midwife, or 
one that attends in parturition. 

Acuminate. Taper-pointed ; a 
narrow or linear point : the 
point usually inclines to one 
side. 

Acute. In botany it means sharp 
pointed, but less gradually so 
than acuminate ; in pathology 
the term is applied to diseases 
which are of short duration, but 
attended with violent symp- 
toms ; it is opposite to chronic. 

Albumen. A viscid animal or 
vegetable principle, resembling 
the white of eggs. 

Alkali. A substance which is 
capable of uniting with acids 
and destroying their acidity : 
among the most common are 
potash, soda, &c. 

Alterative. A medicine capable 
of changing the condition of 
the system without producing 
any sensible increase of the 
evacuations. 

Alveola. The sockets for the 
teeth. 

Alvine. Belonging to the intes- 
tines. 

Ament. Flowers on chaffy scales, 
and arranged on a slender stalk. 

Amplexacaulis. The base clasp- 
ing the stem. 



Amenorrhcea. An obstruction of 
the menses. 

Anasarca. Dropsy of the cel- 
lular membrane. 

Anastamose. Joining together. 

Annual. Yearly. 

Annulated. Having rings around; 
as in ferns, &c. 

Anodyne. That which relieves 
pain. 

Antacid. Substances that neu- 
tralize acids: some of the most 
common are soda, potash, &c. 

Antiseptics. Medicines that guard 
against mortification. 

Anthelmintics. Medicines which 
destroy or expel worms. 

Antilithics. Substances which 
guard against, or remove urin- 
ary calculi or gravel. 

Antispasmodics. Medicines which 
relieve cramps or spasms. 

Aperient. That which gently 
opens the bowels. 

Apex. The top or summit. 

Articulated. Jointed. 

Ardor. Heat. 

Aroma. Fragrance ; scent. 

Aromatic. Sweet-scented, fra- 
grant. 

Arthroida. A joint movable in 
every direction. 

Ascites. Dropsy of the belly. 

Assimilation. The conversion 
of food into nutriment. 

Astringent. That which corrects 
looseness and debility by ren- 
dering the solids denser and 
firmer, known by its pucker- 
ing effects on the mouth. 

Atony. A state of inactivity. 

Atrophy. A wasting, without 
any sensible discharge. 

Axillary. Axils; leaves of fruits 
are said to be axillary when 
they proceed from the angle 
formed by the stem and branch, 



b<K> 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



Biennial. In botany, plants are 
said to be biennial when they 
are of two years' duration, 
putting forth leaves the first 
year only, and bearing blos- 
soms and seed the second. 

Bifurcation. The condition of 
being divided, forked, or parted. 

Bract. Floral leaf ; a leaf near 
the flower, which differs from 
the rest of the same plant., 

Broncha. The air-cells of the 
lungs. 

Cachexia, A general weak, 
relaxed, and disordered state, 
without fever. 

Cadaverous. Deathlike ; hav- 
ing the appearance of a dead 
human body ; wan ; ghastly ; 
pale. 

Calculi. Small limestones, found 
in the cavities of the body, 
as in the urinary and biliary 
cysts. 

Callus. Bony matter, found about 
fractures. 

g& i ** 

Calyx. The flower-cup or outer 
covering of flowers. 

Campanulate. Bell-form. 

Canula. A small tube, usually 
belonging to sharp instruments 
designed for removing fluids. 

Capillary. Hair-like ; a term 
used to designate those small 
vessels found between the ter- 
mination of the arteries and 
the commencement of the 
veins, and in which the change 
from arterial to venous blood 
is effected. 

Capsule. A little seed vessel 
that opens when the seed 
ripens. 

Carminative. That which ex- 
pels wind. 

Cartilage. Gristle; a white semi- 
bony substance. 

Catamenia. The monthly evac- 
uation peculiar to the female 
sex; the menses. 



Catheter. A small tube designed 
for drawing the urine. 

Caudex. The main root of 
plants. 

Cautery. A burning applica- 
tion. 

Cellular. Containing cells, or 
cavities. 

Cerebellum. The lesser brain. 

Cerebrum. The brain, or an- 
terior and larger portion of the 
soft mass within the skull. 

Cespitosi. Turf. 

Chronic. A term applied to 
diseases which are of long 
continuance, and usually with- 
out much fever. 

Chordee. A morbid contraction 
and curvature of the corpus ca- 
vernosum or body of the penis. 

Cicatrix. The seam, scar 01 
mark remaining after the heal- 
ing of a wound, or ulcer. 

Coma. ) Strong propensity to 

Comatose.) sleep. 

Combustion. Rapid oxydation, 
or the combination of oxygen 
with other elementary bodies 
with a flame. 

Coagulation. A thickening oi 
formation of fluids into a more 
dense or solid condition, as the 
curdling of milk, &c. 

Coalesce. To unite, to join into 
one, to run together. 

Colliquative. Excessive or weak- 
ening. 

Congestion. A preternatural col- 
lection of blood or other fluids; 
thus we speak of a congestion 
in a part when the vessels 
are much crowded or over dis- 
tended. 

Concave. Cup-like, hollowed. 

Concrete. Collected, united into 
a solid form. 

Confluent. Running together, 
meeting in their course. 

Congenital. Born together ; a 
disease or defect is said to be 
congenital when existing from 
the time of birth. 



607 



Conglobate. Round ; collected 
into a ball or roundish form. 

Constipation. Costiveness ; a 
confined state of the bowels. 

Contagious. Catching ; capable 
of being communicated. 

Convalescence. The state or con- 
dition of recovery. 

Convoluted. Rolled up in a 
cylindrical form. 

Cordate. Heart-shaped. 

Coriaceous. Resembling leather. 

Corolla. The most prominent 
and beautiful part of flowers, 
usually inclosing the stamens. 

Corpse. The dead body. 

Cortex. The bark or skin of 
a plant or tree. 

Corymb. A kind of inflorescence 
in which the flower stalks 
spring from different hights 
on the common stem, and form 
a flat top. 

Coryza. An increased discharge 
of mucus from the nose. 

Crassamentum. The red par- 
ticles of the blood. 

Crepitus. A sharp crackling 
sound. 

Cutaneous. Belonging to the 
skin. 

Cutis. The skin. 

Cutis vera. The true or inner 
skin. 

§3£ }**•*■»*■ 

Decarbonization. The act of 
giving off carbon. 

Deglutition. Swallowing. 

Dentate. Toothed. 

Delirium. Alienation of mind; 
craziness. 

Demulcents. Soothing, lubricat- 
ing, and mucilaginous applica- 
tions. 

Depletion. The act of emptying, 
particularly the removal of the 
blood, as by venesection. 

Depuration. The act of purifying. 

Derm. The true skin. 

Detergent. That which scatters 
or disperses. 



Diagnosis. The distinguishing 
of particular diseases ; the 
symptoms by which & ly dis- 
ease is known from all others 
are called its diagnostics, or 
diagnostic symptoms. 

Diaphoresis. Perspiration. 

Diaphoretic. That which, being 
taken internally, produces dia- 
phoresis, or perspiration. 

Diaphragm. The midriff or mus- 
cular division between the 
chest and abdomen. — It as- 
sists in respiration. 

Diathesis. Condition of the 
body, as the inflammatory, &c. 

Discuss. To scatter. 

Desquamation. Scaling off. 

Dichotomous. Forked. 

Dispncea. Oppressed breathing. 

Digitate. Like fingers. 

Dolor. Pain. 

Duodenum. The first portion of 
the intestines ; the part in 
which the food becomes mixed 
with the bile. 

Efflorescence. Redness ; in bot- 
any it means the powder sub- 
stance found on lichens ; the 
flowering of plants. 

Effluvia. Exhalations from bodies 
in a state of decomposition, 
as from carcasses, &c. 

Electuary. A compound made 
by combining medical sub- 
stances with saccharine mat- 
ter, as honey, molasses or 
treacle. 

Eliptic. ) Oblong-oval; a defec- 

Eliplical.\ tive circle by join- 
ing two fractional sections of 
a circle. 

Emaciation. Leanness ; a fall- 
ing away of the flesh. 

Ernests. Vomiting. 

Emetic. A vomit or puke. 

Emmenagogue. That which tends 
to promote the menstrual dis- 
charge. 

Emollient. That which has a 
tendency to render parts more 
soft or pliable, as well as to 



608 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



relieve irritation and inflam- 
mation. 

Enecia. Continued fever. 

Enema. An injection. 

Ensiform. Sword form ; two 
edged, as in the flag or iris. 

Enteritis. Inflammation of the 
bowels. 

Entozoa. Worms. 

Epidemic. A disease of general 
prevalence. 

Epidermis. The cuticle, scarf 
or outer skin. 

Epigastric. From 'epi,' upon, 
and ' gastricus,' stomach, i. e. 
upon the stomach; thatdivision 
of the abdomen immediately 
before the stomach. 

Erethismus. Increased sensibil- 
ity and irritability. 

Erosion. The act of eating 
away. 

Eructation. The ejection or rais- 
ing of wind from the stomach. 

Erysipelas. Inflammation of" the 
skin; St. Anthony's fire. 

Eschar. The dead substance pro- 
duced by applying caustic, &c. 

Evacuants. Medicines that pro- 
mote the excretions of the 
body. 

Exacerbation. An increase in 
the violence of symptoms or 
disease. 

Exanguous. Without blood. 

Exanthema, i Acute eruptive 

Exanthemata. \ disease. 

Excitants. Stimulants. 

Excoriate. To remove the skin 
by means of acrid substances: 
to gall. 

Excrescence. A preternatural tu- 
mor growing on the body, as a 
wart, polypus, &c. 

Excretion. Matter thrown from 
the surface ; a collection of 
matter on the surface. 

Exotic. Plants are called " ex- 
otic" when brought irom 
foreign countries. 

Exostosis. An unnatural bony 
extuberance. 



Expectorant. That which facili- 
tates discharges from the 
lungs. 

Expiration. The act of breath- 
ing out. 

Extraneous. Foreign; without; 
not intrinsic. 

Extravasation. Effusion; a forc- 
ing out of the proper vessels. 

Exude. The act of discharging 
through the pores of the skin; 
emitting from the surface. 

Faces. The alvine excretions ; 
stool, settings. 

Fauces. The back of the mouth. 

Febrile. Pertaining to fever. 

Febris. Fever. 

Fetid. ) Having an offensive, 

Foetid. \ strong or rancid smell. 

Femoris. _ i Th ^ h 

Osfemons. £ ° 

Fibre, ) A thread ; a fine slender 

Fiber. \ substance which con- 
stitutes, in the aggregate, the 
flesh of animals ; a filament 
or slender thread in plants : 
in the plural, it means the 
finer roots of plants. 

Fibril. A branch of a fibre ; a 
very small fibre. 

Fibrin. A peculiar organic ele- 
ment or compound of animals 
and vegetables; it chiefly forms 
the fleshy parts of animals. 

Fibrous. Having fibres ; in bot- 
any a root is said to be fibrous 
when it has many small radi- 
cals. 

Fibula. The smaller bone in 
the leg. 

Flatulency. Windiness in the 
stomach. 

Flatus. Wind. 

Floret. A little flower . a part 
of a compound flower. 

Follicle. A small gland ; a seeo. 
vessel which opens length- 
wise on one side only. 

Foliaceous. Leafy. 

Fomentation. The act of apply- 
ing warm liquids to parts by 
means of flannels, &c. 



609 



l?ungU». Proud flesh. 

Fusiform. Spindle-shaped or ta- 
pering. 

Ganglion. A knot ; in anatomy 
the term is applied to certain 
natural knot-like enlargements, 
that occur in the nerves. 

Gangrene. Mortification ; the 
first stage of mortification. 

Gastric. 7 Pertaining to the 

Gastro. £ stomach. 

Gastritis. Inflammation of the 
stomach. 

Gelatin. One of the primary 
compounds of animal and veg- 
etable bodies, soluble in water, 
but not in alcohol. When 
dissolved in water, it thickens, 
on cooling, into a well known 
tremulous elastic substance, 
called jelly. 

Glabrous. Smooth ; having an 
even surface. 

Glairy. Resembling the white 
of an egg ; of a viscid, trans- 
parent appearance. 

Glaucous. Sea-green ; mealy, 
and easily rubbed off. 

Gonorrhoea. A morbid slimy 
discharge in venereal com- 
plaints. 

Gutta Serena. Blindness occa- 
sioned by a diseased retina. 

Hastate. Shaped like a halbert ; 
it differs from arrow-shaped in 
having its side processes more 
distant and divergent. 

Hepatic. Pertaining to the liver. 

Hepatitis. Inflammation of the 
liver. 

Herbaceous. Pertaining to herbs. 

Hereditary. That which has de- 
scended from an ancestor. 

Herpes. Tetter. 

Hernia. Rupture. 

Hematuria. The voiding of blood 
with the urine. 

Hemoptysis. A spitting of blood; 
bleeding from the lungs. 

Haemorrhage. Violent flow of 
blood 

Hemorrhoids. Piles. 
39 



Of the same kind 
or nature ; consisting of similar 
parts. 

Humors. Liquids ; the fluids of 
the body, as the blood, bile, 
and humors of the eye. 

Hydarthus. White-swelling. 

Hydragogue. A medicine that 
causes watery discharges. 

Hydrocardia. Dropsy of the 
heart. 

Hydrocele. Dropsy of the scro- 
tum. 

Hydrometra. Dropsy of the 
womb. 

Hydrocephalis. Dropsy of the 
brain. 

Hydrothorax. Dropsy of the 
chest. 

Hydrops. Dropsy. 

Hydrophobia. Rabidness ; mad- 
ness from the bite of rabid 
animals. 

Hygiene. A plan of restoring or 
preserving health without the 
use of medicine, as by dieting 
and proper exercise. 

Hyperemia. Fullness of the 
blood-vessels. 

Hypertrophy. Enlargement. 

Hypochondriasis. \ Vapors ; low 

Hypochondria. ) spirits; the 
blues or horrors. 

Hypocondrium. That portion of 
the abdomen that lies on 
either side of the epigastric 
region, immediately below the 
false ribs. 

Ichor. A sanious matter flowing 
from ulcers. 

Icterus. The jaundice. 

Idio-miasmata. A miasm aris- 
ing from the human body. 

Idiopathic. A disease is said to 
be idiopathic when it has an 
independent origin, that is, 
one that is not symptomatic. 

Idiosyncrasy. Peculiarity of dis- 
position ; a disposition of the 
system that may render the 
person peculiarly liable to cer. 
tain diseases, which other per 



610 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



sons, not having this predis- 
position, would escape from. 

Ileum. The last or lower por- 
tion of the small intestines. 

Imbricate. Lying over, like 
scales, or shingles on a roof. 

Indicate. To point out. 

Indication. Course pointed out ; 
an object to be acomplished 
in the cure of disease ; a course 
to be pursued in the treatment 
of a case. 

Induratea. Hardened. 

Infection. Contagion ; the prin- 
ciple or cause of a disease. 

Inflated. Filled with wind ; in 
botany the term is applied to 
capsules or vesicles which are 
hollow or naturally contain air. 

Infusion. A tea ; a preparation 
made by infusing a medical 
substance in a fluid. 

Ingesta. The substances receiv- 
ed into the stomach. 

Ingestion. The act of receiving 
into the stomach. 

Inorganic. Not in an organized 
state. 

itis. The termination 

' itis' indicates inflammation : 
whenever, therefore the name 
of any organ terminates in 
this way, that organ is to be 
understood to be in a state of 
inflammation ; thus the Latin 
name of the stomach is gastri- 
cus, and inflammation of the 
stomach is called gastritis ; — 
the name of the intestines 
is entera, and inflammation of 
the bowels is called enteritis, 
&c. 

Jejunum. The second portion 
of the small intestines, so 
called because it is usually 
found empty. 

Kino miasmata. Vegetable mi- 
asma. 

Labiate. Liped. 

Labia puendi. External lips of 
the female organs of genera- 
tion. 



Laceration. The condition of 
being torn ; a wound produced 
by the tearing of the flesh. 

Lanceolate. Spear-shaped ; nar- 
row, with both sides gradually 
terminating to a point. 

Larynx. The cartilaginous car- 
ity situated behind the tongue 
at the commencement of the 
windpipe. 

Lateritious. Brick-like ; like the 
dust of brick. 

Linear. Long and narrow with 
both sides parallel, like the 
blades of grass. 

Lepra. The leprosy. 

Lesion. An injury or wound. 

Ligaments. . Any thing that ties; 
in anatomy, a strong firm 
band by which the bones are 
joined together. 

Ligate Totieorbind. 

Ligature. The thread or cord 
by which any thing is tied. 

Livid. Black and blue ; lead- 
colored ; purple. 

Lobed. Divided into lobes. 

Lues. A pestilence, poison or 
plague. 

Lues venera. The venereal poi- 
son. 

Lymph. The pole rose-colored 
fluid contained in the lymph- 
atics. 

Lymphatics. A very delicate 
set of vessels found in abun- 
dance in most parts of the 
body : they absorb and carry 
the lymph. 

Mania. Madness, insanity. 

Meninges. The two membranes 
that envelop the brain ; the 
duramater and piamater. 

Metamorphosis. A change of 
form, relation or shape ; some- 
times it means the matter or 
substance changed. 

Metastasis. A translation of 
chansre to otner parts. • 

Miasmata.) Malaria ; a pestif- 

Miasma. \ erous vapor aris- 
ing from marshes or niois* 



611 



places containing much veg- 
etable or animal mold. 

Midrib. The main or middle 
rib of a leaf, running from the 
stem to the point or apex. 

Midriff. The diaphragm or 
broad muscular partition be- 
tween the chest and abdomen. 

Miliary. Of the appearance of 
millet seed ; a miliary erup- 
tion is one whose vesicles 
resemble millet seeds. 

Mobility. Capacity of being 
moved ; moving faculty. 

Morbid. Diseased. 

Monoecious. A plant is said to 
be monoecious when it has 
both pistillate and staminate 
flowers. 

Mucus. A viscid fluid secreted 
by the mucous membrane. 

Muscles. The organs of motion 
in animals, being bundles of 
fibres united and surrounded 
by cellular membrane ; they 
constitute the flesh. 

Nausea. A sickness at the stom- 
ach, and inclination to vomit, 
yet not sufficient to effect it ; 
it is sometimes produced by a 
disgusting smell, taste, or 
sight. 

Nephritis. Inflammation of the 
kidneys. 

Neurology. The science of the 
nerves. 

Neuralgia. Painful affection of 
the nerves. 

Nidorous. Resembling the taste 
and smell of roasted meat. 

Normal. Regular; natural. 

Nosology. A systematic arrange- 
ment or classification of dis- 



Nutritive. Having the quality 
of nourishing. 

Oblong. Longer than oval, with 
both sides parallel. 

Qbovate. Ovate with the nar- 
row end toward the stem or 
place of insertion. 

Obtuse. Blunt; rounded ; not acute. 



Odor. Smell ; scent ; perfume. 

OEdema. Swelling ; a soft swell- 
ing, as by a collection of 
water. 

QZdematous. Doughy; pertaining 
to oedema. 

Oesophagus. The gullet, or chan- 
nel leading to the stomach. 

Omentum. The caul or epip- 
loon, a membraneous covering 
that drops or hangs over the 
front of the entrails. 

Opaque. Impervous to light; 
dark; obscure; not transparent. 

Ophthalmia. A disease of the 
eye. 

Ophthalmitis. Inflammation of 
the eyes. 

Organic. Pertaining to an or- 
gan or organization. 

Os. Bone ; mouth. 

Ossify. To turn to bone. 

Oval. > Of the shape of an 

Ovate. \ egg. 

Oxydation. The chemical union 
of any substance with oxygen. 

Oxygen. A subtile gaseous ele- 
ment, which is a constituent of 
the atmosphere, as well as most 
organic substances : it is the 
supporter of combustion, and 
almost the only acidifying prin- 
ciple: it is this element in the 
atmosphere that supports respi- 
ration, and it is upon its union 
with combustible substances 
in the body that the latter is 
dependent for its heat. 

Palmate. Hand-shaped, so divi- 
ded as to resemble a hand with 
the fingers spread. 

Palpitation. A beating of the 
heart, particularly a preternat- 
ural beating, such as is occa- 
sioned by a fright, or some 
violent agitation. 

Pancreas. A long gland situated 
on the duodenum, or rather be- 
tween this and the bottom of 
the stomach : it secretes a fluid 
that is discharged into the duo- 
denum, and assists in digestion, 



612 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



Panicle. A loose, irregular bunch 
of flowers, with sub-divided 
branches, as the oat. 

Paracentitis. In surgery, the 
operation called tapping. 

Paralysis. Palsy ; the loss of 
the power of muscular motion. 

Parenchyma. In anatomy, a 
loose spongy substance ; the 
spongy cellular tissue that con- 
nects parts together, particu- 
larly those of the viscera, as 
the air-cells and blood-vessels 
in the lungs, and the absor- 
bents, arteries and veins in the 
liver ; in botany, it means 
nearly the same thing. 

Paronychia. A whitlow or felon. 

Parotid. Near the ear, or per- 
taining to the part of the ear. 

Paroxysm. An obvious increase 
or aggravation of the symptoms 
of disease, which may last 
longer or shorter and then 
decline. 

Pathological. Pertaining to pa- 
thology. 

Pathologist. One versed in, or 
treating on pathology. 

Pathology. The doctrine or law 
of diseases ; that which treats 
on the nature of diseases. 

Peccant. Morbid ; bad; corrupt ; 
injurious. 

Peduncle. A stem bearing flow- 
ers and fruit. 

Peltate. Having the petiole at- 
tached to some part on the 
under side of the leaf, as in the 
mandrake. 

Pendant. ) Drooping; hanging 

Pendulous. $ down. 

Penis. The cylindrical male or- 
gan of generation. 

Perennial. Lasting more than 
two years. 

Perfoliate. Having the stem 
running through the leaf. 

Pericardium. The membraneous 
sack that surrounds the heart. 

Periosteum. The membrane that 
invests the bones. 



Peristaltic motion. The vermic- 
ular motion of the intestines. 

Peritoneum. The membrane by 
which all the viscera of the 
abdomen are surrounded. 

Peritonitis. Inflammation of the 
peritoneum. 

Permeate. To pass through the 
pores of anything. 

S,| The P la ^ 

Petals. The leaf of the corolla 
in flowers ; it is usually 
colored. 

Petechial. Red or purple spots 
which resemble a flea bite. 

Petiolate. Pertaining to petiole. 

Petiole. The stalk which sup- 
ports the leaf. 

Pharmacy That part of med- 
ical science that treats on the 
preparation, compounding, and 
preservation of medical sub- 
stances ; the business of the 
apothecary. 

Phlegm. A thick, white or semi- 
transparent, tenacious fluid, 
commonly secreted in the 
lungs ; in chemistry it means 
water of distillation. 

Phlebitis. Inflammation of the 
veins. 

Phlegmasia. Inflammation. 



Inflammatory. 



Phleymonic . 

Phlegmonous. 

Phrenitis. Inflammation of the 
brain. 

Phthisis. Consumption of the 
lungs. 

Physiology. That science which 
contemplates the properties 
and functions of animals and 
plants ; the science of life. 

Physiological. Pertaining to 
physiology. 

Pinnate. Winged leaves are 
called pinnate when they are 
composed of two rows of small 
leaflets situated on both sides of 
a common petiole, as in the 
locusi, rose, &c. 

Pleura. The membrane which 



613 



lines the internal surface of 
the chest, covernig its viscera; 
it forms a great process, — the 
mediastinum which divides the 
thorax into two cavities. 

Pleuritis. Pleurisy ; inflamma- 
tion of the pleura. 

Pneumonia. Inflammation of 
the lungs. 

Pollen. Fine flour, as the dust 
that flies in a mill ; in botany 
it means the fine dust that is 
contained in the anthers of 
flowers. 

Post mortem. After death. 

Prcecordia. The region immedi- 
ately in front of the heart ; but 
it is frequently applied to the 
whole of the fore part of the 
thorax. 

Priapism. A preternatural or 
continual erection of the penis. 

Primary. First in order of time, 
importance, cause, or effect. 

Procumbent. Lying down. 

Prolapsus. A falling down ; de- 
scent. 

Prognosis. The foretelling of 
the event of diseases, by the 
symptoms and other circum- 
stances in the case. 

Prognosticate. To foreshow ; to 
tell the future events by the 
present. 

Prophylactic. Preventive. 

Prostate. The name of a gland 
in the male, situated just before 
the neck of the bladder, and 
surrounding the beginning of 
the urethra. 

Proximate. Nearest ; next : in 
pathology it is applied to the 
immediate effects of the exci- 
ting cause of disease, and 
hence may be said to be the 
disease itself. 

Ptyalism. Salivation ; an in- 
creased discharge of saliva 
from the mouth, often brought 
on by the use of mercury. 

Pubescent Hairy ; downy ; or 
woolly. 



Pubis.) Hair; down; or wool; in 

Pubes.\ anatomy the shear- 
bone is called os pubis because 
the integuments over it are 
covered with hair in the adult. 

Pulmonary. Pertaining to the 
lungs. 

Pulp. A soft mass; the soft suc- 
culent part of a plant, or its 
fruit. 

Pultaceous. Macerated, soft ; 
nearly fluid. 

Pungent. Sharp; acrid; piercing; 
biting. 

Puriform. Pus-like. 

Pus. A yellowish white matter 
secreted in suppurations and 
ulcers, and always present in 
the healing of lesions in the 
solids. 

Putrid. In a state of dissolution 
or disorganization ; corrupt ; 
iotten. 

Pyriform. Pear-shaped. 

R. Recipe ; take of. 

Raceme. A kind of inflorescence 
in which the flowers are ar- 
ranged by simple pedicels on 
all sides of a common peduncle, 
as in the currant and grape. 

Radii. Rays. 

Radical. Pertaining to the root; 
growing from the root. 

Radicle. A minute fibre of a 
root. 

Radix. A root; the part of a 
plant that is in the ground. 

Reflected. Turned backward ; 
thrown back ; returned. 

Resuscitation. The act of revi- 
ving from apparent death; the 
state of being revived. 

Respiration. The function of 
breathing. 

Roseola. Measles. 

Rubefacient. That which produ- 
ces redness when applied to 
the body. 

Rubor. Red ; redness. 

Rhizoma. A large fleshy or 
woody part or organ of a root ; 
analogous to a. stem under 



614 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



ground, which is neither a tu- 
ber nor a bulb. 

Saccharine. Pertaining to sugar ; 
sweet. 

Saliva. The fluid which is se- 
creted by the salivary glands, 
and serves to moisten the 
mouth and tongue, as well as 
to assist in mastication. 

Sanative. Healing ; having the 
power to heal. 

Sanguiferous. Conveying blood; 
the sanguiferous vessels are the 
arteries and veins. 

Sanguinary. Bloody; a medical 
plant. 

Sanguineous. Abounding with 
blood ; plethoric. 

Sanies. A thin limpid and green- 
ish matter discharged from ul- 
cers. 

Sanious. Pertaining to sanies. 

Scabies. The itch. 

Scape. A stalk that springs from 
the root, and supports flowers 
and fruit, but no leaves, as in 
the dandelion. 

Scarlatina. Scarlet fever. 

Sciatica. The hip disease. 

Scirrhous. Pertaining to scir- 
rhus. 

Scirrhus. A hard or indurated 
tumor, which at first is of the 
natural color, but the disease 
is apt to assume a malignant 
form, when the skin may turn 
purple or livid, and the surface 
irregular, and the tumor pro- 
■ ceed to ulceration. In this 
condition the affection general- 
ly receives the name of cancer. 

Scorbutic. Pertaining to scor- 
butus. 

Scorbutus. Scurvy. 

Scrofula ) Ki , g . evil . 

Scrophula.S) ° 

Scrofulous. Pertaining to scrof- 
ula. 

Scrotum. The pendulous pouch 
containing the testes. 

Secretion. The act of secerning, 
or producing specific collec- 



tions from the general circula- 
ting mass, as the bile, saliva, 
mucus, &c. ; the matter secre- 
ted. 

Segment. A part or urincipal 
division of anything, as a leaf, 
calyx, or corolla. 

Semina. Seed. 

Sensorial. Pertaining to the sen- 
sorium or seat of sense. 

Serum. The thin or watery part 
of the blood ; also the same of 
milk. 

Serrate. Jagged ; notched like 
saw-teeth. 

Sessile. Sitting down ; placed 
immediately on the main stem 
without a footstalk. 

Sialagogue. That which pro- 
motes salivation. 

Sinapism. A mustard plaster. 

Sinuate. A leaf is said to be 
sinuated when its sides or mar- 
gins have breaks in them or 
are hollowed out like a bay. 

Slough. To separate from the 
live flesh ; a dead part that ia 
separating ; a mortified part. 

Sloughing. Separating in a dead 
mass. 

Solution. In pharmacy, it means 
a liquid containing some sub- 
stance in a dissolved condi- 
tion. 

Sordes. Foul matter ; dregs ; 
filthy matter. Sordes are apt 
to collect about the teeth of 
persons that neglect cleaning 
them : this term is also equiv- 
alent with sa?iies and ichor, the 
offensive matter running out 
of old ulcers and sores. 

Sordid. Filthy; dirty; foul. 

Spasmus. Spasm. 

Spasmodic. Pertaining to spasm. 

Spadix. An elongated recepta- 
cle of flowers. 

Spathe. A sheathing calyx open- 
ing lengthwise on one side 
which may inclose the flower 
or fruit. 
Specific. A remedy that has a 



615 



special effect ; or which cer- 
tainly cures any particular dis- 
ease. 

Sphacelus. Mortified parts ; mor- 
tification. 

Spike. A kind of inflorescence 
in which the flowers are sessile, 
or nearly so, and thus forming 
a spiral projection, as in the 
mullein and plantain. 

Sputa. Spittle. 

Stimulants.) Excitants, as pep- 

Stimuli. $ per, &c. 

Stipe. The stem of a fern or 
fungus ; the stem of the down 
of seeds, as in the dandelion. 

Stipule. A leafy appendage, sit- 
uated at the base of leaves or 
petioles. 

Stomachics. Medicines that reg- 
ulate the stomach and set 
pleasantly. 

Striated. Marked with fine par- 
allel lines. 

Struma. Scrofula ; it is also 
applied to bronchocele. 

Strumous. Pertaining to scro- 
fula ; scrofulous. 

Stertorous. Snoring. 

Sub. In anatomy this word is 
prefixed to others when it is 
desired to speak of parts that 
lie under ; it means, therefore, 
that this lies under the other 
part whose name it precedes : 
thus, subscapularis, — under the 
scapula ; submaxillary, — un- 
der the maxilla or jaw, &c. 
In pathology it is used to ex- 
press an imperfect or feeble 
state of disease ; as subacute, 
not acute, less than acute, &c. 
In botany when shape or any 
any other character cannot be 
precisely defined, sub is pre- 
fixed to the term used ; it then 
means nearly so, as subrotun- 

dus, roundish ; subsessile, 

not quite destitute of footstalk, 
&c. In chemistry the term is 
• applied when a salifiable base 
is predominant in the com- 



pound, there being a deficiency 
of the acid, as subcarbonate of 
potassa, subcarbonate of soda, 
&c. 

Subsillus tendium. A twitching 
of the tendons, arising from 
convulsive jerking of the mus- 
cles. 

Sudamina. Small vesicles that 
come on suddenly without fe- 
ver. 

Sudorifi.es. Medicines which pro- 
mote sweating. 

Suppuration. That process by 
which pus is formed in an in- 
flamed part. 

Syncope. .Fainting. 

Synocha. Inflammatory fever. 

Synochus. A fever of a subin- 
flammatory character. 

Synovia. Joint water. 

Syphilis. The venereal disease. 

Temporal. Belonging to the tem- 
ple. 

Tenesmus. A continual inclina- 
tion to go to stool without a 
discharge. 

Tendon. The white cord or 
shining end of muscles; sinews. 

Terminal. Extreme, situated at 
the end. 

Ternate. Three together, as the 
leaves of the clover. 

Tetanus. A spasmodic disease. 

Thorax. The chest, or cavity 
within the breast. 

Thyrse. A panicle which is 
dense. 

Tissue. Texture; a general name 
for parts. 

Tonic. That which strengthens, 
tones, or braces up. 

Tonsilitis. Inflammation of the 
tonsils. 

Tormina. Severe pains. 

Trachea. The windpipe. 

Translucent. Admitting light, but 
yet not so as to render objects 
distinctly visible; semi-trans- 
parent. 

Transude. To pass through the 
pores of any thing. 



616 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



Triennial. That which is of 
three years' duration; every 
third year. 

Trilobed. Three-lobed. 

Triple. Three-fold ; three uni- 
ted ; three times. 

Tuber. A knot or bulbous limb; 
a solid fleshy knob. 

Tubercles. Knots, lumps, or tu- 
mors. 

Tumefaction. Swelling. 

Tunica.) A membrane or cover- 

Tunic. ) ing. 

Tunica vaginalis. A sheathing 
tunic; the tunic embracing the 
spermatic chord and vessels. 

Tw-sis. A cough. 

Typhoid. The term typhoid is 
now applied to a distinct spe- 
cies of fever whose primary 
seat is in the intestines; it has 
many of the symptoms of ty- 
phus. 

Typhus. A species of continued 
and eruptive fever that is char- 
acterized by great debility, and 
a tendency of the fluids to pu- 
trefaction; the pulse is weak 
but corded. 

Umbilical. Pertaining to the 
navel. 

Umbilicus. The navel. 

Umbel. A kind of inflorescence 
in which the flower stalks di- 
verge from a centre, like the 
sticks of an umbrella, as in the 
parsnip, fennel, &c. 



Umbeliferous. Pertaining to 01 
bearing umbels. 

fc| One-flowered. 

Urethra. The membraneous ca- 
nal that conveys the urine from 
the bladder. 

Ureteres. The two membraneous 
canals that convey the urine 
from the kidneys into the blad- 
der. 

Uticaria. The nettle-rash. 

Uterus. The womb. 

Vaccina. The cow-pox. 

Vagina. The canal leading to 
the womb. 

Variola. The small-pox. 

Varioloides. Modified small-pox. 

Vermifuge. A medicine that de- 
stroys or expels worms. 

Vertigo. Dizziness. 

Vesication. The formation of 
vesicles; blistering. 

Viscid. Glutinous, sticky. 

Viscera. The entrails ; the or- 
gans of the chest and abdo- 
men. 

Viscus. An organ, as the liver, 
stomach, &c. 

Virus. Poison, contagion, foul 
matter. 

Villous. Like velvet. 

Vis vita. Vital force. 

Vis medicatrix natures. The heal- 
ing power of nature. 

Whorls. Flowers and leaves 
are said to be in whorls when 
they are situated in circular 
order around the stem. 



INDEX 



Page. 

Absinthium, 361 

Acacia, 581 

Accidental bleeding, 101 

Acetate of ammonia, 559 

Acid, citric 395 

poisoning by 222 

pyroligneous 571 

Acidum pyroligneum, 571 

Actea alba, 451 

Adeps, 582 

Adder's tongue, 314 

Adhesive plaster 595 

Agrimonia, 555 

Ague, 27 

Alcohol 223 

Aletris 515 

Alder, 568 

Alkalies, 576 

poisoning by 223 

Allium cepa, 378 

Almonds, oil of, 582 

Alnus serrulata, 568 

Aloes, 341,456 

Alteratives, 556 

Alterative syrup, 599 

Althea officinalis, 582 

Amber, oil of, 445 

Ambustum, 109 

American centaury, 515 

columba, 498 

senna, 352 

valerian, 421 

barberry, 510 

Amenorrhoea, 210 

Ammonia, carbonate of,. . . 467, 578 

carbonas, 467 

Amygdalus persica, 351 

Anasarca 148 

Angelica archangelica, 433 

atropurpurea, 434 

tree 400 

Angina, 92 

Animal poisons, , , . . . 224 

Animation, suspended, 250 

Anise seed, 434 

Anisum semiiie, 434 

Anodynes, 421 

Anodyne tincture, 599 

Antacids, 576 

Anthelmintics, 355 

Anthemis cotula, 408 

nobilis, 531 



Page, 
Anthrax 117 

Antiseptics, 571 

Antibilious cathartic powder, . . 598 

Antilithics 394 

Antimony, poisoning by, 222 

Antispasmodics, 437 

Antispasmodic tincture, 599 

Apium petroselinum, 393 

Apocynumandrosaemifol.,. 348,320 

canabinum, 387 

Apoplexy, 94 

Apothecaries' weight, 602 

Aqua calcis, 396 

Arabic, gum, 581 

Aralia nudicaulis, 559 

racemosa, 560 

spinosa, 400, 383 

Archangel, 433 

Ardor urina, 284 

ventriculi, 175 

Aristo lochia, 516 

Arsarum Europium, 378 

Arsenic, poisoning by 221 

Arthritis, 170 

Arum triphyllum, 373 

Asarabaca, 378 

Asarum canadensis, 456, 380 

Ascaris lumbricoids, 270 

Asclepias tuberosa, 407, 377 

syrica, 393 

fibrosa, 392 

Ascites, 150 

Asphyxia, 250 

Asparagus officinalis, 393 

Assafoetida 441 

Asthma, 99 

Astringents, 532 

Astringent tonic compound,. . . 598 

Avoirdupois weight, 602 

Balm, 414 

Balmony, 509 

Baptisiu tinctoria, 572 

Barberry, American, 510 

Bath, vapor 586 

tepid 592 

shower 593 

Bathing, 583 

drops, 596 

Bayberry, 534, 320, 380 

Bearberry, 396, 393 

Berberries canadensis, 510 

Beth-root. 538 



618 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



Paoe. 

Bird pepper, 458 

Bites of snakes, 224 

Bitter ash, 531 

dogsbane, 348, 320 

root 348, 320 

Bladder, inflammation of 70 

Blackberry, 555 

Black-root, .337 

Black alder, 568 

locust, 320 

pepper, 463 

snake-root, 445, 408 

cohosh, 445 

salve, 595 

elder, 348 

Bleeding, 101 

from the bowels, 102 

from the lungs, 103 

from the nose, 105 

from piles, 102 

from the stomach, 106 

from the urinary organs,. . 107 

Blood-root, 314 

Blooming spurge, 320 

Blue bells, 402 

cohosh, 438 

berry, 438 

flag. 347 

skullcap, 422 

Boils, 108 

Boneset, 401 

Botanical classification 488 

Bothriocephalus, 273 

Botrophis racemosa, 445 

Bowels, inflammation of 71 

Bowman-root, 337 

Brain, inflammation of the, ... 73 

Brandy, 467 

Brinton-root, 337 

Bronchitis, 79 

Bronchocele, 169 

Bubo, 261 

Burns and scalds, 109 

Butternut 334 

Button snake-root, 476 

Cachexia scrophulosa, 234 

Calculus, 171 

Calx chlorinata, 575 

Chamomile, 531 

Camphora, 464, 437 

Cancer, 112 

Cancer plaster, 115 

Capsicum, 458, 383 

Carbuncle, 117 

Carbonate of ammonia, 578 

of magnesia • • • ■ 395 

of soda, 577 

of potash, 577 



Paoi. 

Carbo ligni, 575 

Carbonas soda? et potassa, 577 

Carcinos 112 

Cardinal flower, 362 

Caryophyllus aromat. (Cloves,) 481 

Carolina pink, 355 

Cascarilla, 509 

Cassia, 344 

Marylandica, 352 

chamsecrista, 355 

Castor oil, 343 

Castor, 445 

Cathartics 321 

Cathartic pills, 598 

Catnip, 413 

Caulophyllum thalictroides, . . . 438 

Cayenne pepper, 458 

Celastrus scandens, 567 

Centaury americana, 515 

Cephalalgia, 174 

Cephalis ipecacuanha, 312 

Chancre 261 

Charcoal, 575 

Chelona glabra, 509 

Chenopodiumanthelminticum,. 356 

Chilblain 119 

Chicken-pox, 287 

China-root, 475 

Chlorine, 576 

Chloride of lime, 575 

Chloriiium, 576 

Cholera, 119 

infantum, 128 

morbus, 129 

Chorea, 248 

Cimicifuga racemosa, 445 

Cinnamon, 476 

Cinchona, 484 

Citric acid 395 

Clavus, 135 

Clevers, 391 

Cocklebur, 555 

Colic-root, 476 

Colomba, American, 498 

Compounds 595 

Compound tincture of myrrh, . 599 
Composition diaphoretic powder, 597 

Constipation, 136 

Consumption, 130 

Continued fever 35 

Convalaria multiflora, 581 

Convulsions, 138 

Convolvulus panduratus, 352 

Coptis trifolia, 531 

Copaiba officinalis 388 

Corns 135 

Corn snake-root, 393 

Cornus florida, ... . . 494 



619 



Page. 

Costiveness, 136 

Cotton-weed, 451, 392 

Cough, 137 

Cowhage, 362 

Cowrap, 293 

Cramp, 138 

Cranesbill, 533 

Crocus sativus, 571 

Croten eleutheria, 509 

Croup, 138 

Crowfoot, 533 

Crusta lactea, 289 

Cucurbita citrullus, 393 

Cock-up-hat, 558 

Culvers physic, 337 

Cunila mariana, 481 

Cup-plant, 567 

Cutting almond, . . '. 384 

Cussander, 352 

Cynanchse, 92 

trachealis, 138 

Cypripedum, 421 

humile, 419 

pubescens, 421, 416 

spectibile, 417 

Cystitis, 70 

Dandelion, 391 

Dartre, 285, 289, 291 

Deafness, 140 

Delirium tremens, 141 

Demulcents, 578 

Devil's-bit, 476 

Dewberry, 555 

Diabetes, 280 

Diaphoretics, 396 

Diaphoretic powder, 597 

Diarrhoea, 143 

Dirca palustris, 320 

Diseases of the skin,. 285 

Disinfectants, 571 

Dislocations, 145 

Dittany, 481 

Diuretics, 383 

Dock, 559 

Dog-tooth violet, 314 

Dog fennel, 408 

Dogwood, 494 

Dolichos puriens, 362 

Dothinenteria, 47 

Dropsy, 148 

oi the belly, 150 

of the chest, 150 

of the head, 149 

Drowning, 250 

Dysentery, 162 

Dyspepsia, 179 

Dysury, 284 

Earache, 156 



Page. 

Eczema, 289 

impetiginoides, 289 

rubrum, 289 

simplex, 289 

Elder sweet, 320, 348, 393 

Elecampane, 377 

Emmenagogues, 445 

infusion, 450 

Emetics, 303 

herb; 307 

Emollients, 578 

English valerian, 425 

Enteritis, 71 

Entozoa 270 

Epilepsy, 157 

Epistaxis, 105 

Erythema, 285 

papulatum, 285 

nodosum, 285 

Erythronium Americanum, . . . 314 

Errhines, 378 

Erysipelas, 245 

Eryngium aquaticum, 393 

Euonymous, 531 

Eupatorium teucrifolium, . . . 531 

perfoliatum, 401 

purpurium, 383, 395 

Euphorbia corollata, 320 

ipecacuanha, 313 

Eutrophics, 556 

Evan-root, 555 

Expectorants, 366 

Expectorant powder, 599 

syrup, 600 

Excitants, 457 

Extracts, 601 

Extract of white walnut, 334 

mandrake, 330 

dogwood, 494 

Fainting 159 

Falling of the rectum, 160 

of the womb, 1 61 

False sarsaparilla/ 559 

bittersweet, 567 

Favus, 296 

Febris, 16 

intermittens, 27 

remittens, 31 

continua, 35 

icterodes, •. 50 

miliaris, 287 

Felon, 161 

Fennel-seed, 437 

Fernuculus, 108 

Ferula assafoetida, 441 

Fever, pathology of 17 

intermittent, 27 

remittent or bilious ...... 31 



620 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



Page. 

Fever, continued, 35 

inflammatory, 39 

typhus, 42 

typhoid, 47 

yellow, 50 

scarlet, 55 

Filaria medinensis, 275 

bronchialis, 275 

Fits, (See Convulsions,) 138 

Flax-seed, 582 

Fluid measures, 602 

Flux, 162 

Fly-trap, 348 

Folicular inflam. of the mouth, 83 

Fractures, 1 65 

Frasera, 498 

French measles, 169 

Gale, 299 

Galium asperula, 391 

Gases, poisoning by, 223 

Gastritis, 86 

chronic, &9 

Gentian, 503 

Geranium, 533 

Geum rivale, 555 

Ginger, 462 

Ginseng, 433 

Glands, enlargement of the, . . . 220 

Glossitis, 90 

Glossary, 604 

Glvcerhiza glabra, 377 

Goitre 169 

Gold thread, 531 

Golden seal, 497 

Goose grass, 39 1 

foot, 356 

Gonorrhoea, 260 

Gout, 170 

Gravel and stone, 171 

Gravel-root, 383, 395 

Green salve, 596 

Greek valerian 402 

Gum 285 

acacia, 581 

arabic, 581 

camphor, 464 

guaiacum, 558 

myrrh 464 

Hamamelis Virginica, 544 

Hanging, 251 

Hartshorn, 467 

Headache, 174 

Healing salve, Thomson's, .... 595 

Heart-burn, 175 

Hedeoma pulageoides, 413 

Helonias, 516 

Hemlock, 555 

Hepatitis, 76 



Pag* 

Hernia 231 

Herpes, 291 

circinatus, 293 

iris, 293 

labialis, 292 

phlyctenoides 291 

preputiales, 292 

zoster, 292 

Hives 286 

Haematemesis 106 

Hsematuria, 107 

Hsemorrhagia accidentalis, .... 101 

Haemorrhoids, 213 

Haemoptysis, 103 

Honey, 395 

bloom, 348 

Hops, 531 

Horse gentian, 503 

mint, 481 

Humid tetter, 289 

Hydarthus, 267 

Hydrastus canadensis, 497 

Hydrocephalus, 149 

Hydrops, 148 

Hydrophobia, 190 

Hydrothorax, 150 

Hypochondriasis, 198 

Hysterics, 176 

Hysteria, 176 

Icterus, 186 

Ictodes foetida, 442 

Impetigo, 293 

figurata, 293 

larvalis, 294 

Incontinence of urine, 283 

Incubus, 21)9 

Indigestion, 179 

Indian paint, 314 

cup-plant, 567 

hemp, 387 

pink, 355 

sanicle, • 408 

tobacco, 307 

turnip, 373 

Indigofera, 572 

Inflammation, 60 

of the bladder, , 70 

of the bowels, . . 71 

of the brain, 73 

of the eyes, 74 

of the kidneys, 75 

of the liver, 76 

of the lungs, 78 

of the mouth 82 

of the peritoneum, 84 

of the pleura 85 

of the stomach, 86 

of the tongue, 90 



621 



Page. 

Inflammatory fever, 39 

sore throat, 92 

Intermittent fever, 27 

Intertrigo, 285 

Intussusceptio, 184 

Inula helenium, 377 

Invagination of the intestines, . 1 84 

Iodine ointment, 596 

Ipecac, 312 

Ipomeea jalapa, 338 

Iron, 531 

Irritating plaster, 597 

Iris versicolor, 347 

Itch, 299 

Itch ointment, 301 

Jalap, 338 

Jaundice, 186 

Jerusalem oak, 356 

Juglans cenerea, 334 

Juniper, 384 

Juniperus communis, 384 

Kidneys, inflammation of, 75 

king's evil, 234 

Lactuca elongata, 426 

Lady's slipper, 421 

red, 419 

white, 417 

yellow, 421, 416 

f -ard, 582 

Laurus cinnamomum, 476 

Laurus sassafras, 481 

Leatherwood, 320 

Leontice thalictroides, 438 

I^eontodon taraxacum, 391 

Leonurus cardiaca, 452 

Leprosy, 187 

Egyptian, 188 

Leptandra, 337 

Leptandrin, 338 

Liatris, 476 

Lime, chloride of, 575 

Lime-water 396 

Linum semina, 582 

Liniment, stimulating, 596 

Liquorice, 377 

Liriodendron, 504 

Liver, inflammation of the,. ... 76 

Lobelia inflata, 307 

an antispasmodic, 437 

an emetic, 307 

an expectorant, 366 

an errhine, 380 

a sialagogue, 383 

tincture, 309 

tincture, sour, 309 

cardinalis, 362 

Locked jaw, 189 

Locust, 320 



Page. 

Locust-pant, 352 

Lumbricus, 270 

Lungs, inflammation of the,. . . 78 

Macrotrys racemosa, 445 

Madder, 455 

Madness, canine, 190 

Magnesia carbonas, 395 

Male fern, 357 

Male shield-fern, 357 

Man-in-the-ground, 352 

Mandrake, 329 

extract of 33C 

Man-root, 35S 

Mania a potu, 141 

Marubium vulgare, 377 

Marsh mallows, 582 

Marsh rosemary, 550 

Materia medica, 302 

Matico, 555 

May-apple, 329 

May-weed, 408 

Mealy star-root, 515 

Measles, 196 

Measures, 602 

Mel 395 

Melancholy, 198 

Melia azedarach, 362 

Mellissa, 414 

Menispermum canadense, 523 

Mentha veridis, 476 

Mentha piperita, 468 

Mercury, effects of 217 

Miliaria, 287 

Miliary fever, 287 

Milk sickness, 204 

weed, 348 

Moonseed, 523 

Mortification, 205 

Motherwort, 452 

Mouth, inflammation of the,. . . 82 

Mumps, 208 

Musk, 442 

Mustard, 476 

Myrica cerefera, 534, 380 

gale, 475 

Myrrh, 464,456 

compound tincture of, ... . 599 
Myrtle, Dutch, 475 

wax, 534 

Narcotics, poisoning by, 224 

Nicotina tabacum, 379 

Narrow-leafed dock, 559 

Nepeta cataria, 415 

Nephritic plant, 384 

Nephritis, 75 

Nerviue tonics, 421 

Nervine tonic tincture, 599 

Nettle rash, 286 



622 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



Page. 

Neuralgia 254 

from mercury, 220 

Night mare, 209 

Nymphse oderata, 538 

Obstructed menstruation, 210 

Odontalgia, 256 

Oil of almonds, 5b2 

of amber, 445 

of savine, 457 

of turpentine, 365 

nut, 334 

Ointmentfiodine, 596 

itch, 301 

Oleum amygdala?, 582 

olivsea, 582 

ricini, 343 

succini, 445 

Olive oil, 582 

Olophlyctide, 291 

Onion, 378 

Opthalmia, 74 

Origanum vulgare, 481 

Otalgia 156 

Oxymel of lobelia, 309 

Palpitation of the heart, 211 

Palsy, 212 

Panax quinquefolium, 433 

Paracusis, 1 40 

Paralysis, 212 

Parsley, 393 

Paronychia, 161 

Parotitis, 208 

Parthenium, 384 

Peach-meats, 531 

Peach tree, 351 

Pemphigus varioloides, 287 

Pennyroyal, 413, 452 

Peppermint, 468 

Peripneumonia, 80 

Periton'eum, inflammation of the, 84 

Peritonitis, 84 

Pernio 119 

Peruvian bark, 484 

Pertusis, 269 

Pestis, 215 

Phrenitis, 73 

Phthisis pulmonalis, 130 

Phytolacca decautria, 568 

Piles, 213 

Pills, antibilious, 598 

cathartic, 598 

Pink-root, 355 

Pinus canadensis, 555 

Piper angustifolium, 555 

nigrum, 463 

Plague, 215 

Plaster, irritating, 597 

Pleurisy, 85 



Paq% 

Pleurisy-root 377 

Pleura, inflammation of the,. . . 65 

Pleuritis, 85 

Pneumonia, 78 

Podophyllin, 330 

Podophyllum peltatum, 429 

Poisoning, 217 

by acids, 229 

alcohol, 223 

animal poisons, 224 

akalies, 223 

antimony, . 222 

arsenic, 221 

gases, 223 

mercury, 217 

narcotics, 224 

snake-bites, 224 

Poke-root, 568 

Polemonion reptans, 402 

Polygala senega, 374, 456 

Polygonum hydropiperoides, . . 456 

Pomegranate, 358 

Polypodium felix mass, 357 

Poplar, 503 

Populus, 503 

Porrigo, 296 

favosa, 297 

scutulata, 297 

Potash, carbonate of, 577 

Potassa bicarbonas 577 

Powder, cathartic 598 

diaphoretic, 597 

expectorant, 599 

Prairie senna, 355 

Prickly-ash, 399 

southern, 400 

Pride of China, 362 

Prolapsus ani, 160 

Proctorrhagia, 102 

Prunica granatum, 358 

Prunus Virginiana, 524, 377 

Psora, 299 

Puke-weed, 307 

Pyrolygneous acid, 571 

Queen of the meadow, . 383 

Quinine, 493 

Quinsy, 92 

Queen's-delight, 558 

root, • 558 

Rachitis, 230 

Radish, 395 

Ragged-cup, 567 

Raphanus sativus, 395 

Rattle- weed, 445 

Red elm, 578 

lobelia, 362 

puccoon-root, 314 

raspberry s 544 



G23 



Page. 
Rheum, 333 

Rheum compactum 335 

emodi 332 

palmatum, 332 

Rheumatism, 228 

Rhubarb, 333 

Rhus glabra, 544 

Riciuus communis, 343 

Rickets, 230 

Ringworm, 292 

Robinia pseudacacia, 320 

Rosemary, 455 

Roseola, 169 

Rosmarinus officinalis, 455 

Rubeola, 196 

Rubia tinctorum, 455 

Rubus strigosus, 549 

trivialis, 555 

villosus, 555 

Rubefacient oil, 596 

Rumex crispus, 559 

Running scall, 289 

tetter, 293 

Rupture, 231 

Sabbatia angularis, 515 

Saleratus, 577 

Salivation, 218 

Salt, 320 

Salve, Thomson's healing, 595 

black 595 

green, 596 

Sambucus canadensis, 348 

Sanguinaria canadensis, 314 

Sanicula Marylandica, 408 

Sarsaparilla, 556 

Sassafras, 481 

Saffron, 571 

Scabies, 249 

Scald-head, 296 

Scall, 296 

Scalding of the urine, 284 

Scailetina, 55 

Scoke 568 

Scorbutus, 237 

Scrofula, 234 

Skullcap, 422, 442 

Scurvy, 237 

Scutelaria lateriflora 422 

Senega snake-root, 374, 456 

Senna, 344,345 

Shingles 292 

Shower bath, 593 

Sialagogues, 380 

Silk- weed 451; 392 

Silphium perfoliatum, 567 

Sinapis 476 

Skin, diseases of, 285 

Skunk cabbage, 442 



Slippery elm 578 

Small-pox, 240 

Smart-weed, 456 

Snake bites, 224 

head, 509 

leaf, 314 

root, 516 

Snow-drop 314 

Soda, carbonate of, 394 

Soda and saleratus, 394 

Sodae carbonas, 394 

Sodium chloridum, 320 

Solomon's seal, 581 

Sore throat, 92 

Spasmus 138 

Spearmint 476 

Spigelia Marylandica, 355 

Spiritus vini gallici, 467 

Spikenard 560 

Spirit lamp vapor bath, 589 

Sprain, 245 

Sponging, 594 

Spurge ipecacuanha, 313 

Squaw-root, 445 

St. Anthony's fire, 245 

St. Vitus' dance, 248 

Statice limouium, 550 

Star-root, 516 

Staff-vine, 567 

Stickwort, 555 

Stillingia, 558 

Stimulants, . . . 457 

Stomatitis, 82 

Stomach, inflammation of, ... . 86 

Strangling or hanging, 251 

Strangling by irrespirable gases, 251 

Strangury, 284 

Strengthening plaster, 595 

Strongylus, 274 

Subluxatio, 245 

Sudamina, 287 

Sumach, , 544 

Suppression of urine, 282 

Suspended animation, - . 250 

Swamp cabbage, 442 

Sweat-root, 402 

Sweet elder, 348 

Sweet gate 475 

Swallowwort, 407 

Swine-pox, 287 

Syncope 159 

Synocha, 39 

Syphilis, 260 

Syrup, alterative, 599 

Syrup, expectorant 600 

Tanacetum vulgare 455 

Tag alder, 568 

Tansy, 455 



624 



DOMESTIC MEDICINE. 



Paoe. 

Tenia lata, 273 

Tenia solinum, 273 

Tepid bath, 592 

Terebinthiua vulgaris, 388 

Tetanus, 189 

Tetter, 291 

crusted 293 

running 293 

Thomson's healing salve, 595 

Thoronghwort, 401, 319 

Thoroughstem 401, 319 

Thrush, 83 

Tic doloureux, 254 

Tincture, antispasmodic 599 

lobelia, 309 

lobelia, sour, 309 

myrrh, 599 

nervine, 599 

Tinea, 296 

Tobacco, 379 

Tonics 4b2 

Toothache, 256 

Toothache-tree, 400 

Tooth-rash, 285 

Trillium 538 

Triosteurn, 503 

Trumpet- weed, 426 

Trismus, 189 

Tulip-tree, 504 

Tussis 137 

Turtle'bloom, 509 

Turpentine, 388 

Typhus, 42 

Ulcers, 257 

Ulmus fulva, 578 

Unicorn root, 516 

Urinary diseases, 280 

Urine, incontinence of, 283 

scalding of, 284 

suppression of, 282 

Uticaria, 286 

Uvaeursi, 393,396 

Vaccina, 242 

Valerian, American, 421, 442 

officinalis, 425 

Vapor bath, 586 

Varicella, 287 

Variola, 240 

spura, 237 

Varioloides, 242 

Venereal disease, 260 

Verbena, 524 



Pagb 

Vervain, 524, 31S 

Vinum, 467 

Vinegar of wood, 571 

Virginia snake-root, 516 

Wa-hoo 531 

Wake-robin, 373 

Wandering milk-weed, 348 

Water, cold, 40 

Water melon, 393 

Wash, in yellow fever, 53, 54 

Wax myrtle, 534 

Weights, 602 

Wens, 266 

White baneberry, 451 

cohosh, 451 

pond-lily, ' 538 

root, 407 

swelling, 267 

walnut, 334 

Whooping cough, 269 

Wild angelica, 434 

chamomile, 408 

cherry, 524, 377 

cotton, 451 

buckwheat, 348 

ginger, 426, 300 

hoarhound, 531 

indigo, 572 

lettuce, 426 

lily, 538 

marjorum, 481 

morning glory, 352 

potato, 352 

senna, 352 

turnip, 373 

Wine, 467 

Witch-hazel, 544 

Worms, 270 

treatment of, 275 

Wormseed, 356 

Wormwood, 361 

Wounds, 279 

Xanthoxylum fraxineum,. .399, 380 

Yarn-root, 475 

Yellow lady's slipper 421 

parilla, 523 

puccoen, 497 

poplar, 504 

root, 497 

Zingiber, 462 

Zona,.... 292 

Zoster,... 213 



p?Jl?8 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS •] 



022 169 897 6 




